afeica
/
cocos-engine-external
2
0
Fork 0
Code Issues Pull Requests Packages Projects Releases Wiki Activity

add ios M1 simulator support (#160)

This commit is contained in:
mmyduckx 2021-07-12 17:12:21 +08:00 committed by GitHub
parent 16ad300367
commit c8ee88675d
No known key found for this signature in database
GPG Key ID: 4AEE18F83AFDEB23
326 changed files with 125004 additions and 1 deletions
Show Stats Download Patch File Download Diff File Expand all files Collapse all files

1
CMakeLists.txt
View File

@ -23,6 +23,7 @@ elseif(APPLE)
if(MACOSX)
include(${CMAKE_CURRENT_LIST_DIR}/mac/CMakeLists.txt)
elseif(IOS)
# include(${CMAKE_CURRENT_LIST_DIR}/ios-m1-simulator/CMakeLists.txt) # Uncomment this line and comment next line if using M1 simulator
include(${CMAKE_CURRENT_LIST_DIR}/ios/CMakeLists.txt)
endif()
elseif(OHOS)

180
ios-m1-simulator/CMakeLists.txt Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,180 @@
add_library(crypto STATIC IMPORTED GLOBAL)
set_target_properties(crypto PROPERTIES
IMPORTED_LOCATION ${CMAKE_CURRENT_LIST_DIR}/libs/libcrypto.a
)
add_library(freetype STATIC IMPORTED GLOBAL)
set_target_properties(freetype PROPERTIES
IMPORTED_LOCATION ${CMAKE_CURRENT_LIST_DIR}/libs/libfreetype.a
)
add_library(jpeg STATIC IMPORTED GLOBAL)
set_target_properties(jpeg PROPERTIES
IMPORTED_LOCATION ${CMAKE_CURRENT_LIST_DIR}/libs/libjpeg.a
)
add_library(png STATIC IMPORTED GLOBAL)
set_target_properties(png PROPERTIES
IMPORTED_LOCATION ${CMAKE_CURRENT_LIST_DIR}/libs/libpng.a
)
add_library(ssl STATIC IMPORTED GLOBAL)
set_target_properties(ssl PROPERTIES
IMPORTED_LOCATION ${CMAKE_CURRENT_LIST_DIR}/libs/libssl.a
)
add_library(uv STATIC IMPORTED GLOBAL)
set_target_properties(uv PROPERTIES
IMPORTED_LOCATION ${CMAKE_CURRENT_LIST_DIR}/libs/libuv_a.a
INTERFACE_INCLUDE_DIRECTORIES ${CMAKE_CURRENT_LIST_DIR}/include/uv
)
add_library(webp STATIC IMPORTED GLOBAL)
set_target_properties(webp PROPERTIES
IMPORTED_LOCATION ${CMAKE_CURRENT_LIST_DIR}/libs/libwebp.a
)
add_library(v8_monolith STATIC IMPORTED GLOBAL)
set(V8_COMPILE_FLAGS
V8_TYPED_ARRAY_MAX_SIZE_IN_HEAP=64
ENABLE_MINOR_MC
ENABLE_HANDLE_ZAPPING
V8_ATOMIC_OBJECT_FIELD_WRITES
V8_ATOMIC_MARKING_STATE
V8_ENABLE_LAZY_SOURCE_POSITIONS
V8_SHARED_RO_HEAP
V8_WIN64_UNWINDING_INFO
V8_ENABLE_REGEXP_INTERPRETER_THREADED_DISPATCH
V8_SNAPSHOT_COMPRESSION
V8_ENABLE_SYSTEM_INSTRUMENTATION
V8_ENABLE_WEBASSEMBLY
V8_DEPRECATION_WARNINGS
V8_IMMINENT_DEPRECATION_WARNINGS
CPPGC_CAGED_HEAP
V8_TARGET_ARCH_ARM64
V8_HAVE_TARGET_OS
V8_TARGET_OS_IOS
DISABLE_UNTRUSTED_CODE_MITIGATIONS
)
set_target_properties(v8_monolith PROPERTIES
IMPORTED_LOCATION ${CMAKE_CURRENT_LIST_DIR}/libs/libv8_monolith.a
INTERFACE_INCLUDE_DIRECTORIES ${CMAKE_CURRENT_LIST_DIR}/include/v8
# INTERFACE_COMPILE_DEFINITIONS ${V8_COMPILE_FLAGS}
)
set_property(TARGET v8_monolith APPEND PROPERTY INTERFACE_COMPILE_DEFINITIONS ${V8_COMPILE_FLAGS})
# add_library(inspector STATIC IMPORTED GLOBAL)
# set_target_properties(inspector PROPERTIES
# IMPORTED_LOCATION ${CMAKE_CURRENT_LIST_DIR}/libs/libinspector.a
# )
add_library(js_static STATIC IMPORTED GLOBAL)
set_target_properties(js_static PROPERTIES
IMPORTED_LOCATION ${CMAKE_CURRENT_LIST_DIR}/libs/libjs_static.a
INTERFACE_INCLUDE_DIRECTORIES ${CMAKE_CURRENT_LIST_DIR}/include/spidermonkey
)
add_library(mozglue STATIC IMPORTED GLOBAL)
set_target_properties(mozglue PROPERTIES
IMPORTED_LOCATION ${CMAKE_CURRENT_LIST_DIR}/libs/libmozglue.a
)
set(se_libs_name)
if(USE_SE_V8)
list(APPEND se_libs_name
v8_monolith
uv
)
# if(USE_V8_DEBUGGER)
# list(APPEND se_libs_name)
# endif()
endif()
if(USE_SE_JSC)
find_library(JAVASCRIPT_CORE_LIBRARY JavaScriptCore REQUIRED)
set(se_libs_name ${JAVASCRIPT_CORE_LIBRARY})
endif()
add_library(glslang STATIC IMPORTED GLOBAL)
set_target_properties(glslang PROPERTIES
IMPORTED_LOCATION ${CMAKE_CURRENT_LIST_DIR}/libs/glslang/libglslang.a
)
add_library(OGLCompiler STATIC IMPORTED GLOBAL)
set_target_properties(OGLCompiler PROPERTIES
IMPORTED_LOCATION ${CMAKE_CURRENT_LIST_DIR}/libs/glslang/libOGLCompiler.a
)
add_library(OSDependent STATIC IMPORTED GLOBAL)
set_target_properties(OSDependent PROPERTIES
IMPORTED_LOCATION ${CMAKE_CURRENT_LIST_DIR}/libs/glslang/libOSDependent.a
)
add_library(SPIRV STATIC IMPORTED GLOBAL)
set_target_properties(SPIRV PROPERTIES
IMPORTED_LOCATION ${CMAKE_CURRENT_LIST_DIR}/libs/glslang/libSPIRV.a
)
add_library(glslang-default-resource-limits STATIC IMPORTED GLOBAL)
set_target_properties(glslang-default-resource-limits PROPERTIES
IMPORTED_LOCATION ${CMAKE_CURRENT_LIST_DIR}/libs/glslang/libglslang-default-resource-limits.a
)
set(glslang_libs_name glslang OGLCompiler OSDependent SPIRV glslang-default-resource-limits)
add_library(spirv-cross-core STATIC IMPORTED GLOBAL)
set_target_properties(spirv-cross-core PROPERTIES
IMPORTED_LOCATION ${CMAKE_CURRENT_LIST_DIR}/libs/spirv-cross/libspirv-cross-core.a
)
add_library(spirv-cross-msl STATIC IMPORTED GLOBAL)
set_target_properties(spirv-cross-msl PROPERTIES
IMPORTED_LOCATION ${CMAKE_CURRENT_LIST_DIR}/libs/spirv-cross/libspirv-cross-msl.a
)
add_library(spirv-cross-glsl STATIC IMPORTED GLOBAL)
set_target_properties(spirv-cross-glsl PROPERTIES
IMPORTED_LOCATION ${CMAKE_CURRENT_LIST_DIR}/libs/spirv-cross/libspirv-cross-glsl.a
)
set(spirv-cross_libs_name spirv-cross-core spirv-cross-glsl spirv-cross-msl)
add_library(tbb STATIC IMPORTED GLOBAL)
set_target_properties(tbb PROPERTIES
IMPORTED_LOCATION ${CMAKE_CURRENT_LIST_DIR}/libs/libtbb_static.a
)
add_library(tbbmalloc STATIC IMPORTED GLOBAL)
set_target_properties(tbbmalloc PROPERTIES
IMPORTED_LOCATION ${CMAKE_CURRENT_LIST_DIR}/libs/libtbbmalloc_static.a
)
add_library(tbbmalloc_proxy STATIC IMPORTED GLOBAL)
set_target_properties(tbbmalloc_proxy PROPERTIES
IMPORTED_LOCATION ${CMAKE_CURRENT_LIST_DIR}/libs/libtbbmalloc_proxy_static.a
)
set(tbb_libs_name tbb tbbmalloc tbbmalloc_proxy)
## PHYSICS_PHYSX do not support simulator
# if(USE_PHYSICS_PHYSX)
# set(PhysXSDK PhysX PhysXCommon PhysXFoundation PhysXExtensions PhysXCooking PhysXCharacterKinematic PhysXVehicle PhysXPvdSDK)
# foreach(PX IN LISTS PhysXSDK)
# add_library(${PX} STATIC IMPORTED GLOBAL)
# set_target_properties(${PX} PROPERTIES
# IMPORTED_LOCATION ${CMAKE_CURRENT_LIST_DIR}/libs/PhysX/lib${PX}_static_64.a
# )
# endforeach()
# else()
# set(PhysXSDK)
# endif()
list(APPEND CC_EXTERNAL_INCLUDES
${CMAKE_CURRENT_LIST_DIR}/include
)
list(APPEND CC_EXTERNAL_LIBS
freetype
jpeg
png
webp
${se_libs_name}
crypto
ssl
${glslang_libs_name}
${spirv-cross_libs_name}
${tbb_libs_name}
${PhysXSDK}
)

57
ios-m1-simulator/include/StandAlone/ResourceLimits.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
//
// Copyright (C) 2016 Google, Inc.
//
// All rights reserved.
//
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
// are met:
//
// Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
//
// Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following
// disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided
// with the distribution.
//
// Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its
// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived
// from this software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS
// FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
// COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
// INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING,
// BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
// LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
// CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
// LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN
// ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
// POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
#ifndef _STAND_ALONE_RESOURCE_LIMITS_INCLUDED_
#define _STAND_ALONE_RESOURCE_LIMITS_INCLUDED_
#include <string>
#include "../glslang/Include/ResourceLimits.h"
namespace glslang {
// These are the default resources for TBuiltInResources, used for both
// - parsing this string for the case where the user didn't supply one,
// - dumping out a template for user construction of a config file.
extern const TBuiltInResource DefaultTBuiltInResource;
// Returns the DefaultTBuiltInResource as a human-readable string.
std::string GetDefaultTBuiltInResourceString();
// Decodes the resource limits from |config| to |resources|.
void DecodeResourceLimits(TBuiltInResource* resources, char* config);
} // end namespace glslang
#endif // _STAND_ALONE_RESOURCE_LIMITS_INCLUDED_

54
ios-m1-simulator/include/StandAlone/resource_limits_c.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
/**
BSD 2-Clause License
Copyright (c) 2020, Travis Fort
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this
list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
**/
#ifndef _STAND_ALONE_RESOURCE_LIMITS_C_INCLUDED_
#define _STAND_ALONE_RESOURCE_LIMITS_C_INCLUDED_
#include "../glslang/Include/glslang_c_interface.h"
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
// These are the default resources for TBuiltInResources, used for both
// - parsing this string for the case where the user didn't supply one,
// - dumping out a template for user construction of a config file.
const glslang_resource_t* glslang_default_resource(void);
// Returns the DefaultTBuiltInResource as a human-readable string.
// NOTE: User is responsible for freeing this string.
const char* glslang_default_resource_string();
// Decodes the resource limits from |config| to |resources|.
void glslang_decode_resource_limits(glslang_resource_t* resources, char* config);
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif // _STAND_ALONE_RESOURCE_LIMITS_C_INCLUDED_

508
ios-m1-simulator/include/freetype/config/ftconfig.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,508 @@
/* ftconfig.h. Generated from ftconfig.in by configure. */
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftconfig.in */
/* */
/* UNIX-specific configuration file (specification only). */
/* */
/* Copyright 1996-2016 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* This header file contains a number of macro definitions that are used */
/* by the rest of the engine. Most of the macros here are automatically */
/* determined at compile time, and you should not need to change it to */
/* port FreeType, except to compile the library with a non-ANSI */
/* compiler. */
/* */
/* Note however that if some specific modifications are needed, we */
/* advise you to place a modified copy in your build directory. */
/* */
/* The build directory is usually `builds/<system>', and contains */
/* system-specific files that are always included first when building */
/* the library. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
#ifndef FTCONFIG_H_
#define FTCONFIG_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_CONFIG_OPTIONS_H
#include FT_CONFIG_STANDARD_LIBRARY_H
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* PLATFORM-SPECIFIC CONFIGURATION MACROS */
/* */
/* These macros can be toggled to suit a specific system. The current */
/* ones are defaults used to compile FreeType in an ANSI C environment */
/* (16bit compilers are also supported). Copy this file to your own */
/* `builds/<system>' directory, and edit it to port the engine. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
#define HAVE_UNISTD_H 1
#define HAVE_FCNTL_H 1
#define HAVE_STDINT_H 1
/* There are systems (like the Texas Instruments 'C54x) where a `char' */
/* has 16 bits. ANSI C says that sizeof(char) is always 1. Since an */
/* `int' has 16 bits also for this system, sizeof(int) gives 1 which */
/* is probably unexpected. */
/* */
/* `CHAR_BIT' (defined in limits.h) gives the number of bits in a */
/* `char' type. */
#ifndef FT_CHAR_BIT
#define FT_CHAR_BIT CHAR_BIT
#endif
/* #undef FT_USE_AUTOCONF_SIZEOF_TYPES */
#ifdef FT_USE_AUTOCONF_SIZEOF_TYPES
#define SIZEOF_INT 4
#if defined(__LP64__) && __LP64__
#define SIZEOF_LONG 8
#else
#define SIZEOF_LONG 4
#endif
#define FT_SIZEOF_INT SIZEOF_INT
#define FT_SIZEOF_LONG SIZEOF_LONG
#else /* !FT_USE_AUTOCONF_SIZEOF_TYPES */
/* Following cpp computation of the bit length of int and long */
/* is copied from default include/freetype/config/ftconfig.h. */
/* If any improvement is required for this file, it should be */
/* applied to the original header file for the builders that */
/* do not use configure script. */
/* The size of an `int' type. */
#if FT_UINT_MAX == 0xFFFFUL
#define FT_SIZEOF_INT (16 / FT_CHAR_BIT)
#elif FT_UINT_MAX == 0xFFFFFFFFUL
#define FT_SIZEOF_INT (32 / FT_CHAR_BIT)
#elif FT_UINT_MAX > 0xFFFFFFFFUL && FT_UINT_MAX == 0xFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFUL
#define FT_SIZEOF_INT (64 / FT_CHAR_BIT)
#else
#error "Unsupported size of `int' type!"
#endif
/* The size of a `long' type. A five-byte `long' (as used e.g. on the */
/* DM642) is recognized but avoided. */
#if FT_ULONG_MAX == 0xFFFFFFFFUL
#define FT_SIZEOF_LONG (32 / FT_CHAR_BIT)
#elif FT_ULONG_MAX > 0xFFFFFFFFUL && FT_ULONG_MAX == 0xFFFFFFFFFFUL
#define FT_SIZEOF_LONG (32 / FT_CHAR_BIT)
#elif FT_ULONG_MAX > 0xFFFFFFFFUL && FT_ULONG_MAX == 0xFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFUL
#define FT_SIZEOF_LONG (64 / FT_CHAR_BIT)
#else
#error "Unsupported size of `long' type!"
#endif
#endif /* !FT_USE_AUTOCONF_SIZEOF_TYPES */
/* FT_UNUSED is a macro used to indicate that a given parameter is not */
/* used -- this is only used to get rid of unpleasant compiler warnings */
#ifndef FT_UNUSED
#define FT_UNUSED( arg ) ( (arg) = (arg) )
#endif
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* AUTOMATIC CONFIGURATION MACROS */
/* */
/* These macros are computed from the ones defined above. Don't touch */
/* their definition, unless you know precisely what you are doing. No */
/* porter should need to mess with them. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Mac support */
/* */
/* This is the only necessary change, so it is defined here instead */
/* providing a new configuration file. */
/* */
#if defined( __APPLE__ ) || ( defined( __MWERKS__ ) && defined( macintosh ) )
/* no Carbon frameworks for 64bit 10.4.x */
/* AvailabilityMacros.h is available since Mac OS X 10.2, */
/* so guess the system version by maximum errno before inclusion */
#include <errno.h>
#ifdef ECANCELED /* defined since 10.2 */
#include "AvailabilityMacros.h"
#endif
#if defined( __LP64__ ) && \
( MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED <= MAC_OS_X_VERSION_10_4 )
#undef FT_MACINTOSH
#endif
#elif defined( __SC__ ) || defined( __MRC__ )
/* Classic MacOS compilers */
#include "ConditionalMacros.h"
#if TARGET_OS_MAC
#define FT_MACINTOSH 1
#endif
#endif
/* Fix compiler warning with sgi compiler */
#if defined( __sgi ) && !defined( __GNUC__ )
#if defined( _COMPILER_VERSION ) && ( _COMPILER_VERSION >= 730 )
#pragma set woff 3505
#endif
#endif
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* basic_types */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_Int16 */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A typedef for a 16bit signed integer type. */
/* */
typedef signed short FT_Int16;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_UInt16 */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A typedef for a 16bit unsigned integer type. */
/* */
typedef unsigned short FT_UInt16;
/* */
/* this #if 0 ... #endif clause is for documentation purposes */
#if 0
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_Int32 */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A typedef for a 32bit signed integer type. The size depends on */
/* the configuration. */
/* */
typedef signed XXX FT_Int32;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_UInt32 */
/* */
/* A typedef for a 32bit unsigned integer type. The size depends on */
/* the configuration. */
/* */
typedef unsigned XXX FT_UInt32;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_Int64 */
/* */
/* A typedef for a 64bit signed integer type. The size depends on */
/* the configuration. Only defined if there is real 64bit support; */
/* otherwise, it gets emulated with a structure (if necessary). */
/* */
typedef signed XXX FT_Int64;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_UInt64 */
/* */
/* A typedef for a 64bit unsigned integer type. The size depends on */
/* the configuration. Only defined if there is real 64bit support; */
/* otherwise, it gets emulated with a structure (if necessary). */
/* */
typedef unsigned XXX FT_UInt64;
/* */
#endif
#if FT_SIZEOF_INT == 4
typedef signed int FT_Int32;
typedef unsigned int FT_UInt32;
#elif FT_SIZEOF_LONG == 4
typedef signed long FT_Int32;
typedef unsigned long FT_UInt32;
#else
#error "no 32bit type found -- please check your configuration files"
#endif
/* look up an integer type that is at least 32 bits */
#if FT_SIZEOF_INT >= 4
typedef int FT_Fast;
typedef unsigned int FT_UFast;
#elif FT_SIZEOF_LONG >= 4
typedef long FT_Fast;
typedef unsigned long FT_UFast;
#endif
/* determine whether we have a 64-bit int type for platforms without */
/* Autoconf */
#if FT_SIZEOF_LONG == 8
/* FT_LONG64 must be defined if a 64-bit type is available */
#define FT_LONG64
#define FT_INT64 long
#define FT_UINT64 unsigned long
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* A 64-bit data type may create compilation problems if you compile */
/* in strict ANSI mode. To avoid them, we disable other 64-bit data */
/* types if __STDC__ is defined. You can however ignore this rule */
/* by defining the FT_CONFIG_OPTION_FORCE_INT64 configuration macro. */
/* */
#elif !defined( __STDC__ ) || defined( FT_CONFIG_OPTION_FORCE_INT64 )
#if defined( __STDC_VERSION__ ) && __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L
#define FT_LONG64
#define FT_INT64 long long int
#define FT_UINT64 unsigned long long int
#elif defined( _MSC_VER ) && _MSC_VER >= 900 /* Visual C++ (and Intel C++) */
/* this compiler provides the __int64 type */
#define FT_LONG64
#define FT_INT64 __int64
#define FT_UINT64 unsigned __int64
#elif defined( __BORLANDC__ ) /* Borland C++ */
/* XXXX: We should probably check the value of __BORLANDC__ in order */
/* to test the compiler version. */
/* this compiler provides the __int64 type */
#define FT_LONG64
#define FT_INT64 __int64
#define FT_UINT64 unsigned __int64
#elif defined( __WATCOMC__ ) /* Watcom C++ */
/* Watcom doesn't provide 64-bit data types */
#elif defined( __MWERKS__ ) /* Metrowerks CodeWarrior */
#define FT_LONG64
#define FT_INT64 long long int
#define FT_UINT64 unsigned long long int
#elif defined( __GNUC__ )
/* GCC provides the `long long' type */
#define FT_LONG64
#define FT_INT64 long long int
#define FT_UINT64 unsigned long long int
#endif /* __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L */
#endif /* FT_SIZEOF_LONG == 8 */
#ifdef FT_LONG64
typedef FT_INT64 FT_Int64;
typedef FT_UINT64 FT_UInt64;
#endif
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* miscellaneous */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
#define FT_BEGIN_STMNT do {
#define FT_END_STMNT } while ( 0 )
#define FT_DUMMY_STMNT FT_BEGIN_STMNT FT_END_STMNT
/* typeof condition taken from gnulib's `intprops.h' header file */
#if ( __GNUC__ >= 2 || \
defined( __IBM__TYPEOF__ ) || \
( __SUNPRO_C >= 0x5110 && !__STDC__ ) )
#define FT_TYPEOF( type ) (__typeof__ (type))
#else
#define FT_TYPEOF( type ) /* empty */
#endif
#ifdef FT_MAKE_OPTION_SINGLE_OBJECT
#define FT_LOCAL( x ) static x
#define FT_LOCAL_DEF( x ) static x
#else
#ifdef __cplusplus
#define FT_LOCAL( x ) extern "C" x
#define FT_LOCAL_DEF( x ) extern "C" x
#else
#define FT_LOCAL( x ) extern x
#define FT_LOCAL_DEF( x ) x
#endif
#endif /* FT_MAKE_OPTION_SINGLE_OBJECT */
#define FT_LOCAL_ARRAY( x ) extern const x
#define FT_LOCAL_ARRAY_DEF( x ) const x
#ifndef FT_BASE
#ifdef __cplusplus
#define FT_BASE( x ) extern "C" x
#else
#define FT_BASE( x ) extern x
#endif
#endif /* !FT_BASE */
#ifndef FT_BASE_DEF
#ifdef __cplusplus
#define FT_BASE_DEF( x ) x
#else
#define FT_BASE_DEF( x ) x
#endif
#endif /* !FT_BASE_DEF */
#ifndef FT_EXPORT
#ifdef __cplusplus
#define FT_EXPORT( x ) extern "C" x
#else
#define FT_EXPORT( x ) extern x
#endif
#endif /* !FT_EXPORT */
#ifndef FT_EXPORT_DEF
#ifdef __cplusplus
#define FT_EXPORT_DEF( x ) extern "C" x
#else
#define FT_EXPORT_DEF( x ) extern x
#endif
#endif /* !FT_EXPORT_DEF */
#ifndef FT_EXPORT_VAR
#ifdef __cplusplus
#define FT_EXPORT_VAR( x ) extern "C" x
#else
#define FT_EXPORT_VAR( x ) extern x
#endif
#endif /* !FT_EXPORT_VAR */
/* The following macros are needed to compile the library with a */
/* C++ compiler and with 16bit compilers. */
/* */
/* This is special. Within C++, you must specify `extern "C"' for */
/* functions which are used via function pointers, and you also */
/* must do that for structures which contain function pointers to */
/* assure C linkage -- it's not possible to have (local) anonymous */
/* functions which are accessed by (global) function pointers. */
/* */
/* */
/* FT_CALLBACK_DEF is used to _define_ a callback function. */
/* */
/* FT_CALLBACK_TABLE is used to _declare_ a constant variable that */
/* contains pointers to callback functions. */
/* */
/* FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF is used to _define_ a constant variable */
/* that contains pointers to callback functions. */
/* */
/* */
/* Some 16bit compilers have to redefine these macros to insert */
/* the infamous `_cdecl' or `__fastcall' declarations. */
/* */
#ifndef FT_CALLBACK_DEF
#ifdef __cplusplus
#define FT_CALLBACK_DEF( x ) extern "C" x
#else
#define FT_CALLBACK_DEF( x ) static x
#endif
#endif /* FT_CALLBACK_DEF */
#ifndef FT_CALLBACK_TABLE
#ifdef __cplusplus
#define FT_CALLBACK_TABLE extern "C"
#define FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF extern "C"
#else
#define FT_CALLBACK_TABLE extern
#define FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF /* nothing */
#endif
#endif /* FT_CALLBACK_TABLE */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTCONFIG_H_ */
/* END */

833
ios-m1-simulator/include/freetype/config/ftheader.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,833 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftheader.h */
/* */
/* Build macros of the FreeType 2 library. */
/* */
/* Copyright 1996-2016 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef FTHEADER_H_
#define FTHEADER_H_
/*@***********************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Macro> */
/* FT_BEGIN_HEADER */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This macro is used in association with @FT_END_HEADER in header */
/* files to ensure that the declarations within are properly */
/* encapsulated in an `extern "C" { .. }' block when included from a */
/* C++ compiler. */
/* */
#ifdef __cplusplus
#define FT_BEGIN_HEADER extern "C" {
#else
#define FT_BEGIN_HEADER /* nothing */
#endif
/*@***********************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Macro> */
/* FT_END_HEADER */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This macro is used in association with @FT_BEGIN_HEADER in header */
/* files to ensure that the declarations within are properly */
/* encapsulated in an `extern "C" { .. }' block when included from a */
/* C++ compiler. */
/* */
#ifdef __cplusplus
#define FT_END_HEADER }
#else
#define FT_END_HEADER /* nothing */
#endif
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Aliases for the FreeType 2 public and configuration files. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* header_file_macros */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* Header File Macros */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* Macro definitions used to #include specific header files. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* The following macros are defined to the name of specific */
/* FreeType~2 header files. They can be used directly in #include */
/* statements as in: */
/* */
/* { */
/* #include FT_FREETYPE_H */
/* #include FT_MULTIPLE_MASTERS_H */
/* #include FT_GLYPH_H */
/* } */
/* */
/* There are several reasons why we are now using macros to name */
/* public header files. The first one is that such macros are not */
/* limited to the infamous 8.3~naming rule required by DOS (and */
/* `FT_MULTIPLE_MASTERS_H' is a lot more meaningful than `ftmm.h'). */
/* */
/* The second reason is that it allows for more flexibility in the */
/* way FreeType~2 is installed on a given system. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/* configuration files */
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_CONFIG_CONFIG_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing
* FreeType~2 configuration data.
*
*/
#ifndef FT_CONFIG_CONFIG_H
#define FT_CONFIG_CONFIG_H <freetype/config/ftconfig.h>
#endif
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_CONFIG_STANDARD_LIBRARY_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing
* FreeType~2 interface to the standard C library functions.
*
*/
#ifndef FT_CONFIG_STANDARD_LIBRARY_H
#define FT_CONFIG_STANDARD_LIBRARY_H <freetype/config/ftstdlib.h>
#endif
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_CONFIG_OPTIONS_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing
* FreeType~2 project-specific configuration options.
*
*/
#ifndef FT_CONFIG_OPTIONS_H
#define FT_CONFIG_OPTIONS_H <freetype/config/ftoption.h>
#endif
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_CONFIG_MODULES_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* list of FreeType~2 modules that are statically linked to new library
* instances in @FT_Init_FreeType.
*
*/
#ifndef FT_CONFIG_MODULES_H
#define FT_CONFIG_MODULES_H <freetype/config/ftmodule.h>
#endif
/* */
/* public headers */
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_FREETYPE_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* base FreeType~2 API.
*
*/
#define FT_FREETYPE_H <freetype/freetype.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_ERRORS_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* list of FreeType~2 error codes (and messages).
*
* It is included by @FT_FREETYPE_H.
*
*/
#define FT_ERRORS_H <freetype/fterrors.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_MODULE_ERRORS_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* list of FreeType~2 module error offsets (and messages).
*
*/
#define FT_MODULE_ERRORS_H <freetype/ftmoderr.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_SYSTEM_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* FreeType~2 interface to low-level operations (i.e., memory management
* and stream i/o).
*
* It is included by @FT_FREETYPE_H.
*
*/
#define FT_SYSTEM_H <freetype/ftsystem.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_IMAGE_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing type
* definitions related to glyph images (i.e., bitmaps, outlines,
* scan-converter parameters).
*
* It is included by @FT_FREETYPE_H.
*
*/
#define FT_IMAGE_H <freetype/ftimage.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_TYPES_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* basic data types defined by FreeType~2.
*
* It is included by @FT_FREETYPE_H.
*
*/
#define FT_TYPES_H <freetype/fttypes.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_LIST_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* list management API of FreeType~2.
*
* (Most applications will never need to include this file.)
*
*/
#define FT_LIST_H <freetype/ftlist.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_OUTLINE_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* scalable outline management API of FreeType~2.
*
*/
#define FT_OUTLINE_H <freetype/ftoutln.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_SIZES_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* API which manages multiple @FT_Size objects per face.
*
*/
#define FT_SIZES_H <freetype/ftsizes.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_MODULE_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* module management API of FreeType~2.
*
*/
#define FT_MODULE_H <freetype/ftmodapi.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_RENDER_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* renderer module management API of FreeType~2.
*
*/
#define FT_RENDER_H <freetype/ftrender.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_AUTOHINTER_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing
* structures and macros related to the auto-hinting module.
*
*/
#define FT_AUTOHINTER_H <freetype/ftautoh.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_CFF_DRIVER_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing
* structures and macros related to the CFF driver module.
*
*/
#define FT_CFF_DRIVER_H <freetype/ftcffdrv.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_TRUETYPE_DRIVER_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing
* structures and macros related to the TrueType driver module.
*
*/
#define FT_TRUETYPE_DRIVER_H <freetype/ftttdrv.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_TYPE1_TABLES_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* types and API specific to the Type~1 format.
*
*/
#define FT_TYPE1_TABLES_H <freetype/t1tables.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_TRUETYPE_IDS_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* enumeration values which identify name strings, languages, encodings,
* etc. This file really contains a _large_ set of constant macro
* definitions, taken from the TrueType and OpenType specifications.
*
*/
#define FT_TRUETYPE_IDS_H <freetype/ttnameid.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_TRUETYPE_TABLES_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* types and API specific to the TrueType (as well as OpenType) format.
*
*/
#define FT_TRUETYPE_TABLES_H <freetype/tttables.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_TRUETYPE_TAGS_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* definitions of TrueType four-byte `tags' which identify blocks in
* SFNT-based font formats (i.e., TrueType and OpenType).
*
*/
#define FT_TRUETYPE_TAGS_H <freetype/tttags.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_BDF_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* definitions of an API which accesses BDF-specific strings from a
* face.
*
*/
#define FT_BDF_H <freetype/ftbdf.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_CID_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* definitions of an API which access CID font information from a
* face.
*
*/
#define FT_CID_H <freetype/ftcid.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_GZIP_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* definitions of an API which supports gzip-compressed files.
*
*/
#define FT_GZIP_H <freetype/ftgzip.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_LZW_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* definitions of an API which supports LZW-compressed files.
*
*/
#define FT_LZW_H <freetype/ftlzw.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_BZIP2_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* definitions of an API which supports bzip2-compressed files.
*
*/
#define FT_BZIP2_H <freetype/ftbzip2.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_WINFONTS_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* definitions of an API which supports Windows FNT files.
*
*/
#define FT_WINFONTS_H <freetype/ftwinfnt.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_GLYPH_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* API of the optional glyph management component.
*
*/
#define FT_GLYPH_H <freetype/ftglyph.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_BITMAP_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* API of the optional bitmap conversion component.
*
*/
#define FT_BITMAP_H <freetype/ftbitmap.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_BBOX_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* API of the optional exact bounding box computation routines.
*
*/
#define FT_BBOX_H <freetype/ftbbox.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_CACHE_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* API of the optional FreeType~2 cache sub-system.
*
*/
#define FT_CACHE_H <freetype/ftcache.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_CACHE_IMAGE_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* `glyph image' API of the FreeType~2 cache sub-system.
*
* It is used to define a cache for @FT_Glyph elements. You can also
* use the API defined in @FT_CACHE_SMALL_BITMAPS_H if you only need to
* store small glyph bitmaps, as it will use less memory.
*
* This macro is deprecated. Simply include @FT_CACHE_H to have all
* glyph image-related cache declarations.
*
*/
#define FT_CACHE_IMAGE_H FT_CACHE_H
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_CACHE_SMALL_BITMAPS_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* `small bitmaps' API of the FreeType~2 cache sub-system.
*
* It is used to define a cache for small glyph bitmaps in a relatively
* memory-efficient way. You can also use the API defined in
* @FT_CACHE_IMAGE_H if you want to cache arbitrary glyph images,
* including scalable outlines.
*
* This macro is deprecated. Simply include @FT_CACHE_H to have all
* small bitmaps-related cache declarations.
*
*/
#define FT_CACHE_SMALL_BITMAPS_H FT_CACHE_H
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_CACHE_CHARMAP_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* `charmap' API of the FreeType~2 cache sub-system.
*
* This macro is deprecated. Simply include @FT_CACHE_H to have all
* charmap-based cache declarations.
*
*/
#define FT_CACHE_CHARMAP_H FT_CACHE_H
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_MAC_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* Macintosh-specific FreeType~2 API. The latter is used to access
* fonts embedded in resource forks.
*
* This header file must be explicitly included by client applications
* compiled on the Mac (note that the base API still works though).
*
*/
#define FT_MAC_H <freetype/ftmac.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_MULTIPLE_MASTERS_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* optional multiple-masters management API of FreeType~2.
*
*/
#define FT_MULTIPLE_MASTERS_H <freetype/ftmm.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_SFNT_NAMES_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* optional FreeType~2 API which accesses embedded `name' strings in
* SFNT-based font formats (i.e., TrueType and OpenType).
*
*/
#define FT_SFNT_NAMES_H <freetype/ftsnames.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_OPENTYPE_VALIDATE_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* optional FreeType~2 API which validates OpenType tables (BASE, GDEF,
* GPOS, GSUB, JSTF).
*
*/
#define FT_OPENTYPE_VALIDATE_H <freetype/ftotval.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_GX_VALIDATE_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* optional FreeType~2 API which validates TrueTypeGX/AAT tables (feat,
* mort, morx, bsln, just, kern, opbd, trak, prop).
*
*/
#define FT_GX_VALIDATE_H <freetype/ftgxval.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_PFR_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* FreeType~2 API which accesses PFR-specific data.
*
*/
#define FT_PFR_H <freetype/ftpfr.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_STROKER_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* FreeType~2 API which provides functions to stroke outline paths.
*/
#define FT_STROKER_H <freetype/ftstroke.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_SYNTHESIS_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* FreeType~2 API which performs artificial obliquing and emboldening.
*/
#define FT_SYNTHESIS_H <freetype/ftsynth.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_FONT_FORMATS_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* FreeType~2 API which provides functions specific to font formats.
*/
#define FT_FONT_FORMATS_H <freetype/ftfntfmt.h>
/* deprecated */
#define FT_XFREE86_H FT_FONT_FORMATS_H
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_TRIGONOMETRY_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* FreeType~2 API which performs trigonometric computations (e.g.,
* cosines and arc tangents).
*/
#define FT_TRIGONOMETRY_H <freetype/fttrigon.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_LCD_FILTER_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* FreeType~2 API which performs color filtering for subpixel rendering.
*/
#define FT_LCD_FILTER_H <freetype/ftlcdfil.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_UNPATENTED_HINTING_H
*
* @description:
* Deprecated.
*/
#define FT_UNPATENTED_HINTING_H <freetype/ttunpat.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_INCREMENTAL_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* FreeType~2 API which performs incremental glyph loading.
*/
#define FT_INCREMENTAL_H <freetype/ftincrem.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_GASP_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* FreeType~2 API which returns entries from the TrueType GASP table.
*/
#define FT_GASP_H <freetype/ftgasp.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_ADVANCES_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* FreeType~2 API which returns individual and ranged glyph advances.
*/
#define FT_ADVANCES_H <freetype/ftadvanc.h>
/* */
#define FT_ERROR_DEFINITIONS_H <freetype/fterrdef.h>
/* The internals of the cache sub-system are no longer exposed. We */
/* default to FT_CACHE_H at the moment just in case, but we know of */
/* no rogue client that uses them. */
/* */
#define FT_CACHE_MANAGER_H <freetype/ftcache.h>
#define FT_CACHE_INTERNAL_MRU_H <freetype/ftcache.h>
#define FT_CACHE_INTERNAL_MANAGER_H <freetype/ftcache.h>
#define FT_CACHE_INTERNAL_CACHE_H <freetype/ftcache.h>
#define FT_CACHE_INTERNAL_GLYPH_H <freetype/ftcache.h>
#define FT_CACHE_INTERNAL_IMAGE_H <freetype/ftcache.h>
#define FT_CACHE_INTERNAL_SBITS_H <freetype/ftcache.h>
#define FT_INCREMENTAL_H <freetype/ftincrem.h>
#define FT_TRUETYPE_UNPATENTED_H <freetype/ttunpat.h>
/*
* Include internal headers definitions from <internal/...>
* only when building the library.
*/
#ifdef FT2_BUILD_LIBRARY
#define FT_INTERNAL_INTERNAL_H <freetype/internal/internal.h>
#include FT_INTERNAL_INTERNAL_H
#endif /* FT2_BUILD_LIBRARY */
#endif /* FTHEADER_H_ */
/* END */

20
ios-m1-simulator/include/freetype/config/ftmodule.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
/* This is a generated file. */
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, tt_driver_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, t1_driver_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, cff_driver_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, t1cid_driver_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, pfr_driver_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, t42_driver_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, winfnt_driver_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, pcf_driver_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, bdf_driver_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Module_Class, sfnt_module_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Module_Class, autofit_module_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Module_Class, pshinter_module_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Renderer_Class, ft_raster1_renderer_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Renderer_Class, ft_smooth_renderer_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Renderer_Class, ft_smooth_lcd_renderer_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Renderer_Class, ft_smooth_lcdv_renderer_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Module_Class, psaux_module_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Module_Class, psnames_module_class )
/* EOF */

851
ios-m1-simulator/include/freetype/config/ftoption.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,851 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftoption.h */
/* */
/* User-selectable configuration macros (specification only). */
/* */
/* Copyright 1996-2016 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef FTOPTION_H_
#define FTOPTION_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* USER-SELECTABLE CONFIGURATION MACROS */
/* */
/* This file contains the default configuration macro definitions for */
/* a standard build of the FreeType library. There are three ways to */
/* use this file to build project-specific versions of the library: */
/* */
/* - You can modify this file by hand, but this is not recommended in */
/* cases where you would like to build several versions of the */
/* library from a single source directory. */
/* */
/* - You can put a copy of this file in your build directory, more */
/* precisely in `$BUILD/freetype/config/ftoption.h', where `$BUILD' */
/* is the name of a directory that is included _before_ the FreeType */
/* include path during compilation. */
/* */
/* The default FreeType Makefiles and Jamfiles use the build */
/* directory `builds/<system>' by default, but you can easily change */
/* that for your own projects. */
/* */
/* - Copy the file <ft2build.h> to `$BUILD/ft2build.h' and modify it */
/* slightly to pre-define the macro FT_CONFIG_OPTIONS_H used to */
/* locate this file during the build. For example, */
/* */
/* #define FT_CONFIG_OPTIONS_H <myftoptions.h> */
/* #include <freetype/config/ftheader.h> */
/* */
/* will use `$BUILD/myftoptions.h' instead of this file for macro */
/* definitions. */
/* */
/* Note also that you can similarly pre-define the macro */
/* FT_CONFIG_MODULES_H used to locate the file listing of the modules */
/* that are statically linked to the library at compile time. By */
/* default, this file is <freetype/config/ftmodule.h>. */
/* */
/* We highly recommend using the third method whenever possible. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/**** ****/
/**** G E N E R A L F R E E T Y P E 2 C O N F I G U R A T I O N ****/
/**** ****/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Uncomment the line below if you want to activate sub-pixel rendering */
/* (a.k.a. LCD rendering, or ClearType) in this build of the library. */
/* */
/* Note that this feature is covered by several Microsoft patents */
/* and should not be activated in any default build of the library. */
/* */
/* This macro has no impact on the FreeType API, only on its */
/* _implementation_. For example, using FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD when calling */
/* FT_Render_Glyph still generates a bitmap that is 3 times wider than */
/* the original size in case this macro isn't defined; however, each */
/* triplet of subpixels has R=G=B. */
/* */
/* This is done to allow FreeType clients to run unmodified, forcing */
/* them to display normal gray-level anti-aliased glyphs. */
/* */
/* #define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_RENDERING */
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Many compilers provide a non-ANSI 64-bit data type that can be used */
/* by FreeType to speed up some computations. However, this will create */
/* some problems when compiling the library in strict ANSI mode. */
/* */
/* For this reason, the use of 64-bit integers is normally disabled when */
/* the __STDC__ macro is defined. You can however disable this by */
/* defining the macro FT_CONFIG_OPTION_FORCE_INT64 here. */
/* */
/* For most compilers, this will only create compilation warnings when */
/* building the library. */
/* */
/* ObNote: The compiler-specific 64-bit integers are detected in the */
/* file `ftconfig.h' either statically or through the */
/* `configure' script on supported platforms. */
/* */
#undef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_FORCE_INT64
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* If this macro is defined, do not try to use an assembler version of */
/* performance-critical functions (e.g. FT_MulFix). You should only do */
/* that to verify that the assembler function works properly, or to */
/* execute benchmark tests of the various implementations. */
/* #define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_ASSEMBLER */
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* If this macro is defined, try to use an inlined assembler version of */
/* the `FT_MulFix' function, which is a `hotspot' when loading and */
/* hinting glyphs, and which should be executed as fast as possible. */
/* */
/* Note that if your compiler or CPU is not supported, this will default */
/* to the standard and portable implementation found in `ftcalc.c'. */
/* */
#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INLINE_MULFIX
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* LZW-compressed file support. */
/* */
/* FreeType now handles font files that have been compressed with the */
/* `compress' program. This is mostly used to parse many of the PCF */
/* files that come with various X11 distributions. The implementation */
/* uses NetBSD's `zopen' to partially uncompress the file on the fly */
/* (see src/lzw/ftgzip.c). */
/* */
/* Define this macro if you want to enable this `feature'. */
/* */
#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_LZW
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Gzip-compressed file support. */
/* */
/* FreeType now handles font files that have been compressed with the */
/* `gzip' program. This is mostly used to parse many of the PCF files */
/* that come with XFree86. The implementation uses `zlib' to */
/* partially uncompress the file on the fly (see src/gzip/ftgzip.c). */
/* */
/* Define this macro if you want to enable this `feature'. See also */
/* the macro FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SYSTEM_ZLIB below. */
/* */
#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_ZLIB
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ZLib library selection */
/* */
/* This macro is only used when FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_ZLIB is defined. */
/* It allows FreeType's `ftgzip' component to link to the system's */
/* installation of the ZLib library. This is useful on systems like */
/* Unix or VMS where it generally is already available. */
/* */
/* If you let it undefined, the component will use its own copy */
/* of the zlib sources instead. These have been modified to be */
/* included directly within the component and *not* export external */
/* function names. This allows you to link any program with FreeType */
/* _and_ ZLib without linking conflicts. */
/* */
/* Do not #undef this macro here since the build system might define */
/* it for certain configurations only. */
/* */
/* #define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SYSTEM_ZLIB */
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Bzip2-compressed file support. */
/* */
/* FreeType now handles font files that have been compressed with the */
/* `bzip2' program. This is mostly used to parse many of the PCF */
/* files that come with XFree86. The implementation uses `libbz2' to */
/* partially uncompress the file on the fly (see src/bzip2/ftbzip2.c). */
/* Contrary to gzip, bzip2 currently is not included and need to use */
/* the system available bzip2 implementation. */
/* */
/* Define this macro if you want to enable this `feature'. */
/* */
/* #define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_BZIP2 */
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Define to disable the use of file stream functions and types, FILE, */
/* fopen() etc. Enables the use of smaller system libraries on embedded */
/* systems that have multiple system libraries, some with or without */
/* file stream support, in the cases where file stream support is not */
/* necessary such as memory loading of font files. */
/* */
/* #define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_DISABLE_STREAM_SUPPORT */
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* PNG bitmap support. */
/* */
/* FreeType now handles loading color bitmap glyphs in the PNG format. */
/* This requires help from the external libpng library. Uncompressed */
/* color bitmaps do not need any external libraries and will be */
/* supported regardless of this configuration. */
/* */
/* Define this macro if you want to enable this `feature'. */
/* */
/* #define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_PNG */
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* HarfBuzz support. */
/* */
/* FreeType uses the HarfBuzz library to improve auto-hinting of */
/* OpenType fonts. If available, many glyphs not directly addressable */
/* by a font's character map will be hinted also. */
/* */
/* Define this macro if you want to enable this `feature'. */
/* */
/* #define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_HARFBUZZ */
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* DLL export compilation */
/* */
/* When compiling FreeType as a DLL, some systems/compilers need a */
/* special keyword in front OR after the return type of function */
/* declarations. */
/* */
/* Two macros are used within the FreeType source code to define */
/* exported library functions: FT_EXPORT and FT_EXPORT_DEF. */
/* */
/* FT_EXPORT( return_type ) */
/* */
/* is used in a function declaration, as in */
/* */
/* FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) */
/* FT_Init_FreeType( FT_Library* alibrary ); */
/* */
/* */
/* FT_EXPORT_DEF( return_type ) */
/* */
/* is used in a function definition, as in */
/* */
/* FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error ) */
/* FT_Init_FreeType( FT_Library* alibrary ) */
/* { */
/* ... some code ... */
/* return FT_Err_Ok; */
/* } */
/* */
/* You can provide your own implementation of FT_EXPORT and */
/* FT_EXPORT_DEF here if you want. If you leave them undefined, they */
/* will be later automatically defined as `extern return_type' to */
/* allow normal compilation. */
/* */
/* Do not #undef these macros here since the build system might define */
/* them for certain configurations only. */
/* */
/* #define FT_EXPORT(x) extern x */
/* #define FT_EXPORT_DEF(x) x */
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Glyph Postscript Names handling */
/* */
/* By default, FreeType 2 is compiled with the `psnames' module. This */
/* module is in charge of converting a glyph name string into a */
/* Unicode value, or return a Macintosh standard glyph name for the */
/* use with the TrueType `post' table. */
/* */
/* Undefine this macro if you do not want `psnames' compiled in your */
/* build of FreeType. This has the following effects: */
/* */
/* - The TrueType driver will provide its own set of glyph names, */
/* if you build it to support postscript names in the TrueType */
/* `post' table. */
/* */
/* - The Type 1 driver will not be able to synthesize a Unicode */
/* charmap out of the glyphs found in the fonts. */
/* */
/* You would normally undefine this configuration macro when building */
/* a version of FreeType that doesn't contain a Type 1 or CFF driver. */
/* */
#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Postscript Names to Unicode Values support */
/* */
/* By default, FreeType 2 is built with the `PSNames' module compiled */
/* in. Among other things, the module is used to convert a glyph name */
/* into a Unicode value. This is especially useful in order to */
/* synthesize on the fly a Unicode charmap from the CFF/Type 1 driver */
/* through a big table named the `Adobe Glyph List' (AGL). */
/* */
/* Undefine this macro if you do not want the Adobe Glyph List */
/* compiled in your `PSNames' module. The Type 1 driver will not be */
/* able to synthesize a Unicode charmap out of the glyphs found in the */
/* fonts. */
/* */
#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_ADOBE_GLYPH_LIST
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Support for Mac fonts */
/* */
/* Define this macro if you want support for outline fonts in Mac */
/* format (mac dfont, mac resource, macbinary containing a mac */
/* resource) on non-Mac platforms. */
/* */
/* Note that the `FOND' resource isn't checked. */
/* */
#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_MAC_FONTS
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Guessing methods to access embedded resource forks */
/* */
/* Enable extra Mac fonts support on non-Mac platforms (e.g. */
/* GNU/Linux). */
/* */
/* Resource forks which include fonts data are stored sometimes in */
/* locations which users or developers don't expected. In some cases, */
/* resource forks start with some offset from the head of a file. In */
/* other cases, the actual resource fork is stored in file different */
/* from what the user specifies. If this option is activated, */
/* FreeType tries to guess whether such offsets or different file */
/* names must be used. */
/* */
/* Note that normal, direct access of resource forks is controlled via */
/* the FT_CONFIG_OPTION_MAC_FONTS option. */
/* */
#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_MAC_FONTS
#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_GUESSING_EMBEDDED_RFORK
#endif
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Allow the use of FT_Incremental_Interface to load typefaces that */
/* contain no glyph data, but supply it via a callback function. */
/* This is required by clients supporting document formats which */
/* supply font data incrementally as the document is parsed, such */
/* as the Ghostscript interpreter for the PostScript language. */
/* */
#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCREMENTAL
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* The size in bytes of the render pool used by the scan-line converter */
/* to do all of its work. */
/* */
#define FT_RENDER_POOL_SIZE 16384L
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* FT_MAX_MODULES */
/* */
/* The maximum number of modules that can be registered in a single */
/* FreeType library object. 32 is the default. */
/* */
#define FT_MAX_MODULES 32
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Debug level */
/* */
/* FreeType can be compiled in debug or trace mode. In debug mode, */
/* errors are reported through the `ftdebug' component. In trace */
/* mode, additional messages are sent to the standard output during */
/* execution. */
/* */
/* Define FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_ERROR to build the library in debug mode. */
/* Define FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE to build it in trace mode. */
/* */
/* Don't define any of these macros to compile in `release' mode! */
/* */
/* Do not #undef these macros here since the build system might define */
/* them for certain configurations only. */
/* */
/* #define FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_ERROR */
/* #define FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE */
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Autofitter debugging */
/* */
/* If FT_DEBUG_AUTOFIT is defined, FreeType provides some means to */
/* control the autofitter behaviour for debugging purposes with global */
/* boolean variables (consequently, you should *never* enable this */
/* while compiling in `release' mode): */
/* */
/* _af_debug_disable_horz_hints */
/* _af_debug_disable_vert_hints */
/* _af_debug_disable_blue_hints */
/* */
/* Additionally, the following functions provide dumps of various */
/* internal autofit structures to stdout (using `printf'): */
/* */
/* af_glyph_hints_dump_points */
/* af_glyph_hints_dump_segments */
/* af_glyph_hints_dump_edges */
/* af_glyph_hints_get_num_segments */
/* af_glyph_hints_get_segment_offset */
/* */
/* As an argument, they use another global variable: */
/* */
/* _af_debug_hints */
/* */
/* Please have a look at the `ftgrid' demo program to see how those */
/* variables and macros should be used. */
/* */
/* Do not #undef these macros here since the build system might define */
/* them for certain configurations only. */
/* */
/* #define FT_DEBUG_AUTOFIT */
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Memory Debugging */
/* */
/* FreeType now comes with an integrated memory debugger that is */
/* capable of detecting simple errors like memory leaks or double */
/* deletes. To compile it within your build of the library, you */
/* should define FT_DEBUG_MEMORY here. */
/* */
/* Note that the memory debugger is only activated at runtime when */
/* when the _environment_ variable `FT2_DEBUG_MEMORY' is defined also! */
/* */
/* Do not #undef this macro here since the build system might define */
/* it for certain configurations only. */
/* */
/* #define FT_DEBUG_MEMORY */
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Module errors */
/* */
/* If this macro is set (which is _not_ the default), the higher byte */
/* of an error code gives the module in which the error has occurred, */
/* while the lower byte is the real error code. */
/* */
/* Setting this macro makes sense for debugging purposes only, since */
/* it would break source compatibility of certain programs that use */
/* FreeType 2. */
/* */
/* More details can be found in the files ftmoderr.h and fterrors.h. */
/* */
#undef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_MODULE_ERRORS
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Position Independent Code */
/* */
/* If this macro is set (which is _not_ the default), FreeType2 will */
/* avoid creating constants that require address fixups. Instead the */
/* constants will be moved into a struct and additional intialization */
/* code will be used. */
/* */
/* Setting this macro is needed for systems that prohibit address */
/* fixups, such as BREW. */
/* */
/* #define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_PIC */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/**** ****/
/**** S F N T D R I V E R C O N F I G U R A T I O N ****/
/**** ****/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_EMBEDDED_BITMAPS if you want to support */
/* embedded bitmaps in all formats using the SFNT module (namely */
/* TrueType & OpenType). */
/* */
#define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_EMBEDDED_BITMAPS
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES if you want to be able to */
/* load and enumerate the glyph Postscript names in a TrueType or */
/* OpenType file. */
/* */
/* Note that when you do not compile the `PSNames' module by undefining */
/* the above FT_CONFIG_OPTION_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES, the `sfnt' module will */
/* contain additional code used to read the PS Names table from a font. */
/* */
/* (By default, the module uses `PSNames' to extract glyph names.) */
/* */
#define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_SFNT_NAMES if your applications need to */
/* access the internal name table in a SFNT-based format like TrueType */
/* or OpenType. The name table contains various strings used to */
/* describe the font, like family name, copyright, version, etc. It */
/* does not contain any glyph name though. */
/* */
/* Accessing SFNT names is done through the functions declared in */
/* `ftsnames.h'. */
/* */
#define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_SFNT_NAMES
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* TrueType CMap support */
/* */
/* Here you can fine-tune which TrueType CMap table format shall be */
/* supported. */
#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_0
#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_2
#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_4
#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_6
#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_8
#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_10
#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_12
#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_13
#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_14
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/**** ****/
/**** T R U E T Y P E D R I V E R C O N F I G U R A T I O N ****/
/**** ****/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER if you want to compile */
/* a bytecode interpreter in the TrueType driver. */
/* */
/* By undefining this, you will only compile the code necessary to load */
/* TrueType glyphs without hinting. */
/* */
/* Do not #undef this macro here, since the build system might */
/* define it for certain configurations only. */
/* */
#define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_HINTING if you want to compile */
/* EXPERIMENTAL subpixel hinting support into the TrueType driver. This */
/* replaces the native TrueType hinting mechanism when anything but */
/* FT_RENDER_MODE_MONO is requested. */
/* */
/* Enabling this causes the TrueType driver to ignore instructions under */
/* certain conditions. This is done in accordance with the guide here, */
/* with some minor differences: */
/* */
/* http://www.microsoft.com/typography/cleartype/truetypecleartype.aspx */
/* */
/* By undefining this, you only compile the code necessary to hint */
/* TrueType glyphs with native TT hinting. */
/* */
/* This option requires TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER to be */
/* defined. */
/* */
/* #define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_HINTING */
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_COMPONENT_OFFSET_SCALED to compile the */
/* TrueType glyph loader to use Apple's definition of how to handle */
/* component offsets in composite glyphs. */
/* */
/* Apple and MS disagree on the default behavior of component offsets */
/* in composites. Apple says that they should be scaled by the scaling */
/* factors in the transformation matrix (roughly, it's more complex) */
/* while MS says they should not. OpenType defines two bits in the */
/* composite flags array which can be used to disambiguate, but old */
/* fonts will not have them. */
/* */
/* http://www.microsoft.com/typography/otspec/glyf.htm */
/* https://developer.apple.com/fonts/TrueType-Reference-Manual/RM06/Chap6glyf.html */
/* */
#undef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_COMPONENT_OFFSET_SCALED
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_GX_VAR_SUPPORT if you want to include */
/* support for Apple's distortable font technology (fvar, gvar, cvar, */
/* and avar tables). This has many similarities to Type 1 Multiple */
/* Masters support. */
/* */
#define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_GX_VAR_SUPPORT
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BDF if you want to include support for */
/* an embedded `BDF ' table within SFNT-based bitmap formats. */
/* */
#define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BDF
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Option TT_CONFIG_OPTION_MAX_RUNNABLE_OPCODES controls the maximum */
/* number of bytecode instructions executed for a single run of the */
/* bytecode interpreter, needed to prevent infinite loops. You don't */
/* want to change this except for very special situations (e.g., making */
/* a library fuzzer spend less time to handle broken fonts). */
/* */
/* It is not expected that this value is ever modified by a configuring */
/* script; instead, it gets surrounded with #ifndef ... #endif so that */
/* the value can be set as a preprocessor option on the compiler's */
/* command line. */
/* */
#ifndef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_MAX_RUNNABLE_OPCODES
#define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_MAX_RUNNABLE_OPCODES 1000000L
#endif
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/**** ****/
/**** T Y P E 1 D R I V E R C O N F I G U R A T I O N ****/
/**** ****/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* T1_MAX_DICT_DEPTH is the maximum depth of nest dictionaries and */
/* arrays in the Type 1 stream (see t1load.c). A minimum of 4 is */
/* required. */
/* */
#define T1_MAX_DICT_DEPTH 5
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* T1_MAX_SUBRS_CALLS details the maximum number of nested sub-routine */
/* calls during glyph loading. */
/* */
#define T1_MAX_SUBRS_CALLS 16
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* T1_MAX_CHARSTRING_OPERANDS is the charstring stack's capacity. A */
/* minimum of 16 is required. */
/* */
/* The Chinese font MingTiEG-Medium (CNS 11643 character set) needs 256. */
/* */
#define T1_MAX_CHARSTRINGS_OPERANDS 256
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Define this configuration macro if you want to prevent the */
/* compilation of `t1afm', which is in charge of reading Type 1 AFM */
/* files into an existing face. Note that if set, the T1 driver will be */
/* unable to produce kerning distances. */
/* */
#undef T1_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_AFM
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Define this configuration macro if you want to prevent the */
/* compilation of the Multiple Masters font support in the Type 1 */
/* driver. */
/* */
#undef T1_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_MM_SUPPORT
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/**** ****/
/**** C F F D R I V E R C O N F I G U R A T I O N ****/
/**** ****/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Using CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_{X,Y}{1,2,3,4} it is */
/* possible to set up the default values of the four control points that */
/* define the stem darkening behaviour of the (new) CFF engine. For */
/* more details please read the documentation of the */
/* `darkening-parameters' property of the cff driver module (file */
/* `ftcffdrv.h'), which allows the control at run-time. */
/* */
/* Do *not* undefine these macros! */
/* */
#define CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_X1 500
#define CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_Y1 400
#define CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_X2 1000
#define CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_Y2 275
#define CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_X3 1667
#define CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_Y3 275
#define CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_X4 2333
#define CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_Y4 0
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_ENGINE controls whether the pre-Adobe CFF */
/* engine gets compiled into FreeType. If defined, it is possible to */
/* switch between the two engines using the `hinting-engine' property of */
/* the cff driver module. */
/* */
/* #define CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_ENGINE */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/**** ****/
/**** A U T O F I T M O D U L E C O N F I G U R A T I O N ****/
/**** ****/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Compile autofit module with CJK (Chinese, Japanese, Korean) script */
/* support. */
/* */
#define AF_CONFIG_OPTION_CJK
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Compile autofit module with Indic script support. */
/* */
#define AF_CONFIG_OPTION_INDIC
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Compile autofit module with warp hinting. The idea of the warping */
/* code is to slightly scale and shift a glyph within a single dimension */
/* so that as much of its segments are aligned (more or less) on the */
/* grid. To find out the optimal scaling and shifting value, various */
/* parameter combinations are tried and scored. */
/* */
/* This experimental option is active only if the rendering mode is */
/* FT_RENDER_MODE_LIGHT; you can switch warping on and off with the */
/* `warping' property of the auto-hinter (see file `ftautoh.h' for more */
/* information; by default it is switched off). */
/* */
#define AF_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_WARPER
/* */
/*
* This macro is obsolete. Support has been removed in FreeType
* version 2.5.
*/
/* #define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS */
/*
* This macro is defined if native TrueType hinting is requested by the
* definitions above.
*/
#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER
#define TT_USE_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER
#endif
/*
* Check CFF darkening parameters. The checks are the same as in function
* `cff_property_set' in file `cffdrivr.c'.
*/
#if CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_X1 < 0 || \
CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_X2 < 0 || \
CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_X3 < 0 || \
CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_X4 < 0 || \
\
CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_Y1 < 0 || \
CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_Y2 < 0 || \
CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_Y3 < 0 || \
CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_Y4 < 0 || \
\
CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_X1 > \
CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_X2 || \
CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_X2 > \
CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_X3 || \
CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_X3 > \
CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_X4 || \
\
CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_Y1 > 500 || \
CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_Y2 > 500 || \
CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_Y3 > 500 || \
CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_Y4 > 500
#error "Invalid CFF darkening parameters!"
#endif
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTOPTION_H_ */
/* END */

173
ios-m1-simulator/include/freetype/config/ftstdlib.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,173 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftstdlib.h */
/* */
/* ANSI-specific library and header configuration file (specification */
/* only). */
/* */
/* Copyright 2002-2016 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* This file is used to group all #includes to the ANSI C library that */
/* FreeType normally requires. It also defines macros to rename the */
/* standard functions within the FreeType source code. */
/* */
/* Load a file which defines FTSTDLIB_H_ before this one to override it. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
#ifndef FTSTDLIB_H_
#define FTSTDLIB_H_
#include <stddef.h>
#define ft_ptrdiff_t ptrdiff_t
/**********************************************************************/
/* */
/* integer limits */
/* */
/* UINT_MAX and ULONG_MAX are used to automatically compute the size */
/* of `int' and `long' in bytes at compile-time. So far, this works */
/* for all platforms the library has been tested on. */
/* */
/* Note that on the extremely rare platforms that do not provide */
/* integer types that are _exactly_ 16 and 32 bits wide (e.g. some */
/* old Crays where `int' is 36 bits), we do not make any guarantee */
/* about the correct behaviour of FT2 with all fonts. */
/* */
/* In these case, `ftconfig.h' will refuse to compile anyway with a */
/* message like `couldn't find 32-bit type' or something similar. */
/* */
/**********************************************************************/
#include <limits.h>
#define FT_CHAR_BIT CHAR_BIT
#define FT_USHORT_MAX USHRT_MAX
#define FT_INT_MAX INT_MAX
#define FT_INT_MIN INT_MIN
#define FT_UINT_MAX UINT_MAX
#define FT_LONG_MAX LONG_MAX
#define FT_ULONG_MAX ULONG_MAX
/**********************************************************************/
/* */
/* character and string processing */
/* */
/**********************************************************************/
#include <string.h>
#define ft_memchr memchr
#define ft_memcmp memcmp
#define ft_memcpy memcpy
#define ft_memmove memmove
#define ft_memset memset
#define ft_strcat strcat
#define ft_strcmp strcmp
#define ft_strcpy strcpy
#define ft_strlen strlen
#define ft_strncmp strncmp
#define ft_strncpy strncpy
#define ft_strrchr strrchr
#define ft_strstr strstr
/**********************************************************************/
/* */
/* file handling */
/* */
/**********************************************************************/
#include <stdio.h>
#define FT_FILE FILE
#define ft_fclose fclose
#define ft_fopen fopen
#define ft_fread fread
#define ft_fseek fseek
#define ft_ftell ftell
#define ft_sprintf sprintf
/**********************************************************************/
/* */
/* sorting */
/* */
/**********************************************************************/
#include <stdlib.h>
#define ft_qsort qsort
/**********************************************************************/
/* */
/* memory allocation */
/* */
/**********************************************************************/
#define ft_scalloc calloc
#define ft_sfree free
#define ft_smalloc malloc
#define ft_srealloc realloc
/**********************************************************************/
/* */
/* miscellaneous */
/* */
/**********************************************************************/
#define ft_atol atol
/**********************************************************************/
/* */
/* execution control */
/* */
/**********************************************************************/
#include <setjmp.h>
#define ft_jmp_buf jmp_buf /* note: this cannot be a typedef since */
/* jmp_buf is defined as a macro */
/* on certain platforms */
#define ft_longjmp longjmp
#define ft_setjmp( b ) setjmp( *(ft_jmp_buf*) &(b) ) /* same thing here */
/* the following is only used for debugging purposes, i.e., if */
/* FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_ERROR or FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE are defined */
#include <stdarg.h>
#endif /* FTSTDLIB_H_ */
/* END */

4272
ios-m1-simulator/include/freetype/freetype.h Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

42
ios-m1-simulator/include/freetype/ft2build.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ft2build.h */
/* */
/* FreeType 2 build and setup macros. */
/* */
/* Copyright 1996-2016 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* This is the `entry point' for FreeType header file inclusions. It is */
/* the only header file which should be included directly; all other */
/* FreeType header files should be accessed with macro names (after */
/* including `ft2build.h'). */
/* */
/* A typical example is */
/* */
/* #include <ft2build.h> */
/* #include FT_FREETYPE_H */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
#ifndef FT2BUILD_H_
#define FT2BUILD_H_
#include "config/ftheader.h"
#endif /* FT2BUILD_H_ */
/* END */

187
ios-m1-simulator/include/freetype/ftadvanc.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,187 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftadvanc.h */
/* */
/* Quick computation of advance widths (specification only). */
/* */
/* Copyright 2008-2016 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef FTADVANC_H_
#define FTADVANC_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/**************************************************************************
*
* @section:
* quick_advance
*
* @title:
* Quick retrieval of advance values
*
* @abstract:
* Retrieve horizontal and vertical advance values without processing
* glyph outlines, if possible.
*
* @description:
* This section contains functions to quickly extract advance values
* without handling glyph outlines, if possible.
*
* @order:
* FT_Get_Advance
* FT_Get_Advances
*
*/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Const> */
/* FT_ADVANCE_FLAG_FAST_ONLY */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A bit-flag to be OR-ed with the `flags' parameter of the */
/* @FT_Get_Advance and @FT_Get_Advances functions. */
/* */
/* If set, it indicates that you want these functions to fail if the */
/* corresponding hinting mode or font driver doesn't allow for very */
/* quick advance computation. */
/* */
/* Typically, glyphs that are either unscaled, unhinted, bitmapped, */
/* or light-hinted can have their advance width computed very */
/* quickly. */
/* */
/* Normal and bytecode hinted modes that require loading, scaling, */
/* and hinting of the glyph outline, are extremely slow by */
/* comparison. */
/* */
#define FT_ADVANCE_FLAG_FAST_ONLY 0x20000000L
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Get_Advance */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Retrieve the advance value of a given glyph outline in an */
/* @FT_Face. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* face :: The source @FT_Face handle. */
/* */
/* gindex :: The glyph index. */
/* */
/* load_flags :: A set of bit flags similar to those used when */
/* calling @FT_Load_Glyph, used to determine what kind */
/* of advances you need. */
/* <Output> */
/* padvance :: The advance value. If scaling is performed (based on */
/* the value of `load_flags'), the advance value is in */
/* 16.16 format. Otherwise, it is in font units. */
/* */
/* If @FT_LOAD_VERTICAL_LAYOUT is set, this is the */
/* vertical advance corresponding to a vertical layout. */
/* Otherwise, it is the horizontal advance in a */
/* horizontal layout. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0 means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* This function may fail if you use @FT_ADVANCE_FLAG_FAST_ONLY and */
/* if the corresponding font backend doesn't have a quick way to */
/* retrieve the advances. */
/* */
/* A scaled advance is returned in 16.16 format but isn't transformed */
/* by the affine transformation specified by @FT_Set_Transform. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_Advance( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt gindex,
FT_Int32 load_flags,
FT_Fixed *padvance );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Get_Advances */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Retrieve the advance values of several glyph outlines in an */
/* @FT_Face. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* face :: The source @FT_Face handle. */
/* */
/* start :: The first glyph index. */
/* */
/* count :: The number of advance values you want to retrieve. */
/* */
/* load_flags :: A set of bit flags similar to those used when */
/* calling @FT_Load_Glyph. */
/* */
/* <Output> */
/* padvance :: The advance values. This array, to be provided by the */
/* caller, must contain at least `count' elements. */
/* */
/* If scaling is performed (based on the value of */
/* `load_flags'), the advance values are in 16.16 format. */
/* Otherwise, they are in font units. */
/* */
/* If @FT_LOAD_VERTICAL_LAYOUT is set, these are the */
/* vertical advances corresponding to a vertical layout. */
/* Otherwise, they are the horizontal advances in a */
/* horizontal layout. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0 means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* This function may fail if you use @FT_ADVANCE_FLAG_FAST_ONLY and */
/* if the corresponding font backend doesn't have a quick way to */
/* retrieve the advances. */
/* */
/* Scaled advances are returned in 16.16 format but aren't */
/* transformed by the affine transformation specified by */
/* @FT_Set_Transform. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_Advances( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt start,
FT_UInt count,
FT_Int32 load_flags,
FT_Fixed *padvances );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTADVANC_H_ */
/* END */

503
ios-m1-simulator/include/freetype/ftautoh.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,503 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftautoh.h */
/* */
/* FreeType API for controlling the auto-hinter (specification only). */
/* */
/* Copyright 2012-2016 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef FTAUTOH_H_
#define FTAUTOH_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/**************************************************************************
*
* @section:
* auto_hinter
*
* @title:
* The auto-hinter
*
* @abstract:
* Controlling the auto-hinting module.
*
* @description:
* While FreeType's auto-hinter doesn't expose API functions by itself,
* it is possible to control its behaviour with @FT_Property_Set and
* @FT_Property_Get. The following lists the available properties
* together with the necessary macros and structures.
*
* Note that the auto-hinter's module name is `autofitter' for
* historical reasons.
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @property:
* glyph-to-script-map
*
* @description:
* *Experimental* *only*
*
* The auto-hinter provides various script modules to hint glyphs.
* Examples of supported scripts are Latin or CJK. Before a glyph is
* auto-hinted, the Unicode character map of the font gets examined, and
* the script is then determined based on Unicode character ranges, see
* below.
*
* OpenType fonts, however, often provide much more glyphs than
* character codes (small caps, superscripts, ligatures, swashes, etc.),
* to be controlled by so-called `features'. Handling OpenType features
* can be quite complicated and thus needs a separate library on top of
* FreeType.
*
* The mapping between glyph indices and scripts (in the auto-hinter
* sense, see the @FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_XXX values) is stored as an
* array with `num_glyphs' elements, as found in the font's @FT_Face
* structure. The `glyph-to-script-map' property returns a pointer to
* this array, which can be modified as needed. Note that the
* modification should happen before the first glyph gets processed by
* the auto-hinter so that the global analysis of the font shapes
* actually uses the modified mapping.
*
* The following example code demonstrates how to access it (omitting
* the error handling).
*
* {
* FT_Library library;
* FT_Face face;
* FT_Prop_GlyphToScriptMap prop;
*
*
* FT_Init_FreeType( &library );
* FT_New_Face( library, "foo.ttf", 0, &face );
*
* prop.face = face;
*
* FT_Property_Get( library, "autofitter",
* "glyph-to-script-map", &prop );
*
* // adjust `prop.map' as needed right here
*
* FT_Load_Glyph( face, ..., FT_LOAD_FORCE_AUTOHINT );
* }
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_XXX
*
* @description:
* *Experimental* *only*
*
* A list of constants used for the @glyph-to-script-map property to
* specify the script submodule the auto-hinter should use for hinting a
* particular glyph.
*
* @values:
* FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_NONE ::
* Don't auto-hint this glyph.
*
* FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_LATIN ::
* Apply the latin auto-hinter. For the auto-hinter, `latin' is a
* very broad term, including Cyrillic and Greek also since characters
* from those scripts share the same design constraints.
*
* By default, characters from the following Unicode ranges are
* assigned to this submodule.
*
* {
* U+0020 - U+007F // Basic Latin (no control characters)
* U+00A0 - U+00FF // Latin-1 Supplement (no control characters)
* U+0100 - U+017F // Latin Extended-A
* U+0180 - U+024F // Latin Extended-B
* U+0250 - U+02AF // IPA Extensions
* U+02B0 - U+02FF // Spacing Modifier Letters
* U+0300 - U+036F // Combining Diacritical Marks
* U+0370 - U+03FF // Greek and Coptic
* U+0400 - U+04FF // Cyrillic
* U+0500 - U+052F // Cyrillic Supplement
* U+1D00 - U+1D7F // Phonetic Extensions
* U+1D80 - U+1DBF // Phonetic Extensions Supplement
* U+1DC0 - U+1DFF // Combining Diacritical Marks Supplement
* U+1E00 - U+1EFF // Latin Extended Additional
* U+1F00 - U+1FFF // Greek Extended
* U+2000 - U+206F // General Punctuation
* U+2070 - U+209F // Superscripts and Subscripts
* U+20A0 - U+20CF // Currency Symbols
* U+2150 - U+218F // Number Forms
* U+2460 - U+24FF // Enclosed Alphanumerics
* U+2C60 - U+2C7F // Latin Extended-C
* U+2DE0 - U+2DFF // Cyrillic Extended-A
* U+2E00 - U+2E7F // Supplemental Punctuation
* U+A640 - U+A69F // Cyrillic Extended-B
* U+A720 - U+A7FF // Latin Extended-D
* U+FB00 - U+FB06 // Alphab. Present. Forms (Latin Ligatures)
* U+1D400 - U+1D7FF // Mathematical Alphanumeric Symbols
* U+1F100 - U+1F1FF // Enclosed Alphanumeric Supplement
* }
*
* FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_CJK ::
* Apply the CJK auto-hinter, covering Chinese, Japanese, Korean, old
* Vietnamese, and some other scripts.
*
* By default, characters from the following Unicode ranges are
* assigned to this submodule.
*
* {
* U+1100 - U+11FF // Hangul Jamo
* U+2E80 - U+2EFF // CJK Radicals Supplement
* U+2F00 - U+2FDF // Kangxi Radicals
* U+2FF0 - U+2FFF // Ideographic Description Characters
* U+3000 - U+303F // CJK Symbols and Punctuation
* U+3040 - U+309F // Hiragana
* U+30A0 - U+30FF // Katakana
* U+3100 - U+312F // Bopomofo
* U+3130 - U+318F // Hangul Compatibility Jamo
* U+3190 - U+319F // Kanbun
* U+31A0 - U+31BF // Bopomofo Extended
* U+31C0 - U+31EF // CJK Strokes
* U+31F0 - U+31FF // Katakana Phonetic Extensions
* U+3200 - U+32FF // Enclosed CJK Letters and Months
* U+3300 - U+33FF // CJK Compatibility
* U+3400 - U+4DBF // CJK Unified Ideographs Extension A
* U+4DC0 - U+4DFF // Yijing Hexagram Symbols
* U+4E00 - U+9FFF // CJK Unified Ideographs
* U+A960 - U+A97F // Hangul Jamo Extended-A
* U+AC00 - U+D7AF // Hangul Syllables
* U+D7B0 - U+D7FF // Hangul Jamo Extended-B
* U+F900 - U+FAFF // CJK Compatibility Ideographs
* U+FE10 - U+FE1F // Vertical forms
* U+FE30 - U+FE4F // CJK Compatibility Forms
* U+FF00 - U+FFEF // Halfwidth and Fullwidth Forms
* U+1B000 - U+1B0FF // Kana Supplement
* U+1D300 - U+1D35F // Tai Xuan Hing Symbols
* U+1F200 - U+1F2FF // Enclosed Ideographic Supplement
* U+20000 - U+2A6DF // CJK Unified Ideographs Extension B
* U+2A700 - U+2B73F // CJK Unified Ideographs Extension C
* U+2B740 - U+2B81F // CJK Unified Ideographs Extension D
* U+2F800 - U+2FA1F // CJK Compatibility Ideographs Supplement
* }
*
* FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_INDIC ::
* Apply the indic auto-hinter, covering all major scripts from the
* Indian sub-continent and some other related scripts like Thai, Lao,
* or Tibetan.
*
* By default, characters from the following Unicode ranges are
* assigned to this submodule.
*
* {
* U+0900 - U+0DFF // Indic Range
* U+0F00 - U+0FFF // Tibetan
* U+1900 - U+194F // Limbu
* U+1B80 - U+1BBF // Sundanese
* U+1C80 - U+1CDF // Meetei Mayak
* U+A800 - U+A82F // Syloti Nagri
* U+11800 - U+118DF // Sharada
* }
*
* Note that currently Indic support is rudimentary only, missing blue
* zone support.
*
*/
#define FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_NONE 0
#define FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_LATIN 1
#define FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_CJK 2
#define FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_INDIC 3
/**************************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* FT_Prop_GlyphToScriptMap
*
* @description:
* *Experimental* *only*
*
* The data exchange structure for the @glyph-to-script-map property.
*
*/
typedef struct FT_Prop_GlyphToScriptMap_
{
FT_Face face;
FT_UShort* map;
} FT_Prop_GlyphToScriptMap;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @property:
* fallback-script
*
* @description:
* *Experimental* *only*
*
* If no auto-hinter script module can be assigned to a glyph, a
* fallback script gets assigned to it (see also the
* @glyph-to-script-map property). By default, this is
* @FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_CJK. Using the `fallback-script' property,
* this fallback value can be changed.
*
* {
* FT_Library library;
* FT_UInt fallback_script = FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_NONE;
*
*
* FT_Init_FreeType( &library );
*
* FT_Property_Set( library, "autofitter",
* "fallback-script", &fallback_script );
* }
*
* @note:
* This property can be used with @FT_Property_Get also.
*
* It's important to use the right timing for changing this value: The
* creation of the glyph-to-script map that eventually uses the
* fallback script value gets triggered either by setting or reading a
* face-specific property like @glyph-to-script-map, or by auto-hinting
* any glyph from that face. In particular, if you have already created
* an @FT_Face structure but not loaded any glyph (using the
* auto-hinter), a change of the fallback script will affect this face.
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @property:
* default-script
*
* @description:
* *Experimental* *only*
*
* If FreeType gets compiled with FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_HARFBUZZ to make
* the HarfBuzz library access OpenType features for getting better
* glyph coverages, this property sets the (auto-fitter) script to be
* used for the default (OpenType) script data of a font's GSUB table.
* Features for the default script are intended for all scripts not
* explicitly handled in GSUB; an example is a `dlig' feature,
* containing the combination of the characters `T', `E', and `L' to
* form a `TEL' ligature.
*
* By default, this is @FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_LATIN. Using the
* `default-script' property, this default value can be changed.
*
* {
* FT_Library library;
* FT_UInt default_script = FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_NONE;
*
*
* FT_Init_FreeType( &library );
*
* FT_Property_Set( library, "autofitter",
* "default-script", &default_script );
* }
*
* @note:
* This property can be used with @FT_Property_Get also.
*
* It's important to use the right timing for changing this value: The
* creation of the glyph-to-script map that eventually uses the
* default script value gets triggered either by setting or reading a
* face-specific property like @glyph-to-script-map, or by auto-hinting
* any glyph from that face. In particular, if you have already created
* an @FT_Face structure but not loaded any glyph (using the
* auto-hinter), a change of the default script will affect this face.
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @property:
* increase-x-height
*
* @description:
* For ppem values in the range 6~<= ppem <= `increase-x-height', round
* up the font's x~height much more often than normally. If the value
* is set to~0, which is the default, this feature is switched off. Use
* this property to improve the legibility of small font sizes if
* necessary.
*
* {
* FT_Library library;
* FT_Face face;
* FT_Prop_IncreaseXHeight prop;
*
*
* FT_Init_FreeType( &library );
* FT_New_Face( library, "foo.ttf", 0, &face );
* FT_Set_Char_Size( face, 10 * 64, 0, 72, 0 );
*
* prop.face = face;
* prop.limit = 14;
*
* FT_Property_Set( library, "autofitter",
* "increase-x-height", &prop );
* }
*
* @note:
* This property can be used with @FT_Property_Get also.
*
* Set this value right after calling @FT_Set_Char_Size, but before
* loading any glyph (using the auto-hinter).
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* FT_Prop_IncreaseXHeight
*
* @description:
* The data exchange structure for the @increase-x-height property.
*
*/
typedef struct FT_Prop_IncreaseXHeight_
{
FT_Face face;
FT_UInt limit;
} FT_Prop_IncreaseXHeight;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @property:
* warping
*
* @description:
* *Experimental* *only*
*
* If FreeType gets compiled with option AF_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_WARPER to
* activate the warp hinting code in the auto-hinter, this property
* switches warping on and off.
*
* Warping only works in `light' auto-hinting mode. The idea of the
* code is to slightly scale and shift a glyph along the non-hinted
* dimension (which is usually the horizontal axis) so that as much of
* its segments are aligned (more or less) to the grid. To find out a
* glyph's optimal scaling and shifting value, various parameter
* combinations are tried and scored.
*
* By default, warping is off. The example below shows how to switch on
* warping (omitting the error handling).
*
* {
* FT_Library library;
* FT_Bool warping = 1;
*
*
* FT_Init_FreeType( &library );
*
* FT_Property_Set( library, "autofitter",
* "warping", &warping );
* }
*
* @note:
* This property can be used with @FT_Property_Get also.
*
* The warping code can also change advance widths. Have a look at the
* `lsb_delta' and `rsb_delta' fields in the @FT_GlyphSlotRec structure
* for details on improving inter-glyph distances while rendering.
*
* Since warping is a global property of the auto-hinter it is best to
* change its value before rendering any face. Otherwise, you should
* reload all faces that get auto-hinted in `light' hinting mode.
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @property:
* no-stem-darkening[autofit]
*
* @description:
* *Experimental* *only,* *requires* *linear* *alpha* *blending* *and*
* *gamma* *correction*
*
* Stem darkening emboldens glyphs at smaller sizes to make them more
* readable on common low-DPI screens when using linear alpha blending
* and gamma correction, see @FT_Render_Glyph. When not using linear
* alpha blending and gamma correction, glyphs will appear heavy and
* fuzzy!
*
* Gamma correction essentially lightens fonts since shades of grey are
* shifted to higher pixel values (=~higher brightness) to match the
* original intention to the reality of our screens. The side-effect is
* that glyphs `thin out'. Mac OS~X and Adobe's proprietary font
* rendering library implement a counter-measure: stem darkening at
* smaller sizes where shades of gray dominate. By emboldening a glyph
* slightly in relation to its pixel size, individual pixels get higher
* coverage of filled-in outlines and are therefore `blacker'. This
* counteracts the `thinning out' of glyphs, making text remain readable
* at smaller sizes. All glyphs that pass through the auto-hinter will
* be emboldened unless this property is set to TRUE.
*
* See the description of the CFF driver for algorithmic details. Total
* consistency with the CFF driver is currently not achieved because the
* emboldening method differs and glyphs must be scaled down on the
* Y-axis to keep outline points inside their precomputed blue zones.
* The smaller the size (especially 9ppem and down), the higher the loss
* of emboldening versus the CFF driver.
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @property:
* darkening-parameters[autofit]
*
* @description:
* *Experimental* *only*
*
* See the description of the CFF driver for details. This
* implementation appropriates the
* CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_* #defines for consistency.
* Note the differences described in @no-stem-darkening[autofit].
*
*/
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTAUTOH_H_ */
/* END */

101
ios-m1-simulator/include/freetype/ftbbox.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,101 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftbbox.h */
/* */
/* FreeType exact bbox computation (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 1996-2016 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* This component has a _single_ role: to compute exact outline bounding */
/* boxes. */
/* */
/* It is separated from the rest of the engine for various technical */
/* reasons. It may well be integrated in `ftoutln' later. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
#ifndef FTBBOX_H_
#define FTBBOX_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* outline_processing */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Outline_Get_BBox */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Compute the exact bounding box of an outline. This is slower */
/* than computing the control box. However, it uses an advanced */
/* algorithm that returns _very_ quickly when the two boxes */
/* coincide. Otherwise, the outline Bézier arcs are traversed to */
/* extract their extrema. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* outline :: A pointer to the source outline. */
/* */
/* <Output> */
/* abbox :: The outline's exact bounding box. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* If the font is tricky and the glyph has been loaded with */
/* @FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE, the resulting BBox is meaningless. To get */
/* reasonable values for the BBox it is necessary to load the glyph */
/* at a large ppem value (so that the hinting instructions can */
/* properly shift and scale the subglyphs), then extracting the BBox, */
/* which can be eventually converted back to font units. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Outline_Get_BBox( FT_Outline* outline,
FT_BBox *abbox );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTBBOX_H_ */
/* END */
/* Local Variables: */
/* coding: utf-8 */
/* End: */

210
ios-m1-simulator/include/freetype/ftbdf.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,210 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftbdf.h */
/* */
/* FreeType API for accessing BDF-specific strings (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 2002-2016 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef FTBDF_H_
#define FTBDF_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* bdf_fonts */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* BDF and PCF Files */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* BDF and PCF specific API. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This section contains the declaration of functions specific to BDF */
/* and PCF fonts. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/**********************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* BDF_PropertyType
*
* @description:
* A list of BDF property types.
*
* @values:
* BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_NONE ::
* Value~0 is used to indicate a missing property.
*
* BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_ATOM ::
* Property is a string atom.
*
* BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_INTEGER ::
* Property is a 32-bit signed integer.
*
* BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_CARDINAL ::
* Property is a 32-bit unsigned integer.
*/
typedef enum BDF_PropertyType_
{
BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_NONE = 0,
BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_ATOM = 1,
BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_INTEGER = 2,
BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_CARDINAL = 3
} BDF_PropertyType;
/**********************************************************************
*
* @type:
* BDF_Property
*
* @description:
* A handle to a @BDF_PropertyRec structure to model a given
* BDF/PCF property.
*/
typedef struct BDF_PropertyRec_* BDF_Property;
/**********************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* BDF_PropertyRec
*
* @description:
* This structure models a given BDF/PCF property.
*
* @fields:
* type ::
* The property type.
*
* u.atom ::
* The atom string, if type is @BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_ATOM. May be
* NULL, indicating an empty string.
*
* u.integer ::
* A signed integer, if type is @BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_INTEGER.
*
* u.cardinal ::
* An unsigned integer, if type is @BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_CARDINAL.
*/
typedef struct BDF_PropertyRec_
{
BDF_PropertyType type;
union {
const char* atom;
FT_Int32 integer;
FT_UInt32 cardinal;
} u;
} BDF_PropertyRec;
/**********************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Get_BDF_Charset_ID
*
* @description:
* Retrieve a BDF font character set identity, according to
* the BDF specification.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* A handle to the input face.
*
* @output:
* acharset_encoding ::
* Charset encoding, as a C~string, owned by the face.
*
* acharset_registry ::
* Charset registry, as a C~string, owned by the face.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* This function only works with BDF faces, returning an error otherwise.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_BDF_Charset_ID( FT_Face face,
const char* *acharset_encoding,
const char* *acharset_registry );
/**********************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Get_BDF_Property
*
* @description:
* Retrieve a BDF property from a BDF or PCF font file.
*
* @input:
* face :: A handle to the input face.
*
* name :: The property name.
*
* @output:
* aproperty :: The property.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* This function works with BDF _and_ PCF fonts. It returns an error
* otherwise. It also returns an error if the property is not in the
* font.
*
* A `property' is a either key-value pair within the STARTPROPERTIES
* ... ENDPROPERTIES block of a BDF font or a key-value pair from the
* `info->props' array within a `FontRec' structure of a PCF font.
*
* Integer properties are always stored as `signed' within PCF fonts;
* consequently, @BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_CARDINAL is a possible return value
* for BDF fonts only.
*
* In case of error, `aproperty->type' is always set to
* @BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_NONE.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_BDF_Property( FT_Face face,
const char* prop_name,
BDF_PropertyRec *aproperty );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTBDF_H_ */
/* END */

240
ios-m1-simulator/include/freetype/ftbitmap.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,240 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftbitmap.h */
/* */
/* FreeType utility functions for bitmaps (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 2004-2016 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef FTBITMAP_H_
#define FTBITMAP_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* bitmap_handling */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* Bitmap Handling */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* Handling FT_Bitmap objects. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This section contains functions for handling @FT_Bitmap objects. */
/* Note that none of the functions changes the bitmap's `flow' (as */
/* indicated by the sign of the `pitch' field in `FT_Bitmap'). */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Bitmap_Init */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Initialize a pointer to an @FT_Bitmap structure. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* abitmap :: A pointer to the bitmap structure. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* A deprecated name for the same function is `FT_Bitmap_New'. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Bitmap_Init( FT_Bitmap *abitmap );
/* deprecated */
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Bitmap_New( FT_Bitmap *abitmap );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Bitmap_Copy */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Copy a bitmap into another one. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* library :: A handle to a library object. */
/* */
/* source :: A handle to the source bitmap. */
/* */
/* <Output> */
/* target :: A handle to the target bitmap. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Bitmap_Copy( FT_Library library,
const FT_Bitmap *source,
FT_Bitmap *target);
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Bitmap_Embolden */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Embolden a bitmap. The new bitmap will be about `xStrength' */
/* pixels wider and `yStrength' pixels higher. The left and bottom */
/* borders are kept unchanged. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* library :: A handle to a library object. */
/* */
/* xStrength :: How strong the glyph is emboldened horizontally. */
/* Expressed in 26.6 pixel format. */
/* */
/* yStrength :: How strong the glyph is emboldened vertically. */
/* Expressed in 26.6 pixel format. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* bitmap :: A handle to the target bitmap. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* The current implementation restricts `xStrength' to be less than */
/* or equal to~8 if bitmap is of pixel_mode @FT_PIXEL_MODE_MONO. */
/* */
/* If you want to embolden the bitmap owned by a @FT_GlyphSlotRec, */
/* you should call @FT_GlyphSlot_Own_Bitmap on the slot first. */
/* */
/* Bitmaps in @FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY2 and @FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY@ format */
/* are converted to @FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY format (i.e., 8bpp). */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Bitmap_Embolden( FT_Library library,
FT_Bitmap* bitmap,
FT_Pos xStrength,
FT_Pos yStrength );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Bitmap_Convert */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Convert a bitmap object with depth 1bpp, 2bpp, 4bpp, 8bpp or 32bpp */
/* to a bitmap object with depth 8bpp, making the number of used */
/* bytes line (a.k.a. the `pitch') a multiple of `alignment'. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* library :: A handle to a library object. */
/* */
/* source :: The source bitmap. */
/* */
/* alignment :: The pitch of the bitmap is a multiple of this */
/* parameter. Common values are 1, 2, or 4. */
/* */
/* <Output> */
/* target :: The target bitmap. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* It is possible to call @FT_Bitmap_Convert multiple times without */
/* calling @FT_Bitmap_Done (the memory is simply reallocated). */
/* */
/* Use @FT_Bitmap_Done to finally remove the bitmap object. */
/* */
/* The `library' argument is taken to have access to FreeType's */
/* memory handling functions. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Bitmap_Convert( FT_Library library,
const FT_Bitmap *source,
FT_Bitmap *target,
FT_Int alignment );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_GlyphSlot_Own_Bitmap */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Make sure that a glyph slot owns `slot->bitmap'. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* slot :: The glyph slot. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* This function is to be used in combination with */
/* @FT_Bitmap_Embolden. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_GlyphSlot_Own_Bitmap( FT_GlyphSlot slot );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Bitmap_Done */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Destroy a bitmap object initialized with @FT_Bitmap_Init. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* library :: A handle to a library object. */
/* */
/* bitmap :: The bitmap object to be freed. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* The `library' argument is taken to have access to FreeType's */
/* memory handling functions. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Bitmap_Done( FT_Library library,
FT_Bitmap *bitmap );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTBITMAP_H_ */
/* END */

102
ios-m1-simulator/include/freetype/ftbzip2.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,102 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftbzip2.h */
/* */
/* Bzip2-compressed stream support. */
/* */
/* Copyright 2010-2016 by */
/* Joel Klinghed. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef FTBZIP2_H_
#define FTBZIP2_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* bzip2 */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* BZIP2 Streams */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* Using bzip2-compressed font files. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This section contains the declaration of Bzip2-specific functions. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Stream_OpenBzip2
*
* @description:
* Open a new stream to parse bzip2-compressed font files. This is
* mainly used to support the compressed `*.pcf.bz2' fonts that come
* with XFree86.
*
* @input:
* stream ::
* The target embedding stream.
*
* source ::
* The source stream.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* The source stream must be opened _before_ calling this function.
*
* Calling the internal function `FT_Stream_Close' on the new stream will
* *not* call `FT_Stream_Close' on the source stream. None of the stream
* objects will be released to the heap.
*
* The stream implementation is very basic and resets the decompression
* process each time seeking backwards is needed within the stream.
*
* In certain builds of the library, bzip2 compression recognition is
* automatically handled when calling @FT_New_Face or @FT_Open_Face.
* This means that if no font driver is capable of handling the raw
* compressed file, the library will try to open a bzip2 compressed stream
* from it and re-open the face with it.
*
* This function may return `FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature' if your build
* of FreeType was not compiled with bzip2 support.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Stream_OpenBzip2( FT_Stream stream,
FT_Stream source );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTBZIP2_H_ */
/* END */

1057
ios-m1-simulator/include/freetype/ftcache.h Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

262
ios-m1-simulator/include/freetype/ftcffdrv.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,262 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftcffdrv.h */
/* */
/* FreeType API for controlling the CFF driver (specification only). */
/* */
/* Copyright 2013-2016 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef FTCFFDRV_H_
#define FTCFFDRV_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/**************************************************************************
*
* @section:
* cff_driver
*
* @title:
* The CFF driver
*
* @abstract:
* Controlling the CFF driver module.
*
* @description:
* While FreeType's CFF driver doesn't expose API functions by itself,
* it is possible to control its behaviour with @FT_Property_Set and
* @FT_Property_Get. The list below gives the available properties
* together with the necessary macros and structures.
*
* The CFF driver's module name is `cff'.
*
* *Hinting* *and* *antialiasing* *principles* *of* *the* *new* *engine*
*
* The rasterizer is positioning horizontal features (e.g., ascender
* height & x-height, or crossbars) on the pixel grid and minimizing the
* amount of antialiasing applied to them, while placing vertical
* features (vertical stems) on the pixel grid without hinting, thus
* representing the stem position and weight accurately. Sometimes the
* vertical stems may be only partially black. In this context,
* `antialiasing' means that stems are not positioned exactly on pixel
* borders, causing a fuzzy appearance.
*
* There are two principles behind this approach.
*
* 1) No hinting in the horizontal direction: Unlike `superhinted'
* TrueType, which changes glyph widths to accommodate regular
* inter-glyph spacing, Adobe's approach is `faithful to the design' in
* representing both the glyph width and the inter-glyph spacing
* designed for the font. This makes the screen display as close as it
* can be to the result one would get with infinite resolution, while
* preserving what is considered the key characteristics of each glyph.
* Note that the distances between unhinted and grid-fitted positions at
* small sizes are comparable to kerning values and thus would be
* noticeable (and distracting) while reading if hinting were applied.
*
* One of the reasons to not hint horizontally is antialiasing for LCD
* screens: The pixel geometry of modern displays supplies three
* vertical sub-pixels as the eye moves horizontally across each visible
* pixel. On devices where we can be certain this characteristic is
* present a rasterizer can take advantage of the sub-pixels to add
* increments of weight. In Western writing systems this turns out to
* be the more critical direction anyway; the weights and spacing of
* vertical stems (see above) are central to Armenian, Cyrillic, Greek,
* and Latin type designs. Even when the rasterizer uses greyscale
* antialiasing instead of color (a necessary compromise when one
* doesn't know the screen characteristics), the unhinted vertical
* features preserve the design's weight and spacing much better than
* aliased type would.
*
* 2) Aligment in the vertical direction: Weights and spacing along the
* y~axis are less critical; what is much more important is the visual
* alignment of related features (like cap-height and x-height). The
* sense of alignment for these is enhanced by the sharpness of grid-fit
* edges, while the cruder vertical resolution (full pixels instead of
* 1/3 pixels) is less of a problem.
*
* On the technical side, horizontal alignment zones for ascender,
* x-height, and other important height values (traditionally called
* `blue zones') as defined in the font are positioned independently,
* each being rounded to the nearest pixel edge, taking care of
* overshoot suppression at small sizes, stem darkening, and scaling.
*
* Hstems (this is, hint values defined in the font to help align
* horizontal features) that fall within a blue zone are said to be
* `captured' and are aligned to that zone. Uncaptured stems are moved
* in one of four ways, top edge up or down, bottom edge up or down.
* Unless there are conflicting hstems, the smallest movement is taken
* to minimize distortion.
*
* @order:
* hinting-engine
* no-stem-darkening[cff]
* darkening-parameters[cff]
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @property:
* hinting-engine
*
* @description:
* Thanks to Adobe, which contributed a new hinting (and parsing)
* engine, an application can select between `freetype' and `adobe' if
* compiled with CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_ENGINE. If this configuration
* macro isn't defined, `hinting-engine' does nothing.
*
* The default engine is `freetype' if CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_ENGINE is
* defined, and `adobe' otherwise.
*
* The following example code demonstrates how to select Adobe's hinting
* engine (omitting the error handling).
*
* {
* FT_Library library;
* FT_UInt hinting_engine = FT_CFF_HINTING_ADOBE;
*
*
* FT_Init_FreeType( &library );
*
* FT_Property_Set( library, "cff",
* "hinting-engine", &hinting_engine );
* }
*
* @note:
* This property can be used with @FT_Property_Get also.
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* FT_CFF_HINTING_XXX
*
* @description:
* A list of constants used for the @hinting-engine property to select
* the hinting engine for CFF fonts.
*
* @values:
* FT_CFF_HINTING_FREETYPE ::
* Use the old FreeType hinting engine.
*
* FT_CFF_HINTING_ADOBE ::
* Use the hinting engine contributed by Adobe.
*
*/
#define FT_CFF_HINTING_FREETYPE 0
#define FT_CFF_HINTING_ADOBE 1
/**************************************************************************
*
* @property:
* no-stem-darkening[cff]
*
* @description:
* By default, the Adobe CFF engine darkens stems at smaller sizes,
* regardless of hinting, to enhance contrast. This feature requires
* a rendering system with proper gamma correction. Setting this
* property, stem darkening gets switched off.
*
* Note that stem darkening is never applied if @FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE is set.
*
* {
* FT_Library library;
* FT_Bool no_stem_darkening = TRUE;
*
*
* FT_Init_FreeType( &library );
*
* FT_Property_Set( library, "cff",
* "no-stem-darkening", &no_stem_darkening );
* }
*
* @note:
* This property can be used with @FT_Property_Get also.
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @property:
* darkening-parameters[cff]
*
* @description:
* By default, the Adobe CFF engine darkens stems as follows (if the
* `no-stem-darkening' property isn't set):
*
* {
* stem width <= 0.5px: darkening amount = 0.4px
* stem width = 1px: darkening amount = 0.275px
* stem width = 1.667px: darkening amount = 0.275px
* stem width >= 2.333px: darkening amount = 0px
* }
*
* and piecewise linear in-between. At configuration time, these four
* control points can be set with the macro
* `CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETERS'. At runtime, the control
* points can be changed using the `darkening-parameters' property, as
* the following example demonstrates.
*
* {
* FT_Library library;
* FT_Int darken_params[8] = { 500, 300, // x1, y1
* 1000, 200, // x2, y2
* 1500, 100, // x3, y3
* 2000, 0 }; // x4, y4
*
*
* FT_Init_FreeType( &library );
*
* FT_Property_Set( library, "cff",
* "darkening-parameters", darken_params );
* }
*
* The x~values give the stem width, and the y~values the darkening
* amount. The unit is 1000th of pixels. All coordinate values must be
* positive; the x~values must be monotonically increasing; the
* y~values must be monotonically decreasing and smaller than or
* equal to 500 (corresponding to half a pixel); the slope of each
* linear piece must be shallower than -1 (e.g., -.4).
*
* @note:
* This property can be used with @FT_Property_Get also.
*
*/
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTCFFDRV_H_ */
/* END */

135
ios-m1-simulator/include/freetype/ftchapters.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,135 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* This file defines the structure of the FreeType reference. */
/* It is used by the python script that generates the HTML files. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Chapter> */
/* general_remarks */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* General Remarks */
/* */
/* <Sections> */
/* header_inclusion */
/* user_allocation */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Chapter> */
/* core_api */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* Core API */
/* */
/* <Sections> */
/* version */
/* basic_types */
/* base_interface */
/* glyph_variants */
/* glyph_management */
/* mac_specific */
/* sizes_management */
/* header_file_macros */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Chapter> */
/* format_specific */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* Format-Specific API */
/* */
/* <Sections> */
/* multiple_masters */
/* truetype_tables */
/* type1_tables */
/* sfnt_names */
/* bdf_fonts */
/* cid_fonts */
/* pfr_fonts */
/* winfnt_fonts */
/* font_formats */
/* gasp_table */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Chapter> */
/* module_specific */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* Controlling FreeType Modules */
/* */
/* <Sections> */
/* auto_hinter */
/* cff_driver */
/* tt_driver */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Chapter> */
/* cache_subsystem */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* Cache Sub-System */
/* */
/* <Sections> */
/* cache_subsystem */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Chapter> */
/* support_api */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* Support API */
/* */
/* <Sections> */
/* computations */
/* list_processing */
/* outline_processing */
/* quick_advance */
/* bitmap_handling */
/* raster */
/* glyph_stroker */
/* system_interface */
/* module_management */
/* gzip */
/* lzw */
/* bzip2 */
/* lcd_filtering */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Chapter> */
/* error_codes */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* Error Codes */
/* */
/* <Sections> */
/* error_enumerations */
/* error_code_values */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/

168
ios-m1-simulator/include/freetype/ftcid.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,168 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftcid.h */
/* */
/* FreeType API for accessing CID font information (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 2007-2016 by */
/* Dereg Clegg and Michael Toftdal. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef FTCID_H_
#define FTCID_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* cid_fonts */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* CID Fonts */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* CID-keyed font specific API. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This section contains the declaration of CID-keyed font specific */
/* functions. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/**********************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Get_CID_Registry_Ordering_Supplement
*
* @description:
* Retrieve the Registry/Ordering/Supplement triple (also known as the
* "R/O/S") from a CID-keyed font.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* A handle to the input face.
*
* @output:
* registry ::
* The registry, as a C~string, owned by the face.
*
* ordering ::
* The ordering, as a C~string, owned by the face.
*
* supplement ::
* The supplement.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* This function only works with CID faces, returning an error
* otherwise.
*
* @since:
* 2.3.6
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_CID_Registry_Ordering_Supplement( FT_Face face,
const char* *registry,
const char* *ordering,
FT_Int *supplement);
/**********************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Get_CID_Is_Internally_CID_Keyed
*
* @description:
* Retrieve the type of the input face, CID keyed or not. In
* constrast to the @FT_IS_CID_KEYED macro this function returns
* successfully also for CID-keyed fonts in an SNFT wrapper.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* A handle to the input face.
*
* @output:
* is_cid ::
* The type of the face as an @FT_Bool.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* This function only works with CID faces and OpenType fonts,
* returning an error otherwise.
*
* @since:
* 2.3.9
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_CID_Is_Internally_CID_Keyed( FT_Face face,
FT_Bool *is_cid );
/**********************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Get_CID_From_Glyph_Index
*
* @description:
* Retrieve the CID of the input glyph index.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* A handle to the input face.
*
* glyph_index ::
* The input glyph index.
*
* @output:
* cid ::
* The CID as an @FT_UInt.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* This function only works with CID faces and OpenType fonts,
* returning an error otherwise.
*
* @since:
* 2.3.9
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_CID_From_Glyph_Index( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt glyph_index,
FT_UInt *cid );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTCID_H_ */
/* END */

276
ios-m1-simulator/include/freetype/fterrdef.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,276 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* fterrdef.h */
/* */
/* FreeType error codes (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 2002-2016 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* error_code_values */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* Error Code Values */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* All possible error codes returned by FreeType functions. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* The list below is taken verbatim from the file `fterrdef.h' */
/* (loaded automatically by including `FT_FREETYPE_H'). The first */
/* argument of the `FT_ERROR_DEF_' macro is the error label; by */
/* default, the prefix `FT_Err_' gets added so that you get error */
/* names like `FT_Err_Cannot_Open_Resource'. The second argument is */
/* the error code, and the last argument an error string, which is not */
/* used by FreeType. */
/* */
/* Within your application you should *only* use error names and */
/* *never* its numeric values! The latter might (and actually do) */
/* change in forthcoming FreeType versions. */
/* */
/* Macro `FT_NOERRORDEF_' defines `FT_Err_Ok', which is always zero. */
/* See the `Error Enumerations' subsection how to automatically */
/* generate a list of error strings. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Enum> */
/* FT_Err_XXX */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/* generic errors */
FT_NOERRORDEF_( Ok, 0x00,
"no error" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Cannot_Open_Resource, 0x01,
"cannot open resource" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Unknown_File_Format, 0x02,
"unknown file format" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_File_Format, 0x03,
"broken file" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Version, 0x04,
"invalid FreeType version" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Lower_Module_Version, 0x05,
"module version is too low" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Argument, 0x06,
"invalid argument" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Unimplemented_Feature, 0x07,
"unimplemented feature" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Table, 0x08,
"broken table" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Offset, 0x09,
"broken offset within table" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Array_Too_Large, 0x0A,
"array allocation size too large" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Module, 0x0B,
"missing module" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Property, 0x0C,
"missing property" )
/* glyph/character errors */
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Glyph_Index, 0x10,
"invalid glyph index" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Character_Code, 0x11,
"invalid character code" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Glyph_Format, 0x12,
"unsupported glyph image format" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Cannot_Render_Glyph, 0x13,
"cannot render this glyph format" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Outline, 0x14,
"invalid outline" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Composite, 0x15,
"invalid composite glyph" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Too_Many_Hints, 0x16,
"too many hints" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Pixel_Size, 0x17,
"invalid pixel size" )
/* handle errors */
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Handle, 0x20,
"invalid object handle" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Library_Handle, 0x21,
"invalid library handle" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Driver_Handle, 0x22,
"invalid module handle" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Face_Handle, 0x23,
"invalid face handle" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Size_Handle, 0x24,
"invalid size handle" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Slot_Handle, 0x25,
"invalid glyph slot handle" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_CharMap_Handle, 0x26,
"invalid charmap handle" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Cache_Handle, 0x27,
"invalid cache manager handle" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Stream_Handle, 0x28,
"invalid stream handle" )
/* driver errors */
FT_ERRORDEF_( Too_Many_Drivers, 0x30,
"too many modules" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Too_Many_Extensions, 0x31,
"too many extensions" )
/* memory errors */
FT_ERRORDEF_( Out_Of_Memory, 0x40,
"out of memory" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Unlisted_Object, 0x41,
"unlisted object" )
/* stream errors */
FT_ERRORDEF_( Cannot_Open_Stream, 0x51,
"cannot open stream" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Stream_Seek, 0x52,
"invalid stream seek" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Stream_Skip, 0x53,
"invalid stream skip" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Stream_Read, 0x54,
"invalid stream read" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Stream_Operation, 0x55,
"invalid stream operation" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Frame_Operation, 0x56,
"invalid frame operation" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Nested_Frame_Access, 0x57,
"nested frame access" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Frame_Read, 0x58,
"invalid frame read" )
/* raster errors */
FT_ERRORDEF_( Raster_Uninitialized, 0x60,
"raster uninitialized" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Raster_Corrupted, 0x61,
"raster corrupted" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Raster_Overflow, 0x62,
"raster overflow" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Raster_Negative_Height, 0x63,
"negative height while rastering" )
/* cache errors */
FT_ERRORDEF_( Too_Many_Caches, 0x70,
"too many registered caches" )
/* TrueType and SFNT errors */
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Opcode, 0x80,
"invalid opcode" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Too_Few_Arguments, 0x81,
"too few arguments" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Stack_Overflow, 0x82,
"stack overflow" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Code_Overflow, 0x83,
"code overflow" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Bad_Argument, 0x84,
"bad argument" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Divide_By_Zero, 0x85,
"division by zero" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Reference, 0x86,
"invalid reference" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Debug_OpCode, 0x87,
"found debug opcode" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( ENDF_In_Exec_Stream, 0x88,
"found ENDF opcode in execution stream" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Nested_DEFS, 0x89,
"nested DEFS" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_CodeRange, 0x8A,
"invalid code range" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Execution_Too_Long, 0x8B,
"execution context too long" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Too_Many_Function_Defs, 0x8C,
"too many function definitions" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Too_Many_Instruction_Defs, 0x8D,
"too many instruction definitions" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Table_Missing, 0x8E,
"SFNT font table missing" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Horiz_Header_Missing, 0x8F,
"horizontal header (hhea) table missing" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Locations_Missing, 0x90,
"locations (loca) table missing" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Name_Table_Missing, 0x91,
"name table missing" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( CMap_Table_Missing, 0x92,
"character map (cmap) table missing" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Hmtx_Table_Missing, 0x93,
"horizontal metrics (hmtx) table missing" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Post_Table_Missing, 0x94,
"PostScript (post) table missing" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Horiz_Metrics, 0x95,
"invalid horizontal metrics" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_CharMap_Format, 0x96,
"invalid character map (cmap) format" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_PPem, 0x97,
"invalid ppem value" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Vert_Metrics, 0x98,
"invalid vertical metrics" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Could_Not_Find_Context, 0x99,
"could not find context" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Post_Table_Format, 0x9A,
"invalid PostScript (post) table format" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Post_Table, 0x9B,
"invalid PostScript (post) table" )
/* CFF, CID, and Type 1 errors */
FT_ERRORDEF_( Syntax_Error, 0xA0,
"opcode syntax error" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Stack_Underflow, 0xA1,
"argument stack underflow" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Ignore, 0xA2,
"ignore" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( No_Unicode_Glyph_Name, 0xA3,
"no Unicode glyph name found" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Glyph_Too_Big, 0xA4,
"glyph too big for hinting" )
/* BDF errors */
FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Startfont_Field, 0xB0,
"`STARTFONT' field missing" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Font_Field, 0xB1,
"`FONT' field missing" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Size_Field, 0xB2,
"`SIZE' field missing" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Fontboundingbox_Field, 0xB3,
"`FONTBOUNDINGBOX' field missing" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Chars_Field, 0xB4,
"`CHARS' field missing" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Startchar_Field, 0xB5,
"`STARTCHAR' field missing" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Encoding_Field, 0xB6,
"`ENCODING' field missing" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Bbx_Field, 0xB7,
"`BBX' field missing" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Bbx_Too_Big, 0xB8,
"`BBX' too big" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Corrupted_Font_Header, 0xB9,
"Font header corrupted or missing fields" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Corrupted_Font_Glyphs, 0xBA,
"Font glyphs corrupted or missing fields" )
/* */
/* END */

226
ios-m1-simulator/include/freetype/fterrors.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,226 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* fterrors.h */
/* */
/* FreeType error code handling (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 1996-2016 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* error_enumerations */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* Error Enumerations */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* How to handle errors and error strings. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* The header file `fterrors.h' (which is automatically included by */
/* `freetype.h' defines the handling of FreeType's enumeration */
/* constants. It can also be used to generate error message strings */
/* with a small macro trick explained below. */
/* */
/* *Error* *Formats* */
/* */
/* The configuration macro FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_MODULE_ERRORS can be */
/* defined in `ftoption.h' in order to make the higher byte indicate */
/* the module where the error has happened (this is not compatible */
/* with standard builds of FreeType&nbsp;2, however). See the file */
/* `ftmoderr.h' for more details. */
/* */
/* *Error* *Message* *Strings* */
/* */
/* Error definitions are set up with special macros that allow client */
/* applications to build a table of error message strings. The */
/* strings are not included in a normal build of FreeType&nbsp;2 to */
/* save space (most client applications do not use them). */
/* */
/* To do so, you have to define the following macros before including */
/* this file. */
/* */
/* { */
/* FT_ERROR_START_LIST */
/* } */
/* */
/* This macro is called before anything else to define the start of */
/* the error list. It is followed by several FT_ERROR_DEF calls. */
/* */
/* { */
/* FT_ERROR_DEF( e, v, s ) */
/* } */
/* */
/* This macro is called to define one single error. `e' is the error */
/* code identifier (e.g., `Invalid_Argument'), `v' is the error's */
/* numerical value, and `s' is the corresponding error string. */
/* */
/* { */
/* FT_ERROR_END_LIST */
/* } */
/* */
/* This macro ends the list. */
/* */
/* Additionally, you have to undefine `FTERRORS_H_' before #including */
/* this file. */
/* */
/* Here is a simple example. */
/* */
/* { */
/* #undef FTERRORS_H_ */
/* #define FT_ERRORDEF( e, v, s ) { e, s }, */
/* #define FT_ERROR_START_LIST { */
/* #define FT_ERROR_END_LIST { 0, NULL } }; */
/* */
/* const struct */
/* { */
/* int err_code; */
/* const char* err_msg; */
/* } ft_errors[] = */
/* */
/* #include FT_ERRORS_H */
/* } */
/* */
/* Note that `FT_Err_Ok' is _not_ defined with `FT_ERRORDEF' but with */
/* `FT_NOERRORDEF'; it is always zero. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* In previous FreeType versions we used `__FTERRORS_H__'. However, */
/* using two successive underscores in a non-system symbol name */
/* violates the C (and C++) standard, so it was changed to the */
/* current form. In spite of this, we have to make */
/* */
/* #undefine __FTERRORS_H__ */
/* */
/* work for backwards compatibility. */
/* */
#if !( defined( FTERRORS_H_ ) && defined ( __FTERRORS_H__ ) )
#define FTERRORS_H_
#define __FTERRORS_H__
/* include module base error codes */
#include FT_MODULE_ERRORS_H
/*******************************************************************/
/*******************************************************************/
/***** *****/
/***** SETUP MACROS *****/
/***** *****/
/*******************************************************************/
/*******************************************************************/
#undef FT_NEED_EXTERN_C
/* FT_ERR_PREFIX is used as a prefix for error identifiers. */
/* By default, we use `FT_Err_'. */
/* */
#ifndef FT_ERR_PREFIX
#define FT_ERR_PREFIX FT_Err_
#endif
/* FT_ERR_BASE is used as the base for module-specific errors. */
/* */
#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_MODULE_ERRORS
#ifndef FT_ERR_BASE
#define FT_ERR_BASE FT_Mod_Err_Base
#endif
#else
#undef FT_ERR_BASE
#define FT_ERR_BASE 0
#endif /* FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_MODULE_ERRORS */
/* If FT_ERRORDEF is not defined, we need to define a simple */
/* enumeration type. */
/* */
#ifndef FT_ERRORDEF
#define FT_ERRORDEF( e, v, s ) e = v,
#define FT_ERROR_START_LIST enum {
#define FT_ERROR_END_LIST FT_ERR_CAT( FT_ERR_PREFIX, Max ) };
#ifdef __cplusplus
#define FT_NEED_EXTERN_C
extern "C" {
#endif
#endif /* !FT_ERRORDEF */
/* this macro is used to define an error */
#define FT_ERRORDEF_( e, v, s ) \
FT_ERRORDEF( FT_ERR_CAT( FT_ERR_PREFIX, e ), v + FT_ERR_BASE, s )
/* this is only used for <module>_Err_Ok, which must be 0! */
#define FT_NOERRORDEF_( e, v, s ) \
FT_ERRORDEF( FT_ERR_CAT( FT_ERR_PREFIX, e ), v, s )
#ifdef FT_ERROR_START_LIST
FT_ERROR_START_LIST
#endif
/* now include the error codes */
#include FT_ERROR_DEFINITIONS_H
#ifdef FT_ERROR_END_LIST
FT_ERROR_END_LIST
#endif
/*******************************************************************/
/*******************************************************************/
/***** *****/
/***** SIMPLE CLEANUP *****/
/***** *****/
/*******************************************************************/
/*******************************************************************/
#ifdef FT_NEED_EXTERN_C
}
#endif
#undef FT_ERROR_START_LIST
#undef FT_ERROR_END_LIST
#undef FT_ERRORDEF
#undef FT_ERRORDEF_
#undef FT_NOERRORDEF_
#undef FT_NEED_EXTERN_C
#undef FT_ERR_BASE
/* FT_ERR_PREFIX is needed internally */
#ifndef FT2_BUILD_LIBRARY
#undef FT_ERR_PREFIX
#endif
#endif /* !(FTERRORS_H_ && __FTERRORS_H__) */
/* END */

95
ios-m1-simulator/include/freetype/ftfntfmt.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,95 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftfntfmt.h */
/* */
/* Support functions for font formats. */
/* */
/* Copyright 2002-2016 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef FTFNTFMT_H_
#define FTFNTFMT_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* font_formats */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* Font Formats */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* Getting the font format. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* The single function in this section can be used to get the font */
/* format. Note that this information is not needed normally; */
/* however, there are special cases (like in PDF devices) where it is */
/* important to differentiate, in spite of FreeType's uniform API. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Get_Font_Format */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Return a string describing the format of a given face. Possible */
/* values are `TrueType', `Type~1', `BDF', `PCF', `Type~42', */
/* `CID~Type~1', `CFF', `PFR', and `Windows~FNT'. */
/* */
/* The return value is suitable to be used as an X11 FONT_PROPERTY. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* face :: */
/* Input face handle. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* Font format string. NULL in case of error. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* A deprecated name for the same function is */
/* `FT_Get_X11_Font_Format'. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( const char* )
FT_Get_Font_Format( FT_Face face );
/* deprecated */
FT_EXPORT( const char* )
FT_Get_X11_Font_Format( FT_Face face );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTFNTFMT_H_ */
/* END */

129
ios-m1-simulator/include/freetype/ftgasp.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,129 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftgasp.h */
/* */
/* Access of TrueType's `gasp' table (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 2007-2016 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef FTGASP_H_
#define FTGASP_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
/***************************************************************************
*
* @section:
* gasp_table
*
* @title:
* Gasp Table
*
* @abstract:
* Retrieving TrueType `gasp' table entries.
*
* @description:
* The function @FT_Get_Gasp can be used to query a TrueType or OpenType
* font for specific entries in its `gasp' table, if any. This is
* mainly useful when implementing native TrueType hinting with the
* bytecode interpreter to duplicate the Windows text rendering results.
*/
/*************************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* FT_GASP_XXX
*
* @description:
* A list of values and/or bit-flags returned by the @FT_Get_Gasp
* function.
*
* @values:
* FT_GASP_NO_TABLE ::
* This special value means that there is no GASP table in this face.
* It is up to the client to decide what to do.
*
* FT_GASP_DO_GRIDFIT ::
* Grid-fitting and hinting should be performed at the specified ppem.
* This *really* means TrueType bytecode interpretation. If this bit
* is not set, no hinting gets applied.
*
* FT_GASP_DO_GRAY ::
* Anti-aliased rendering should be performed at the specified ppem.
* If not set, do monochrome rendering.
*
* FT_GASP_SYMMETRIC_SMOOTHING ::
* If set, smoothing along multiple axes must be used with ClearType.
*
* FT_GASP_SYMMETRIC_GRIDFIT ::
* Grid-fitting must be used with ClearType's symmetric smoothing.
*
* @note:
* The bit-flags `FT_GASP_DO_GRIDFIT' and `FT_GASP_DO_GRAY' are to be
* used for standard font rasterization only. Independently of that,
* `FT_GASP_SYMMETRIC_SMOOTHING' and `FT_GASP_SYMMETRIC_GRIDFIT' are to
* be used if ClearType is enabled (and `FT_GASP_DO_GRIDFIT' and
* `FT_GASP_DO_GRAY' are consequently ignored).
*
* `ClearType' is Microsoft's implementation of LCD rendering, partly
* protected by patents.
*
* @since:
* 2.3.0
*/
#define FT_GASP_NO_TABLE -1
#define FT_GASP_DO_GRIDFIT 0x01
#define FT_GASP_DO_GRAY 0x02
#define FT_GASP_SYMMETRIC_SMOOTHING 0x08
#define FT_GASP_SYMMETRIC_GRIDFIT 0x10
/*************************************************************************
*
* @func:
* FT_Get_Gasp
*
* @description:
* Read the `gasp' table from a TrueType or OpenType font file and
* return the entry corresponding to a given character pixel size.
*
* @input:
* face :: The source face handle.
* ppem :: The vertical character pixel size.
*
* @return:
* Bit flags (see @FT_GASP_XXX), or @FT_GASP_NO_TABLE if there is no
* `gasp' table in the face.
*
* @since:
* 2.3.0
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Int )
FT_Get_Gasp( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt ppem );
/* */
#endif /* FTGASP_H_ */
/* END */

605
ios-m1-simulator/include/freetype/ftglyph.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,605 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftglyph.h */
/* */
/* FreeType convenience functions to handle glyphs (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 1996-2016 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* This file contains the definition of several convenience functions */
/* that can be used by client applications to easily retrieve glyph */
/* bitmaps and outlines from a given face. */
/* */
/* These functions should be optional if you are writing a font server */
/* or text layout engine on top of FreeType. However, they are pretty */
/* handy for many other simple uses of the library. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
#ifndef FTGLYPH_H_
#define FTGLYPH_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* glyph_management */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* Glyph Management */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* Generic interface to manage individual glyph data. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This section contains definitions used to manage glyph data */
/* through generic FT_Glyph objects. Each of them can contain a */
/* bitmap, a vector outline, or even images in other formats. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/* forward declaration to a private type */
typedef struct FT_Glyph_Class_ FT_Glyph_Class;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_Glyph */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Handle to an object used to model generic glyph images. It is a */
/* pointer to the @FT_GlyphRec structure and can contain a glyph */
/* bitmap or pointer. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* Glyph objects are not owned by the library. You must thus release */
/* them manually (through @FT_Done_Glyph) _before_ calling */
/* @FT_Done_FreeType. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_GlyphRec_* FT_Glyph;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* FT_GlyphRec */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* The root glyph structure contains a given glyph image plus its */
/* advance width in 16.16 fixed-point format. */
/* */
/* <Fields> */
/* library :: A handle to the FreeType library object. */
/* */
/* clazz :: A pointer to the glyph's class. Private. */
/* */
/* format :: The format of the glyph's image. */
/* */
/* advance :: A 16.16 vector that gives the glyph's advance width. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_GlyphRec_
{
FT_Library library;
const FT_Glyph_Class* clazz;
FT_Glyph_Format format;
FT_Vector advance;
} FT_GlyphRec;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_BitmapGlyph */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A handle to an object used to model a bitmap glyph image. This is */
/* a sub-class of @FT_Glyph, and a pointer to @FT_BitmapGlyphRec. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_BitmapGlyphRec_* FT_BitmapGlyph;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* FT_BitmapGlyphRec */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A structure used for bitmap glyph images. This really is a */
/* `sub-class' of @FT_GlyphRec. */
/* */
/* <Fields> */
/* root :: The root @FT_Glyph fields. */
/* */
/* left :: The left-side bearing, i.e., the horizontal distance */
/* from the current pen position to the left border of the */
/* glyph bitmap. */
/* */
/* top :: The top-side bearing, i.e., the vertical distance from */
/* the current pen position to the top border of the glyph */
/* bitmap. This distance is positive for upwards~y! */
/* */
/* bitmap :: A descriptor for the bitmap. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* You can typecast an @FT_Glyph to @FT_BitmapGlyph if you have */
/* `glyph->format == FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP'. This lets you access */
/* the bitmap's contents easily. */
/* */
/* The corresponding pixel buffer is always owned by @FT_BitmapGlyph */
/* and is thus created and destroyed with it. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_BitmapGlyphRec_
{
FT_GlyphRec root;
FT_Int left;
FT_Int top;
FT_Bitmap bitmap;
} FT_BitmapGlyphRec;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_OutlineGlyph */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A handle to an object used to model an outline glyph image. This */
/* is a sub-class of @FT_Glyph, and a pointer to @FT_OutlineGlyphRec. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_OutlineGlyphRec_* FT_OutlineGlyph;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* FT_OutlineGlyphRec */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A structure used for outline (vectorial) glyph images. This */
/* really is a `sub-class' of @FT_GlyphRec. */
/* */
/* <Fields> */
/* root :: The root @FT_Glyph fields. */
/* */
/* outline :: A descriptor for the outline. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* You can typecast an @FT_Glyph to @FT_OutlineGlyph if you have */
/* `glyph->format == FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE'. This lets you access */
/* the outline's content easily. */
/* */
/* As the outline is extracted from a glyph slot, its coordinates are */
/* expressed normally in 26.6 pixels, unless the flag */
/* @FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE was used in @FT_Load_Glyph() or @FT_Load_Char(). */
/* */
/* The outline's tables are always owned by the object and are */
/* destroyed with it. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_OutlineGlyphRec_
{
FT_GlyphRec root;
FT_Outline outline;
} FT_OutlineGlyphRec;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Get_Glyph */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A function used to extract a glyph image from a slot. Note that */
/* the created @FT_Glyph object must be released with @FT_Done_Glyph. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* slot :: A handle to the source glyph slot. */
/* */
/* <Output> */
/* aglyph :: A handle to the glyph object. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_Glyph( FT_GlyphSlot slot,
FT_Glyph *aglyph );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Glyph_Copy */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A function used to copy a glyph image. Note that the created */
/* @FT_Glyph object must be released with @FT_Done_Glyph. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* source :: A handle to the source glyph object. */
/* */
/* <Output> */
/* target :: A handle to the target glyph object. 0~in case of */
/* error. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Glyph_Copy( FT_Glyph source,
FT_Glyph *target );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Glyph_Transform */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Transform a glyph image if its format is scalable. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* glyph :: A handle to the target glyph object. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* matrix :: A pointer to a 2x2 matrix to apply. */
/* */
/* delta :: A pointer to a 2d vector to apply. Coordinates are */
/* expressed in 1/64th of a pixel. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code (if not 0, the glyph format is not scalable). */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* The 2x2 transformation matrix is also applied to the glyph's */
/* advance vector. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Glyph_Transform( FT_Glyph glyph,
FT_Matrix* matrix,
FT_Vector* delta );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Enum> */
/* FT_Glyph_BBox_Mode */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* The mode how the values of @FT_Glyph_Get_CBox are returned. */
/* */
/* <Values> */
/* FT_GLYPH_BBOX_UNSCALED :: */
/* Return unscaled font units. */
/* */
/* FT_GLYPH_BBOX_SUBPIXELS :: */
/* Return unfitted 26.6 coordinates. */
/* */
/* FT_GLYPH_BBOX_GRIDFIT :: */
/* Return grid-fitted 26.6 coordinates. */
/* */
/* FT_GLYPH_BBOX_TRUNCATE :: */
/* Return coordinates in integer pixels. */
/* */
/* FT_GLYPH_BBOX_PIXELS :: */
/* Return grid-fitted pixel coordinates. */
/* */
typedef enum FT_Glyph_BBox_Mode_
{
FT_GLYPH_BBOX_UNSCALED = 0,
FT_GLYPH_BBOX_SUBPIXELS = 0,
FT_GLYPH_BBOX_GRIDFIT = 1,
FT_GLYPH_BBOX_TRUNCATE = 2,
FT_GLYPH_BBOX_PIXELS = 3
} FT_Glyph_BBox_Mode;
/* these constants are deprecated; use the corresponding */
/* `FT_Glyph_BBox_Mode' values instead */
#define ft_glyph_bbox_unscaled FT_GLYPH_BBOX_UNSCALED
#define ft_glyph_bbox_subpixels FT_GLYPH_BBOX_SUBPIXELS
#define ft_glyph_bbox_gridfit FT_GLYPH_BBOX_GRIDFIT
#define ft_glyph_bbox_truncate FT_GLYPH_BBOX_TRUNCATE
#define ft_glyph_bbox_pixels FT_GLYPH_BBOX_PIXELS
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Glyph_Get_CBox */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Return a glyph's `control box'. The control box encloses all the */
/* outline's points, including Bézier control points. Though it */
/* coincides with the exact bounding box for most glyphs, it can be */
/* slightly larger in some situations (like when rotating an outline */
/* that contains Bézier outside arcs). */
/* */
/* Computing the control box is very fast, while getting the bounding */
/* box can take much more time as it needs to walk over all segments */
/* and arcs in the outline. To get the latter, you can use the */
/* `ftbbox' component, which is dedicated to this single task. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* glyph :: A handle to the source glyph object. */
/* */
/* mode :: The mode that indicates how to interpret the returned */
/* bounding box values. */
/* */
/* <Output> */
/* acbox :: The glyph coordinate bounding box. Coordinates are */
/* expressed in 1/64th of pixels if it is grid-fitted. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* Coordinates are relative to the glyph origin, using the y~upwards */
/* convention. */
/* */
/* If the glyph has been loaded with @FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE, `bbox_mode' */
/* must be set to @FT_GLYPH_BBOX_UNSCALED to get unscaled font */
/* units in 26.6 pixel format. The value @FT_GLYPH_BBOX_SUBPIXELS */
/* is another name for this constant. */
/* */
/* If the font is tricky and the glyph has been loaded with */
/* @FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE, the resulting CBox is meaningless. To get */
/* reasonable values for the CBox it is necessary to load the glyph */
/* at a large ppem value (so that the hinting instructions can */
/* properly shift and scale the subglyphs), then extracting the CBox, */
/* which can be eventually converted back to font units. */
/* */
/* Note that the maximum coordinates are exclusive, which means that */
/* one can compute the width and height of the glyph image (be it in */
/* integer or 26.6 pixels) as: */
/* */
/* { */
/* width = bbox.xMax - bbox.xMin; */
/* height = bbox.yMax - bbox.yMin; */
/* } */
/* */
/* Note also that for 26.6 coordinates, if `bbox_mode' is set to */
/* @FT_GLYPH_BBOX_GRIDFIT, the coordinates will also be grid-fitted, */
/* which corresponds to: */
/* */
/* { */
/* bbox.xMin = FLOOR(bbox.xMin); */
/* bbox.yMin = FLOOR(bbox.yMin); */
/* bbox.xMax = CEILING(bbox.xMax); */
/* bbox.yMax = CEILING(bbox.yMax); */
/* } */
/* */
/* To get the bbox in pixel coordinates, set `bbox_mode' to */
/* @FT_GLYPH_BBOX_TRUNCATE. */
/* */
/* To get the bbox in grid-fitted pixel coordinates, set `bbox_mode' */
/* to @FT_GLYPH_BBOX_PIXELS. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Glyph_Get_CBox( FT_Glyph glyph,
FT_UInt bbox_mode,
FT_BBox *acbox );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Glyph_To_Bitmap */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Convert a given glyph object to a bitmap glyph object. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* the_glyph :: A pointer to a handle to the target glyph. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* render_mode :: An enumeration that describes how the data is */
/* rendered. */
/* */
/* origin :: A pointer to a vector used to translate the glyph */
/* image before rendering. Can be~0 (if no */
/* translation). The origin is expressed in */
/* 26.6 pixels. */
/* */
/* destroy :: A boolean that indicates that the original glyph */
/* image should be destroyed by this function. It is */
/* never destroyed in case of error. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* This function does nothing if the glyph format isn't scalable. */
/* */
/* The glyph image is translated with the `origin' vector before */
/* rendering. */
/* */
/* The first parameter is a pointer to an @FT_Glyph handle, that will */
/* be _replaced_ by this function (with newly allocated data). */
/* Typically, you would use (omitting error handling): */
/* */
/* */
/* { */
/* FT_Glyph glyph; */
/* FT_BitmapGlyph glyph_bitmap; */
/* */
/* */
/* // load glyph */
/* error = FT_Load_Char( face, glyph_index, FT_LOAD_DEFAUT ); */
/* */
/* // extract glyph image */
/* error = FT_Get_Glyph( face->glyph, &glyph ); */
/* */
/* // convert to a bitmap (default render mode + destroying old) */
/* if ( glyph->format != FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP ) */
/* { */
/* error = FT_Glyph_To_Bitmap( &glyph, FT_RENDER_MODE_NORMAL, */
/* 0, 1 ); */
/* if ( error ) // `glyph' unchanged */
/* ... */
/* } */
/* */
/* // access bitmap content by typecasting */
/* glyph_bitmap = (FT_BitmapGlyph)glyph; */
/* */
/* // do funny stuff with it, like blitting/drawing */
/* ... */
/* */
/* // discard glyph image (bitmap or not) */
/* FT_Done_Glyph( glyph ); */
/* } */
/* */
/* */
/* Here another example, again without error handling: */
/* */
/* */
/* { */
/* FT_Glyph glyphs[MAX_GLYPHS] */
/* */
/* */
/* ... */
/* */
/* for ( idx = 0; i < MAX_GLYPHS; i++ ) */
/* error = FT_Load_Glyph( face, idx, FT_LOAD_DEFAULT ) || */
/* FT_Get_Glyph ( face->glyph, &glyph[idx] ); */
/* */
/* ... */
/* */
/* for ( idx = 0; i < MAX_GLYPHS; i++ ) */
/* { */
/* FT_Glyph bitmap = glyphs[idx]; */
/* */
/* */
/* ... */
/* */
/* // after this call, `bitmap' no longer points into */
/* // the `glyphs' array (and the old value isn't destroyed) */
/* FT_Glyph_To_Bitmap( &bitmap, FT_RENDER_MODE_MONO, 0, 0 ); */
/* */
/* ... */
/* */
/* FT_Done_Glyph( bitmap ); */
/* } */
/* */
/* ... */
/* */
/* for ( idx = 0; i < MAX_GLYPHS; i++ ) */
/* FT_Done_Glyph( glyphs[idx] ); */
/* } */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Glyph_To_Bitmap( FT_Glyph* the_glyph,
FT_Render_Mode render_mode,
FT_Vector* origin,
FT_Bool destroy );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Done_Glyph */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Destroy a given glyph. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* glyph :: A handle to the target glyph object. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Done_Glyph( FT_Glyph glyph );
/* */
/* other helpful functions */
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* computations */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Matrix_Multiply */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Perform the matrix operation `b = a*b'. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* a :: A pointer to matrix `a'. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* b :: A pointer to matrix `b'. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* The result is undefined if either `a' or `b' is zero. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Matrix_Multiply( const FT_Matrix* a,
FT_Matrix* b );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Matrix_Invert */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Invert a 2x2 matrix. Return an error if it can't be inverted. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* matrix :: A pointer to the target matrix. Remains untouched in */
/* case of error. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Matrix_Invert( FT_Matrix* matrix );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTGLYPH_H_ */
/* END */
/* Local Variables: */
/* coding: utf-8 */
/* End: */

357
ios-m1-simulator/include/freetype/ftgxval.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,357 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftgxval.h */
/* */
/* FreeType API for validating TrueTypeGX/AAT tables (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 2004-2016 by */
/* Masatake YAMATO, Redhat K.K, */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* gxvalid is derived from both gxlayout module and otvalid module. */
/* Development of gxlayout is supported by the Information-technology */
/* Promotion Agency(IPA), Japan. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef FTGXVAL_H_
#define FTGXVAL_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* gx_validation */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* TrueTypeGX/AAT Validation */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* An API to validate TrueTypeGX/AAT tables. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This section contains the declaration of functions to validate */
/* some TrueTypeGX tables (feat, mort, morx, bsln, just, kern, opbd, */
/* trak, prop, lcar). */
/* */
/* <Order> */
/* FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate */
/* FT_TrueTypeGX_Free */
/* */
/* FT_ClassicKern_Validate */
/* FT_ClassicKern_Free */
/* */
/* FT_VALIDATE_GX_LENGTH */
/* FT_VALIDATE_GXXXX */
/* FT_VALIDATE_CKERNXXX */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* */
/* Warning: Use FT_VALIDATE_XXX to validate a table. */
/* Following definitions are for gxvalid developers. */
/* */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
#define FT_VALIDATE_feat_INDEX 0
#define FT_VALIDATE_mort_INDEX 1
#define FT_VALIDATE_morx_INDEX 2
#define FT_VALIDATE_bsln_INDEX 3
#define FT_VALIDATE_just_INDEX 4
#define FT_VALIDATE_kern_INDEX 5
#define FT_VALIDATE_opbd_INDEX 6
#define FT_VALIDATE_trak_INDEX 7
#define FT_VALIDATE_prop_INDEX 8
#define FT_VALIDATE_lcar_INDEX 9
#define FT_VALIDATE_GX_LAST_INDEX FT_VALIDATE_lcar_INDEX
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_VALIDATE_GX_LENGTH
*
* @description:
* The number of tables checked in this module. Use it as a parameter
* for the `table-length' argument of function @FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate.
*/
#define FT_VALIDATE_GX_LENGTH (FT_VALIDATE_GX_LAST_INDEX + 1)
/* */
/* Up to 0x1000 is used by otvalid.
Ox2xxx is reserved for feature OT extension. */
#define FT_VALIDATE_GX_START 0x4000
#define FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( tag ) \
( FT_VALIDATE_GX_START << FT_VALIDATE_##tag##_INDEX )
/**********************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* FT_VALIDATE_GXXXX
*
* @description:
* A list of bit-field constants used with @FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate to
* indicate which TrueTypeGX/AAT Type tables should be validated.
*
* @values:
* FT_VALIDATE_feat ::
* Validate `feat' table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_mort ::
* Validate `mort' table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_morx ::
* Validate `morx' table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_bsln ::
* Validate `bsln' table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_just ::
* Validate `just' table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_kern ::
* Validate `kern' table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_opbd ::
* Validate `opbd' table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_trak ::
* Validate `trak' table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_prop ::
* Validate `prop' table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_lcar ::
* Validate `lcar' table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_GX ::
* Validate all TrueTypeGX tables (feat, mort, morx, bsln, just, kern,
* opbd, trak, prop and lcar).
*
*/
#define FT_VALIDATE_feat FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( feat )
#define FT_VALIDATE_mort FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( mort )
#define FT_VALIDATE_morx FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( morx )
#define FT_VALIDATE_bsln FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( bsln )
#define FT_VALIDATE_just FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( just )
#define FT_VALIDATE_kern FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( kern )
#define FT_VALIDATE_opbd FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( opbd )
#define FT_VALIDATE_trak FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( trak )
#define FT_VALIDATE_prop FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( prop )
#define FT_VALIDATE_lcar FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( lcar )
#define FT_VALIDATE_GX ( FT_VALIDATE_feat | \
FT_VALIDATE_mort | \
FT_VALIDATE_morx | \
FT_VALIDATE_bsln | \
FT_VALIDATE_just | \
FT_VALIDATE_kern | \
FT_VALIDATE_opbd | \
FT_VALIDATE_trak | \
FT_VALIDATE_prop | \
FT_VALIDATE_lcar )
/**********************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate
*
* @description:
* Validate various TrueTypeGX tables to assure that all offsets and
* indices are valid. The idea is that a higher-level library that
* actually does the text layout can access those tables without
* error checking (which can be quite time consuming).
*
* @input:
* face ::
* A handle to the input face.
*
* validation_flags ::
* A bit field that specifies the tables to be validated. See
* @FT_VALIDATE_GXXXX for possible values.
*
* table_length ::
* The size of the `tables' array. Normally, @FT_VALIDATE_GX_LENGTH
* should be passed.
*
* @output:
* tables ::
* The array where all validated sfnt tables are stored.
* The array itself must be allocated by a client.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* This function only works with TrueTypeGX fonts, returning an error
* otherwise.
*
* After use, the application should deallocate the buffers pointed to by
* each `tables' element, by calling @FT_TrueTypeGX_Free. A NULL value
* indicates that the table either doesn't exist in the font, the
* application hasn't asked for validation, or the validator doesn't have
* the ability to validate the sfnt table.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt validation_flags,
FT_Bytes tables[FT_VALIDATE_GX_LENGTH],
FT_UInt table_length );
/**********************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_TrueTypeGX_Free
*
* @description:
* Free the buffer allocated by TrueTypeGX validator.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* A handle to the input face.
*
* table ::
* The pointer to the buffer allocated by
* @FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate.
*
* @note:
* This function must be used to free the buffer allocated by
* @FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate only.
*/
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_TrueTypeGX_Free( FT_Face face,
FT_Bytes table );
/**********************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* FT_VALIDATE_CKERNXXX
*
* @description:
* A list of bit-field constants used with @FT_ClassicKern_Validate
* to indicate the classic kern dialect or dialects. If the selected
* type doesn't fit, @FT_ClassicKern_Validate regards the table as
* invalid.
*
* @values:
* FT_VALIDATE_MS ::
* Handle the `kern' table as a classic Microsoft kern table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_APPLE ::
* Handle the `kern' table as a classic Apple kern table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_CKERN ::
* Handle the `kern' as either classic Apple or Microsoft kern table.
*/
#define FT_VALIDATE_MS ( FT_VALIDATE_GX_START << 0 )
#define FT_VALIDATE_APPLE ( FT_VALIDATE_GX_START << 1 )
#define FT_VALIDATE_CKERN ( FT_VALIDATE_MS | FT_VALIDATE_APPLE )
/**********************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_ClassicKern_Validate
*
* @description:
* Validate classic (16-bit format) kern table to assure that the offsets
* and indices are valid. The idea is that a higher-level library that
* actually does the text layout can access those tables without error
* checking (which can be quite time consuming).
*
* The `kern' table validator in @FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate deals with both
* the new 32-bit format and the classic 16-bit format, while
* FT_ClassicKern_Validate only supports the classic 16-bit format.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* A handle to the input face.
*
* validation_flags ::
* A bit field that specifies the dialect to be validated. See
* @FT_VALIDATE_CKERNXXX for possible values.
*
* @output:
* ckern_table ::
* A pointer to the kern table.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* After use, the application should deallocate the buffers pointed to by
* `ckern_table', by calling @FT_ClassicKern_Free. A NULL value
* indicates that the table doesn't exist in the font.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_ClassicKern_Validate( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt validation_flags,
FT_Bytes *ckern_table );
/**********************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_ClassicKern_Free
*
* @description:
* Free the buffer allocated by classic Kern validator.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* A handle to the input face.
*
* table ::
* The pointer to the buffer that is allocated by
* @FT_ClassicKern_Validate.
*
* @note:
* This function must be used to free the buffer allocated by
* @FT_ClassicKern_Validate only.
*/
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_ClassicKern_Free( FT_Face face,
FT_Bytes table );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTGXVAL_H_ */
/* END */

148
ios-m1-simulator/include/freetype/ftgzip.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,148 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftgzip.h */
/* */
/* Gzip-compressed stream support. */
/* */
/* Copyright 2002-2016 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef FTGZIP_H_
#define FTGZIP_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* gzip */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* GZIP Streams */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* Using gzip-compressed font files. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This section contains the declaration of Gzip-specific functions. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Stream_OpenGzip
*
* @description:
* Open a new stream to parse gzip-compressed font files. This is
* mainly used to support the compressed `*.pcf.gz' fonts that come
* with XFree86.
*
* @input:
* stream ::
* The target embedding stream.
*
* source ::
* The source stream.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* The source stream must be opened _before_ calling this function.
*
* Calling the internal function `FT_Stream_Close' on the new stream will
* *not* call `FT_Stream_Close' on the source stream. None of the stream
* objects will be released to the heap.
*
* The stream implementation is very basic and resets the decompression
* process each time seeking backwards is needed within the stream.
*
* In certain builds of the library, gzip compression recognition is
* automatically handled when calling @FT_New_Face or @FT_Open_Face.
* This means that if no font driver is capable of handling the raw
* compressed file, the library will try to open a gzipped stream from
* it and re-open the face with it.
*
* This function may return `FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature' if your build
* of FreeType was not compiled with zlib support.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Stream_OpenGzip( FT_Stream stream,
FT_Stream source );
/************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Gzip_Uncompress
*
* @description:
* Decompress a zipped input buffer into an output buffer. This function
* is modeled after zlib's `uncompress' function.
*
* @input:
* memory ::
* A FreeType memory handle.
*
* input ::
* The input buffer.
*
* input_len ::
* The length of the input buffer.
*
* @output:
* output::
* The output buffer.
*
* @inout:
* output_len ::
* Before calling the function, this is the the total size of the
* output buffer, which must be large enough to hold the entire
* uncompressed data (so the size of the uncompressed data must be
* known in advance). After calling the function, `output_len' is the
* size of the used data in `output'.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* This function may return `FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature' if your build
* of FreeType was not compiled with zlib support.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Gzip_Uncompress( FT_Memory memory,
FT_Byte* output,
FT_ULong* output_len,
const FT_Byte* input,
FT_ULong input_len );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTGZIP_H_ */
/* END */

1214
ios-m1-simulator/include/freetype/ftimage.h Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

354
ios-m1-simulator/include/freetype/ftincrem.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,354 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftincrem.h */
/* */
/* FreeType incremental loading (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 2002-2016 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef FTINCREM_H_
#define FTINCREM_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/***************************************************************************
*
* @section:
* incremental
*
* @title:
* Incremental Loading
*
* @abstract:
* Custom Glyph Loading.
*
* @description:
* This section contains various functions used to perform so-called
* `incremental' glyph loading. This is a mode where all glyphs loaded
* from a given @FT_Face are provided by the client application.
*
* Apart from that, all other tables are loaded normally from the font
* file. This mode is useful when FreeType is used within another
* engine, e.g., a PostScript Imaging Processor.
*
* To enable this mode, you must use @FT_Open_Face, passing an
* @FT_Parameter with the @FT_PARAM_TAG_INCREMENTAL tag and an
* @FT_Incremental_Interface value. See the comments for
* @FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec for an example.
*
*/
/***************************************************************************
*
* @type:
* FT_Incremental
*
* @description:
* An opaque type describing a user-provided object used to implement
* `incremental' glyph loading within FreeType. This is used to support
* embedded fonts in certain environments (e.g., PostScript interpreters),
* where the glyph data isn't in the font file, or must be overridden by
* different values.
*
* @note:
* It is up to client applications to create and implement @FT_Incremental
* objects, as long as they provide implementations for the methods
* @FT_Incremental_GetGlyphDataFunc, @FT_Incremental_FreeGlyphDataFunc
* and @FT_Incremental_GetGlyphMetricsFunc.
*
* See the description of @FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec to understand how
* to use incremental objects with FreeType.
*
*/
typedef struct FT_IncrementalRec_* FT_Incremental;
/***************************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* FT_Incremental_MetricsRec
*
* @description:
* A small structure used to contain the basic glyph metrics returned
* by the @FT_Incremental_GetGlyphMetricsFunc method.
*
* @fields:
* bearing_x ::
* Left bearing, in font units.
*
* bearing_y ::
* Top bearing, in font units.
*
* advance ::
* Horizontal component of glyph advance, in font units.
*
* advance_v ::
* Vertical component of glyph advance, in font units.
*
* @note:
* These correspond to horizontal or vertical metrics depending on the
* value of the `vertical' argument to the function
* @FT_Incremental_GetGlyphMetricsFunc.
*
*/
typedef struct FT_Incremental_MetricsRec_
{
FT_Long bearing_x;
FT_Long bearing_y;
FT_Long advance;
FT_Long advance_v; /* since 2.3.12 */
} FT_Incremental_MetricsRec;
/***************************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* FT_Incremental_Metrics
*
* @description:
* A handle to an @FT_Incremental_MetricsRec structure.
*
*/
typedef struct FT_Incremental_MetricsRec_* FT_Incremental_Metrics;
/***************************************************************************
*
* @type:
* FT_Incremental_GetGlyphDataFunc
*
* @description:
* A function called by FreeType to access a given glyph's data bytes
* during @FT_Load_Glyph or @FT_Load_Char if incremental loading is
* enabled.
*
* Note that the format of the glyph's data bytes depends on the font
* file format. For TrueType, it must correspond to the raw bytes within
* the `glyf' table. For PostScript formats, it must correspond to the
* *unencrypted* charstring bytes, without any `lenIV' header. It is
* undefined for any other format.
*
* @input:
* incremental ::
* Handle to an opaque @FT_Incremental handle provided by the client
* application.
*
* glyph_index ::
* Index of relevant glyph.
*
* @output:
* adata ::
* A structure describing the returned glyph data bytes (which will be
* accessed as a read-only byte block).
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* If this function returns successfully the method
* @FT_Incremental_FreeGlyphDataFunc will be called later to release
* the data bytes.
*
* Nested calls to @FT_Incremental_GetGlyphDataFunc can happen for
* compound glyphs.
*
*/
typedef FT_Error
(*FT_Incremental_GetGlyphDataFunc)( FT_Incremental incremental,
FT_UInt glyph_index,
FT_Data* adata );
/***************************************************************************
*
* @type:
* FT_Incremental_FreeGlyphDataFunc
*
* @description:
* A function used to release the glyph data bytes returned by a
* successful call to @FT_Incremental_GetGlyphDataFunc.
*
* @input:
* incremental ::
* A handle to an opaque @FT_Incremental handle provided by the client
* application.
*
* data ::
* A structure describing the glyph data bytes (which will be accessed
* as a read-only byte block).
*
*/
typedef void
(*FT_Incremental_FreeGlyphDataFunc)( FT_Incremental incremental,
FT_Data* data );
/***************************************************************************
*
* @type:
* FT_Incremental_GetGlyphMetricsFunc
*
* @description:
* A function used to retrieve the basic metrics of a given glyph index
* before accessing its data. This is necessary because, in certain
* formats like TrueType, the metrics are stored in a different place from
* the glyph images proper.
*
* @input:
* incremental ::
* A handle to an opaque @FT_Incremental handle provided by the client
* application.
*
* glyph_index ::
* Index of relevant glyph.
*
* vertical ::
* If true, return vertical metrics.
*
* ametrics ::
* This parameter is used for both input and output.
* The original glyph metrics, if any, in font units. If metrics are
* not available all the values must be set to zero.
*
* @output:
* ametrics ::
* The replacement glyph metrics in font units.
*
*/
typedef FT_Error
(*FT_Incremental_GetGlyphMetricsFunc)
( FT_Incremental incremental,
FT_UInt glyph_index,
FT_Bool vertical,
FT_Incremental_MetricsRec *ametrics );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* FT_Incremental_FuncsRec
*
* @description:
* A table of functions for accessing fonts that load data
* incrementally. Used in @FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec.
*
* @fields:
* get_glyph_data ::
* The function to get glyph data. Must not be null.
*
* free_glyph_data ::
* The function to release glyph data. Must not be null.
*
* get_glyph_metrics ::
* The function to get glyph metrics. May be null if the font does
* not provide overriding glyph metrics.
*
*/
typedef struct FT_Incremental_FuncsRec_
{
FT_Incremental_GetGlyphDataFunc get_glyph_data;
FT_Incremental_FreeGlyphDataFunc free_glyph_data;
FT_Incremental_GetGlyphMetricsFunc get_glyph_metrics;
} FT_Incremental_FuncsRec;
/***************************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec
*
* @description:
* A structure to be used with @FT_Open_Face to indicate that the user
* wants to support incremental glyph loading. You should use it with
* @FT_PARAM_TAG_INCREMENTAL as in the following example:
*
* {
* FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec inc_int;
* FT_Parameter parameter;
* FT_Open_Args open_args;
*
*
* // set up incremental descriptor
* inc_int.funcs = my_funcs;
* inc_int.object = my_object;
*
* // set up optional parameter
* parameter.tag = FT_PARAM_TAG_INCREMENTAL;
* parameter.data = &inc_int;
*
* // set up FT_Open_Args structure
* open_args.flags = FT_OPEN_PATHNAME | FT_OPEN_PARAMS;
* open_args.pathname = my_font_pathname;
* open_args.num_params = 1;
* open_args.params = &parameter; // we use one optional argument
*
* // open the font
* error = FT_Open_Face( library, &open_args, index, &face );
* ...
* }
*
*/
typedef struct FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec_
{
const FT_Incremental_FuncsRec* funcs;
FT_Incremental object;
} FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec;
/***************************************************************************
*
* @type:
* FT_Incremental_Interface
*
* @description:
* A pointer to an @FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec structure.
*
*/
typedef FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec* FT_Incremental_Interface;
/***************************************************************************
*
* @constant:
* FT_PARAM_TAG_INCREMENTAL
*
* @description:
* A constant used as the tag of @FT_Parameter structures to indicate
* an incremental loading object to be used by FreeType.
*
*/
#define FT_PARAM_TAG_INCREMENTAL FT_MAKE_TAG( 'i', 'n', 'c', 'r' )
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTINCREM_H_ */
/* END */

286
ios-m1-simulator/include/freetype/ftlcdfil.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,286 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftlcdfil.h */
/* */
/* FreeType API for color filtering of subpixel bitmap glyphs */
/* (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 2006-2016 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef FTLCDFIL_H_
#define FTLCDFIL_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/***************************************************************************
*
* @section:
* lcd_filtering
*
* @title:
* LCD Filtering
*
* @abstract:
* Reduce color fringes of subpixel-rendered bitmaps.
*
* @description:
* Subpixel rendering exploits the color-striped structure of LCD
* pixels, increasing the available resolution in the direction of the
* stripe (usually horizontal RGB) by a factor of~3. Since these
* subpixels are color pixels, using them unfiltered creates severe
* color fringes. Use the @FT_Library_SetLcdFilter API to specify a
* low-pass filter, which is then applied to subpixel-rendered bitmaps
* generated through @FT_Render_Glyph. The filter sacrifices some of
* the higher resolution to reduce color fringes, making the glyph image
* slightly blurrier. Positional improvements will remain.
*
* Note that no filter is active by default, and that this function is
* *not* implemented in default builds of the library. You need to
* #define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_RENDERING in your `ftoption.h' file
* in order to activate it and explicitly call @FT_Library_SetLcdFilter
* to enable it.
*
* A filter should have two properties:
*
* 1) It should be normalized, meaning the sum of the 5~components
* should be 256 (0x100). It is possible to go above or under this
* target sum, however: going under means tossing out contrast, going
* over means invoking clamping and thereby non-linearities that
* increase contrast somewhat at the expense of greater distortion
* and color-fringing. Contrast is better enhanced through stem
* darkening.
*
* 2) It should be color-balanced, meaning a filter `{~a, b, c, b, a~}'
* where a~+ b~=~c. It distributes the computed coverage for one
* subpixel to all subpixels equally, sacrificing some won resolution
* but drastically reducing color-fringing. Positioning improvements
* remain! Note that color-fringing can only really be minimized
* when using a color-balanced filter and alpha-blending the glyph
* onto a surface in linear space; see @FT_Render_Glyph.
*
* Regarding the form, a filter can be a `boxy' filter or a `beveled'
* filter. Boxy filters are sharper but are less forgiving of non-ideal
* gamma curves of a screen (viewing angles!), beveled filters are
* fuzzier but more tolerant.
*
* Examples:
*
* - [0x10 0x40 0x70 0x40 0x10] is beveled and neither balanced nor
* normalized.
*
* - [0x1A 0x33 0x4D 0x33 0x1A] is beveled and balanced but not
* normalized.
*
* - [0x19 0x33 0x66 0x4c 0x19] is beveled and normalized but not
* balanced.
*
* - [0x00 0x4c 0x66 0x4c 0x00] is boxily beveled and normalized but not
* balanced.
*
* - [0x00 0x55 0x56 0x55 0x00] is boxy, normalized, and almost
* balanced.
*
* - [0x08 0x4D 0x56 0x4D 0x08] is beveled, normalized and, almost
* balanced.
*
* The filter affects glyph bitmaps rendered through @FT_Render_Glyph,
* @FT_Load_Glyph, and @FT_Load_Char. It does _not_ affect the output
* of @FT_Outline_Render and @FT_Outline_Get_Bitmap.
*
* If this feature is activated, the dimensions of LCD glyph bitmaps are
* either wider or taller than the dimensions of the corresponding
* outline with regard to the pixel grid. For example, for
* @FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD, the filter adds 3~subpixels to the left, and
* 3~subpixels to the right. The bitmap offset values are adjusted
* accordingly, so clients shouldn't need to modify their layout and
* glyph positioning code when enabling the filter.
*
* It is important to understand that linear alpha blending and gamma
* correction is critical for correctly rendering glyphs onto surfaces
* without artifacts and even more critical when subpixel rendering is
* involved.
*
* Each of the 3~alpha values (subpixels) is independently used to blend
* one color channel. That is, red alpha blends the red channel of the
* text color with the red channel of the background pixel. The
* distribution of density values by the color-balanced filter assumes
* alpha blending is done in linear space; only then color artifacts
* cancel out.
*/
/****************************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* FT_LcdFilter
*
* @description:
* A list of values to identify various types of LCD filters.
*
* @values:
* FT_LCD_FILTER_NONE ::
* Do not perform filtering. When used with subpixel rendering, this
* results in sometimes severe color fringes.
*
* FT_LCD_FILTER_DEFAULT ::
* The default filter reduces color fringes considerably, at the cost
* of a slight blurriness in the output.
*
* It is a beveled, normalized, and color-balanced five-tap filter
* that is more forgiving to screens with non-ideal gamma curves and
* viewing angles. Note that while color-fringing is reduced, it can
* only be minimized by using linear alpha blending and gamma
* correction to render glyphs onto surfaces. The default filter
* weights are [0x08 0x4D 0x56 0x4D 0x08].
*
* FT_LCD_FILTER_LIGHT ::
* The light filter is a variant that is sharper at the cost of
* slightly more color fringes than the default one.
*
* It is a boxy, normalized, and color-balanced three-tap filter that
* is less forgiving to screens with non-ideal gamma curves and
* viewing angles. This filter works best when the rendering system
* uses linear alpha blending and gamma correction to render glyphs
* onto surfaces. The light filter weights are
* [0x00 0x55 0x56 0x55 0x00].
*
* FT_LCD_FILTER_LEGACY ::
* This filter corresponds to the original libXft color filter. It
* provides high contrast output but can exhibit really bad color
* fringes if glyphs are not extremely well hinted to the pixel grid.
* In other words, it only works well if the TrueType bytecode
* interpreter is enabled *and* high-quality hinted fonts are used.
*
* This filter is only provided for comparison purposes, and might be
* disabled or stay unsupported in the future.
*
* FT_LCD_FILTER_LEGACY1 ::
* For historical reasons, the FontConfig library returns a different
* enumeration value for legacy LCD filtering. To make code work that
* (incorrectly) forwards FontConfig's enumeration value to
* @FT_Library_SetLcdFilter without proper mapping, it is thus easiest
* to have another enumeration value, which is completely equal to
* `FT_LCD_FILTER_LEGACY'.
*
* @since:
* 2.3.0 (`FT_LCD_FILTER_LEGACY1' since 2.6.2)
*/
typedef enum FT_LcdFilter_
{
FT_LCD_FILTER_NONE = 0,
FT_LCD_FILTER_DEFAULT = 1,
FT_LCD_FILTER_LIGHT = 2,
FT_LCD_FILTER_LEGACY1 = 3,
FT_LCD_FILTER_LEGACY = 16,
FT_LCD_FILTER_MAX /* do not remove */
} FT_LcdFilter;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @func:
* FT_Library_SetLcdFilter
*
* @description:
* This function is used to apply color filtering to LCD decimated
* bitmaps, like the ones used when calling @FT_Render_Glyph with
* @FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD or @FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD_V.
*
* @input:
* library ::
* A handle to the target library instance.
*
* filter ::
* The filter type.
*
* You can use @FT_LCD_FILTER_NONE here to disable this feature, or
* @FT_LCD_FILTER_DEFAULT to use a default filter that should work
* well on most LCD screens.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* This feature is always disabled by default. Clients must make an
* explicit call to this function with a `filter' value other than
* @FT_LCD_FILTER_NONE in order to enable it.
*
* Due to *PATENTS* covering subpixel rendering, this function doesn't
* do anything except returning `FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature' if the
* configuration macro FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_RENDERING is not
* defined in your build of the library, which should correspond to all
* default builds of FreeType.
*
* @since:
* 2.3.0
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Library_SetLcdFilter( FT_Library library,
FT_LcdFilter filter );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @func:
* FT_Library_SetLcdFilterWeights
*
* @description:
* This function can be used to enable LCD filter with custom weights,
* instead of using presets in @FT_Library_SetLcdFilter.
*
* @input:
* library ::
* A handle to the target library instance.
*
* weights ::
* A pointer to an array; the function copies the first five bytes and
* uses them to specify the filter weights.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* Due to *PATENTS* covering subpixel rendering, this function doesn't
* do anything except returning `FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature' if the
* configuration macro FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_RENDERING is not
* defined in your build of the library, which should correspond to all
* default builds of FreeType.
*
* @since:
* 2.4.0
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Library_SetLcdFilterWeights( FT_Library library,
unsigned char *weights );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTLCDFIL_H_ */
/* END */

276
ios-m1-simulator/include/freetype/ftlist.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,276 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftlist.h */
/* */
/* Generic list support for FreeType (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 1996-2016 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* This file implements functions relative to list processing. Its */
/* data structures are defined in `freetype.h'. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
#ifndef FTLIST_H_
#define FTLIST_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* list_processing */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* List Processing */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* Simple management of lists. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This section contains various definitions related to list */
/* processing using doubly-linked nodes. */
/* */
/* <Order> */
/* FT_List */
/* FT_ListNode */
/* FT_ListRec */
/* FT_ListNodeRec */
/* */
/* FT_List_Add */
/* FT_List_Insert */
/* FT_List_Find */
/* FT_List_Remove */
/* FT_List_Up */
/* FT_List_Iterate */
/* FT_List_Iterator */
/* FT_List_Finalize */
/* FT_List_Destructor */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_List_Find */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Find the list node for a given listed object. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* list :: A pointer to the parent list. */
/* data :: The address of the listed object. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* List node. NULL if it wasn't found. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_ListNode )
FT_List_Find( FT_List list,
void* data );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_List_Add */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Append an element to the end of a list. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* list :: A pointer to the parent list. */
/* node :: The node to append. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_List_Add( FT_List list,
FT_ListNode node );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_List_Insert */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Insert an element at the head of a list. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* list :: A pointer to parent list. */
/* node :: The node to insert. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_List_Insert( FT_List list,
FT_ListNode node );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_List_Remove */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Remove a node from a list. This function doesn't check whether */
/* the node is in the list! */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* node :: The node to remove. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* list :: A pointer to the parent list. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_List_Remove( FT_List list,
FT_ListNode node );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_List_Up */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Move a node to the head/top of a list. Used to maintain LRU */
/* lists. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* list :: A pointer to the parent list. */
/* node :: The node to move. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_List_Up( FT_List list,
FT_ListNode node );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <FuncType> */
/* FT_List_Iterator */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* An FT_List iterator function that is called during a list parse */
/* by @FT_List_Iterate. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* node :: The current iteration list node. */
/* */
/* user :: A typeless pointer passed to @FT_List_Iterate. */
/* Can be used to point to the iteration's state. */
/* */
typedef FT_Error
(*FT_List_Iterator)( FT_ListNode node,
void* user );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_List_Iterate */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Parse a list and calls a given iterator function on each element. */
/* Note that parsing is stopped as soon as one of the iterator calls */
/* returns a non-zero value. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* list :: A handle to the list. */
/* iterator :: An iterator function, called on each node of the list. */
/* user :: A user-supplied field that is passed as the second */
/* argument to the iterator. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* The result (a FreeType error code) of the last iterator call. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_List_Iterate( FT_List list,
FT_List_Iterator iterator,
void* user );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <FuncType> */
/* FT_List_Destructor */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* An @FT_List iterator function that is called during a list */
/* finalization by @FT_List_Finalize to destroy all elements in a */
/* given list. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* system :: The current system object. */
/* */
/* data :: The current object to destroy. */
/* */
/* user :: A typeless pointer passed to @FT_List_Iterate. It can */
/* be used to point to the iteration's state. */
/* */
typedef void
(*FT_List_Destructor)( FT_Memory memory,
void* data,
void* user );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_List_Finalize */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Destroy all elements in the list as well as the list itself. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* list :: A handle to the list. */
/* */
/* destroy :: A list destructor that will be applied to each element */
/* of the list. Set this to NULL if not needed. */
/* */
/* memory :: The current memory object that handles deallocation. */
/* */
/* user :: A user-supplied field that is passed as the last */
/* argument to the destructor. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* This function expects that all nodes added by @FT_List_Add or */
/* @FT_List_Insert have been dynamically allocated. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_List_Finalize( FT_List list,
FT_List_Destructor destroy,
FT_Memory memory,
void* user );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTLIST_H_ */
/* END */

99
ios-m1-simulator/include/freetype/ftlzw.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftlzw.h */
/* */
/* LZW-compressed stream support. */
/* */
/* Copyright 2004-2016 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef FTLZW_H_
#define FTLZW_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* lzw */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* LZW Streams */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* Using LZW-compressed font files. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This section contains the declaration of LZW-specific functions. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Stream_OpenLZW
*
* @description:
* Open a new stream to parse LZW-compressed font files. This is
* mainly used to support the compressed `*.pcf.Z' fonts that come
* with XFree86.
*
* @input:
* stream :: The target embedding stream.
*
* source :: The source stream.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* The source stream must be opened _before_ calling this function.
*
* Calling the internal function `FT_Stream_Close' on the new stream will
* *not* call `FT_Stream_Close' on the source stream. None of the stream
* objects will be released to the heap.
*
* The stream implementation is very basic and resets the decompression
* process each time seeking backwards is needed within the stream
*
* In certain builds of the library, LZW compression recognition is
* automatically handled when calling @FT_New_Face or @FT_Open_Face.
* This means that if no font driver is capable of handling the raw
* compressed file, the library will try to open a LZW stream from it
* and re-open the face with it.
*
* This function may return `FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature' if your build
* of FreeType was not compiled with LZW support.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Stream_OpenLZW( FT_Stream stream,
FT_Stream source );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTLZW_H_ */
/* END */

274
ios-m1-simulator/include/freetype/ftmac.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,274 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftmac.h */
/* */
/* Additional Mac-specific API. */
/* */
/* Copyright 1996-2016 by */
/* Just van Rossum, David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* NOTE: Include this file after FT_FREETYPE_H and after any */
/* Mac-specific headers (because this header uses Mac types such as */
/* Handle, FSSpec, FSRef, etc.) */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef FTMAC_H_
#define FTMAC_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/* gcc-3.4.1 and later can warn about functions tagged as deprecated */
#ifndef FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE
#if defined(__GNUC__) && \
((__GNUC__ >= 4) || ((__GNUC__ == 3) && (__GNUC_MINOR__ >= 1)))
#define FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE __attribute__((deprecated))
#else
#define FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE
#endif
#endif
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* mac_specific */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* Mac Specific Interface */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* Only available on the Macintosh. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* The following definitions are only available if FreeType is */
/* compiled on a Macintosh. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_New_Face_From_FOND */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Create a new face object from a FOND resource. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* library :: A handle to the library resource. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* fond :: A FOND resource. */
/* */
/* face_index :: Only supported for the -1 `sanity check' special */
/* case. */
/* */
/* <Output> */
/* aface :: A handle to a new face object. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Notes> */
/* This function can be used to create @FT_Face objects from fonts */
/* that are installed in the system as follows. */
/* */
/* { */
/* fond = GetResource( 'FOND', fontName ); */
/* error = FT_New_Face_From_FOND( library, fond, 0, &face ); */
/* } */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_New_Face_From_FOND( FT_Library library,
Handle fond,
FT_Long face_index,
FT_Face *aface )
FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_GetFile_From_Mac_Name */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Return an FSSpec for the disk file containing the named font. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* fontName :: Mac OS name of the font (e.g., Times New Roman */
/* Bold). */
/* */
/* <Output> */
/* pathSpec :: FSSpec to the file. For passing to */
/* @FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec. */
/* */
/* face_index :: Index of the face. For passing to */
/* @FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_GetFile_From_Mac_Name( const char* fontName,
FSSpec* pathSpec,
FT_Long* face_index )
FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_GetFile_From_Mac_ATS_Name */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Return an FSSpec for the disk file containing the named font. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* fontName :: Mac OS name of the font in ATS framework. */
/* */
/* <Output> */
/* pathSpec :: FSSpec to the file. For passing to */
/* @FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec. */
/* */
/* face_index :: Index of the face. For passing to */
/* @FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_GetFile_From_Mac_ATS_Name( const char* fontName,
FSSpec* pathSpec,
FT_Long* face_index )
FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_GetFilePath_From_Mac_ATS_Name */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Return a pathname of the disk file and face index for given font */
/* name that is handled by ATS framework. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* fontName :: Mac OS name of the font in ATS framework. */
/* */
/* <Output> */
/* path :: Buffer to store pathname of the file. For passing */
/* to @FT_New_Face. The client must allocate this */
/* buffer before calling this function. */
/* */
/* maxPathSize :: Lengths of the buffer `path' that client allocated. */
/* */
/* face_index :: Index of the face. For passing to @FT_New_Face. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_GetFilePath_From_Mac_ATS_Name( const char* fontName,
UInt8* path,
UInt32 maxPathSize,
FT_Long* face_index )
FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Create a new face object from a given resource and typeface index */
/* using an FSSpec to the font file. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* library :: A handle to the library resource. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* spec :: FSSpec to the font file. */
/* */
/* face_index :: The index of the face within the resource. The */
/* first face has index~0. */
/* <Output> */
/* aface :: A handle to a new face object. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* @FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec is identical to @FT_New_Face except */
/* it accepts an FSSpec instead of a path. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec( FT_Library library,
const FSSpec *spec,
FT_Long face_index,
FT_Face *aface )
FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_New_Face_From_FSRef */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Create a new face object from a given resource and typeface index */
/* using an FSRef to the font file. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* library :: A handle to the library resource. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* spec :: FSRef to the font file. */
/* */
/* face_index :: The index of the face within the resource. The */
/* first face has index~0. */
/* <Output> */
/* aface :: A handle to a new face object. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* @FT_New_Face_From_FSRef is identical to @FT_New_Face except */
/* it accepts an FSRef instead of a path. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_New_Face_From_FSRef( FT_Library library,
const FSRef *ref,
FT_Long face_index,
FT_Face *aface )
FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE;
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTMAC_H_ */
/* END */

384
ios-m1-simulator/include/freetype/ftmm.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,384 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftmm.h */
/* */
/* FreeType Multiple Master font interface (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 1996-2016 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef FTMM_H_
#define FTMM_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_TYPE1_TABLES_H
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* multiple_masters */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* Multiple Masters */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* How to manage Multiple Masters fonts. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* The following types and functions are used to manage Multiple */
/* Master fonts, i.e., the selection of specific design instances by */
/* setting design axis coordinates. */
/* */
/* George Williams has extended this interface to make it work with */
/* both Type~1 Multiple Masters fonts and GX distortable (var) */
/* fonts. Some of these routines only work with MM fonts, others */
/* will work with both types. They are similar enough that a */
/* consistent interface makes sense. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* FT_MM_Axis */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A simple structure used to model a given axis in design space for */
/* Multiple Masters fonts. */
/* */
/* This structure can't be used for GX var fonts. */
/* */
/* <Fields> */
/* name :: The axis's name. */
/* */
/* minimum :: The axis's minimum design coordinate. */
/* */
/* maximum :: The axis's maximum design coordinate. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_MM_Axis_
{
FT_String* name;
FT_Long minimum;
FT_Long maximum;
} FT_MM_Axis;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* FT_Multi_Master */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A structure used to model the axes and space of a Multiple Masters */
/* font. */
/* */
/* This structure can't be used for GX var fonts. */
/* */
/* <Fields> */
/* num_axis :: Number of axes. Cannot exceed~4. */
/* */
/* num_designs :: Number of designs; should be normally 2^num_axis */
/* even though the Type~1 specification strangely */
/* allows for intermediate designs to be present. */
/* This number cannot exceed~16. */
/* */
/* axis :: A table of axis descriptors. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_Multi_Master_
{
FT_UInt num_axis;
FT_UInt num_designs;
FT_MM_Axis axis[T1_MAX_MM_AXIS];
} FT_Multi_Master;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* FT_Var_Axis */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A simple structure used to model a given axis in design space for */
/* Multiple Masters and GX var fonts. */
/* */
/* <Fields> */
/* name :: The axis's name. */
/* Not always meaningful for GX. */
/* */
/* minimum :: The axis's minimum design coordinate. */
/* */
/* def :: The axis's default design coordinate. */
/* FreeType computes meaningful default values for MM; it */
/* is then an integer value, not in 16.16 format. */
/* */
/* maximum :: The axis's maximum design coordinate. */
/* */
/* tag :: The axis's tag (the GX equivalent to `name'). */
/* FreeType provides default values for MM if possible. */
/* */
/* strid :: The entry in `name' table (another GX version of */
/* `name'). */
/* Not meaningful for MM. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_Var_Axis_
{
FT_String* name;
FT_Fixed minimum;
FT_Fixed def;
FT_Fixed maximum;
FT_ULong tag;
FT_UInt strid;
} FT_Var_Axis;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* FT_Var_Named_Style */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A simple structure used to model a named style in a GX var font. */
/* */
/* This structure can't be used for MM fonts. */
/* */
/* <Fields> */
/* coords :: The design coordinates for this style. */
/* This is an array with one entry for each axis. */
/* */
/* strid :: The entry in `name' table identifying this style. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_Var_Named_Style_
{
FT_Fixed* coords;
FT_UInt strid;
} FT_Var_Named_Style;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* FT_MM_Var */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A structure used to model the axes and space of a Multiple Masters */
/* or GX var distortable font. */
/* */
/* Some fields are specific to one format and not to the other. */
/* */
/* <Fields> */
/* num_axis :: The number of axes. The maximum value is~4 for */
/* MM; no limit in GX. */
/* */
/* num_designs :: The number of designs; should be normally */
/* 2^num_axis for MM fonts. Not meaningful for GX */
/* (where every glyph could have a different */
/* number of designs). */
/* */
/* num_namedstyles :: The number of named styles; only meaningful for */
/* GX that allows certain design coordinates to */
/* have a string ID (in the `name' table) */
/* associated with them. The font can tell the */
/* user that, for example, Weight=1.5 is `Bold'. */
/* */
/* axis :: An axis descriptor table. */
/* GX fonts contain slightly more data than MM. */
/* Memory management of this pointer is done */
/* internally by FreeType. */
/* */
/* namedstyle :: A named style table. */
/* Only meaningful with GX. */
/* Memory management of this pointer is done */
/* internally by FreeType. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_MM_Var_
{
FT_UInt num_axis;
FT_UInt num_designs;
FT_UInt num_namedstyles;
FT_Var_Axis* axis;
FT_Var_Named_Style* namedstyle;
} FT_MM_Var;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Get_Multi_Master */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Retrieve the Multiple Master descriptor of a given font. */
/* */
/* This function can't be used with GX fonts. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* face :: A handle to the source face. */
/* */
/* <Output> */
/* amaster :: The Multiple Masters descriptor. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_Multi_Master( FT_Face face,
FT_Multi_Master *amaster );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Get_MM_Var */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Retrieve the Multiple Master/GX var descriptor of a given font. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* face :: A handle to the source face. */
/* */
/* <Output> */
/* amaster :: The Multiple Masters/GX var descriptor. */
/* Allocates a data structure, which the user must */
/* deallocate with `free' after use. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_MM_Var( FT_Face face,
FT_MM_Var* *amaster );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Set_MM_Design_Coordinates */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* For Multiple Masters fonts, choose an interpolated font design */
/* through design coordinates. */
/* */
/* This function can't be used with GX fonts. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* face :: A handle to the source face. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* num_coords :: The number of available design coordinates. If it */
/* is larger than the number of axes, ignore the excess */
/* values. If it is smaller than the number of axes, */
/* use default values for the remaining axes. */
/* */
/* coords :: An array of design coordinates. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Set_MM_Design_Coordinates( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt num_coords,
FT_Long* coords );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Set_Var_Design_Coordinates */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* For Multiple Master or GX Var fonts, choose an interpolated font */
/* design through design coordinates. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* face :: A handle to the source face. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* num_coords :: The number of available design coordinates. If it */
/* is larger than the number of axes, ignore the excess */
/* values. If it is smaller than the number of axes, */
/* use default values for the remaining axes. */
/* */
/* coords :: An array of design coordinates. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Set_Var_Design_Coordinates( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt num_coords,
FT_Fixed* coords );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Set_MM_Blend_Coordinates */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* For Multiple Masters and GX var fonts, choose an interpolated font */
/* design through normalized blend coordinates. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* face :: A handle to the source face. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* num_coords :: The number of available design coordinates. If it */
/* is larger than the number of axes, ignore the excess */
/* values. If it is smaller than the number of axes, */
/* use default values for the remaining axes. */
/* */
/* coords :: The design coordinates array (each element must be */
/* between 0 and 1.0). */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Set_MM_Blend_Coordinates( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt num_coords,
FT_Fixed* coords );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Set_Var_Blend_Coordinates */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This is another name of @FT_Set_MM_Blend_Coordinates. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Set_Var_Blend_Coordinates( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt num_coords,
FT_Fixed* coords );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTMM_H_ */
/* END */

667
ios-m1-simulator/include/freetype/ftmodapi.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,667 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftmodapi.h */
/* */
/* FreeType modules public interface (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 1996-2016 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef FTMODAPI_H_
#define FTMODAPI_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* module_management */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* Module Management */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* How to add, upgrade, remove, and control modules from FreeType. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* The definitions below are used to manage modules within FreeType. */
/* Modules can be added, upgraded, and removed at runtime. */
/* Additionally, some module properties can be controlled also. */
/* */
/* Here is a list of possible values of the `module_name' field in */
/* the @FT_Module_Class structure. */
/* */
/* { */
/* autofitter */
/* bdf */
/* cff */
/* gxvalid */
/* otvalid */
/* pcf */
/* pfr */
/* psaux */
/* pshinter */
/* psnames */
/* raster1 */
/* sfnt */
/* smooth, smooth-lcd, smooth-lcdv */
/* truetype */
/* type1 */
/* type42 */
/* t1cid */
/* winfonts */
/* } */
/* */
/* Note that the FreeType Cache sub-system is not a FreeType module. */
/* */
/* <Order> */
/* FT_Module */
/* FT_Module_Constructor */
/* FT_Module_Destructor */
/* FT_Module_Requester */
/* FT_Module_Class */
/* */
/* FT_Add_Module */
/* FT_Get_Module */
/* FT_Remove_Module */
/* FT_Add_Default_Modules */
/* */
/* FT_Property_Set */
/* FT_Property_Get */
/* */
/* FT_New_Library */
/* FT_Done_Library */
/* FT_Reference_Library */
/* */
/* FT_Renderer */
/* FT_Renderer_Class */
/* */
/* FT_Get_Renderer */
/* FT_Set_Renderer */
/* */
/* FT_Set_Debug_Hook */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/* module bit flags */
#define FT_MODULE_FONT_DRIVER 1 /* this module is a font driver */
#define FT_MODULE_RENDERER 2 /* this module is a renderer */
#define FT_MODULE_HINTER 4 /* this module is a glyph hinter */
#define FT_MODULE_STYLER 8 /* this module is a styler */
#define FT_MODULE_DRIVER_SCALABLE 0x100 /* the driver supports */
/* scalable fonts */
#define FT_MODULE_DRIVER_NO_OUTLINES 0x200 /* the driver does not */
/* support vector outlines */
#define FT_MODULE_DRIVER_HAS_HINTER 0x400 /* the driver provides its */
/* own hinter */
#define FT_MODULE_DRIVER_HINTS_LIGHTLY 0x800 /* the driver's hinter */
/* produces LIGHT hints */
/* deprecated values */
#define ft_module_font_driver FT_MODULE_FONT_DRIVER
#define ft_module_renderer FT_MODULE_RENDERER
#define ft_module_hinter FT_MODULE_HINTER
#define ft_module_styler FT_MODULE_STYLER
#define ft_module_driver_scalable FT_MODULE_DRIVER_SCALABLE
#define ft_module_driver_no_outlines FT_MODULE_DRIVER_NO_OUTLINES
#define ft_module_driver_has_hinter FT_MODULE_DRIVER_HAS_HINTER
#define ft_module_driver_hints_lightly FT_MODULE_DRIVER_HINTS_LIGHTLY
typedef FT_Pointer FT_Module_Interface;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <FuncType> */
/* FT_Module_Constructor */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A function used to initialize (not create) a new module object. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* module :: The module to initialize. */
/* */
typedef FT_Error
(*FT_Module_Constructor)( FT_Module module );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <FuncType> */
/* FT_Module_Destructor */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A function used to finalize (not destroy) a given module object. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* module :: The module to finalize. */
/* */
typedef void
(*FT_Module_Destructor)( FT_Module module );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <FuncType> */
/* FT_Module_Requester */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A function used to query a given module for a specific interface. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* module :: The module to be searched. */
/* */
/* name :: The name of the interface in the module. */
/* */
typedef FT_Module_Interface
(*FT_Module_Requester)( FT_Module module,
const char* name );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* FT_Module_Class */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* The module class descriptor. */
/* */
/* <Fields> */
/* module_flags :: Bit flags describing the module. */
/* */
/* module_size :: The size of one module object/instance in */
/* bytes. */
/* */
/* module_name :: The name of the module. */
/* */
/* module_version :: The version, as a 16.16 fixed number */
/* (major.minor). */
/* */
/* module_requires :: The version of FreeType this module requires, */
/* as a 16.16 fixed number (major.minor). Starts */
/* at version 2.0, i.e., 0x20000. */
/* */
/* module_init :: The initializing function. */
/* */
/* module_done :: The finalizing function. */
/* */
/* get_interface :: The interface requesting function. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_Module_Class_
{
FT_ULong module_flags;
FT_Long module_size;
const FT_String* module_name;
FT_Fixed module_version;
FT_Fixed module_requires;
const void* module_interface;
FT_Module_Constructor module_init;
FT_Module_Destructor module_done;
FT_Module_Requester get_interface;
} FT_Module_Class;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Add_Module */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Add a new module to a given library instance. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* library :: A handle to the library object. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* clazz :: A pointer to class descriptor for the module. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* An error will be returned if a module already exists by that name, */
/* or if the module requires a version of FreeType that is too great. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Add_Module( FT_Library library,
const FT_Module_Class* clazz );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Get_Module */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Find a module by its name. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* library :: A handle to the library object. */
/* */
/* module_name :: The module's name (as an ASCII string). */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* A module handle. 0~if none was found. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* FreeType's internal modules aren't documented very well, and you */
/* should look up the source code for details. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Module )
FT_Get_Module( FT_Library library,
const char* module_name );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Remove_Module */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Remove a given module from a library instance. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* library :: A handle to a library object. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* module :: A handle to a module object. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* The module object is destroyed by the function in case of success. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Remove_Module( FT_Library library,
FT_Module module );
/**********************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Property_Set
*
* @description:
* Set a property for a given module.
*
* @input:
* library ::
* A handle to the library the module is part of.
*
* module_name ::
* The module name.
*
* property_name ::
* The property name. Properties are described in the `Synopsis'
* subsection of the module's documentation.
*
* Note that only a few modules have properties.
*
* value ::
* A generic pointer to a variable or structure that gives the new
* value of the property. The exact definition of `value' is
* dependent on the property; see the `Synopsis' subsection of the
* module's documentation.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* If `module_name' isn't a valid module name, or `property_name'
* doesn't specify a valid property, or if `value' doesn't represent a
* valid value for the given property, an error is returned.
*
* The following example sets property `bar' (a simple integer) in
* module `foo' to value~1.
*
* {
* FT_UInt bar;
*
*
* bar = 1;
* FT_Property_Set( library, "foo", "bar", &bar );
* }
*
* Note that the FreeType Cache sub-system doesn't recognize module
* property changes. To avoid glyph lookup confusion within the cache
* you should call @FTC_Manager_Reset to completely flush the cache if
* a module property gets changed after @FTC_Manager_New has been
* called.
*
* It is not possible to set properties of the FreeType Cache
* sub-system itself with FT_Property_Set; use @FTC_Property_Set
* instead.
*
* @since:
* 2.4.11
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Property_Set( FT_Library library,
const FT_String* module_name,
const FT_String* property_name,
const void* value );
/**********************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Property_Get
*
* @description:
* Get a module's property value.
*
* @input:
* library ::
* A handle to the library the module is part of.
*
* module_name ::
* The module name.
*
* property_name ::
* The property name. Properties are described in the `Synopsis'
* subsection of the module's documentation.
*
* @inout:
* value ::
* A generic pointer to a variable or structure that gives the
* value of the property. The exact definition of `value' is
* dependent on the property; see the `Synopsis' subsection of the
* module's documentation.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* If `module_name' isn't a valid module name, or `property_name'
* doesn't specify a valid property, or if `value' doesn't represent a
* valid value for the given property, an error is returned.
*
* The following example gets property `baz' (a range) in module `foo'.
*
* {
* typedef range_
* {
* FT_Int32 min;
* FT_Int32 max;
*
* } range;
*
* range baz;
*
*
* FT_Property_Get( library, "foo", "baz", &baz );
* }
*
* It is not possible to retrieve properties of the FreeType Cache
* sub-system with FT_Property_Get; use @FTC_Property_Get instead.
*
* @since:
* 2.4.11
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Property_Get( FT_Library library,
const FT_String* module_name,
const FT_String* property_name,
void* value );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Reference_Library */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A counter gets initialized to~1 at the time an @FT_Library */
/* structure is created. This function increments the counter. */
/* @FT_Done_Library then only destroys a library if the counter is~1, */
/* otherwise it simply decrements the counter. */
/* */
/* This function helps in managing life-cycles of structures that */
/* reference @FT_Library objects. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* library :: A handle to a target library object. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Since> */
/* 2.4.2 */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Reference_Library( FT_Library library );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_New_Library */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This function is used to create a new FreeType library instance */
/* from a given memory object. It is thus possible to use libraries */
/* with distinct memory allocators within the same program. Note, */
/* however, that the used @FT_Memory structure is expected to remain */
/* valid for the life of the @FT_Library object. */
/* */
/* Normally, you would call this function (followed by a call to */
/* @FT_Add_Default_Modules or a series of calls to @FT_Add_Module) */
/* instead of @FT_Init_FreeType to initialize the FreeType library. */
/* */
/* Don't use @FT_Done_FreeType but @FT_Done_Library to destroy a */
/* library instance. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* memory :: A handle to the original memory object. */
/* */
/* <Output> */
/* alibrary :: A pointer to handle of a new library object. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* See the discussion of reference counters in the description of */
/* @FT_Reference_Library. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_New_Library( FT_Memory memory,
FT_Library *alibrary );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Done_Library */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Discard a given library object. This closes all drivers and */
/* discards all resource objects. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* library :: A handle to the target library. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* See the discussion of reference counters in the description of */
/* @FT_Reference_Library. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Done_Library( FT_Library library );
/* */
typedef void
(*FT_DebugHook_Func)( void* arg );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Set_Debug_Hook */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Set a debug hook function for debugging the interpreter of a font */
/* format. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* library :: A handle to the library object. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* hook_index :: The index of the debug hook. You should use the */
/* values defined in `ftobjs.h', e.g., */
/* `FT_DEBUG_HOOK_TRUETYPE'. */
/* */
/* debug_hook :: The function used to debug the interpreter. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* Currently, four debug hook slots are available, but only two (for */
/* the TrueType and the Type~1 interpreter) are defined. */
/* */
/* Since the internal headers of FreeType are no longer installed, */
/* the symbol `FT_DEBUG_HOOK_TRUETYPE' isn't available publicly. */
/* This is a bug and will be fixed in a forthcoming release. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Set_Debug_Hook( FT_Library library,
FT_UInt hook_index,
FT_DebugHook_Func debug_hook );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Add_Default_Modules */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Add the set of default drivers to a given library object. */
/* This is only useful when you create a library object with */
/* @FT_New_Library (usually to plug a custom memory manager). */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* library :: A handle to a new library object. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Add_Default_Modules( FT_Library library );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @section:
* truetype_engine
*
* @title:
* The TrueType Engine
*
* @abstract:
* TrueType bytecode support.
*
* @description:
* This section contains a function used to query the level of TrueType
* bytecode support compiled in this version of the library.
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* FT_TrueTypeEngineType
*
* @description:
* A list of values describing which kind of TrueType bytecode
* engine is implemented in a given FT_Library instance. It is used
* by the @FT_Get_TrueType_Engine_Type function.
*
* @values:
* FT_TRUETYPE_ENGINE_TYPE_NONE ::
* The library doesn't implement any kind of bytecode interpreter.
*
* FT_TRUETYPE_ENGINE_TYPE_UNPATENTED ::
* Deprecated and removed.
*
* FT_TRUETYPE_ENGINE_TYPE_PATENTED ::
* The library implements a bytecode interpreter that covers
* the full instruction set of the TrueType virtual machine (this
* was governed by patents until May 2010, hence the name).
*
* @since:
* 2.2
*
*/
typedef enum FT_TrueTypeEngineType_
{
FT_TRUETYPE_ENGINE_TYPE_NONE = 0,
FT_TRUETYPE_ENGINE_TYPE_UNPATENTED,
FT_TRUETYPE_ENGINE_TYPE_PATENTED
} FT_TrueTypeEngineType;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @func:
* FT_Get_TrueType_Engine_Type
*
* @description:
* Return an @FT_TrueTypeEngineType value to indicate which level of
* the TrueType virtual machine a given library instance supports.
*
* @input:
* library ::
* A library instance.
*
* @return:
* A value indicating which level is supported.
*
* @since:
* 2.2
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_TrueTypeEngineType )
FT_Get_TrueType_Engine_Type( FT_Library library );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTMODAPI_H_ */
/* END */

194
ios-m1-simulator/include/freetype/ftmoderr.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,194 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftmoderr.h */
/* */
/* FreeType module error offsets (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 2001-2016 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* This file is used to define the FreeType module error codes. */
/* */
/* If the macro FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_MODULE_ERRORS in `ftoption.h' is */
/* set, the lower byte of an error value identifies the error code as */
/* usual. In addition, the higher byte identifies the module. For */
/* example, the error `FT_Err_Invalid_File_Format' has value 0x0003, the */
/* error `TT_Err_Invalid_File_Format' has value 0x1303, the error */
/* `T1_Err_Invalid_File_Format' has value 0x1403, etc. */
/* */
/* Note that `FT_Err_Ok', `TT_Err_Ok', etc. are always equal to zero, */
/* including the high byte. */
/* */
/* If FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_MODULE_ERRORS isn't set, the higher byte of */
/* an error value is set to zero. */
/* */
/* To hide the various `XXX_Err_' prefixes in the source code, FreeType */
/* provides some macros in `fttypes.h'. */
/* */
/* FT_ERR( err ) */
/* Add current error module prefix (as defined with the */
/* `FT_ERR_PREFIX' macro) to `err'. For example, in the BDF module */
/* the line */
/* */
/* error = FT_ERR( Invalid_Outline ); */
/* */
/* expands to */
/* */
/* error = BDF_Err_Invalid_Outline; */
/* */
/* For simplicity, you can always use `FT_Err_Ok' directly instead */
/* of `FT_ERR( Ok )'. */
/* */
/* FT_ERR_EQ( errcode, err ) */
/* FT_ERR_NEQ( errcode, err ) */
/* Compare error code `errcode' with the error `err' for equality */
/* and inequality, respectively. Example: */
/* */
/* if ( FT_ERR_EQ( error, Invalid_Outline ) ) */
/* ... */
/* */
/* Using this macro you don't have to think about error prefixes. */
/* Of course, if module errors are not active, the above example is */
/* the same as */
/* */
/* if ( error == FT_Err_Invalid_Outline ) */
/* ... */
/* */
/* FT_ERROR_BASE( errcode ) */
/* FT_ERROR_MODULE( errcode ) */
/* Get base error and module error code, respectively. */
/* */
/* */
/* It can also be used to create a module error message table easily */
/* with something like */
/* */
/* { */
/* #undef FTMODERR_H_ */
/* #define FT_MODERRDEF( e, v, s ) { FT_Mod_Err_ ## e, s }, */
/* #define FT_MODERR_START_LIST { */
/* #define FT_MODERR_END_LIST { 0, 0 } }; */
/* */
/* const struct */
/* { */
/* int mod_err_offset; */
/* const char* mod_err_msg */
/* } ft_mod_errors[] = */
/* */
/* #include FT_MODULE_ERRORS_H */
/* } */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
#ifndef FTMODERR_H_
#define FTMODERR_H_
/*******************************************************************/
/*******************************************************************/
/***** *****/
/***** SETUP MACROS *****/
/***** *****/
/*******************************************************************/
/*******************************************************************/
#undef FT_NEED_EXTERN_C
#ifndef FT_MODERRDEF
#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_MODULE_ERRORS
#define FT_MODERRDEF( e, v, s ) FT_Mod_Err_ ## e = v,
#else
#define FT_MODERRDEF( e, v, s ) FT_Mod_Err_ ## e = 0,
#endif
#define FT_MODERR_START_LIST enum {
#define FT_MODERR_END_LIST FT_Mod_Err_Max };
#ifdef __cplusplus
#define FT_NEED_EXTERN_C
extern "C" {
#endif
#endif /* !FT_MODERRDEF */
/*******************************************************************/
/*******************************************************************/
/***** *****/
/***** LIST MODULE ERROR BASES *****/
/***** *****/
/*******************************************************************/
/*******************************************************************/
#ifdef FT_MODERR_START_LIST
FT_MODERR_START_LIST
#endif
FT_MODERRDEF( Base, 0x000, "base module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( Autofit, 0x100, "autofitter module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( BDF, 0x200, "BDF module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( Bzip2, 0x300, "Bzip2 module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( Cache, 0x400, "cache module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( CFF, 0x500, "CFF module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( CID, 0x600, "CID module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( Gzip, 0x700, "Gzip module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( LZW, 0x800, "LZW module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( OTvalid, 0x900, "OpenType validation module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( PCF, 0xA00, "PCF module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( PFR, 0xB00, "PFR module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( PSaux, 0xC00, "PS auxiliary module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( PShinter, 0xD00, "PS hinter module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( PSnames, 0xE00, "PS names module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( Raster, 0xF00, "raster module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( SFNT, 0x1000, "SFNT module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( Smooth, 0x1100, "smooth raster module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( TrueType, 0x1200, "TrueType module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( Type1, 0x1300, "Type 1 module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( Type42, 0x1400, "Type 42 module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( Winfonts, 0x1500, "Windows FON/FNT module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( GXvalid, 0x1600, "GX validation module" )
#ifdef FT_MODERR_END_LIST
FT_MODERR_END_LIST
#endif
/*******************************************************************/
/*******************************************************************/
/***** *****/
/***** CLEANUP *****/
/***** *****/
/*******************************************************************/
/*******************************************************************/
#ifdef FT_NEED_EXTERN_C
}
#endif
#undef FT_MODERR_START_LIST
#undef FT_MODERR_END_LIST
#undef FT_MODERRDEF
#undef FT_NEED_EXTERN_C
#endif /* FTMODERR_H_ */
/* END */

204
ios-m1-simulator/include/freetype/ftotval.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,204 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftotval.h */
/* */
/* FreeType API for validating OpenType tables (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 2004-2016 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* */
/* Warning: This module might be moved to a different library in the */
/* future to avoid a tight dependency between FreeType and the */
/* OpenType specification. */
/* */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef FTOTVAL_H_
#define FTOTVAL_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* ot_validation */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* OpenType Validation */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* An API to validate OpenType tables. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This section contains the declaration of functions to validate */
/* some OpenType tables (BASE, GDEF, GPOS, GSUB, JSTF, MATH). */
/* */
/* <Order> */
/* FT_OpenType_Validate */
/* FT_OpenType_Free */
/* */
/* FT_VALIDATE_OTXXX */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/**********************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* FT_VALIDATE_OTXXX
*
* @description:
* A list of bit-field constants used with @FT_OpenType_Validate to
* indicate which OpenType tables should be validated.
*
* @values:
* FT_VALIDATE_BASE ::
* Validate BASE table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_GDEF ::
* Validate GDEF table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_GPOS ::
* Validate GPOS table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_GSUB ::
* Validate GSUB table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_JSTF ::
* Validate JSTF table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_MATH ::
* Validate MATH table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_OT ::
* Validate all OpenType tables (BASE, GDEF, GPOS, GSUB, JSTF, MATH).
*
*/
#define FT_VALIDATE_BASE 0x0100
#define FT_VALIDATE_GDEF 0x0200
#define FT_VALIDATE_GPOS 0x0400
#define FT_VALIDATE_GSUB 0x0800
#define FT_VALIDATE_JSTF 0x1000
#define FT_VALIDATE_MATH 0x2000
#define FT_VALIDATE_OT FT_VALIDATE_BASE | \
FT_VALIDATE_GDEF | \
FT_VALIDATE_GPOS | \
FT_VALIDATE_GSUB | \
FT_VALIDATE_JSTF | \
FT_VALIDATE_MATH
/**********************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_OpenType_Validate
*
* @description:
* Validate various OpenType tables to assure that all offsets and
* indices are valid. The idea is that a higher-level library that
* actually does the text layout can access those tables without
* error checking (which can be quite time consuming).
*
* @input:
* face ::
* A handle to the input face.
*
* validation_flags ::
* A bit field that specifies the tables to be validated. See
* @FT_VALIDATE_OTXXX for possible values.
*
* @output:
* BASE_table ::
* A pointer to the BASE table.
*
* GDEF_table ::
* A pointer to the GDEF table.
*
* GPOS_table ::
* A pointer to the GPOS table.
*
* GSUB_table ::
* A pointer to the GSUB table.
*
* JSTF_table ::
* A pointer to the JSTF table.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* This function only works with OpenType fonts, returning an error
* otherwise.
*
* After use, the application should deallocate the five tables with
* @FT_OpenType_Free. A NULL value indicates that the table either
* doesn't exist in the font, or the application hasn't asked for
* validation.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_OpenType_Validate( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt validation_flags,
FT_Bytes *BASE_table,
FT_Bytes *GDEF_table,
FT_Bytes *GPOS_table,
FT_Bytes *GSUB_table,
FT_Bytes *JSTF_table );
/**********************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_OpenType_Free
*
* @description:
* Free the buffer allocated by OpenType validator.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* A handle to the input face.
*
* table ::
* The pointer to the buffer that is allocated by
* @FT_OpenType_Validate.
*
* @note:
* This function must be used to free the buffer allocated by
* @FT_OpenType_Validate only.
*/
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_OpenType_Free( FT_Face face,
FT_Bytes table );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTOTVAL_H_ */
/* END */

574
ios-m1-simulator/include/freetype/ftoutln.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,574 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftoutln.h */
/* */
/* Support for the FT_Outline type used to store glyph shapes of */
/* most scalable font formats (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 1996-2016 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef FTOUTLN_H_
#define FTOUTLN_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* outline_processing */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* Outline Processing */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* Functions to create, transform, and render vectorial glyph images. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This section contains routines used to create and destroy scalable */
/* glyph images known as `outlines'. These can also be measured, */
/* transformed, and converted into bitmaps and pixmaps. */
/* */
/* <Order> */
/* FT_Outline */
/* FT_Outline_New */
/* FT_Outline_Done */
/* FT_Outline_Copy */
/* FT_Outline_Translate */
/* FT_Outline_Transform */
/* FT_Outline_Embolden */
/* FT_Outline_EmboldenXY */
/* FT_Outline_Reverse */
/* FT_Outline_Check */
/* */
/* FT_Outline_Get_CBox */
/* FT_Outline_Get_BBox */
/* */
/* FT_Outline_Get_Bitmap */
/* FT_Outline_Render */
/* FT_Outline_Decompose */
/* FT_Outline_Funcs */
/* FT_Outline_MoveToFunc */
/* FT_Outline_LineToFunc */
/* FT_Outline_ConicToFunc */
/* FT_Outline_CubicToFunc */
/* */
/* FT_Orientation */
/* FT_Outline_Get_Orientation */
/* */
/* FT_OUTLINE_XXX */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Outline_Decompose */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Walk over an outline's structure to decompose it into individual */
/* segments and Bézier arcs. This function also emits `move to' */
/* operations to indicate the start of new contours in the outline. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* outline :: A pointer to the source target. */
/* */
/* func_interface :: A table of `emitters', i.e., function pointers */
/* called during decomposition to indicate path */
/* operations. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* user :: A typeless pointer that is passed to each */
/* emitter during the decomposition. It can be */
/* used to store the state during the */
/* decomposition. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* A contour that contains a single point only is represented by a */
/* `move to' operation followed by `line to' to the same point. In */
/* most cases, it is best to filter this out before using the */
/* outline for stroking purposes (otherwise it would result in a */
/* visible dot when round caps are used). */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Outline_Decompose( FT_Outline* outline,
const FT_Outline_Funcs* func_interface,
void* user );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Outline_New */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Create a new outline of a given size. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* library :: A handle to the library object from where the */
/* outline is allocated. Note however that the new */
/* outline will *not* necessarily be *freed*, when */
/* destroying the library, by @FT_Done_FreeType. */
/* */
/* numPoints :: The maximum number of points within the outline. */
/* Must be smaller than or equal to 0xFFFF (65535). */
/* */
/* numContours :: The maximum number of contours within the outline. */
/* This value must be in the range 0 to `numPoints'. */
/* */
/* <Output> */
/* anoutline :: A handle to the new outline. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* The reason why this function takes a `library' parameter is simply */
/* to use the library's memory allocator. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Outline_New( FT_Library library,
FT_UInt numPoints,
FT_Int numContours,
FT_Outline *anoutline );
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Outline_New_Internal( FT_Memory memory,
FT_UInt numPoints,
FT_Int numContours,
FT_Outline *anoutline );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Outline_Done */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Destroy an outline created with @FT_Outline_New. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* library :: A handle of the library object used to allocate the */
/* outline. */
/* */
/* outline :: A pointer to the outline object to be discarded. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* If the outline's `owner' field is not set, only the outline */
/* descriptor will be released. */
/* */
/* The reason why this function takes an `library' parameter is */
/* simply to use ft_mem_free(). */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Outline_Done( FT_Library library,
FT_Outline* outline );
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Outline_Done_Internal( FT_Memory memory,
FT_Outline* outline );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Outline_Check */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Check the contents of an outline descriptor. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* outline :: A handle to a source outline. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Outline_Check( FT_Outline* outline );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Outline_Get_CBox */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Return an outline's `control box'. The control box encloses all */
/* the outline's points, including Bézier control points. Though it */
/* coincides with the exact bounding box for most glyphs, it can be */
/* slightly larger in some situations (like when rotating an outline */
/* that contains Bézier outside arcs). */
/* */
/* Computing the control box is very fast, while getting the bounding */
/* box can take much more time as it needs to walk over all segments */
/* and arcs in the outline. To get the latter, you can use the */
/* `ftbbox' component, which is dedicated to this single task. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* outline :: A pointer to the source outline descriptor. */
/* */
/* <Output> */
/* acbox :: The outline's control box. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* See @FT_Glyph_Get_CBox for a discussion of tricky fonts. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Outline_Get_CBox( const FT_Outline* outline,
FT_BBox *acbox );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Outline_Translate */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Apply a simple translation to the points of an outline. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* outline :: A pointer to the target outline descriptor. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* xOffset :: The horizontal offset. */
/* */
/* yOffset :: The vertical offset. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Outline_Translate( const FT_Outline* outline,
FT_Pos xOffset,
FT_Pos yOffset );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Outline_Copy */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Copy an outline into another one. Both objects must have the */
/* same sizes (number of points & number of contours) when this */
/* function is called. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* source :: A handle to the source outline. */
/* */
/* <Output> */
/* target :: A handle to the target outline. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Outline_Copy( const FT_Outline* source,
FT_Outline *target );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Outline_Transform */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Apply a simple 2x2 matrix to all of an outline's points. Useful */
/* for applying rotations, slanting, flipping, etc. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* outline :: A pointer to the target outline descriptor. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* matrix :: A pointer to the transformation matrix. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* You can use @FT_Outline_Translate if you need to translate the */
/* outline's points. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Outline_Transform( const FT_Outline* outline,
const FT_Matrix* matrix );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Outline_Embolden */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Embolden an outline. The new outline will be at most 4~times */
/* `strength' pixels wider and higher. You may think of the left and */
/* bottom borders as unchanged. */
/* */
/* Negative `strength' values to reduce the outline thickness are */
/* possible also. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* outline :: A handle to the target outline. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* strength :: How strong the glyph is emboldened. Expressed in */
/* 26.6 pixel format. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* The used algorithm to increase or decrease the thickness of the */
/* glyph doesn't change the number of points; this means that certain */
/* situations like acute angles or intersections are sometimes */
/* handled incorrectly. */
/* */
/* If you need `better' metrics values you should call */
/* @FT_Outline_Get_CBox or @FT_Outline_Get_BBox. */
/* */
/* Example call: */
/* */
/* { */
/* FT_Load_Glyph( face, index, FT_LOAD_DEFAULT ); */
/* if ( face->glyph->format == FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE ) */
/* FT_Outline_Embolden( &face->glyph->outline, strength ); */
/* } */
/* */
/* To get meaningful results, font scaling values must be set with */
/* functions like @FT_Set_Char_Size before calling FT_Render_Glyph. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Outline_Embolden( FT_Outline* outline,
FT_Pos strength );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Outline_EmboldenXY */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Embolden an outline. The new outline will be `xstrength' pixels */
/* wider and `ystrength' pixels higher. Otherwise, it is similar to */
/* @FT_Outline_Embolden, which uses the same strength in both */
/* directions. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Outline_EmboldenXY( FT_Outline* outline,
FT_Pos xstrength,
FT_Pos ystrength );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Outline_Reverse */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Reverse the drawing direction of an outline. This is used to */
/* ensure consistent fill conventions for mirrored glyphs. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* outline :: A pointer to the target outline descriptor. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* This function toggles the bit flag @FT_OUTLINE_REVERSE_FILL in */
/* the outline's `flags' field. */
/* */
/* It shouldn't be used by a normal client application, unless it */
/* knows what it is doing. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Outline_Reverse( FT_Outline* outline );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Outline_Get_Bitmap */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Render an outline within a bitmap. The outline's image is simply */
/* OR-ed to the target bitmap. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* library :: A handle to a FreeType library object. */
/* */
/* outline :: A pointer to the source outline descriptor. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* abitmap :: A pointer to the target bitmap descriptor. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* This function does NOT CREATE the bitmap, it only renders an */
/* outline image within the one you pass to it! Consequently, the */
/* various fields in `abitmap' should be set accordingly. */
/* */
/* It will use the raster corresponding to the default glyph format. */
/* */
/* The value of the `num_grays' field in `abitmap' is ignored. If */
/* you select the gray-level rasterizer, and you want less than 256 */
/* gray levels, you have to use @FT_Outline_Render directly. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Outline_Get_Bitmap( FT_Library library,
FT_Outline* outline,
const FT_Bitmap *abitmap );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Outline_Render */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Render an outline within a bitmap using the current scan-convert. */
/* This function uses an @FT_Raster_Params structure as an argument, */
/* allowing advanced features like direct composition, translucency, */
/* etc. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* library :: A handle to a FreeType library object. */
/* */
/* outline :: A pointer to the source outline descriptor. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* params :: A pointer to an @FT_Raster_Params structure used to */
/* describe the rendering operation. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* You should know what you are doing and how @FT_Raster_Params works */
/* to use this function. */
/* */
/* The field `params.source' will be set to `outline' before the scan */
/* converter is called, which means that the value you give to it is */
/* actually ignored. */
/* */
/* The gray-level rasterizer always uses 256 gray levels. If you */
/* want less gray levels, you have to provide your own span callback. */
/* See the @FT_RASTER_FLAG_DIRECT value of the `flags' field in the */
/* @FT_Raster_Params structure for more details. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Outline_Render( FT_Library library,
FT_Outline* outline,
FT_Raster_Params* params );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* FT_Orientation
*
* @description:
* A list of values used to describe an outline's contour orientation.
*
* The TrueType and PostScript specifications use different conventions
* to determine whether outline contours should be filled or unfilled.
*
* @values:
* FT_ORIENTATION_TRUETYPE ::
* According to the TrueType specification, clockwise contours must
* be filled, and counter-clockwise ones must be unfilled.
*
* FT_ORIENTATION_POSTSCRIPT ::
* According to the PostScript specification, counter-clockwise contours
* must be filled, and clockwise ones must be unfilled.
*
* FT_ORIENTATION_FILL_RIGHT ::
* This is identical to @FT_ORIENTATION_TRUETYPE, but is used to
* remember that in TrueType, everything that is to the right of
* the drawing direction of a contour must be filled.
*
* FT_ORIENTATION_FILL_LEFT ::
* This is identical to @FT_ORIENTATION_POSTSCRIPT, but is used to
* remember that in PostScript, everything that is to the left of
* the drawing direction of a contour must be filled.
*
* FT_ORIENTATION_NONE ::
* The orientation cannot be determined. That is, different parts of
* the glyph have different orientation.
*
*/
typedef enum FT_Orientation_
{
FT_ORIENTATION_TRUETYPE = 0,
FT_ORIENTATION_POSTSCRIPT = 1,
FT_ORIENTATION_FILL_RIGHT = FT_ORIENTATION_TRUETYPE,
FT_ORIENTATION_FILL_LEFT = FT_ORIENTATION_POSTSCRIPT,
FT_ORIENTATION_NONE
} FT_Orientation;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Outline_Get_Orientation
*
* @description:
* This function analyzes a glyph outline and tries to compute its
* fill orientation (see @FT_Orientation). This is done by integrating
* the total area covered by the outline. The positive integral
* corresponds to the clockwise orientation and @FT_ORIENTATION_POSTSCRIPT
* is returned. The negative integral corresponds to the counter-clockwise
* orientation and @FT_ORIENTATION_TRUETYPE is returned.
*
* Note that this will return @FT_ORIENTATION_TRUETYPE for empty
* outlines.
*
* @input:
* outline ::
* A handle to the source outline.
*
* @return:
* The orientation.
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Orientation )
FT_Outline_Get_Orientation( FT_Outline* outline );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTOUTLN_H_ */
/* END */
/* Local Variables: */
/* coding: utf-8 */
/* End: */

172
ios-m1-simulator/include/freetype/ftpfr.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,172 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftpfr.h */
/* */
/* FreeType API for accessing PFR-specific data (specification only). */
/* */
/* Copyright 2002-2016 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef FTPFR_H_
#define FTPFR_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* pfr_fonts */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* PFR Fonts */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* PFR/TrueDoc specific API. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This section contains the declaration of PFR-specific functions. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/**********************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Get_PFR_Metrics
*
* @description:
* Return the outline and metrics resolutions of a given PFR face.
*
* @input:
* face :: Handle to the input face. It can be a non-PFR face.
*
* @output:
* aoutline_resolution ::
* Outline resolution. This is equivalent to `face->units_per_EM'
* for non-PFR fonts. Optional (parameter can be NULL).
*
* ametrics_resolution ::
* Metrics resolution. This is equivalent to `outline_resolution'
* for non-PFR fonts. Optional (parameter can be NULL).
*
* ametrics_x_scale ::
* A 16.16 fixed-point number used to scale distance expressed
* in metrics units to device sub-pixels. This is equivalent to
* `face->size->x_scale', but for metrics only. Optional (parameter
* can be NULL).
*
* ametrics_y_scale ::
* Same as `ametrics_x_scale' but for the vertical direction.
* optional (parameter can be NULL).
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* If the input face is not a PFR, this function will return an error.
* However, in all cases, it will return valid values.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_PFR_Metrics( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt *aoutline_resolution,
FT_UInt *ametrics_resolution,
FT_Fixed *ametrics_x_scale,
FT_Fixed *ametrics_y_scale );
/**********************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Get_PFR_Kerning
*
* @description:
* Return the kerning pair corresponding to two glyphs in a PFR face.
* The distance is expressed in metrics units, unlike the result of
* @FT_Get_Kerning.
*
* @input:
* face :: A handle to the input face.
*
* left :: Index of the left glyph.
*
* right :: Index of the right glyph.
*
* @output:
* avector :: A kerning vector.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* This function always return distances in original PFR metrics
* units. This is unlike @FT_Get_Kerning with the @FT_KERNING_UNSCALED
* mode, which always returns distances converted to outline units.
*
* You can use the value of the `x_scale' and `y_scale' parameters
* returned by @FT_Get_PFR_Metrics to scale these to device sub-pixels.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_PFR_Kerning( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt left,
FT_UInt right,
FT_Vector *avector );
/**********************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Get_PFR_Advance
*
* @description:
* Return a given glyph advance, expressed in original metrics units,
* from a PFR font.
*
* @input:
* face :: A handle to the input face.
*
* gindex :: The glyph index.
*
* @output:
* aadvance :: The glyph advance in metrics units.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* You can use the `x_scale' or `y_scale' results of @FT_Get_PFR_Metrics
* to convert the advance to device sub-pixels (i.e., 1/64th of pixels).
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_PFR_Advance( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt gindex,
FT_Pos *aadvance );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTPFR_H_ */
/* END */

232
ios-m1-simulator/include/freetype/ftrender.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,232 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftrender.h */
/* */
/* FreeType renderer modules public interface (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 1996-2016 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef FTRENDER_H_
#define FTRENDER_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_MODULE_H
#include FT_GLYPH_H
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* module_management */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/* create a new glyph object */
typedef FT_Error
(*FT_Glyph_InitFunc)( FT_Glyph glyph,
FT_GlyphSlot slot );
/* destroys a given glyph object */
typedef void
(*FT_Glyph_DoneFunc)( FT_Glyph glyph );
typedef void
(*FT_Glyph_TransformFunc)( FT_Glyph glyph,
const FT_Matrix* matrix,
const FT_Vector* delta );
typedef void
(*FT_Glyph_GetBBoxFunc)( FT_Glyph glyph,
FT_BBox* abbox );
typedef FT_Error
(*FT_Glyph_CopyFunc)( FT_Glyph source,
FT_Glyph target );
typedef FT_Error
(*FT_Glyph_PrepareFunc)( FT_Glyph glyph,
FT_GlyphSlot slot );
/* deprecated */
#define FT_Glyph_Init_Func FT_Glyph_InitFunc
#define FT_Glyph_Done_Func FT_Glyph_DoneFunc
#define FT_Glyph_Transform_Func FT_Glyph_TransformFunc
#define FT_Glyph_BBox_Func FT_Glyph_GetBBoxFunc
#define FT_Glyph_Copy_Func FT_Glyph_CopyFunc
#define FT_Glyph_Prepare_Func FT_Glyph_PrepareFunc
struct FT_Glyph_Class_
{
FT_Long glyph_size;
FT_Glyph_Format glyph_format;
FT_Glyph_InitFunc glyph_init;
FT_Glyph_DoneFunc glyph_done;
FT_Glyph_CopyFunc glyph_copy;
FT_Glyph_TransformFunc glyph_transform;
FT_Glyph_GetBBoxFunc glyph_bbox;
FT_Glyph_PrepareFunc glyph_prepare;
};
typedef FT_Error
(*FT_Renderer_RenderFunc)( FT_Renderer renderer,
FT_GlyphSlot slot,
FT_UInt mode,
const FT_Vector* origin );
typedef FT_Error
(*FT_Renderer_TransformFunc)( FT_Renderer renderer,
FT_GlyphSlot slot,
const FT_Matrix* matrix,
const FT_Vector* delta );
typedef void
(*FT_Renderer_GetCBoxFunc)( FT_Renderer renderer,
FT_GlyphSlot slot,
FT_BBox* cbox );
typedef FT_Error
(*FT_Renderer_SetModeFunc)( FT_Renderer renderer,
FT_ULong mode_tag,
FT_Pointer mode_ptr );
/* deprecated identifiers */
#define FTRenderer_render FT_Renderer_RenderFunc
#define FTRenderer_transform FT_Renderer_TransformFunc
#define FTRenderer_getCBox FT_Renderer_GetCBoxFunc
#define FTRenderer_setMode FT_Renderer_SetModeFunc
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* FT_Renderer_Class */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* The renderer module class descriptor. */
/* */
/* <Fields> */
/* root :: The root @FT_Module_Class fields. */
/* */
/* glyph_format :: The glyph image format this renderer handles. */
/* */
/* render_glyph :: A method used to render the image that is in a */
/* given glyph slot into a bitmap. */
/* */
/* transform_glyph :: A method used to transform the image that is in */
/* a given glyph slot. */
/* */
/* get_glyph_cbox :: A method used to access the glyph's cbox. */
/* */
/* set_mode :: A method used to pass additional parameters. */
/* */
/* raster_class :: For @FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE renderers only. */
/* This is a pointer to its raster's class. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_Renderer_Class_
{
FT_Module_Class root;
FT_Glyph_Format glyph_format;
FT_Renderer_RenderFunc render_glyph;
FT_Renderer_TransformFunc transform_glyph;
FT_Renderer_GetCBoxFunc get_glyph_cbox;
FT_Renderer_SetModeFunc set_mode;
FT_Raster_Funcs* raster_class;
} FT_Renderer_Class;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Get_Renderer */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Retrieve the current renderer for a given glyph format. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* library :: A handle to the library object. */
/* */
/* format :: The glyph format. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* A renderer handle. 0~if none found. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* An error will be returned if a module already exists by that name, */
/* or if the module requires a version of FreeType that is too great. */
/* */
/* To add a new renderer, simply use @FT_Add_Module. To retrieve a */
/* renderer by its name, use @FT_Get_Module. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Renderer )
FT_Get_Renderer( FT_Library library,
FT_Glyph_Format format );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Set_Renderer */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Set the current renderer to use, and set additional mode. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* library :: A handle to the library object. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* renderer :: A handle to the renderer object. */
/* */
/* num_params :: The number of additional parameters. */
/* */
/* parameters :: Additional parameters. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* In case of success, the renderer will be used to convert glyph */
/* images in the renderer's known format into bitmaps. */
/* */
/* This doesn't change the current renderer for other formats. */
/* */
/* Currently, no FreeType renderer module uses `parameters'; you */
/* should thus always pass NULL as the value. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Set_Renderer( FT_Library library,
FT_Renderer renderer,
FT_UInt num_params,
FT_Parameter* parameters );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTRENDER_H_ */
/* END */

159
ios-m1-simulator/include/freetype/ftsizes.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,159 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftsizes.h */
/* */
/* FreeType size objects management (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 1996-2016 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Typical application would normally not need to use these functions. */
/* However, they have been placed in a public API for the rare cases */
/* where they are needed. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
#ifndef FTSIZES_H_
#define FTSIZES_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* sizes_management */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* Size Management */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* Managing multiple sizes per face. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* When creating a new face object (e.g., with @FT_New_Face), an */
/* @FT_Size object is automatically created and used to store all */
/* pixel-size dependent information, available in the `face->size' */
/* field. */
/* */
/* It is however possible to create more sizes for a given face, */
/* mostly in order to manage several character pixel sizes of the */
/* same font family and style. See @FT_New_Size and @FT_Done_Size. */
/* */
/* Note that @FT_Set_Pixel_Sizes and @FT_Set_Char_Size only */
/* modify the contents of the current `active' size; you thus need */
/* to use @FT_Activate_Size to change it. */
/* */
/* 99% of applications won't need the functions provided here, */
/* especially if they use the caching sub-system, so be cautious */
/* when using these. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_New_Size */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Create a new size object from a given face object. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* face :: A handle to a parent face object. */
/* */
/* <Output> */
/* asize :: A handle to a new size object. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* You need to call @FT_Activate_Size in order to select the new size */
/* for upcoming calls to @FT_Set_Pixel_Sizes, @FT_Set_Char_Size, */
/* @FT_Load_Glyph, @FT_Load_Char, etc. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_New_Size( FT_Face face,
FT_Size* size );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Done_Size */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Discard a given size object. Note that @FT_Done_Face */
/* automatically discards all size objects allocated with */
/* @FT_New_Size. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* size :: A handle to a target size object. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Done_Size( FT_Size size );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Activate_Size */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Even though it is possible to create several size objects for a */
/* given face (see @FT_New_Size for details), functions like */
/* @FT_Load_Glyph or @FT_Load_Char only use the one that has been */
/* activated last to determine the `current character pixel size'. */
/* */
/* This function can be used to `activate' a previously created size */
/* object. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* size :: A handle to a target size object. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* If `face' is the size's parent face object, this function changes */
/* the value of `face->size' to the input size handle. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Activate_Size( FT_Size size );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTSIZES_H_ */
/* END */

200
ios-m1-simulator/include/freetype/ftsnames.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,200 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftsnames.h */
/* */
/* Simple interface to access SFNT name tables (which are used */
/* to hold font names, copyright info, notices, etc.) (specification). */
/* */
/* This is _not_ used to retrieve glyph names! */
/* */
/* Copyright 1996-2016 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef FTSNAMES_H_
#define FTSNAMES_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* sfnt_names */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* SFNT Names */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* Access the names embedded in TrueType and OpenType files. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* The TrueType and OpenType specifications allow the inclusion of */
/* a special `names table' in font files. This table contains */
/* textual (and internationalized) information regarding the font, */
/* like family name, copyright, version, etc. */
/* */
/* The definitions below are used to access them if available. */
/* */
/* Note that this has nothing to do with glyph names! */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* FT_SfntName */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A structure used to model an SFNT `name' table entry. */
/* */
/* <Fields> */
/* platform_id :: The platform ID for `string'. */
/* */
/* encoding_id :: The encoding ID for `string'. */
/* */
/* language_id :: The language ID for `string'. */
/* */
/* name_id :: An identifier for `string'. */
/* */
/* string :: The `name' string. Note that its format differs */
/* depending on the (platform,encoding) pair. It can */
/* be a Pascal String, a UTF-16 one, etc. */
/* */
/* Generally speaking, the string is not */
/* zero-terminated. Please refer to the TrueType */
/* specification for details. */
/* */
/* string_len :: The length of `string' in bytes. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* Possible values for `platform_id', `encoding_id', `language_id', */
/* and `name_id' are given in the file `ttnameid.h'. For details */
/* please refer to the TrueType or OpenType specification. */
/* */
/* See also @TT_PLATFORM_XXX, @TT_APPLE_ID_XXX, @TT_MAC_ID_XXX, */
/* @TT_ISO_ID_XXX, and @TT_MS_ID_XXX. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_SfntName_
{
FT_UShort platform_id;
FT_UShort encoding_id;
FT_UShort language_id;
FT_UShort name_id;
FT_Byte* string; /* this string is *not* null-terminated! */
FT_UInt string_len; /* in bytes */
} FT_SfntName;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Get_Sfnt_Name_Count */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Retrieve the number of name strings in the SFNT `name' table. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* face :: A handle to the source face. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* The number of strings in the `name' table. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_UInt )
FT_Get_Sfnt_Name_Count( FT_Face face );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Get_Sfnt_Name */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Retrieve a string of the SFNT `name' table for a given index. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* face :: A handle to the source face. */
/* */
/* idx :: The index of the `name' string. */
/* */
/* <Output> */
/* aname :: The indexed @FT_SfntName structure. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* The `string' array returned in the `aname' structure is not */
/* null-terminated. The application should deallocate it if it is no */
/* longer in use. */
/* */
/* Use @FT_Get_Sfnt_Name_Count to get the total number of available */
/* `name' table entries, then do a loop until you get the right */
/* platform, encoding, and name ID. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_Sfnt_Name( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt idx,
FT_SfntName *aname );
/***************************************************************************
*
* @constant:
* FT_PARAM_TAG_IGNORE_PREFERRED_FAMILY
*
* @description:
* A constant used as the tag of @FT_Parameter structures to make
* FT_Open_Face() ignore preferred family subfamily names in `name'
* table since OpenType version 1.4. For backwards compatibility with
* legacy systems that have a 4-face-per-family restriction.
*
*/
#define FT_PARAM_TAG_IGNORE_PREFERRED_FAMILY FT_MAKE_TAG( 'i', 'g', 'p', 'f' )
/***************************************************************************
*
* @constant:
* FT_PARAM_TAG_IGNORE_PREFERRED_SUBFAMILY
*
* @description:
* A constant used as the tag of @FT_Parameter structures to make
* FT_Open_Face() ignore preferred subfamily names in `name' table since
* OpenType version 1.4. For backwards compatibility with legacy
* systems that have a 4-face-per-family restriction.
*
*/
#define FT_PARAM_TAG_IGNORE_PREFERRED_SUBFAMILY FT_MAKE_TAG( 'i', 'g', 'p', 's' )
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTSNAMES_H_ */
/* END */

785
ios-m1-simulator/include/freetype/ftstroke.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,785 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftstroke.h */
/* */
/* FreeType path stroker (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 2002-2016 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef FTSTROKE_H_
#define FTSTROKE_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_OUTLINE_H
#include FT_GLYPH_H
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/************************************************************************
*
* @section:
* glyph_stroker
*
* @title:
* Glyph Stroker
*
* @abstract:
* Generating bordered and stroked glyphs.
*
* @description:
* This component generates stroked outlines of a given vectorial
* glyph. It also allows you to retrieve the `outside' and/or the
* `inside' borders of the stroke.
*
* This can be useful to generate `bordered' glyph, i.e., glyphs
* displayed with a coloured (and anti-aliased) border around their
* shape.
*
* @order:
* FT_Stroker
*
* FT_Stroker_LineJoin
* FT_Stroker_LineCap
* FT_StrokerBorder
*
* FT_Outline_GetInsideBorder
* FT_Outline_GetOutsideBorder
*
* FT_Glyph_Stroke
* FT_Glyph_StrokeBorder
*
* FT_Stroker_New
* FT_Stroker_Set
* FT_Stroker_Rewind
* FT_Stroker_ParseOutline
* FT_Stroker_Done
*
* FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath
* FT_Stroker_EndSubPath
*
* FT_Stroker_LineTo
* FT_Stroker_ConicTo
* FT_Stroker_CubicTo
*
* FT_Stroker_GetBorderCounts
* FT_Stroker_ExportBorder
* FT_Stroker_GetCounts
* FT_Stroker_Export
*
*/
/**************************************************************
*
* @type:
* FT_Stroker
*
* @description:
* Opaque handle to a path stroker object.
*/
typedef struct FT_StrokerRec_* FT_Stroker;
/**************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* FT_Stroker_LineJoin
*
* @description:
* These values determine how two joining lines are rendered
* in a stroker.
*
* @values:
* FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_ROUND ::
* Used to render rounded line joins. Circular arcs are used
* to join two lines smoothly.
*
* FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_BEVEL ::
* Used to render beveled line joins. The outer corner of
* the joined lines is filled by enclosing the triangular
* region of the corner with a straight line between the
* outer corners of each stroke.
*
* FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER_FIXED ::
* Used to render mitered line joins, with fixed bevels if the
* miter limit is exceeded. The outer edges of the strokes
* for the two segments are extended until they meet at an
* angle. If the segments meet at too sharp an angle (such
* that the miter would extend from the intersection of the
* segments a distance greater than the product of the miter
* limit value and the border radius), then a bevel join (see
* above) is used instead. This prevents long spikes being
* created. FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER_FIXED generates a miter
* line join as used in PostScript and PDF.
*
* FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER_VARIABLE ::
* FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER ::
* Used to render mitered line joins, with variable bevels if
* the miter limit is exceeded. The intersection of the
* strokes is clipped at a line perpendicular to the bisector
* of the angle between the strokes, at the distance from the
* intersection of the segments equal to the product of the
* miter limit value and the border radius. This prevents
* long spikes being created.
* FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER_VARIABLE generates a mitered line
* join as used in XPS. FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER is an alias
* for FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER_VARIABLE, retained for
* backwards compatibility.
*/
typedef enum FT_Stroker_LineJoin_
{
FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_ROUND = 0,
FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_BEVEL = 1,
FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER_VARIABLE = 2,
FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER = FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER_VARIABLE,
FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER_FIXED = 3
} FT_Stroker_LineJoin;
/**************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* FT_Stroker_LineCap
*
* @description:
* These values determine how the end of opened sub-paths are
* rendered in a stroke.
*
* @values:
* FT_STROKER_LINECAP_BUTT ::
* The end of lines is rendered as a full stop on the last
* point itself.
*
* FT_STROKER_LINECAP_ROUND ::
* The end of lines is rendered as a half-circle around the
* last point.
*
* FT_STROKER_LINECAP_SQUARE ::
* The end of lines is rendered as a square around the
* last point.
*/
typedef enum FT_Stroker_LineCap_
{
FT_STROKER_LINECAP_BUTT = 0,
FT_STROKER_LINECAP_ROUND,
FT_STROKER_LINECAP_SQUARE
} FT_Stroker_LineCap;
/**************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* FT_StrokerBorder
*
* @description:
* These values are used to select a given stroke border
* in @FT_Stroker_GetBorderCounts and @FT_Stroker_ExportBorder.
*
* @values:
* FT_STROKER_BORDER_LEFT ::
* Select the left border, relative to the drawing direction.
*
* FT_STROKER_BORDER_RIGHT ::
* Select the right border, relative to the drawing direction.
*
* @note:
* Applications are generally interested in the `inside' and `outside'
* borders. However, there is no direct mapping between these and the
* `left' and `right' ones, since this really depends on the glyph's
* drawing orientation, which varies between font formats.
*
* You can however use @FT_Outline_GetInsideBorder and
* @FT_Outline_GetOutsideBorder to get these.
*/
typedef enum FT_StrokerBorder_
{
FT_STROKER_BORDER_LEFT = 0,
FT_STROKER_BORDER_RIGHT
} FT_StrokerBorder;
/**************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Outline_GetInsideBorder
*
* @description:
* Retrieve the @FT_StrokerBorder value corresponding to the
* `inside' borders of a given outline.
*
* @input:
* outline ::
* The source outline handle.
*
* @return:
* The border index. @FT_STROKER_BORDER_RIGHT for empty or invalid
* outlines.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_StrokerBorder )
FT_Outline_GetInsideBorder( FT_Outline* outline );
/**************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Outline_GetOutsideBorder
*
* @description:
* Retrieve the @FT_StrokerBorder value corresponding to the
* `outside' borders of a given outline.
*
* @input:
* outline ::
* The source outline handle.
*
* @return:
* The border index. @FT_STROKER_BORDER_LEFT for empty or invalid
* outlines.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_StrokerBorder )
FT_Outline_GetOutsideBorder( FT_Outline* outline );
/**************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Stroker_New
*
* @description:
* Create a new stroker object.
*
* @input:
* library ::
* FreeType library handle.
*
* @output:
* astroker ::
* A new stroker object handle. NULL in case of error.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Stroker_New( FT_Library library,
FT_Stroker *astroker );
/**************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Stroker_Set
*
* @description:
* Reset a stroker object's attributes.
*
* @input:
* stroker ::
* The target stroker handle.
*
* radius ::
* The border radius.
*
* line_cap ::
* The line cap style.
*
* line_join ::
* The line join style.
*
* miter_limit ::
* The miter limit for the FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER_FIXED and
* FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER_VARIABLE line join styles,
* expressed as 16.16 fixed-point value.
*
* @note:
* The radius is expressed in the same units as the outline
* coordinates.
*
* This function calls @FT_Stroker_Rewind automatically.
*/
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Stroker_Set( FT_Stroker stroker,
FT_Fixed radius,
FT_Stroker_LineCap line_cap,
FT_Stroker_LineJoin line_join,
FT_Fixed miter_limit );
/**************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Stroker_Rewind
*
* @description:
* Reset a stroker object without changing its attributes.
* You should call this function before beginning a new
* series of calls to @FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath or
* @FT_Stroker_EndSubPath.
*
* @input:
* stroker ::
* The target stroker handle.
*/
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Stroker_Rewind( FT_Stroker stroker );
/**************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Stroker_ParseOutline
*
* @description:
* A convenience function used to parse a whole outline with
* the stroker. The resulting outline(s) can be retrieved
* later by functions like @FT_Stroker_GetCounts and @FT_Stroker_Export.
*
* @input:
* stroker ::
* The target stroker handle.
*
* outline ::
* The source outline.
*
* opened ::
* A boolean. If~1, the outline is treated as an open path instead
* of a closed one.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* If `opened' is~0 (the default), the outline is treated as a closed
* path, and the stroker generates two distinct `border' outlines.
*
* If `opened' is~1, the outline is processed as an open path, and the
* stroker generates a single `stroke' outline.
*
* This function calls @FT_Stroker_Rewind automatically.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Stroker_ParseOutline( FT_Stroker stroker,
FT_Outline* outline,
FT_Bool opened );
/**************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath
*
* @description:
* Start a new sub-path in the stroker.
*
* @input:
* stroker ::
* The target stroker handle.
*
* to ::
* A pointer to the start vector.
*
* open ::
* A boolean. If~1, the sub-path is treated as an open one.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* This function is useful when you need to stroke a path that is
* not stored as an @FT_Outline object.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath( FT_Stroker stroker,
FT_Vector* to,
FT_Bool open );
/**************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Stroker_EndSubPath
*
* @description:
* Close the current sub-path in the stroker.
*
* @input:
* stroker ::
* The target stroker handle.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* You should call this function after @FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath.
* If the subpath was not `opened', this function `draws' a
* single line segment to the start position when needed.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Stroker_EndSubPath( FT_Stroker stroker );
/**************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Stroker_LineTo
*
* @description:
* `Draw' a single line segment in the stroker's current sub-path,
* from the last position.
*
* @input:
* stroker ::
* The target stroker handle.
*
* to ::
* A pointer to the destination point.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* You should call this function between @FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath and
* @FT_Stroker_EndSubPath.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Stroker_LineTo( FT_Stroker stroker,
FT_Vector* to );
/**************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Stroker_ConicTo
*
* @description:
* `Draw' a single quadratic Bézier in the stroker's current sub-path,
* from the last position.
*
* @input:
* stroker ::
* The target stroker handle.
*
* control ::
* A pointer to a Bézier control point.
*
* to ::
* A pointer to the destination point.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* You should call this function between @FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath and
* @FT_Stroker_EndSubPath.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Stroker_ConicTo( FT_Stroker stroker,
FT_Vector* control,
FT_Vector* to );
/**************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Stroker_CubicTo
*
* @description:
* `Draw' a single cubic Bézier in the stroker's current sub-path,
* from the last position.
*
* @input:
* stroker ::
* The target stroker handle.
*
* control1 ::
* A pointer to the first Bézier control point.
*
* control2 ::
* A pointer to second Bézier control point.
*
* to ::
* A pointer to the destination point.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* You should call this function between @FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath and
* @FT_Stroker_EndSubPath.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Stroker_CubicTo( FT_Stroker stroker,
FT_Vector* control1,
FT_Vector* control2,
FT_Vector* to );
/**************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Stroker_GetBorderCounts
*
* @description:
* Call this function once you have finished parsing your paths
* with the stroker. It returns the number of points and
* contours necessary to export one of the `border' or `stroke'
* outlines generated by the stroker.
*
* @input:
* stroker ::
* The target stroker handle.
*
* border ::
* The border index.
*
* @output:
* anum_points ::
* The number of points.
*
* anum_contours ::
* The number of contours.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* When an outline, or a sub-path, is `closed', the stroker generates
* two independent `border' outlines, named `left' and `right'.
*
* When the outline, or a sub-path, is `opened', the stroker merges
* the `border' outlines with caps. The `left' border receives all
* points, while the `right' border becomes empty.
*
* Use the function @FT_Stroker_GetCounts instead if you want to
* retrieve the counts associated to both borders.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Stroker_GetBorderCounts( FT_Stroker stroker,
FT_StrokerBorder border,
FT_UInt *anum_points,
FT_UInt *anum_contours );
/**************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Stroker_ExportBorder
*
* @description:
* Call this function after @FT_Stroker_GetBorderCounts to
* export the corresponding border to your own @FT_Outline
* structure.
*
* Note that this function appends the border points and
* contours to your outline, but does not try to resize its
* arrays.
*
* @input:
* stroker ::
* The target stroker handle.
*
* border ::
* The border index.
*
* outline ::
* The target outline handle.
*
* @note:
* Always call this function after @FT_Stroker_GetBorderCounts to
* get sure that there is enough room in your @FT_Outline object to
* receive all new data.
*
* When an outline, or a sub-path, is `closed', the stroker generates
* two independent `border' outlines, named `left' and `right'.
*
* When the outline, or a sub-path, is `opened', the stroker merges
* the `border' outlines with caps. The `left' border receives all
* points, while the `right' border becomes empty.
*
* Use the function @FT_Stroker_Export instead if you want to
* retrieve all borders at once.
*/
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Stroker_ExportBorder( FT_Stroker stroker,
FT_StrokerBorder border,
FT_Outline* outline );
/**************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Stroker_GetCounts
*
* @description:
* Call this function once you have finished parsing your paths
* with the stroker. It returns the number of points and
* contours necessary to export all points/borders from the stroked
* outline/path.
*
* @input:
* stroker ::
* The target stroker handle.
*
* @output:
* anum_points ::
* The number of points.
*
* anum_contours ::
* The number of contours.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Stroker_GetCounts( FT_Stroker stroker,
FT_UInt *anum_points,
FT_UInt *anum_contours );
/**************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Stroker_Export
*
* @description:
* Call this function after @FT_Stroker_GetBorderCounts to
* export all borders to your own @FT_Outline structure.
*
* Note that this function appends the border points and
* contours to your outline, but does not try to resize its
* arrays.
*
* @input:
* stroker ::
* The target stroker handle.
*
* outline ::
* The target outline handle.
*/
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Stroker_Export( FT_Stroker stroker,
FT_Outline* outline );
/**************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Stroker_Done
*
* @description:
* Destroy a stroker object.
*
* @input:
* stroker ::
* A stroker handle. Can be NULL.
*/
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Stroker_Done( FT_Stroker stroker );
/**************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Glyph_Stroke
*
* @description:
* Stroke a given outline glyph object with a given stroker.
*
* @inout:
* pglyph ::
* Source glyph handle on input, new glyph handle on output.
*
* @input:
* stroker ::
* A stroker handle.
*
* destroy ::
* A Boolean. If~1, the source glyph object is destroyed
* on success.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* The source glyph is untouched in case of error.
*
* Adding stroke may yield a significantly wider and taller glyph
* depending on how large of a radius was used to stroke the glyph. You
* may need to manually adjust horizontal and vertical advance amounts
* to account for this added size.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Glyph_Stroke( FT_Glyph *pglyph,
FT_Stroker stroker,
FT_Bool destroy );
/**************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Glyph_StrokeBorder
*
* @description:
* Stroke a given outline glyph object with a given stroker, but
* only return either its inside or outside border.
*
* @inout:
* pglyph ::
* Source glyph handle on input, new glyph handle on output.
*
* @input:
* stroker ::
* A stroker handle.
*
* inside ::
* A Boolean. If~1, return the inside border, otherwise
* the outside border.
*
* destroy ::
* A Boolean. If~1, the source glyph object is destroyed
* on success.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* The source glyph is untouched in case of error.
*
* Adding stroke may yield a significantly wider and taller glyph
* depending on how large of a radius was used to stroke the glyph. You
* may need to manually adjust horizontal and vertical advance amounts
* to account for this added size.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Glyph_StrokeBorder( FT_Glyph *pglyph,
FT_Stroker stroker,
FT_Bool inside,
FT_Bool destroy );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTSTROKE_H_ */
/* END */
/* Local Variables: */
/* coding: utf-8 */
/* End: */

84
ios-m1-simulator/include/freetype/ftsynth.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftsynth.h */
/* */
/* FreeType synthesizing code for emboldening and slanting */
/* (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 2000-2016 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/********* *********/
/********* WARNING, THIS IS ALPHA CODE! THIS API *********/
/********* IS DUE TO CHANGE UNTIL STRICTLY NOTIFIED BY THE *********/
/********* FREETYPE DEVELOPMENT TEAM *********/
/********* *********/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* Main reason for not lifting the functions in this module to a */
/* `standard' API is that the used parameters for emboldening and */
/* slanting are not configurable. Consider the functions as a */
/* code resource that should be copied into the application and */
/* adapted to the particular needs. */
#ifndef FTSYNTH_H_
#define FTSYNTH_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/* Embolden a glyph by a `reasonable' value (which is highly a matter of */
/* taste). This function is actually a convenience function, providing */
/* a wrapper for @FT_Outline_Embolden and @FT_Bitmap_Embolden. */
/* */
/* For emboldened outlines the height, width, and advance metrics are */
/* increased by the strength of the emboldening -- this even affects */
/* mono-width fonts! */
/* */
/* You can also call @FT_Outline_Get_CBox to get precise values. */
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_GlyphSlot_Embolden( FT_GlyphSlot slot );
/* Slant an outline glyph to the right by about 12 degrees. */
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_GlyphSlot_Oblique( FT_GlyphSlot slot );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTSYNTH_H_ */
/* END */

355
ios-m1-simulator/include/freetype/ftsystem.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,355 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftsystem.h */
/* */
/* FreeType low-level system interface definition (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 1996-2016 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef FTSYSTEM_H_
#define FTSYSTEM_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* system_interface */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* System Interface */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* How FreeType manages memory and i/o. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This section contains various definitions related to memory */
/* management and i/o access. You need to understand this */
/* information if you want to use a custom memory manager or you own */
/* i/o streams. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* M E M O R Y M A N A G E M E N T */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************
*
* @type:
* FT_Memory
*
* @description:
* A handle to a given memory manager object, defined with an
* @FT_MemoryRec structure.
*
*/
typedef struct FT_MemoryRec_* FT_Memory;
/*************************************************************************
*
* @functype:
* FT_Alloc_Func
*
* @description:
* A function used to allocate `size' bytes from `memory'.
*
* @input:
* memory ::
* A handle to the source memory manager.
*
* size ::
* The size in bytes to allocate.
*
* @return:
* Address of new memory block. 0~in case of failure.
*
*/
typedef void*
(*FT_Alloc_Func)( FT_Memory memory,
long size );
/*************************************************************************
*
* @functype:
* FT_Free_Func
*
* @description:
* A function used to release a given block of memory.
*
* @input:
* memory ::
* A handle to the source memory manager.
*
* block ::
* The address of the target memory block.
*
*/
typedef void
(*FT_Free_Func)( FT_Memory memory,
void* block );
/*************************************************************************
*
* @functype:
* FT_Realloc_Func
*
* @description:
* A function used to re-allocate a given block of memory.
*
* @input:
* memory ::
* A handle to the source memory manager.
*
* cur_size ::
* The block's current size in bytes.
*
* new_size ::
* The block's requested new size.
*
* block ::
* The block's current address.
*
* @return:
* New block address. 0~in case of memory shortage.
*
* @note:
* In case of error, the old block must still be available.
*
*/
typedef void*
(*FT_Realloc_Func)( FT_Memory memory,
long cur_size,
long new_size,
void* block );
/*************************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* FT_MemoryRec
*
* @description:
* A structure used to describe a given memory manager to FreeType~2.
*
* @fields:
* user ::
* A generic typeless pointer for user data.
*
* alloc ::
* A pointer type to an allocation function.
*
* free ::
* A pointer type to an memory freeing function.
*
* realloc ::
* A pointer type to a reallocation function.
*
*/
struct FT_MemoryRec_
{
void* user;
FT_Alloc_Func alloc;
FT_Free_Func free;
FT_Realloc_Func realloc;
};
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* I / O M A N A G E M E N T */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************
*
* @type:
* FT_Stream
*
* @description:
* A handle to an input stream.
*
* @also:
* See @FT_StreamRec for the publicly accessible fields of a given
* stream object.
*
*/
typedef struct FT_StreamRec_* FT_Stream;
/*************************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* FT_StreamDesc
*
* @description:
* A union type used to store either a long or a pointer. This is used
* to store a file descriptor or a `FILE*' in an input stream.
*
*/
typedef union FT_StreamDesc_
{
long value;
void* pointer;
} FT_StreamDesc;
/*************************************************************************
*
* @functype:
* FT_Stream_IoFunc
*
* @description:
* A function used to seek and read data from a given input stream.
*
* @input:
* stream ::
* A handle to the source stream.
*
* offset ::
* The offset of read in stream (always from start).
*
* buffer ::
* The address of the read buffer.
*
* count ::
* The number of bytes to read from the stream.
*
* @return:
* The number of bytes effectively read by the stream.
*
* @note:
* This function might be called to perform a seek or skip operation
* with a `count' of~0. A non-zero return value then indicates an
* error.
*
*/
typedef unsigned long
(*FT_Stream_IoFunc)( FT_Stream stream,
unsigned long offset,
unsigned char* buffer,
unsigned long count );
/*************************************************************************
*
* @functype:
* FT_Stream_CloseFunc
*
* @description:
* A function used to close a given input stream.
*
* @input:
* stream ::
* A handle to the target stream.
*
*/
typedef void
(*FT_Stream_CloseFunc)( FT_Stream stream );
/*************************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* FT_StreamRec
*
* @description:
* A structure used to describe an input stream.
*
* @input:
* base ::
* For memory-based streams, this is the address of the first stream
* byte in memory. This field should always be set to NULL for
* disk-based streams.
*
* size ::
* The stream size in bytes.
*
* In case of compressed streams where the size is unknown before
* actually doing the decompression, the value is set to 0x7FFFFFFF.
* (Note that this size value can occur for normal streams also; it is
* thus just a hint.)
*
* pos ::
* The current position within the stream.
*
* descriptor ::
* This field is a union that can hold an integer or a pointer. It is
* used by stream implementations to store file descriptors or `FILE*'
* pointers.
*
* pathname ::
* This field is completely ignored by FreeType. However, it is often
* useful during debugging to use it to store the stream's filename
* (where available).
*
* read ::
* The stream's input function.
*
* close ::
* The stream's close function.
*
* memory ::
* The memory manager to use to preload frames. This is set
* internally by FreeType and shouldn't be touched by stream
* implementations.
*
* cursor ::
* This field is set and used internally by FreeType when parsing
* frames.
*
* limit ::
* This field is set and used internally by FreeType when parsing
* frames.
*
*/
typedef struct FT_StreamRec_
{
unsigned char* base;
unsigned long size;
unsigned long pos;
FT_StreamDesc descriptor;
FT_StreamDesc pathname;
FT_Stream_IoFunc read;
FT_Stream_CloseFunc close;
FT_Memory memory;
unsigned char* cursor;
unsigned char* limit;
} FT_StreamRec;
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTSYSTEM_H_ */
/* END */

350
ios-m1-simulator/include/freetype/fttrigon.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,350 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* fttrigon.h */
/* */
/* FreeType trigonometric functions (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 2001-2016 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef FTTRIGON_H_
#define FTTRIGON_H_
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* computations */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************
*
* @type:
* FT_Angle
*
* @description:
* This type is used to model angle values in FreeType. Note that the
* angle is a 16.16 fixed-point value expressed in degrees.
*
*/
typedef FT_Fixed FT_Angle;
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_ANGLE_PI
*
* @description:
* The angle pi expressed in @FT_Angle units.
*
*/
#define FT_ANGLE_PI ( 180L << 16 )
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_ANGLE_2PI
*
* @description:
* The angle 2*pi expressed in @FT_Angle units.
*
*/
#define FT_ANGLE_2PI ( FT_ANGLE_PI * 2 )
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_ANGLE_PI2
*
* @description:
* The angle pi/2 expressed in @FT_Angle units.
*
*/
#define FT_ANGLE_PI2 ( FT_ANGLE_PI / 2 )
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_ANGLE_PI4
*
* @description:
* The angle pi/4 expressed in @FT_Angle units.
*
*/
#define FT_ANGLE_PI4 ( FT_ANGLE_PI / 4 )
/*************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Sin
*
* @description:
* Return the sinus of a given angle in fixed-point format.
*
* @input:
* angle ::
* The input angle.
*
* @return:
* The sinus value.
*
* @note:
* If you need both the sinus and cosinus for a given angle, use the
* function @FT_Vector_Unit.
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Fixed )
FT_Sin( FT_Angle angle );
/*************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Cos
*
* @description:
* Return the cosinus of a given angle in fixed-point format.
*
* @input:
* angle ::
* The input angle.
*
* @return:
* The cosinus value.
*
* @note:
* If you need both the sinus and cosinus for a given angle, use the
* function @FT_Vector_Unit.
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Fixed )
FT_Cos( FT_Angle angle );
/*************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Tan
*
* @description:
* Return the tangent of a given angle in fixed-point format.
*
* @input:
* angle ::
* The input angle.
*
* @return:
* The tangent value.
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Fixed )
FT_Tan( FT_Angle angle );
/*************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Atan2
*
* @description:
* Return the arc-tangent corresponding to a given vector (x,y) in
* the 2d plane.
*
* @input:
* x ::
* The horizontal vector coordinate.
*
* y ::
* The vertical vector coordinate.
*
* @return:
* The arc-tangent value (i.e. angle).
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Angle )
FT_Atan2( FT_Fixed x,
FT_Fixed y );
/*************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Angle_Diff
*
* @description:
* Return the difference between two angles. The result is always
* constrained to the ]-PI..PI] interval.
*
* @input:
* angle1 ::
* First angle.
*
* angle2 ::
* Second angle.
*
* @return:
* Constrained value of `value2-value1'.
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Angle )
FT_Angle_Diff( FT_Angle angle1,
FT_Angle angle2 );
/*************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Vector_Unit
*
* @description:
* Return the unit vector corresponding to a given angle. After the
* call, the value of `vec.x' will be `cos(angle)', and the value of
* `vec.y' will be `sin(angle)'.
*
* This function is useful to retrieve both the sinus and cosinus of a
* given angle quickly.
*
* @output:
* vec ::
* The address of target vector.
*
* @input:
* angle ::
* The input angle.
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Vector_Unit( FT_Vector* vec,
FT_Angle angle );
/*************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Vector_Rotate
*
* @description:
* Rotate a vector by a given angle.
*
* @inout:
* vec ::
* The address of target vector.
*
* @input:
* angle ::
* The input angle.
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Vector_Rotate( FT_Vector* vec,
FT_Angle angle );
/*************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Vector_Length
*
* @description:
* Return the length of a given vector.
*
* @input:
* vec ::
* The address of target vector.
*
* @return:
* The vector length, expressed in the same units that the original
* vector coordinates.
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Fixed )
FT_Vector_Length( FT_Vector* vec );
/*************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Vector_Polarize
*
* @description:
* Compute both the length and angle of a given vector.
*
* @input:
* vec ::
* The address of source vector.
*
* @output:
* length ::
* The vector length.
*
* angle ::
* The vector angle.
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Vector_Polarize( FT_Vector* vec,
FT_Fixed *length,
FT_Angle *angle );
/*************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Vector_From_Polar
*
* @description:
* Compute vector coordinates from a length and angle.
*
* @output:
* vec ::
* The address of source vector.
*
* @input:
* length ::
* The vector length.
*
* angle ::
* The vector angle.
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Vector_From_Polar( FT_Vector* vec,
FT_Fixed length,
FT_Angle angle );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTTRIGON_H_ */
/* END */

310
ios-m1-simulator/include/freetype/ftttdrv.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,310 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftttdrv.h */
/* */
/* FreeType API for controlling the TrueType driver */
/* (specification only). */
/* */
/* Copyright 2013-2016 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef FTTTDRV_H_
#define FTTTDRV_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/**************************************************************************
*
* @section:
* tt_driver
*
* @title:
* The TrueType driver
*
* @abstract:
* Controlling the TrueType driver module.
*
* @description:
* While FreeType's TrueType driver doesn't expose API functions by
* itself, it is possible to control its behaviour with @FT_Property_Set
* and @FT_Property_Get. The following lists the available properties
* together with the necessary macros and structures.
*
* The TrueType driver's module name is `truetype'.
*
* We start with a list of definitions, kindly provided by Greg
* Hitchcock.
*
* _Bi-Level_ _Rendering_
*
* Monochromatic rendering, exclusively used in the early days of
* TrueType by both Apple and Microsoft. Microsoft's GDI interface
* supported hinting of the right-side bearing point, such that the
* advance width could be non-linear. Most often this was done to
* achieve some level of glyph symmetry. To enable reasonable
* performance (e.g., not having to run hinting on all glyphs just to
* get the widths) there was a bit in the head table indicating if the
* side bearing was hinted, and additional tables, `hdmx' and `LTSH', to
* cache hinting widths across multiple sizes and device aspect ratios.
*
* _Font_ _Smoothing_
*
* Microsoft's GDI implementation of anti-aliasing. Not traditional
* anti-aliasing as the outlines were hinted before the sampling. The
* widths matched the bi-level rendering.
*
* _ClearType_ _Rendering_
*
* Technique that uses physical subpixels to improve rendering on LCD
* (and other) displays. Because of the higher resolution, many methods
* of improving symmetry in glyphs through hinting the right-side
* bearing were no longer necessary. This lead to what GDI calls
* `natural widths' ClearType, see
* http://www.beatstamm.com/typography/RTRCh4.htm#Sec21. Since hinting
* has extra resolution, most non-linearity went away, but it is still
* possible for hints to change the advance widths in this mode.
*
* _ClearType_ _Compatible_ _Widths_
*
* One of the earliest challenges with ClearType was allowing the
* implementation in GDI to be selected without requiring all UI and
* documents to reflow. To address this, a compatible method of
* rendering ClearType was added where the font hints are executed once
* to determine the width in bi-level rendering, and then re-run in
* ClearType, with the difference in widths being absorbed in the font
* hints for ClearType (mostly in the white space of hints); see
* http://www.beatstamm.com/typography/RTRCh4.htm#Sec20. Somewhat by
* definition, compatible width ClearType allows for non-linear widths,
* but only when the bi-level version has non-linear widths.
*
* _ClearType_ _Subpixel_ _Positioning_
*
* One of the nice benefits of ClearType is the ability to more crisply
* display fractional widths; unfortunately, the GDI model of integer
* bitmaps did not support this. However, the WPF and Direct Write
* frameworks do support fractional widths. DWrite calls this `natural
* mode', not to be confused with GDI's `natural widths'. Subpixel
* positioning, in the current implementation of Direct Write,
* unfortunately does not support hinted advance widths, see
* http://www.beatstamm.com/typography/RTRCh4.htm#Sec22. Note that the
* TrueType interpreter fully allows the advance width to be adjusted in
* this mode, just the DWrite client will ignore those changes.
*
* _ClearType_ _Backwards_ _Compatibility_
*
* This is a set of exceptions made in the TrueType interpreter to
* minimize hinting techniques that were problematic with the extra
* resolution of ClearType; see
* http://www.beatstamm.com/typography/RTRCh4.htm#Sec1 and
* http://www.microsoft.com/typography/cleartype/truetypecleartype.aspx.
* This technique is not to be confused with ClearType compatible
* widths. ClearType backwards compatibility has no direct impact on
* changing advance widths, but there might be an indirect impact on
* disabling some deltas. This could be worked around in backwards
* compatibility mode.
*
* _Native_ _ClearType_ _Mode_
*
* (Not to be confused with `natural widths'.) This mode removes all
* the exceptions in the TrueType interpreter when running with
* ClearType. Any issues on widths would still apply, though.
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @property:
* interpreter-version
*
* @description:
* Currently, two versions are available, representing the bytecode
* interpreter with and without subpixel hinting support,
* respectively. The default is subpixel support if
* TT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_HINTING is defined, and no subpixel
* support otherwise (since it isn't available then).
*
* If subpixel hinting is on, many TrueType bytecode instructions behave
* differently compared to B/W or grayscale rendering (except if `native
* ClearType' is selected by the font). The main idea is to render at a
* much increased horizontal resolution, then sampling down the created
* output to subpixel precision. However, many older fonts are not
* suited to this and must be specially taken care of by applying
* (hardcoded) font-specific tweaks.
*
* Details on subpixel hinting and some of the necessary tweaks can be
* found in Greg Hitchcock's whitepaper at
* `http://www.microsoft.com/typography/cleartype/truetypecleartype.aspx'.
*
* The following example code demonstrates how to activate subpixel
* hinting (omitting the error handling).
*
* {
* FT_Library library;
* FT_Face face;
* FT_UInt interpreter_version = TT_INTERPRETER_VERSION_38;
*
*
* FT_Init_FreeType( &library );
*
* FT_Property_Set( library, "truetype",
* "interpreter-version",
* &interpreter_version );
* }
*
* @note:
* This property can be used with @FT_Property_Get also.
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* TT_INTERPRETER_VERSION_XXX
*
* @description:
* A list of constants used for the @interpreter-version property to
* select the hinting engine for Truetype fonts.
*
* The numeric value in the constant names represents the version
* number as returned by the `GETINFO' bytecode instruction.
*
* @values:
* TT_INTERPRETER_VERSION_35 ::
* Version~35 corresponds to MS rasterizer v.1.7 as used e.g. in
* Windows~98; only grayscale and B/W rasterizing is supported.
*
* TT_INTERPRETER_VERSION_38 ::
* Version~38 corresponds to MS rasterizer v.1.9; it is roughly
* equivalent to the hinting provided by DirectWrite ClearType (as
* can be found, for example, in the Internet Explorer~9 running on
* Windows~7).
*
* @note:
* This property controls the behaviour of the bytecode interpreter
* and thus how outlines get hinted. It does *not* control how glyph
* get rasterized! In particular, it does not control subpixel color
* filtering.
*
* If FreeType has not been compiled with configuration option
* FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_HINTING, selecting version~38 causes an
* `FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature' error.
*
* Depending on the graphics framework, Microsoft uses different
* bytecode and rendering engines. As a consequence, the version
* numbers returned by a call to the `GETINFO' bytecode instruction are
* more convoluted than desired.
*
* Here are two tables that try to shed some light on the possible
* values for the MS rasterizer engine, together with the additional
* features introduced by it.
*
* {
* GETINFO framework version feature
* -------------------------------------------------------------------
* 3 GDI (Win 3.1), v1.0 16-bit, first version
* TrueImage
* 33 GDI (Win NT 3.1), v1.5 32-bit
* HP Laserjet
* 34 GDI (Win 95) v1.6 font smoothing,
* new SCANTYPE opcode
* 35 GDI (Win 98/2000) v1.7 (UN)SCALED_COMPONENT_OFFSET
* bits in composite glyphs
* 36 MGDI (Win CE 2) v1.6+ classic ClearType
* 37 GDI (XP and later), v1.8 ClearType
* GDI+ old (before Vista)
* 38 GDI+ old (Vista, Win 7), v1.9 subpixel ClearType,
* WPF Y-direction ClearType,
* additional error checking
* 39 DWrite (before Win 8) v2.0 subpixel ClearType flags
* in GETINFO opcode,
* bug fixes
* 40 GDI+ (after Win 7), v2.1 Y-direction ClearType flag
* DWrite (Win 8) in GETINFO opcode,
* Gray ClearType
* }
*
* The `version' field gives a rough orientation only, since some
* applications provided certain features much earlier (as an example,
* Microsoft Reader used subpixel and Y-direction ClearType already in
* Windows 2000). Similarly, updates to a given framework might include
* improved hinting support.
*
* {
* version sampling rendering comment
* x y x y
* --------------------------------------------------------------
* v1.0 normal normal B/W B/W bi-level
* v1.6 high high gray gray grayscale
* v1.8 high normal color-filter B/W (GDI) ClearType
* v1.9 high high color-filter gray Color ClearType
* v2.1 high normal gray B/W Gray ClearType
* v2.1 high high gray gray Gray ClearType
* }
*
* Color and Gray ClearType are the two available variants of
* `Y-direction ClearType', meaning grayscale rasterization along the
* Y-direction; the name used in the TrueType specification for this
* feature is `symmetric smoothing'. `Classic ClearType' is the
* original algorithm used before introducing a modified version in
* Win~XP. Another name for v1.6's grayscale rendering is `font
* smoothing', and `Color ClearType' is sometimes also called `DWrite
* ClearType'. To differentiate between today's Color ClearType and the
* earlier ClearType variant with B/W rendering along the vertical axis,
* the latter is sometimes called `GDI ClearType'.
*
* `Normal' and `high' sampling describe the (virtual) resolution to
* access the rasterized outline after the hinting process. `Normal'
* means 1 sample per grid line (i.e., B/W). In the current Microsoft
* implementation, `high' means an extra virtual resolution of 16x16 (or
* 16x1) grid lines per pixel for bytecode instructions like `MIRP'.
* After hinting, these 16 grid lines are mapped to 6x5 (or 6x1) grid
* lines for color filtering if Color ClearType is activated.
*
* Note that `Gray ClearType' is essentially the same as v1.6's
* grayscale rendering. However, the GETINFO instruction handles it
* differently: v1.6 returns bit~12 (hinting for grayscale), while v2.1
* returns bits~13 (hinting for ClearType), 18 (symmetrical smoothing),
* and~19 (Gray ClearType). Also, this mode respects bits 2 and~3 for
* the version~1 gasp table exclusively (like Color ClearType), while
* v1.6 only respects the values of version~0 (bits 0 and~1).
*
* FreeType doesn't provide all capabilities of the most recent
* ClearType incarnation, thus we identify our subpixel support as
* version~38.
*
*/
#define TT_INTERPRETER_VERSION_35 35
#define TT_INTERPRETER_VERSION_38 38
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTTTDRV_H_ */
/* END */

602
ios-m1-simulator/include/freetype/fttypes.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,602 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* fttypes.h */
/* */
/* FreeType simple types definitions (specification only). */
/* */
/* Copyright 1996-2016 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef FTTYPES_H_
#define FTTYPES_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_CONFIG_CONFIG_H
#include FT_SYSTEM_H
#include FT_IMAGE_H
#include <stddef.h>
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* basic_types */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* Basic Data Types */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* The basic data types defined by the library. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This section contains the basic data types defined by FreeType~2, */
/* ranging from simple scalar types to bitmap descriptors. More */
/* font-specific structures are defined in a different section. */
/* */
/* <Order> */
/* FT_Byte */
/* FT_Bytes */
/* FT_Char */
/* FT_Int */
/* FT_UInt */
/* FT_Int16 */
/* FT_UInt16 */
/* FT_Int32 */
/* FT_UInt32 */
/* FT_Int64 */
/* FT_UInt64 */
/* FT_Short */
/* FT_UShort */
/* FT_Long */
/* FT_ULong */
/* FT_Bool */
/* FT_Offset */
/* FT_PtrDist */
/* FT_String */
/* FT_Tag */
/* FT_Error */
/* FT_Fixed */
/* FT_Pointer */
/* FT_Pos */
/* FT_Vector */
/* FT_BBox */
/* FT_Matrix */
/* FT_FWord */
/* FT_UFWord */
/* FT_F2Dot14 */
/* FT_UnitVector */
/* FT_F26Dot6 */
/* FT_Data */
/* */
/* FT_MAKE_TAG */
/* */
/* FT_Generic */
/* FT_Generic_Finalizer */
/* */
/* FT_Bitmap */
/* FT_Pixel_Mode */
/* FT_Palette_Mode */
/* FT_Glyph_Format */
/* FT_IMAGE_TAG */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_Bool */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A typedef of unsigned char, used for simple booleans. As usual, */
/* values 1 and~0 represent true and false, respectively. */
/* */
typedef unsigned char FT_Bool;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_FWord */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A signed 16-bit integer used to store a distance in original font */
/* units. */
/* */
typedef signed short FT_FWord; /* distance in FUnits */
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_UFWord */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* An unsigned 16-bit integer used to store a distance in original */
/* font units. */
/* */
typedef unsigned short FT_UFWord; /* unsigned distance */
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_Char */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A simple typedef for the _signed_ char type. */
/* */
typedef signed char FT_Char;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_Byte */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A simple typedef for the _unsigned_ char type. */
/* */
typedef unsigned char FT_Byte;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_Bytes */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A typedef for constant memory areas. */
/* */
typedef const FT_Byte* FT_Bytes;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_Tag */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A typedef for 32-bit tags (as used in the SFNT format). */
/* */
typedef FT_UInt32 FT_Tag;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_String */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A simple typedef for the char type, usually used for strings. */
/* */
typedef char FT_String;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_Short */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A typedef for signed short. */
/* */
typedef signed short FT_Short;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_UShort */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A typedef for unsigned short. */
/* */
typedef unsigned short FT_UShort;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_Int */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A typedef for the int type. */
/* */
typedef signed int FT_Int;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_UInt */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A typedef for the unsigned int type. */
/* */
typedef unsigned int FT_UInt;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_Long */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A typedef for signed long. */
/* */
typedef signed long FT_Long;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_ULong */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A typedef for unsigned long. */
/* */
typedef unsigned long FT_ULong;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_F2Dot14 */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A signed 2.14 fixed-point type used for unit vectors. */
/* */
typedef signed short FT_F2Dot14;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_F26Dot6 */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A signed 26.6 fixed-point type used for vectorial pixel */
/* coordinates. */
/* */
typedef signed long FT_F26Dot6;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_Fixed */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This type is used to store 16.16 fixed-point values, like scaling */
/* values or matrix coefficients. */
/* */
typedef signed long FT_Fixed;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_Error */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* The FreeType error code type. A value of~0 is always interpreted */
/* as a successful operation. */
/* */
typedef int FT_Error;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_Pointer */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A simple typedef for a typeless pointer. */
/* */
typedef void* FT_Pointer;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_Offset */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This is equivalent to the ANSI~C `size_t' type, i.e., the largest */
/* _unsigned_ integer type used to express a file size or position, */
/* or a memory block size. */
/* */
typedef size_t FT_Offset;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_PtrDist */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This is equivalent to the ANSI~C `ptrdiff_t' type, i.e., the */
/* largest _signed_ integer type used to express the distance */
/* between two pointers. */
/* */
typedef ft_ptrdiff_t FT_PtrDist;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* FT_UnitVector */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A simple structure used to store a 2D vector unit vector. Uses */
/* FT_F2Dot14 types. */
/* */
/* <Fields> */
/* x :: Horizontal coordinate. */
/* */
/* y :: Vertical coordinate. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_UnitVector_
{
FT_F2Dot14 x;
FT_F2Dot14 y;
} FT_UnitVector;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* FT_Matrix */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A simple structure used to store a 2x2 matrix. Coefficients are */
/* in 16.16 fixed-point format. The computation performed is: */
/* */
/* { */
/* x' = x*xx + y*xy */
/* y' = x*yx + y*yy */
/* } */
/* */
/* <Fields> */
/* xx :: Matrix coefficient. */
/* */
/* xy :: Matrix coefficient. */
/* */
/* yx :: Matrix coefficient. */
/* */
/* yy :: Matrix coefficient. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_Matrix_
{
FT_Fixed xx, xy;
FT_Fixed yx, yy;
} FT_Matrix;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* FT_Data */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Read-only binary data represented as a pointer and a length. */
/* */
/* <Fields> */
/* pointer :: The data. */
/* */
/* length :: The length of the data in bytes. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_Data_
{
const FT_Byte* pointer;
FT_Int length;
} FT_Data;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <FuncType> */
/* FT_Generic_Finalizer */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Describe a function used to destroy the `client' data of any */
/* FreeType object. See the description of the @FT_Generic type for */
/* details of usage. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* The address of the FreeType object that is under finalization. */
/* Its client data is accessed through its `generic' field. */
/* */
typedef void (*FT_Generic_Finalizer)(void* object);
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* FT_Generic */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Client applications often need to associate their own data to a */
/* variety of FreeType core objects. For example, a text layout API */
/* might want to associate a glyph cache to a given size object. */
/* */
/* Some FreeType object contains a `generic' field, of type */
/* FT_Generic, which usage is left to client applications and font */
/* servers. */
/* */
/* It can be used to store a pointer to client-specific data, as well */
/* as the address of a `finalizer' function, which will be called by */
/* FreeType when the object is destroyed (for example, the previous */
/* client example would put the address of the glyph cache destructor */
/* in the `finalizer' field). */
/* */
/* <Fields> */
/* data :: A typeless pointer to any client-specified data. This */
/* field is completely ignored by the FreeType library. */
/* */
/* finalizer :: A pointer to a `generic finalizer' function, which */
/* will be called when the object is destroyed. If this */
/* field is set to NULL, no code will be called. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_Generic_
{
void* data;
FT_Generic_Finalizer finalizer;
} FT_Generic;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Macro> */
/* FT_MAKE_TAG */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This macro converts four-letter tags that are used to label */
/* TrueType tables into an unsigned long, to be used within FreeType. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* The produced values *must* be 32-bit integers. Don't redefine */
/* this macro. */
/* */
#define FT_MAKE_TAG( _x1, _x2, _x3, _x4 ) \
(FT_Tag) \
( ( (FT_ULong)_x1 << 24 ) | \
( (FT_ULong)_x2 << 16 ) | \
( (FT_ULong)_x3 << 8 ) | \
(FT_ULong)_x4 )
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* L I S T M A N A G E M E N T */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* list_processing */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_ListNode */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Many elements and objects in FreeType are listed through an */
/* @FT_List record (see @FT_ListRec). As its name suggests, an */
/* FT_ListNode is a handle to a single list element. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_ListNodeRec_* FT_ListNode;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_List */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A handle to a list record (see @FT_ListRec). */
/* */
typedef struct FT_ListRec_* FT_List;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* FT_ListNodeRec */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A structure used to hold a single list element. */
/* */
/* <Fields> */
/* prev :: The previous element in the list. NULL if first. */
/* */
/* next :: The next element in the list. NULL if last. */
/* */
/* data :: A typeless pointer to the listed object. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_ListNodeRec_
{
FT_ListNode prev;
FT_ListNode next;
void* data;
} FT_ListNodeRec;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* FT_ListRec */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A structure used to hold a simple doubly-linked list. These are */
/* used in many parts of FreeType. */
/* */
/* <Fields> */
/* head :: The head (first element) of doubly-linked list. */
/* */
/* tail :: The tail (last element) of doubly-linked list. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_ListRec_
{
FT_ListNode head;
FT_ListNode tail;
} FT_ListRec;
/* */
#define FT_IS_EMPTY( list ) ( (list).head == 0 )
#define FT_BOOL( x ) ( (FT_Bool)( x ) )
/* concatenate C tokens */
#define FT_ERR_XCAT( x, y ) x ## y
#define FT_ERR_CAT( x, y ) FT_ERR_XCAT( x, y )
/* see `ftmoderr.h' for descriptions of the following macros */
#define FT_ERR( e ) FT_ERR_CAT( FT_ERR_PREFIX, e )
#define FT_ERROR_BASE( x ) ( (x) & 0xFF )
#define FT_ERROR_MODULE( x ) ( (x) & 0xFF00U )
#define FT_ERR_EQ( x, e ) \
( FT_ERROR_BASE( x ) == FT_ERROR_BASE( FT_ERR( e ) ) )
#define FT_ERR_NEQ( x, e ) \
( FT_ERROR_BASE( x ) != FT_ERROR_BASE( FT_ERR( e ) ) )
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTTYPES_H_ */
/* END */

275
ios-m1-simulator/include/freetype/ftwinfnt.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,275 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftwinfnt.h */
/* */
/* FreeType API for accessing Windows fnt-specific data. */
/* */
/* Copyright 2003-2016 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef FTWINFNT_H_
#define FTWINFNT_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* winfnt_fonts */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* Window FNT Files */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* Windows FNT specific API. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This section contains the declaration of Windows FNT specific */
/* functions. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* FT_WinFNT_ID_XXX
*
* @description:
* A list of valid values for the `charset' byte in
* @FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec. Exact mapping tables for the various cpXXXX
* encodings (except for cp1361) can be found at
* ftp://ftp.unicode.org/Public in the MAPPINGS/VENDORS/MICSFT/WINDOWS
* subdirectory. cp1361 is roughly a superset of
* MAPPINGS/OBSOLETE/EASTASIA/KSC/JOHAB.TXT.
*
* @values:
* FT_WinFNT_ID_DEFAULT ::
* This is used for font enumeration and font creation as a
* `don't care' value. Valid font files don't contain this value.
* When querying for information about the character set of the font
* that is currently selected into a specified device context, this
* return value (of the related Windows API) simply denotes failure.
*
* FT_WinFNT_ID_SYMBOL ::
* There is no known mapping table available.
*
* FT_WinFNT_ID_MAC ::
* Mac Roman encoding.
*
* FT_WinFNT_ID_OEM ::
* From Michael Pöttgen <michael@poettgen.de>:
*
* The `Windows Font Mapping' article says that FT_WinFNT_ID_OEM
* is used for the charset of vector fonts, like `modern.fon',
* `roman.fon', and `script.fon' on Windows.
*
* The `CreateFont' documentation says: The FT_WinFNT_ID_OEM value
* specifies a character set that is operating-system dependent.
*
* The `IFIMETRICS' documentation from the `Windows Driver
* Development Kit' says: This font supports an OEM-specific
* character set. The OEM character set is system dependent.
*
* In general OEM, as opposed to ANSI (i.e., cp1252), denotes the
* second default codepage that most international versions of
* Windows have. It is one of the OEM codepages from
*
* https://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/goglobal/bb964655,
*
* and is used for the `DOS boxes', to support legacy applications.
* A German Windows version for example usually uses ANSI codepage
* 1252 and OEM codepage 850.
*
* FT_WinFNT_ID_CP874 ::
* A superset of Thai TIS 620 and ISO 8859-11.
*
* FT_WinFNT_ID_CP932 ::
* A superset of Japanese Shift-JIS (with minor deviations).
*
* FT_WinFNT_ID_CP936 ::
* A superset of simplified Chinese GB 2312-1980 (with different
* ordering and minor deviations).
*
* FT_WinFNT_ID_CP949 ::
* A superset of Korean Hangul KS~C 5601-1987 (with different
* ordering and minor deviations).
*
* FT_WinFNT_ID_CP950 ::
* A superset of traditional Chinese Big~5 ETen (with different
* ordering and minor deviations).
*
* FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1250 ::
* A superset of East European ISO 8859-2 (with slightly different
* ordering).
*
* FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1251 ::
* A superset of Russian ISO 8859-5 (with different ordering).
*
* FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1252 ::
* ANSI encoding. A superset of ISO 8859-1.
*
* FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1253 ::
* A superset of Greek ISO 8859-7 (with minor modifications).
*
* FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1254 ::
* A superset of Turkish ISO 8859-9.
*
* FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1255 ::
* A superset of Hebrew ISO 8859-8 (with some modifications).
*
* FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1256 ::
* A superset of Arabic ISO 8859-6 (with different ordering).
*
* FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1257 ::
* A superset of Baltic ISO 8859-13 (with some deviations).
*
* FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1258 ::
* For Vietnamese. This encoding doesn't cover all necessary
* characters.
*
* FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1361 ::
* Korean (Johab).
*/
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1252 0
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_DEFAULT 1
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_SYMBOL 2
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_MAC 77
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP932 128
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP949 129
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1361 130
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP936 134
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP950 136
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1253 161
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1254 162
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1258 163
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1255 177
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1256 178
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1257 186
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1251 204
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP874 222
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1250 238
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_OEM 255
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Windows FNT Header info. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec_
{
FT_UShort version;
FT_ULong file_size;
FT_Byte copyright[60];
FT_UShort file_type;
FT_UShort nominal_point_size;
FT_UShort vertical_resolution;
FT_UShort horizontal_resolution;
FT_UShort ascent;
FT_UShort internal_leading;
FT_UShort external_leading;
FT_Byte italic;
FT_Byte underline;
FT_Byte strike_out;
FT_UShort weight;
FT_Byte charset;
FT_UShort pixel_width;
FT_UShort pixel_height;
FT_Byte pitch_and_family;
FT_UShort avg_width;
FT_UShort max_width;
FT_Byte first_char;
FT_Byte last_char;
FT_Byte default_char;
FT_Byte break_char;
FT_UShort bytes_per_row;
FT_ULong device_offset;
FT_ULong face_name_offset;
FT_ULong bits_pointer;
FT_ULong bits_offset;
FT_Byte reserved;
FT_ULong flags;
FT_UShort A_space;
FT_UShort B_space;
FT_UShort C_space;
FT_UShort color_table_offset;
FT_ULong reserved1[4];
} FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* FT_WinFNT_Header */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A handle to an @FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec structure. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec_* FT_WinFNT_Header;
/**********************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Get_WinFNT_Header
*
* @description:
* Retrieve a Windows FNT font info header.
*
* @input:
* face :: A handle to the input face.
*
* @output:
* aheader :: The WinFNT header.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* This function only works with Windows FNT faces, returning an error
* otherwise.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_WinFNT_Header( FT_Face face,
FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec *aheader );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTWINFNT_H_ */
/* END */
/* Local Variables: */
/* coding: utf-8 */
/* End: */

761
ios-m1-simulator/include/freetype/t1tables.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,761 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* t1tables.h */
/* */
/* Basic Type 1/Type 2 tables definitions and interface (specification */
/* only). */
/* */
/* Copyright 1996-2016 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef T1TABLES_H_
#define T1TABLES_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* type1_tables */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* Type 1 Tables */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* Type~1 (PostScript) specific font tables. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This section contains the definition of Type 1-specific tables, */
/* including structures related to other PostScript font formats. */
/* */
/* <Order> */
/* PS_FontInfoRec */
/* PS_FontInfo */
/* PS_PrivateRec */
/* PS_Private */
/* */
/* CID_FaceDictRec */
/* CID_FaceDict */
/* CID_FaceInfoRec */
/* CID_FaceInfo */
/* */
/* FT_Has_PS_Glyph_Names */
/* FT_Get_PS_Font_Info */
/* FT_Get_PS_Font_Private */
/* FT_Get_PS_Font_Value */
/* */
/* T1_Blend_Flags */
/* T1_EncodingType */
/* PS_Dict_Keys */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/* Note that we separate font data in PS_FontInfoRec and PS_PrivateRec */
/* structures in order to support Multiple Master fonts. */
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* PS_FontInfoRec */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A structure used to model a Type~1 or Type~2 FontInfo dictionary. */
/* Note that for Multiple Master fonts, each instance has its own */
/* FontInfo dictionary. */
/* */
typedef struct PS_FontInfoRec_
{
FT_String* version;
FT_String* notice;
FT_String* full_name;
FT_String* family_name;
FT_String* weight;
FT_Long italic_angle;
FT_Bool is_fixed_pitch;
FT_Short underline_position;
FT_UShort underline_thickness;
} PS_FontInfoRec;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* PS_FontInfo */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A handle to a @PS_FontInfoRec structure. */
/* */
typedef struct PS_FontInfoRec_* PS_FontInfo;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* T1_FontInfo */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This type is equivalent to @PS_FontInfoRec. It is deprecated but */
/* kept to maintain source compatibility between various versions of */
/* FreeType. */
/* */
typedef PS_FontInfoRec T1_FontInfo;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* PS_PrivateRec */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A structure used to model a Type~1 or Type~2 private dictionary. */
/* Note that for Multiple Master fonts, each instance has its own */
/* Private dictionary. */
/* */
typedef struct PS_PrivateRec_
{
FT_Int unique_id;
FT_Int lenIV;
FT_Byte num_blue_values;
FT_Byte num_other_blues;
FT_Byte num_family_blues;
FT_Byte num_family_other_blues;
FT_Short blue_values[14];
FT_Short other_blues[10];
FT_Short family_blues [14];
FT_Short family_other_blues[10];
FT_Fixed blue_scale;
FT_Int blue_shift;
FT_Int blue_fuzz;
FT_UShort standard_width[1];
FT_UShort standard_height[1];
FT_Byte num_snap_widths;
FT_Byte num_snap_heights;
FT_Bool force_bold;
FT_Bool round_stem_up;
FT_Short snap_widths [13]; /* including std width */
FT_Short snap_heights[13]; /* including std height */
FT_Fixed expansion_factor;
FT_Long language_group;
FT_Long password;
FT_Short min_feature[2];
} PS_PrivateRec;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* PS_Private */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A handle to a @PS_PrivateRec structure. */
/* */
typedef struct PS_PrivateRec_* PS_Private;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* T1_Private */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This type is equivalent to @PS_PrivateRec. It is deprecated but */
/* kept to maintain source compatibility between various versions of */
/* FreeType. */
/* */
typedef PS_PrivateRec T1_Private;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Enum> */
/* T1_Blend_Flags */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A set of flags used to indicate which fields are present in a */
/* given blend dictionary (font info or private). Used to support */
/* Multiple Masters fonts. */
/* */
/* <Values> */
/* T1_BLEND_UNDERLINE_POSITION :: */
/* T1_BLEND_UNDERLINE_THICKNESS :: */
/* T1_BLEND_ITALIC_ANGLE :: */
/* T1_BLEND_BLUE_VALUES :: */
/* T1_BLEND_OTHER_BLUES :: */
/* T1_BLEND_STANDARD_WIDTH :: */
/* T1_BLEND_STANDARD_HEIGHT :: */
/* T1_BLEND_STEM_SNAP_WIDTHS :: */
/* T1_BLEND_STEM_SNAP_HEIGHTS :: */
/* T1_BLEND_BLUE_SCALE :: */
/* T1_BLEND_BLUE_SHIFT :: */
/* T1_BLEND_FAMILY_BLUES :: */
/* T1_BLEND_FAMILY_OTHER_BLUES :: */
/* T1_BLEND_FORCE_BOLD :: */
/* */
typedef enum T1_Blend_Flags_
{
/* required fields in a FontInfo blend dictionary */
T1_BLEND_UNDERLINE_POSITION = 0,
T1_BLEND_UNDERLINE_THICKNESS,
T1_BLEND_ITALIC_ANGLE,
/* required fields in a Private blend dictionary */
T1_BLEND_BLUE_VALUES,
T1_BLEND_OTHER_BLUES,
T1_BLEND_STANDARD_WIDTH,
T1_BLEND_STANDARD_HEIGHT,
T1_BLEND_STEM_SNAP_WIDTHS,
T1_BLEND_STEM_SNAP_HEIGHTS,
T1_BLEND_BLUE_SCALE,
T1_BLEND_BLUE_SHIFT,
T1_BLEND_FAMILY_BLUES,
T1_BLEND_FAMILY_OTHER_BLUES,
T1_BLEND_FORCE_BOLD,
T1_BLEND_MAX /* do not remove */
} T1_Blend_Flags;
/* these constants are deprecated; use the corresponding */
/* `T1_Blend_Flags' values instead */
#define t1_blend_underline_position T1_BLEND_UNDERLINE_POSITION
#define t1_blend_underline_thickness T1_BLEND_UNDERLINE_THICKNESS
#define t1_blend_italic_angle T1_BLEND_ITALIC_ANGLE
#define t1_blend_blue_values T1_BLEND_BLUE_VALUES
#define t1_blend_other_blues T1_BLEND_OTHER_BLUES
#define t1_blend_standard_widths T1_BLEND_STANDARD_WIDTH
#define t1_blend_standard_height T1_BLEND_STANDARD_HEIGHT
#define t1_blend_stem_snap_widths T1_BLEND_STEM_SNAP_WIDTHS
#define t1_blend_stem_snap_heights T1_BLEND_STEM_SNAP_HEIGHTS
#define t1_blend_blue_scale T1_BLEND_BLUE_SCALE
#define t1_blend_blue_shift T1_BLEND_BLUE_SHIFT
#define t1_blend_family_blues T1_BLEND_FAMILY_BLUES
#define t1_blend_family_other_blues T1_BLEND_FAMILY_OTHER_BLUES
#define t1_blend_force_bold T1_BLEND_FORCE_BOLD
#define t1_blend_max T1_BLEND_MAX
/* */
/* maximum number of Multiple Masters designs, as defined in the spec */
#define T1_MAX_MM_DESIGNS 16
/* maximum number of Multiple Masters axes, as defined in the spec */
#define T1_MAX_MM_AXIS 4
/* maximum number of elements in a design map */
#define T1_MAX_MM_MAP_POINTS 20
/* this structure is used to store the BlendDesignMap entry for an axis */
typedef struct PS_DesignMap_
{
FT_Byte num_points;
FT_Long* design_points;
FT_Fixed* blend_points;
} PS_DesignMapRec, *PS_DesignMap;
/* backwards-compatible definition */
typedef PS_DesignMapRec T1_DesignMap;
typedef struct PS_BlendRec_
{
FT_UInt num_designs;
FT_UInt num_axis;
FT_String* axis_names[T1_MAX_MM_AXIS];
FT_Fixed* design_pos[T1_MAX_MM_DESIGNS];
PS_DesignMapRec design_map[T1_MAX_MM_AXIS];
FT_Fixed* weight_vector;
FT_Fixed* default_weight_vector;
PS_FontInfo font_infos[T1_MAX_MM_DESIGNS + 1];
PS_Private privates [T1_MAX_MM_DESIGNS + 1];
FT_ULong blend_bitflags;
FT_BBox* bboxes [T1_MAX_MM_DESIGNS + 1];
/* since 2.3.0 */
/* undocumented, optional: the default design instance; */
/* corresponds to default_weight_vector -- */
/* num_default_design_vector == 0 means it is not present */
/* in the font and associated metrics files */
FT_UInt default_design_vector[T1_MAX_MM_DESIGNS];
FT_UInt num_default_design_vector;
} PS_BlendRec, *PS_Blend;
/* backwards-compatible definition */
typedef PS_BlendRec T1_Blend;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* CID_FaceDictRec */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A structure used to represent data in a CID top-level dictionary. */
/* */
typedef struct CID_FaceDictRec_
{
PS_PrivateRec private_dict;
FT_UInt len_buildchar;
FT_Fixed forcebold_threshold;
FT_Pos stroke_width;
FT_Fixed expansion_factor;
FT_Byte paint_type;
FT_Byte font_type;
FT_Matrix font_matrix;
FT_Vector font_offset;
FT_UInt num_subrs;
FT_ULong subrmap_offset;
FT_Int sd_bytes;
} CID_FaceDictRec;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* CID_FaceDict */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A handle to a @CID_FaceDictRec structure. */
/* */
typedef struct CID_FaceDictRec_* CID_FaceDict;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* CID_FontDict */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This type is equivalent to @CID_FaceDictRec. It is deprecated but */
/* kept to maintain source compatibility between various versions of */
/* FreeType. */
/* */
typedef CID_FaceDictRec CID_FontDict;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* CID_FaceInfoRec */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A structure used to represent CID Face information. */
/* */
typedef struct CID_FaceInfoRec_
{
FT_String* cid_font_name;
FT_Fixed cid_version;
FT_Int cid_font_type;
FT_String* registry;
FT_String* ordering;
FT_Int supplement;
PS_FontInfoRec font_info;
FT_BBox font_bbox;
FT_ULong uid_base;
FT_Int num_xuid;
FT_ULong xuid[16];
FT_ULong cidmap_offset;
FT_Int fd_bytes;
FT_Int gd_bytes;
FT_ULong cid_count;
FT_Int num_dicts;
CID_FaceDict font_dicts;
FT_ULong data_offset;
} CID_FaceInfoRec;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* CID_FaceInfo */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A handle to a @CID_FaceInfoRec structure. */
/* */
typedef struct CID_FaceInfoRec_* CID_FaceInfo;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* CID_Info */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This type is equivalent to @CID_FaceInfoRec. It is deprecated but */
/* kept to maintain source compatibility between various versions of */
/* FreeType. */
/* */
typedef CID_FaceInfoRec CID_Info;
/************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Has_PS_Glyph_Names
*
* @description:
* Return true if a given face provides reliable PostScript glyph
* names. This is similar to using the @FT_HAS_GLYPH_NAMES macro,
* except that certain fonts (mostly TrueType) contain incorrect
* glyph name tables.
*
* When this function returns true, the caller is sure that the glyph
* names returned by @FT_Get_Glyph_Name are reliable.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* face handle
*
* @return:
* Boolean. True if glyph names are reliable.
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Int )
FT_Has_PS_Glyph_Names( FT_Face face );
/************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Get_PS_Font_Info
*
* @description:
* Retrieve the @PS_FontInfoRec structure corresponding to a given
* PostScript font.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* PostScript face handle.
*
* @output:
* afont_info ::
* Output font info structure pointer.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* String pointers within the @PS_FontInfoRec structure are owned by
* the face and don't need to be freed by the caller. Missing entries
* in the font's FontInfo dictionary are represented by NULL pointers.
*
* If the font's format is not PostScript-based, this function will
* return the `FT_Err_Invalid_Argument' error code.
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_PS_Font_Info( FT_Face face,
PS_FontInfo afont_info );
/************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Get_PS_Font_Private
*
* @description:
* Retrieve the @PS_PrivateRec structure corresponding to a given
* PostScript font.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* PostScript face handle.
*
* @output:
* afont_private ::
* Output private dictionary structure pointer.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* The string pointers within the @PS_PrivateRec structure are owned by
* the face and don't need to be freed by the caller.
*
* If the font's format is not PostScript-based, this function returns
* the `FT_Err_Invalid_Argument' error code.
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_PS_Font_Private( FT_Face face,
PS_Private afont_private );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Enum> */
/* T1_EncodingType */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* An enumeration describing the `Encoding' entry in a Type 1 */
/* dictionary. */
/* */
/* <Values> */
/* T1_ENCODING_TYPE_NONE :: */
/* T1_ENCODING_TYPE_ARRAY :: */
/* T1_ENCODING_TYPE_STANDARD :: */
/* T1_ENCODING_TYPE_ISOLATIN1 :: */
/* T1_ENCODING_TYPE_EXPERT :: */
/* */
typedef enum T1_EncodingType_
{
T1_ENCODING_TYPE_NONE = 0,
T1_ENCODING_TYPE_ARRAY,
T1_ENCODING_TYPE_STANDARD,
T1_ENCODING_TYPE_ISOLATIN1,
T1_ENCODING_TYPE_EXPERT
} T1_EncodingType;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Enum> */
/* PS_Dict_Keys */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* An enumeration used in calls to @FT_Get_PS_Font_Value to identify */
/* the Type~1 dictionary entry to retrieve. */
/* */
/* <Values> */
/* PS_DICT_FONT_TYPE :: */
/* PS_DICT_FONT_MATRIX :: */
/* PS_DICT_FONT_BBOX :: */
/* PS_DICT_PAINT_TYPE :: */
/* PS_DICT_FONT_NAME :: */
/* PS_DICT_UNIQUE_ID :: */
/* PS_DICT_NUM_CHAR_STRINGS :: */
/* PS_DICT_CHAR_STRING_KEY :: */
/* PS_DICT_CHAR_STRING :: */
/* PS_DICT_ENCODING_TYPE :: */
/* PS_DICT_ENCODING_ENTRY :: */
/* PS_DICT_NUM_SUBRS :: */
/* PS_DICT_SUBR :: */
/* PS_DICT_STD_HW :: */
/* PS_DICT_STD_VW :: */
/* PS_DICT_NUM_BLUE_VALUES :: */
/* PS_DICT_BLUE_VALUE :: */
/* PS_DICT_BLUE_FUZZ :: */
/* PS_DICT_NUM_OTHER_BLUES :: */
/* PS_DICT_OTHER_BLUE :: */
/* PS_DICT_NUM_FAMILY_BLUES :: */
/* PS_DICT_FAMILY_BLUE :: */
/* PS_DICT_NUM_FAMILY_OTHER_BLUES :: */
/* PS_DICT_FAMILY_OTHER_BLUE :: */
/* PS_DICT_BLUE_SCALE :: */
/* PS_DICT_BLUE_SHIFT :: */
/* PS_DICT_NUM_STEM_SNAP_H :: */
/* PS_DICT_STEM_SNAP_H :: */
/* PS_DICT_NUM_STEM_SNAP_V :: */
/* PS_DICT_STEM_SNAP_V :: */
/* PS_DICT_FORCE_BOLD :: */
/* PS_DICT_RND_STEM_UP :: */
/* PS_DICT_MIN_FEATURE :: */
/* PS_DICT_LEN_IV :: */
/* PS_DICT_PASSWORD :: */
/* PS_DICT_LANGUAGE_GROUP :: */
/* PS_DICT_VERSION :: */
/* PS_DICT_NOTICE :: */
/* PS_DICT_FULL_NAME :: */
/* PS_DICT_FAMILY_NAME :: */
/* PS_DICT_WEIGHT :: */
/* PS_DICT_IS_FIXED_PITCH :: */
/* PS_DICT_UNDERLINE_POSITION :: */
/* PS_DICT_UNDERLINE_THICKNESS :: */
/* PS_DICT_FS_TYPE :: */
/* PS_DICT_ITALIC_ANGLE :: */
/* */
typedef enum PS_Dict_Keys_
{
/* conventionally in the font dictionary */
PS_DICT_FONT_TYPE, /* FT_Byte */
PS_DICT_FONT_MATRIX, /* FT_Fixed */
PS_DICT_FONT_BBOX, /* FT_Fixed */
PS_DICT_PAINT_TYPE, /* FT_Byte */
PS_DICT_FONT_NAME, /* FT_String* */
PS_DICT_UNIQUE_ID, /* FT_Int */
PS_DICT_NUM_CHAR_STRINGS, /* FT_Int */
PS_DICT_CHAR_STRING_KEY, /* FT_String* */
PS_DICT_CHAR_STRING, /* FT_String* */
PS_DICT_ENCODING_TYPE, /* T1_EncodingType */
PS_DICT_ENCODING_ENTRY, /* FT_String* */
/* conventionally in the font Private dictionary */
PS_DICT_NUM_SUBRS, /* FT_Int */
PS_DICT_SUBR, /* FT_String* */
PS_DICT_STD_HW, /* FT_UShort */
PS_DICT_STD_VW, /* FT_UShort */
PS_DICT_NUM_BLUE_VALUES, /* FT_Byte */
PS_DICT_BLUE_VALUE, /* FT_Short */
PS_DICT_BLUE_FUZZ, /* FT_Int */
PS_DICT_NUM_OTHER_BLUES, /* FT_Byte */
PS_DICT_OTHER_BLUE, /* FT_Short */
PS_DICT_NUM_FAMILY_BLUES, /* FT_Byte */
PS_DICT_FAMILY_BLUE, /* FT_Short */
PS_DICT_NUM_FAMILY_OTHER_BLUES, /* FT_Byte */
PS_DICT_FAMILY_OTHER_BLUE, /* FT_Short */
PS_DICT_BLUE_SCALE, /* FT_Fixed */
PS_DICT_BLUE_SHIFT, /* FT_Int */
PS_DICT_NUM_STEM_SNAP_H, /* FT_Byte */
PS_DICT_STEM_SNAP_H, /* FT_Short */
PS_DICT_NUM_STEM_SNAP_V, /* FT_Byte */
PS_DICT_STEM_SNAP_V, /* FT_Short */
PS_DICT_FORCE_BOLD, /* FT_Bool */
PS_DICT_RND_STEM_UP, /* FT_Bool */
PS_DICT_MIN_FEATURE, /* FT_Short */
PS_DICT_LEN_IV, /* FT_Int */
PS_DICT_PASSWORD, /* FT_Long */
PS_DICT_LANGUAGE_GROUP, /* FT_Long */
/* conventionally in the font FontInfo dictionary */
PS_DICT_VERSION, /* FT_String* */
PS_DICT_NOTICE, /* FT_String* */
PS_DICT_FULL_NAME, /* FT_String* */
PS_DICT_FAMILY_NAME, /* FT_String* */
PS_DICT_WEIGHT, /* FT_String* */
PS_DICT_IS_FIXED_PITCH, /* FT_Bool */
PS_DICT_UNDERLINE_POSITION, /* FT_Short */
PS_DICT_UNDERLINE_THICKNESS, /* FT_UShort */
PS_DICT_FS_TYPE, /* FT_UShort */
PS_DICT_ITALIC_ANGLE, /* FT_Long */
PS_DICT_MAX = PS_DICT_ITALIC_ANGLE
} PS_Dict_Keys;
/************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Get_PS_Font_Value
*
* @description:
* Retrieve the value for the supplied key from a PostScript font.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* PostScript face handle.
*
* key ::
* An enumeration value representing the dictionary key to retrieve.
*
* idx ::
* For array values, this specifies the index to be returned.
*
* value ::
* A pointer to memory into which to write the value.
*
* valen_len ::
* The size, in bytes, of the memory supplied for the value.
*
* @output:
* value ::
* The value matching the above key, if it exists.
*
* @return:
* The amount of memory (in bytes) required to hold the requested
* value (if it exists, -1 otherwise).
*
* @note:
* The values returned are not pointers into the internal structures of
* the face, but are `fresh' copies, so that the memory containing them
* belongs to the calling application. This also enforces the
* `read-only' nature of these values, i.e., this function cannot be
* used to manipulate the face.
*
* `value' is a void pointer because the values returned can be of
* various types.
*
* If either `value' is NULL or `value_len' is too small, just the
* required memory size for the requested entry is returned.
*
* The `idx' parameter is used, not only to retrieve elements of, for
* example, the FontMatrix or FontBBox, but also to retrieve name keys
* from the CharStrings dictionary, and the charstrings themselves. It
* is ignored for atomic values.
*
* PS_DICT_BLUE_SCALE returns a value that is scaled up by 1000. To
* get the value as in the font stream, you need to divide by
* 65536000.0 (to remove the FT_Fixed scale, and the x1000 scale).
*
* IMPORTANT: Only key/value pairs read by the FreeType interpreter can
* be retrieved. So, for example, PostScript procedures such as NP,
* ND, and RD are not available. Arbitrary keys are, obviously, not be
* available either.
*
* If the font's format is not PostScript-based, this function returns
* the `FT_Err_Invalid_Argument' error code.
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Long )
FT_Get_PS_Font_Value( FT_Face face,
PS_Dict_Keys key,
FT_UInt idx,
void *value,
FT_Long value_len );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* T1TABLES_H_ */
/* END */

1237
ios-m1-simulator/include/freetype/ttnameid.h Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

829
ios-m1-simulator/include/freetype/tttables.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,829 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* tttables.h */
/* */
/* Basic SFNT/TrueType tables definitions and interface */
/* (specification only). */
/* */
/* Copyright 1996-2016 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef TTTABLES_H_
#define TTTABLES_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* truetype_tables */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* TrueType Tables */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* TrueType specific table types and functions. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This section contains the definition of TrueType-specific tables */
/* as well as some routines used to access and process them. */
/* */
/* <Order> */
/* TT_Header */
/* TT_HoriHeader */
/* TT_VertHeader */
/* TT_OS2 */
/* TT_Postscript */
/* TT_PCLT */
/* TT_MaxProfile */
/* */
/* FT_Sfnt_Tag */
/* FT_Get_Sfnt_Table */
/* FT_Load_Sfnt_Table */
/* FT_Sfnt_Table_Info */
/* */
/* FT_Get_CMap_Language_ID */
/* FT_Get_CMap_Format */
/* */
/* FT_PARAM_TAG_UNPATENTED_HINTING */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* TT_Header */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A structure used to model a TrueType font header table. All */
/* fields follow the TrueType specification. */
/* */
typedef struct TT_Header_
{
FT_Fixed Table_Version;
FT_Fixed Font_Revision;
FT_Long CheckSum_Adjust;
FT_Long Magic_Number;
FT_UShort Flags;
FT_UShort Units_Per_EM;
FT_Long Created [2];
FT_Long Modified[2];
FT_Short xMin;
FT_Short yMin;
FT_Short xMax;
FT_Short yMax;
FT_UShort Mac_Style;
FT_UShort Lowest_Rec_PPEM;
FT_Short Font_Direction;
FT_Short Index_To_Loc_Format;
FT_Short Glyph_Data_Format;
} TT_Header;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* TT_HoriHeader */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A structure used to model a TrueType horizontal header, the `hhea' */
/* table, as well as the corresponding horizontal metrics table, */
/* i.e., the `hmtx' table. */
/* */
/* <Fields> */
/* Version :: The table version. */
/* */
/* Ascender :: The font's ascender, i.e., the distance */
/* from the baseline to the top-most of all */
/* glyph points found in the font. */
/* */
/* This value is invalid in many fonts, as */
/* it is usually set by the font designer, */
/* and often reflects only a portion of the */
/* glyphs found in the font (maybe ASCII). */
/* */
/* You should use the `sTypoAscender' field */
/* of the OS/2 table instead if you want */
/* the correct one. */
/* */
/* Descender :: The font's descender, i.e., the distance */
/* from the baseline to the bottom-most of */
/* all glyph points found in the font. It */
/* is negative. */
/* */
/* This value is invalid in many fonts, as */
/* it is usually set by the font designer, */
/* and often reflects only a portion of the */
/* glyphs found in the font (maybe ASCII). */
/* */
/* You should use the `sTypoDescender' */
/* field of the OS/2 table instead if you */
/* want the correct one. */
/* */
/* Line_Gap :: The font's line gap, i.e., the distance */
/* to add to the ascender and descender to */
/* get the BTB, i.e., the */
/* baseline-to-baseline distance for the */
/* font. */
/* */
/* advance_Width_Max :: This field is the maximum of all advance */
/* widths found in the font. It can be */
/* used to compute the maximum width of an */
/* arbitrary string of text. */
/* */
/* min_Left_Side_Bearing :: The minimum left side bearing of all */
/* glyphs within the font. */
/* */
/* min_Right_Side_Bearing :: The minimum right side bearing of all */
/* glyphs within the font. */
/* */
/* xMax_Extent :: The maximum horizontal extent (i.e., the */
/* `width' of a glyph's bounding box) for */
/* all glyphs in the font. */
/* */
/* caret_Slope_Rise :: The rise coefficient of the cursor's */
/* slope of the cursor (slope=rise/run). */
/* */
/* caret_Slope_Run :: The run coefficient of the cursor's */
/* slope. */
/* */
/* Reserved :: 8~reserved bytes. */
/* */
/* metric_Data_Format :: Always~0. */
/* */
/* number_Of_HMetrics :: Number of HMetrics entries in the `hmtx' */
/* table -- this value can be smaller than */
/* the total number of glyphs in the font. */
/* */
/* long_metrics :: A pointer into the `hmtx' table. */
/* */
/* short_metrics :: A pointer into the `hmtx' table. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* IMPORTANT: The TT_HoriHeader and TT_VertHeader structures should */
/* be identical except for the names of their fields, */
/* which are different. */
/* */
/* This ensures that a single function in the `ttload' */
/* module is able to read both the horizontal and vertical */
/* headers. */
/* */
typedef struct TT_HoriHeader_
{
FT_Fixed Version;
FT_Short Ascender;
FT_Short Descender;
FT_Short Line_Gap;
FT_UShort advance_Width_Max; /* advance width maximum */
FT_Short min_Left_Side_Bearing; /* minimum left-sb */
FT_Short min_Right_Side_Bearing; /* minimum right-sb */
FT_Short xMax_Extent; /* xmax extents */
FT_Short caret_Slope_Rise;
FT_Short caret_Slope_Run;
FT_Short caret_Offset;
FT_Short Reserved[4];
FT_Short metric_Data_Format;
FT_UShort number_Of_HMetrics;
/* The following fields are not defined by the TrueType specification */
/* but they are used to connect the metrics header to the relevant */
/* `HMTX' table. */
void* long_metrics;
void* short_metrics;
} TT_HoriHeader;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* TT_VertHeader */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A structure used to model a TrueType vertical header, the `vhea' */
/* table, as well as the corresponding vertical metrics table, i.e., */
/* the `vmtx' table. */
/* */
/* <Fields> */
/* Version :: The table version. */
/* */
/* Ascender :: The font's ascender, i.e., the distance */
/* from the baseline to the top-most of */
/* all glyph points found in the font. */
/* */
/* This value is invalid in many fonts, as */
/* it is usually set by the font designer, */
/* and often reflects only a portion of */
/* the glyphs found in the font (maybe */
/* ASCII). */
/* */
/* You should use the `sTypoAscender' */
/* field of the OS/2 table instead if you */
/* want the correct one. */
/* */
/* Descender :: The font's descender, i.e., the */
/* distance from the baseline to the */
/* bottom-most of all glyph points found */
/* in the font. It is negative. */
/* */
/* This value is invalid in many fonts, as */
/* it is usually set by the font designer, */
/* and often reflects only a portion of */
/* the glyphs found in the font (maybe */
/* ASCII). */
/* */
/* You should use the `sTypoDescender' */
/* field of the OS/2 table instead if you */
/* want the correct one. */
/* */
/* Line_Gap :: The font's line gap, i.e., the distance */
/* to add to the ascender and descender to */
/* get the BTB, i.e., the */
/* baseline-to-baseline distance for the */
/* font. */
/* */
/* advance_Height_Max :: This field is the maximum of all */
/* advance heights found in the font. It */
/* can be used to compute the maximum */
/* height of an arbitrary string of text. */
/* */
/* min_Top_Side_Bearing :: The minimum top side bearing of all */
/* glyphs within the font. */
/* */
/* min_Bottom_Side_Bearing :: The minimum bottom side bearing of all */
/* glyphs within the font. */
/* */
/* yMax_Extent :: The maximum vertical extent (i.e., the */
/* `height' of a glyph's bounding box) for */
/* all glyphs in the font. */
/* */
/* caret_Slope_Rise :: The rise coefficient of the cursor's */
/* slope of the cursor (slope=rise/run). */
/* */
/* caret_Slope_Run :: The run coefficient of the cursor's */
/* slope. */
/* */
/* caret_Offset :: The cursor's offset for slanted fonts. */
/* This value is `reserved' in vmtx */
/* version 1.0. */
/* */
/* Reserved :: 8~reserved bytes. */
/* */
/* metric_Data_Format :: Always~0. */
/* */
/* number_Of_HMetrics :: Number of VMetrics entries in the */
/* `vmtx' table -- this value can be */
/* smaller than the total number of glyphs */
/* in the font. */
/* */
/* long_metrics :: A pointer into the `vmtx' table. */
/* */
/* short_metrics :: A pointer into the `vmtx' table. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* IMPORTANT: The TT_HoriHeader and TT_VertHeader structures should */
/* be identical except for the names of their fields, */
/* which are different. */
/* */
/* This ensures that a single function in the `ttload' */
/* module is able to read both the horizontal and vertical */
/* headers. */
/* */
typedef struct TT_VertHeader_
{
FT_Fixed Version;
FT_Short Ascender;
FT_Short Descender;
FT_Short Line_Gap;
FT_UShort advance_Height_Max; /* advance height maximum */
FT_Short min_Top_Side_Bearing; /* minimum left-sb or top-sb */
FT_Short min_Bottom_Side_Bearing; /* minimum right-sb or bottom-sb */
FT_Short yMax_Extent; /* xmax or ymax extents */
FT_Short caret_Slope_Rise;
FT_Short caret_Slope_Run;
FT_Short caret_Offset;
FT_Short Reserved[4];
FT_Short metric_Data_Format;
FT_UShort number_Of_VMetrics;
/* The following fields are not defined by the TrueType specification */
/* but they're used to connect the metrics header to the relevant */
/* `HMTX' or `VMTX' table. */
void* long_metrics;
void* short_metrics;
} TT_VertHeader;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* TT_OS2 */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A structure used to model a TrueType OS/2 table. All fields */
/* comply to the OpenType specification. */
/* */
/* Note that we now support old Mac fonts that do not include an OS/2 */
/* table. In this case, the `version' field is always set to 0xFFFF. */
/* */
typedef struct TT_OS2_
{
FT_UShort version; /* 0x0001 - more or 0xFFFF */
FT_Short xAvgCharWidth;
FT_UShort usWeightClass;
FT_UShort usWidthClass;
FT_UShort fsType;
FT_Short ySubscriptXSize;
FT_Short ySubscriptYSize;
FT_Short ySubscriptXOffset;
FT_Short ySubscriptYOffset;
FT_Short ySuperscriptXSize;
FT_Short ySuperscriptYSize;
FT_Short ySuperscriptXOffset;
FT_Short ySuperscriptYOffset;
FT_Short yStrikeoutSize;
FT_Short yStrikeoutPosition;
FT_Short sFamilyClass;
FT_Byte panose[10];
FT_ULong ulUnicodeRange1; /* Bits 0-31 */
FT_ULong ulUnicodeRange2; /* Bits 32-63 */
FT_ULong ulUnicodeRange3; /* Bits 64-95 */
FT_ULong ulUnicodeRange4; /* Bits 96-127 */
FT_Char achVendID[4];
FT_UShort fsSelection;
FT_UShort usFirstCharIndex;
FT_UShort usLastCharIndex;
FT_Short sTypoAscender;
FT_Short sTypoDescender;
FT_Short sTypoLineGap;
FT_UShort usWinAscent;
FT_UShort usWinDescent;
/* only version 1 and higher: */
FT_ULong ulCodePageRange1; /* Bits 0-31 */
FT_ULong ulCodePageRange2; /* Bits 32-63 */
/* only version 2 and higher: */
FT_Short sxHeight;
FT_Short sCapHeight;
FT_UShort usDefaultChar;
FT_UShort usBreakChar;
FT_UShort usMaxContext;
/* only version 5 and higher: */
FT_UShort usLowerOpticalPointSize; /* in twips (1/20th points) */
FT_UShort usUpperOpticalPointSize; /* in twips (1/20th points) */
} TT_OS2;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* TT_Postscript */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A structure used to model a TrueType PostScript table. All fields */
/* comply to the TrueType specification. This structure does not */
/* reference the PostScript glyph names, which can be nevertheless */
/* accessed with the `ttpost' module. */
/* */
typedef struct TT_Postscript_
{
FT_Fixed FormatType;
FT_Fixed italicAngle;
FT_Short underlinePosition;
FT_Short underlineThickness;
FT_ULong isFixedPitch;
FT_ULong minMemType42;
FT_ULong maxMemType42;
FT_ULong minMemType1;
FT_ULong maxMemType1;
/* Glyph names follow in the file, but we don't */
/* load them by default. See the ttpost.c file. */
} TT_Postscript;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* TT_PCLT */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A structure used to model a TrueType PCLT table. All fields */
/* comply to the TrueType specification. */
/* */
typedef struct TT_PCLT_
{
FT_Fixed Version;
FT_ULong FontNumber;
FT_UShort Pitch;
FT_UShort xHeight;
FT_UShort Style;
FT_UShort TypeFamily;
FT_UShort CapHeight;
FT_UShort SymbolSet;
FT_Char TypeFace[16];
FT_Char CharacterComplement[8];
FT_Char FileName[6];
FT_Char StrokeWeight;
FT_Char WidthType;
FT_Byte SerifStyle;
FT_Byte Reserved;
} TT_PCLT;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* TT_MaxProfile */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* The maximum profile is a table containing many max values, which */
/* can be used to pre-allocate arrays. This ensures that no memory */
/* allocation occurs during a glyph load. */
/* */
/* <Fields> */
/* version :: The version number. */
/* */
/* numGlyphs :: The number of glyphs in this TrueType */
/* font. */
/* */
/* maxPoints :: The maximum number of points in a */
/* non-composite TrueType glyph. See also */
/* the structure element */
/* `maxCompositePoints'. */
/* */
/* maxContours :: The maximum number of contours in a */
/* non-composite TrueType glyph. See also */
/* the structure element */
/* `maxCompositeContours'. */
/* */
/* maxCompositePoints :: The maximum number of points in a */
/* composite TrueType glyph. See also the */
/* structure element `maxPoints'. */
/* */
/* maxCompositeContours :: The maximum number of contours in a */
/* composite TrueType glyph. See also the */
/* structure element `maxContours'. */
/* */
/* maxZones :: The maximum number of zones used for */
/* glyph hinting. */
/* */
/* maxTwilightPoints :: The maximum number of points in the */
/* twilight zone used for glyph hinting. */
/* */
/* maxStorage :: The maximum number of elements in the */
/* storage area used for glyph hinting. */
/* */
/* maxFunctionDefs :: The maximum number of function */
/* definitions in the TrueType bytecode for */
/* this font. */
/* */
/* maxInstructionDefs :: The maximum number of instruction */
/* definitions in the TrueType bytecode for */
/* this font. */
/* */
/* maxStackElements :: The maximum number of stack elements used */
/* during bytecode interpretation. */
/* */
/* maxSizeOfInstructions :: The maximum number of TrueType opcodes */
/* used for glyph hinting. */
/* */
/* maxComponentElements :: The maximum number of simple (i.e., non- */
/* composite) glyphs in a composite glyph. */
/* */
/* maxComponentDepth :: The maximum nesting depth of composite */
/* glyphs. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* This structure is only used during font loading. */
/* */
typedef struct TT_MaxProfile_
{
FT_Fixed version;
FT_UShort numGlyphs;
FT_UShort maxPoints;
FT_UShort maxContours;
FT_UShort maxCompositePoints;
FT_UShort maxCompositeContours;
FT_UShort maxZones;
FT_UShort maxTwilightPoints;
FT_UShort maxStorage;
FT_UShort maxFunctionDefs;
FT_UShort maxInstructionDefs;
FT_UShort maxStackElements;
FT_UShort maxSizeOfInstructions;
FT_UShort maxComponentElements;
FT_UShort maxComponentDepth;
} TT_MaxProfile;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Enum> */
/* FT_Sfnt_Tag */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* An enumeration used to specify the index of an SFNT table. */
/* Used in the @FT_Get_Sfnt_Table API function. */
/* */
/* <Values> */
/* FT_SFNT_HEAD :: To access the font's @TT_Header structure. */
/* */
/* FT_SFNT_MAXP :: To access the font's @TT_MaxProfile structure. */
/* */
/* FT_SFNT_OS2 :: To access the font's @TT_OS2 structure. */
/* */
/* FT_SFNT_HHEA :: To access the font's @TT_HoriHeader structure. */
/* */
/* FT_SFNT_VHEA :: To access the font's @TT_VertHeader struture. */
/* */
/* FT_SFNT_POST :: To access the font's @TT_Postscript structure. */
/* */
/* FT_SFNT_PCLT :: To access the font's @TT_PCLT structure. */
/* */
typedef enum FT_Sfnt_Tag_
{
FT_SFNT_HEAD,
FT_SFNT_MAXP,
FT_SFNT_OS2,
FT_SFNT_HHEA,
FT_SFNT_VHEA,
FT_SFNT_POST,
FT_SFNT_PCLT,
FT_SFNT_MAX
} FT_Sfnt_Tag;
/* these constants are deprecated; use the corresponding `FT_Sfnt_Tag' */
/* values instead */
#define ft_sfnt_head FT_SFNT_HEAD
#define ft_sfnt_maxp FT_SFNT_MAXP
#define ft_sfnt_os2 FT_SFNT_OS2
#define ft_sfnt_hhea FT_SFNT_HHEA
#define ft_sfnt_vhea FT_SFNT_VHEA
#define ft_sfnt_post FT_SFNT_POST
#define ft_sfnt_pclt FT_SFNT_PCLT
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Get_Sfnt_Table */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Return a pointer to a given SFNT table within a face. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* face :: A handle to the source. */
/* */
/* tag :: The index of the SFNT table. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* A type-less pointer to the table. This will be~0 in case of */
/* error, or if the corresponding table was not found *OR* loaded */
/* from the file. */
/* */
/* Use a typecast according to `tag' to access the structure */
/* elements. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* The table is owned by the face object and disappears with it. */
/* */
/* This function is only useful to access SFNT tables that are loaded */
/* by the sfnt, truetype, and opentype drivers. See @FT_Sfnt_Tag for */
/* a list. */
/* */
/* Here an example how to access the `vhea' table: */
/* */
/* { */
/* TT_VertHeader* vert_header; */
/* */
/* */
/* vert_header = */
/* (TT_VertHeader*)FT_Get_Sfnt_Table( face, FT_SFNT_VHEA ); */
/* } */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( void* )
FT_Get_Sfnt_Table( FT_Face face,
FT_Sfnt_Tag tag );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Load_Sfnt_Table
*
* @description:
* Load any font table into client memory.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* A handle to the source face.
*
* tag ::
* The four-byte tag of the table to load. Use the value~0 if you want
* to access the whole font file. Otherwise, you can use one of the
* definitions found in the @FT_TRUETYPE_TAGS_H file, or forge a new
* one with @FT_MAKE_TAG.
*
* offset ::
* The starting offset in the table (or file if tag == 0).
*
* @output:
* buffer ::
* The target buffer address. The client must ensure that the memory
* array is big enough to hold the data.
*
* @inout:
* length ::
* If the `length' parameter is NULL, then try to load the whole table.
* Return an error code if it fails.
*
* Else, if `*length' is~0, exit immediately while returning the
* table's (or file) full size in it.
*
* Else the number of bytes to read from the table or file, from the
* starting offset.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* If you need to determine the table's length you should first call this
* function with `*length' set to~0, as in the following example:
*
* {
* FT_ULong length = 0;
*
*
* error = FT_Load_Sfnt_Table( face, tag, 0, NULL, &length );
* if ( error ) { ... table does not exist ... }
*
* buffer = malloc( length );
* if ( buffer == NULL ) { ... not enough memory ... }
*
* error = FT_Load_Sfnt_Table( face, tag, 0, buffer, &length );
* if ( error ) { ... could not load table ... }
* }
*
* Note that structures like @TT_Header or @TT_OS2 can't be used with
* this function; they are limited to @FT_Get_Sfnt_Table. Reason is that
* those structures depend on the processor architecture, with varying
* size (e.g. 32bit vs. 64bit) or order (big endian vs. little endian).
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Load_Sfnt_Table( FT_Face face,
FT_ULong tag,
FT_Long offset,
FT_Byte* buffer,
FT_ULong* length );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Sfnt_Table_Info
*
* @description:
* Return information on an SFNT table.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* A handle to the source face.
*
* table_index ::
* The index of an SFNT table. The function returns
* FT_Err_Table_Missing for an invalid value.
*
* @inout:
* tag ::
* The name tag of the SFNT table. If the value is NULL, `table_index'
* is ignored, and `length' returns the number of SFNT tables in the
* font.
*
* @output:
* length ::
* The length of the SFNT table (or the number of SFNT tables, depending
* on `tag').
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* While parsing fonts, FreeType handles SFNT tables with length zero as
* missing.
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Sfnt_Table_Info( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt table_index,
FT_ULong *tag,
FT_ULong *length );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Get_CMap_Language_ID */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Return TrueType/sfnt specific cmap language ID. Definitions of */
/* language ID values are in `ttnameid.h'. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* charmap :: */
/* The target charmap. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* The language ID of `charmap'. If `charmap' doesn't belong to a */
/* TrueType/sfnt face, just return~0 as the default value. */
/* */
/* For a format~14 cmap (to access Unicode IVS), the return value is */
/* 0xFFFFFFFF. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_ULong )
FT_Get_CMap_Language_ID( FT_CharMap charmap );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Get_CMap_Format */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Return TrueType/sfnt specific cmap format. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* charmap :: */
/* The target charmap. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* The format of `charmap'. If `charmap' doesn't belong to a */
/* TrueType/sfnt face, return -1. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Long )
FT_Get_CMap_Format( FT_CharMap charmap );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* TTTABLES_H_ */
/* END */

111
ios-m1-simulator/include/freetype/tttags.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* tttags.h */
/* */
/* Tags for TrueType and OpenType tables (specification only). */
/* */
/* Copyright 1996-2016 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef TTAGS_H_
#define TTAGS_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
#define TTAG_avar FT_MAKE_TAG( 'a', 'v', 'a', 'r' )
#define TTAG_BASE FT_MAKE_TAG( 'B', 'A', 'S', 'E' )
#define TTAG_bdat FT_MAKE_TAG( 'b', 'd', 'a', 't' )
#define TTAG_BDF FT_MAKE_TAG( 'B', 'D', 'F', ' ' )
#define TTAG_bhed FT_MAKE_TAG( 'b', 'h', 'e', 'd' )
#define TTAG_bloc FT_MAKE_TAG( 'b', 'l', 'o', 'c' )
#define TTAG_bsln FT_MAKE_TAG( 'b', 's', 'l', 'n' )
#define TTAG_CBDT FT_MAKE_TAG( 'C', 'B', 'D', 'T' )
#define TTAG_CBLC FT_MAKE_TAG( 'C', 'B', 'L', 'C' )
#define TTAG_CFF FT_MAKE_TAG( 'C', 'F', 'F', ' ' )
#define TTAG_CID FT_MAKE_TAG( 'C', 'I', 'D', ' ' )
#define TTAG_cmap FT_MAKE_TAG( 'c', 'm', 'a', 'p' )
#define TTAG_cvar FT_MAKE_TAG( 'c', 'v', 'a', 'r' )
#define TTAG_cvt FT_MAKE_TAG( 'c', 'v', 't', ' ' )
#define TTAG_DSIG FT_MAKE_TAG( 'D', 'S', 'I', 'G' )
#define TTAG_EBDT FT_MAKE_TAG( 'E', 'B', 'D', 'T' )
#define TTAG_EBLC FT_MAKE_TAG( 'E', 'B', 'L', 'C' )
#define TTAG_EBSC FT_MAKE_TAG( 'E', 'B', 'S', 'C' )
#define TTAG_feat FT_MAKE_TAG( 'f', 'e', 'a', 't' )
#define TTAG_FOND FT_MAKE_TAG( 'F', 'O', 'N', 'D' )
#define TTAG_fpgm FT_MAKE_TAG( 'f', 'p', 'g', 'm' )
#define TTAG_fvar FT_MAKE_TAG( 'f', 'v', 'a', 'r' )
#define TTAG_gasp FT_MAKE_TAG( 'g', 'a', 's', 'p' )
#define TTAG_GDEF FT_MAKE_TAG( 'G', 'D', 'E', 'F' )
#define TTAG_glyf FT_MAKE_TAG( 'g', 'l', 'y', 'f' )
#define TTAG_GPOS FT_MAKE_TAG( 'G', 'P', 'O', 'S' )
#define TTAG_GSUB FT_MAKE_TAG( 'G', 'S', 'U', 'B' )
#define TTAG_gvar FT_MAKE_TAG( 'g', 'v', 'a', 'r' )
#define TTAG_hdmx FT_MAKE_TAG( 'h', 'd', 'm', 'x' )
#define TTAG_head FT_MAKE_TAG( 'h', 'e', 'a', 'd' )
#define TTAG_hhea FT_MAKE_TAG( 'h', 'h', 'e', 'a' )
#define TTAG_hmtx FT_MAKE_TAG( 'h', 'm', 't', 'x' )
#define TTAG_JSTF FT_MAKE_TAG( 'J', 'S', 'T', 'F' )
#define TTAG_just FT_MAKE_TAG( 'j', 'u', 's', 't' )
#define TTAG_kern FT_MAKE_TAG( 'k', 'e', 'r', 'n' )
#define TTAG_lcar FT_MAKE_TAG( 'l', 'c', 'a', 'r' )
#define TTAG_loca FT_MAKE_TAG( 'l', 'o', 'c', 'a' )
#define TTAG_LTSH FT_MAKE_TAG( 'L', 'T', 'S', 'H' )
#define TTAG_LWFN FT_MAKE_TAG( 'L', 'W', 'F', 'N' )
#define TTAG_MATH FT_MAKE_TAG( 'M', 'A', 'T', 'H' )
#define TTAG_maxp FT_MAKE_TAG( 'm', 'a', 'x', 'p' )
#define TTAG_META FT_MAKE_TAG( 'M', 'E', 'T', 'A' )
#define TTAG_MMFX FT_MAKE_TAG( 'M', 'M', 'F', 'X' )
#define TTAG_MMSD FT_MAKE_TAG( 'M', 'M', 'S', 'D' )
#define TTAG_mort FT_MAKE_TAG( 'm', 'o', 'r', 't' )
#define TTAG_morx FT_MAKE_TAG( 'm', 'o', 'r', 'x' )
#define TTAG_name FT_MAKE_TAG( 'n', 'a', 'm', 'e' )
#define TTAG_opbd FT_MAKE_TAG( 'o', 'p', 'b', 'd' )
#define TTAG_OS2 FT_MAKE_TAG( 'O', 'S', '/', '2' )
#define TTAG_OTTO FT_MAKE_TAG( 'O', 'T', 'T', 'O' )
#define TTAG_PCLT FT_MAKE_TAG( 'P', 'C', 'L', 'T' )
#define TTAG_POST FT_MAKE_TAG( 'P', 'O', 'S', 'T' )
#define TTAG_post FT_MAKE_TAG( 'p', 'o', 's', 't' )
#define TTAG_prep FT_MAKE_TAG( 'p', 'r', 'e', 'p' )
#define TTAG_prop FT_MAKE_TAG( 'p', 'r', 'o', 'p' )
#define TTAG_sbix FT_MAKE_TAG( 's', 'b', 'i', 'x' )
#define TTAG_sfnt FT_MAKE_TAG( 's', 'f', 'n', 't' )
#define TTAG_SING FT_MAKE_TAG( 'S', 'I', 'N', 'G' )
#define TTAG_trak FT_MAKE_TAG( 't', 'r', 'a', 'k' )
#define TTAG_true FT_MAKE_TAG( 't', 'r', 'u', 'e' )
#define TTAG_ttc FT_MAKE_TAG( 't', 't', 'c', ' ' )
#define TTAG_ttcf FT_MAKE_TAG( 't', 't', 'c', 'f' )
#define TTAG_TYP1 FT_MAKE_TAG( 'T', 'Y', 'P', '1' )
#define TTAG_typ1 FT_MAKE_TAG( 't', 'y', 'p', '1' )
#define TTAG_VDMX FT_MAKE_TAG( 'V', 'D', 'M', 'X' )
#define TTAG_vhea FT_MAKE_TAG( 'v', 'h', 'e', 'a' )
#define TTAG_vmtx FT_MAKE_TAG( 'v', 'm', 't', 'x' )
#define TTAG_wOFF FT_MAKE_TAG( 'w', 'O', 'F', 'F' )
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* TTAGS_H_ */
/* END */

63
ios-m1-simulator/include/freetype/ttunpat.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ttunpat.h */
/* */
/* Definitions for the unpatented TrueType hinting system. */
/* Obsolete, retained for backwards compatibility. */
/* */
/* Copyright 2003-2016 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* Written by Graham Asher <graham.asher@btinternet.com> */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef TTUNPAT_H_
#define TTUNPAT_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/***************************************************************************
*
* @constant:
* FT_PARAM_TAG_UNPATENTED_HINTING
*
* @description:
* Deprecated.
*
* Previously: A constant used as the tag of an @FT_Parameter structure to
* indicate that unpatented methods only should be used by the TrueType
* bytecode interpreter for a typeface opened by @FT_Open_Face.
*
*/
#define FT_PARAM_TAG_UNPATENTED_HINTING FT_MAKE_TAG( 'u', 'n', 'p', 'a' )
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* TTUNPAT_H_ */
/* END */

571
ios-m1-simulator/include/glslang/Include/BaseTypes.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,571 @@
//
// Copyright (C) 2002-2005 3Dlabs Inc. Ltd.
// Copyright (C) 2012-2013 LunarG, Inc.
// Copyright (C) 2017 ARM Limited.
// Modifications Copyright (C) 2020 Advanced Micro Devices, Inc. All rights reserved.
//
// All rights reserved.
//
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
// are met:
//
// Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
//
// Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following
// disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided
// with the distribution.
//
// Neither the name of 3Dlabs Inc. Ltd. nor the names of its
// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived
// from this software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS
// FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
// COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
// INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING,
// BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
// LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
// CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
// LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN
// ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
// POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
//
#ifndef _BASICTYPES_INCLUDED_
#define _BASICTYPES_INCLUDED_
namespace glslang {
//
// Basic type. Arrays, vectors, sampler details, etc., are orthogonal to this.
//
enum TBasicType {
EbtVoid,
EbtFloat,
EbtDouble,
EbtFloat16,
EbtInt8,
EbtUint8,
EbtInt16,
EbtUint16,
EbtInt,
EbtUint,
EbtInt64,
EbtUint64,
EbtBool,
EbtAtomicUint,
EbtSampler,
EbtStruct,
EbtBlock,
EbtAccStruct,
EbtReference,
EbtRayQuery,
// HLSL types that live only temporarily.
EbtString,
EbtNumTypes
};
//
// Storage qualifiers. Should align with different kinds of storage or
// resource or GLSL storage qualifier. Expansion is deprecated.
//
// N.B.: You probably DON'T want to add anything here, but rather just add it
// to the built-in variables. See the comment above TBuiltInVariable.
//
// A new built-in variable will normally be an existing qualifier, like 'in', 'out', etc.
// DO NOT follow the design pattern of, say EvqInstanceId, etc.
//
enum TStorageQualifier {
EvqTemporary, // For temporaries (within a function), read/write
EvqGlobal, // For globals read/write
EvqConst, // User-defined constant values, will be semantically constant and constant folded
EvqVaryingIn, // pipeline input, read only, also supercategory for all built-ins not included in this enum (see TBuiltInVariable)
EvqVaryingOut, // pipeline output, read/write, also supercategory for all built-ins not included in this enum (see TBuiltInVariable)
EvqUniform, // read only, shared with app
EvqBuffer, // read/write, shared with app
EvqShared, // compute shader's read/write 'shared' qualifier
EvqPayload,
EvqPayloadIn,
EvqHitAttr,
EvqCallableData,
EvqCallableDataIn,
// parameters
EvqIn, // also, for 'in' in the grammar before we know if it's a pipeline input or an 'in' parameter
EvqOut, // also, for 'out' in the grammar before we know if it's a pipeline output or an 'out' parameter
EvqInOut,
EvqConstReadOnly, // input; also other read-only types having neither a constant value nor constant-value semantics
// built-ins read by vertex shader
EvqVertexId,
EvqInstanceId,
// built-ins written by vertex shader
EvqPosition,
EvqPointSize,
EvqClipVertex,
// built-ins read by fragment shader
EvqFace,
EvqFragCoord,
EvqPointCoord,
// built-ins written by fragment shader
EvqFragColor,
EvqFragDepth,
// end of list
EvqLast
};
//
// Subcategories of the TStorageQualifier, simply to give a direct mapping
// between built-in variable names and an numerical value (the enum).
//
// For backward compatibility, there is some redundancy between the
// TStorageQualifier and these. Existing members should both be maintained accurately.
// However, any new built-in variable (and any existing non-redundant one)
// must follow the pattern that the specific built-in is here, and only its
// general qualifier is in TStorageQualifier.
//
// Something like gl_Position, which is sometimes 'in' and sometimes 'out'
// shows up as two different built-in variables in a single stage, but
// only has a single enum in TBuiltInVariable, so both the
// TStorageQualifier and the TBuitinVariable are needed to distinguish
// between them.
//
enum TBuiltInVariable {
EbvNone,
EbvNumWorkGroups,
EbvWorkGroupSize,
EbvWorkGroupId,
EbvLocalInvocationId,
EbvGlobalInvocationId,
EbvLocalInvocationIndex,
EbvNumSubgroups,
EbvSubgroupID,
EbvSubGroupSize,
EbvSubGroupInvocation,
EbvSubGroupEqMask,
EbvSubGroupGeMask,
EbvSubGroupGtMask,
EbvSubGroupLeMask,
EbvSubGroupLtMask,
EbvSubgroupSize2,
EbvSubgroupInvocation2,
EbvSubgroupEqMask2,
EbvSubgroupGeMask2,
EbvSubgroupGtMask2,
EbvSubgroupLeMask2,
EbvSubgroupLtMask2,
EbvVertexId,
EbvInstanceId,
EbvVertexIndex,
EbvInstanceIndex,
EbvBaseVertex,
EbvBaseInstance,
EbvDrawId,
EbvPosition,
EbvPointSize,
EbvClipVertex,
EbvClipDistance,
EbvCullDistance,
EbvNormal,
EbvVertex,
EbvMultiTexCoord0,
EbvMultiTexCoord1,
EbvMultiTexCoord2,
EbvMultiTexCoord3,
EbvMultiTexCoord4,
EbvMultiTexCoord5,
EbvMultiTexCoord6,
EbvMultiTexCoord7,
EbvFrontColor,
EbvBackColor,
EbvFrontSecondaryColor,
EbvBackSecondaryColor,
EbvTexCoord,
EbvFogFragCoord,
EbvInvocationId,
EbvPrimitiveId,
EbvLayer,
EbvViewportIndex,
EbvPatchVertices,
EbvTessLevelOuter,
EbvTessLevelInner,
EbvBoundingBox,
EbvTessCoord,
EbvColor,
EbvSecondaryColor,
EbvFace,
EbvFragCoord,
EbvPointCoord,
EbvFragColor,
EbvFragData,
EbvFragDepth,
EbvFragStencilRef,
EbvSampleId,
EbvSamplePosition,
EbvSampleMask,
EbvHelperInvocation,
EbvBaryCoordNoPersp,
EbvBaryCoordNoPerspCentroid,
EbvBaryCoordNoPerspSample,
EbvBaryCoordSmooth,
EbvBaryCoordSmoothCentroid,
EbvBaryCoordSmoothSample,
EbvBaryCoordPullModel,
EbvViewIndex,
EbvDeviceIndex,
EbvFragSizeEXT,
EbvFragInvocationCountEXT,
EbvSecondaryFragDataEXT,
EbvSecondaryFragColorEXT,
EbvViewportMaskNV,
EbvSecondaryPositionNV,
EbvSecondaryViewportMaskNV,
EbvPositionPerViewNV,
EbvViewportMaskPerViewNV,
EbvFragFullyCoveredNV,
EbvFragmentSizeNV,
EbvInvocationsPerPixelNV,
// ray tracing
EbvLaunchId,
EbvLaunchSize,
EbvInstanceCustomIndex,
EbvGeometryIndex,
EbvWorldRayOrigin,
EbvWorldRayDirection,
EbvObjectRayOrigin,
EbvObjectRayDirection,
EbvRayTmin,
EbvRayTmax,
EbvHitT,
EbvHitKind,
EbvObjectToWorld,
EbvObjectToWorld3x4,
EbvWorldToObject,
EbvWorldToObject3x4,
EbvIncomingRayFlags,
// barycentrics
EbvBaryCoordNV,
EbvBaryCoordNoPerspNV,
// mesh shaders
EbvTaskCountNV,
EbvPrimitiveCountNV,
EbvPrimitiveIndicesNV,
EbvClipDistancePerViewNV,
EbvCullDistancePerViewNV,
EbvLayerPerViewNV,
EbvMeshViewCountNV,
EbvMeshViewIndicesNV,
// sm builtins
EbvWarpsPerSM,
EbvSMCount,
EbvWarpID,
EbvSMID,
// HLSL built-ins that live only temporarily, until they get remapped
// to one of the above.
EbvFragDepthGreater,
EbvFragDepthLesser,
EbvGsOutputStream,
EbvOutputPatch,
EbvInputPatch,
// structbuffer types
EbvAppendConsume, // no need to differentiate append and consume
EbvRWStructuredBuffer,
EbvStructuredBuffer,
EbvByteAddressBuffer,
EbvRWByteAddressBuffer,
EbvLast
};
// In this enum, order matters; users can assume higher precision is a bigger value
// and EpqNone is 0.
enum TPrecisionQualifier {
EpqNone = 0,
EpqLow,
EpqMedium,
EpqHigh
};
#ifdef GLSLANG_WEB
__inline const char* GetStorageQualifierString(TStorageQualifier q) { return ""; }
__inline const char* GetPrecisionQualifierString(TPrecisionQualifier p) { return ""; }
#else
// These will show up in error messages
__inline const char* GetStorageQualifierString(TStorageQualifier q)
{
switch (q) {
case EvqTemporary: return "temp"; break;
case EvqGlobal: return "global"; break;
case EvqConst: return "const"; break;
case EvqConstReadOnly: return "const (read only)"; break;
case EvqVaryingIn: return "in"; break;
case EvqVaryingOut: return "out"; break;
case EvqUniform: return "uniform"; break;
case EvqBuffer: return "buffer"; break;
case EvqShared: return "shared"; break;
case EvqIn: return "in"; break;
case EvqOut: return "out"; break;
case EvqInOut: return "inout"; break;
case EvqVertexId: return "gl_VertexId"; break;
case EvqInstanceId: return "gl_InstanceId"; break;
case EvqPosition: return "gl_Position"; break;
case EvqPointSize: return "gl_PointSize"; break;
case EvqClipVertex: return "gl_ClipVertex"; break;
case EvqFace: return "gl_FrontFacing"; break;
case EvqFragCoord: return "gl_FragCoord"; break;
case EvqPointCoord: return "gl_PointCoord"; break;
case EvqFragColor: return "fragColor"; break;
case EvqFragDepth: return "gl_FragDepth"; break;
case EvqPayload: return "rayPayloadNV"; break;
case EvqPayloadIn: return "rayPayloadInNV"; break;
case EvqHitAttr: return "hitAttributeNV"; break;
case EvqCallableData: return "callableDataNV"; break;
case EvqCallableDataIn: return "callableDataInNV"; break;
default: return "unknown qualifier";
}
}
__inline const char* GetBuiltInVariableString(TBuiltInVariable v)
{
switch (v) {
case EbvNone: return "";
case EbvNumWorkGroups: return "NumWorkGroups";
case EbvWorkGroupSize: return "WorkGroupSize";
case EbvWorkGroupId: return "WorkGroupID";
case EbvLocalInvocationId: return "LocalInvocationID";
case EbvGlobalInvocationId: return "GlobalInvocationID";
case EbvLocalInvocationIndex: return "LocalInvocationIndex";
case EbvNumSubgroups: return "NumSubgroups";
case EbvSubgroupID: return "SubgroupID";
case EbvSubGroupSize: return "SubGroupSize";
case EbvSubGroupInvocation: return "SubGroupInvocation";
case EbvSubGroupEqMask: return "SubGroupEqMask";
case EbvSubGroupGeMask: return "SubGroupGeMask";
case EbvSubGroupGtMask: return "SubGroupGtMask";
case EbvSubGroupLeMask: return "SubGroupLeMask";
case EbvSubGroupLtMask: return "SubGroupLtMask";
case EbvSubgroupSize2: return "SubgroupSize";
case EbvSubgroupInvocation2: return "SubgroupInvocationID";
case EbvSubgroupEqMask2: return "SubgroupEqMask";
case EbvSubgroupGeMask2: return "SubgroupGeMask";
case EbvSubgroupGtMask2: return "SubgroupGtMask";
case EbvSubgroupLeMask2: return "SubgroupLeMask";
case EbvSubgroupLtMask2: return "SubgroupLtMask";
case EbvVertexId: return "VertexId";
case EbvInstanceId: return "InstanceId";
case EbvVertexIndex: return "VertexIndex";
case EbvInstanceIndex: return "InstanceIndex";
case EbvBaseVertex: return "BaseVertex";
case EbvBaseInstance: return "BaseInstance";
case EbvDrawId: return "DrawId";
case EbvPosition: return "Position";
case EbvPointSize: return "PointSize";
case EbvClipVertex: return "ClipVertex";
case EbvClipDistance: return "ClipDistance";
case EbvCullDistance: return "CullDistance";
case EbvNormal: return "Normal";
case EbvVertex: return "Vertex";
case EbvMultiTexCoord0: return "MultiTexCoord0";
case EbvMultiTexCoord1: return "MultiTexCoord1";
case EbvMultiTexCoord2: return "MultiTexCoord2";
case EbvMultiTexCoord3: return "MultiTexCoord3";
case EbvMultiTexCoord4: return "MultiTexCoord4";
case EbvMultiTexCoord5: return "MultiTexCoord5";
case EbvMultiTexCoord6: return "MultiTexCoord6";
case EbvMultiTexCoord7: return "MultiTexCoord7";
case EbvFrontColor: return "FrontColor";
case EbvBackColor: return "BackColor";
case EbvFrontSecondaryColor: return "FrontSecondaryColor";
case EbvBackSecondaryColor: return "BackSecondaryColor";
case EbvTexCoord: return "TexCoord";
case EbvFogFragCoord: return "FogFragCoord";
case EbvInvocationId: return "InvocationID";
case EbvPrimitiveId: return "PrimitiveID";
case EbvLayer: return "Layer";
case EbvViewportIndex: return "ViewportIndex";
case EbvPatchVertices: return "PatchVertices";
case EbvTessLevelOuter: return "TessLevelOuter";
case EbvTessLevelInner: return "TessLevelInner";
case EbvBoundingBox: return "BoundingBox";
case EbvTessCoord: return "TessCoord";
case EbvColor: return "Color";
case EbvSecondaryColor: return "SecondaryColor";
case EbvFace: return "Face";
case EbvFragCoord: return "FragCoord";
case EbvPointCoord: return "PointCoord";
case EbvFragColor: return "FragColor";
case EbvFragData: return "FragData";
case EbvFragDepth: return "FragDepth";
case EbvFragStencilRef: return "FragStencilRef";
case EbvSampleId: return "SampleId";
case EbvSamplePosition: return "SamplePosition";
case EbvSampleMask: return "SampleMaskIn";
case EbvHelperInvocation: return "HelperInvocation";
case EbvBaryCoordNoPersp: return "BaryCoordNoPersp";
case EbvBaryCoordNoPerspCentroid: return "BaryCoordNoPerspCentroid";
case EbvBaryCoordNoPerspSample: return "BaryCoordNoPerspSample";
case EbvBaryCoordSmooth: return "BaryCoordSmooth";
case EbvBaryCoordSmoothCentroid: return "BaryCoordSmoothCentroid";
case EbvBaryCoordSmoothSample: return "BaryCoordSmoothSample";
case EbvBaryCoordPullModel: return "BaryCoordPullModel";
case EbvViewIndex: return "ViewIndex";
case EbvDeviceIndex: return "DeviceIndex";
case EbvFragSizeEXT: return "FragSizeEXT";
case EbvFragInvocationCountEXT: return "FragInvocationCountEXT";
case EbvSecondaryFragDataEXT: return "SecondaryFragDataEXT";
case EbvSecondaryFragColorEXT: return "SecondaryFragColorEXT";
case EbvViewportMaskNV: return "ViewportMaskNV";
case EbvSecondaryPositionNV: return "SecondaryPositionNV";
case EbvSecondaryViewportMaskNV: return "SecondaryViewportMaskNV";
case EbvPositionPerViewNV: return "PositionPerViewNV";
case EbvViewportMaskPerViewNV: return "ViewportMaskPerViewNV";
case EbvFragFullyCoveredNV: return "FragFullyCoveredNV";
case EbvFragmentSizeNV: return "FragmentSizeNV";
case EbvInvocationsPerPixelNV: return "InvocationsPerPixelNV";
case EbvLaunchId: return "LaunchIdNV";
case EbvLaunchSize: return "LaunchSizeNV";
case EbvInstanceCustomIndex: return "InstanceCustomIndexNV";
case EbvGeometryIndex: return "GeometryIndexEXT";
case EbvWorldRayOrigin: return "WorldRayOriginNV";
case EbvWorldRayDirection: return "WorldRayDirectionNV";
case EbvObjectRayOrigin: return "ObjectRayOriginNV";
case EbvObjectRayDirection: return "ObjectRayDirectionNV";
case EbvRayTmin: return "ObjectRayTminNV";
case EbvRayTmax: return "ObjectRayTmaxNV";
case EbvHitT: return "HitTNV";
case EbvHitKind: return "HitKindNV";
case EbvIncomingRayFlags: return "IncomingRayFlagsNV";
case EbvObjectToWorld: return "ObjectToWorldNV";
case EbvWorldToObject: return "WorldToObjectNV";
case EbvBaryCoordNV: return "BaryCoordNV";
case EbvBaryCoordNoPerspNV: return "BaryCoordNoPerspNV";
case EbvTaskCountNV: return "TaskCountNV";
case EbvPrimitiveCountNV: return "PrimitiveCountNV";
case EbvPrimitiveIndicesNV: return "PrimitiveIndicesNV";
case EbvClipDistancePerViewNV: return "ClipDistancePerViewNV";
case EbvCullDistancePerViewNV: return "CullDistancePerViewNV";
case EbvLayerPerViewNV: return "LayerPerViewNV";
case EbvMeshViewCountNV: return "MeshViewCountNV";
case EbvMeshViewIndicesNV: return "MeshViewIndicesNV";
case EbvWarpsPerSM: return "WarpsPerSMNV";
case EbvSMCount: return "SMCountNV";
case EbvWarpID: return "WarpIDNV";
case EbvSMID: return "SMIDNV";
default: return "unknown built-in variable";
}
}
__inline const char* GetPrecisionQualifierString(TPrecisionQualifier p)
{
switch (p) {
case EpqNone: return ""; break;
case EpqLow: return "lowp"; break;
case EpqMedium: return "mediump"; break;
case EpqHigh: return "highp"; break;
default: return "unknown precision qualifier";
}
}
#endif
__inline bool isTypeSignedInt(TBasicType type)
{
switch (type) {
case EbtInt8:
case EbtInt16:
case EbtInt:
case EbtInt64:
return true;
default:
return false;
}
}
__inline bool isTypeUnsignedInt(TBasicType type)
{
switch (type) {
case EbtUint8:
case EbtUint16:
case EbtUint:
case EbtUint64:
return true;
default:
return false;
}
}
__inline bool isTypeInt(TBasicType type)
{
return isTypeSignedInt(type) || isTypeUnsignedInt(type);
}
__inline bool isTypeFloat(TBasicType type)
{
switch (type) {
case EbtFloat:
case EbtDouble:
case EbtFloat16:
return true;
default:
return false;
}
}
__inline int getTypeRank(TBasicType type)
{
int res = -1;
switch(type) {
case EbtInt8:
case EbtUint8:
res = 0;
break;
case EbtInt16:
case EbtUint16:
res = 1;
break;
case EbtInt:
case EbtUint:
res = 2;
break;
case EbtInt64:
case EbtUint64:
res = 3;
break;
default:
assert(false);
break;
}
return res;
}
} // end namespace glslang
#endif // _BASICTYPES_INCLUDED_

292
ios-m1-simulator/include/glslang/Include/Common.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,292 @@
//
// Copyright (C) 2002-2005 3Dlabs Inc. Ltd.
// Copyright (C) 2012-2013 LunarG, Inc.
//
// All rights reserved.
//
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
// are met:
//
// Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
//
// Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following
// disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided
// with the distribution.
//
// Neither the name of 3Dlabs Inc. Ltd. nor the names of its
// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived
// from this software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS
// FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
// COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
// INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING,
// BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
// LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
// CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
// LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN
// ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
// POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
//
#ifndef _COMMON_INCLUDED_
#define _COMMON_INCLUDED_
#if defined(__ANDROID__) || (defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER < 1700)
#include <sstream>
namespace std {
template<typename T>
std::string to_string(const T& val) {
std::ostringstream os;
os << val;
return os.str();
}
}
#endif
#if (defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER < 1900 /*vs2015*/) || defined MINGW_HAS_SECURE_API
#include <basetsd.h>
#ifndef snprintf
#define snprintf sprintf_s
#endif
#define safe_vsprintf(buf,max,format,args) vsnprintf_s((buf), (max), (max), (format), (args))
#elif defined (solaris)
#define safe_vsprintf(buf,max,format,args) vsnprintf((buf), (max), (format), (args))
#include <sys/int_types.h>
#define UINT_PTR uintptr_t
#else
#define safe_vsprintf(buf,max,format,args) vsnprintf((buf), (max), (format), (args))
#include <stdint.h>
#define UINT_PTR uintptr_t
#endif
#if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER < 1800
#include <stdlib.h>
inline long long int strtoll (const char* str, char** endptr, int base)
{
return _strtoi64(str, endptr, base);
}
inline unsigned long long int strtoull (const char* str, char** endptr, int base)
{
return _strtoui64(str, endptr, base);
}
inline long long int atoll (const char* str)
{
return strtoll(str, NULL, 10);
}
#endif
#if defined(_MSC_VER)
#define strdup _strdup
#endif
/* windows only pragma */
#ifdef _MSC_VER
#pragma warning(disable : 4786) // Don't warn about too long identifiers
#pragma warning(disable : 4514) // unused inline method
#pragma warning(disable : 4201) // nameless union
#endif
#include <set>
#include <unordered_set>
#include <vector>
#include <map>
#include <unordered_map>
#include <list>
#include <algorithm>
#include <string>
#include <cstdio>
#include <cstdlib>
#include <cassert>
#include "PoolAlloc.h"
//
// Put POOL_ALLOCATOR_NEW_DELETE in base classes to make them use this scheme.
//
#define POOL_ALLOCATOR_NEW_DELETE(A) \
void* operator new(size_t s) { return (A).allocate(s); } \
void* operator new(size_t, void *_Where) { return (_Where); } \
void operator delete(void*) { } \
void operator delete(void *, void *) { } \
void* operator new[](size_t s) { return (A).allocate(s); } \
void* operator new[](size_t, void *_Where) { return (_Where); } \
void operator delete[](void*) { } \
void operator delete[](void *, void *) { }
namespace glslang {
//
// Pool version of string.
//
typedef pool_allocator<char> TStringAllocator;
typedef std::basic_string <char, std::char_traits<char>, TStringAllocator> TString;
} // end namespace glslang
// Repackage the std::hash for use by unordered map/set with a TString key.
namespace std {
template<> struct hash<glslang::TString> {
std::size_t operator()(const glslang::TString& s) const
{
const unsigned _FNV_offset_basis = 2166136261U;
const unsigned _FNV_prime = 16777619U;
unsigned _Val = _FNV_offset_basis;
size_t _Count = s.size();
const char* _First = s.c_str();
for (size_t _Next = 0; _Next < _Count; ++_Next)
{
_Val ^= (unsigned)_First[_Next];
_Val *= _FNV_prime;
}
return _Val;
}
};
}
namespace glslang {
inline TString* NewPoolTString(const char* s)
{
void* memory = GetThreadPoolAllocator().allocate(sizeof(TString));
return new(memory) TString(s);
}
template<class T> inline T* NewPoolObject(T*)
{
return new(GetThreadPoolAllocator().allocate(sizeof(T))) T;
}
template<class T> inline T* NewPoolObject(T, int instances)
{
return new(GetThreadPoolAllocator().allocate(instances * sizeof(T))) T[instances];
}
//
// Pool allocator versions of vectors, lists, and maps
//
template <class T> class TVector : public std::vector<T, pool_allocator<T> > {
public:
POOL_ALLOCATOR_NEW_DELETE(GetThreadPoolAllocator())
typedef typename std::vector<T, pool_allocator<T> >::size_type size_type;
TVector() : std::vector<T, pool_allocator<T> >() {}
TVector(const pool_allocator<T>& a) : std::vector<T, pool_allocator<T> >(a) {}
TVector(size_type i) : std::vector<T, pool_allocator<T> >(i) {}
TVector(size_type i, const T& val) : std::vector<T, pool_allocator<T> >(i, val) {}
};
template <class T> class TList : public std::list<T, pool_allocator<T> > {
};
template <class K, class D, class CMP = std::less<K> >
class TMap : public std::map<K, D, CMP, pool_allocator<std::pair<K const, D> > > {
};
template <class K, class D, class HASH = std::hash<K>, class PRED = std::equal_to<K> >
class TUnorderedMap : public std::unordered_map<K, D, HASH, PRED, pool_allocator<std::pair<K const, D> > > {
};
//
// Persistent string memory. Should only be used for strings that survive
// across compiles/links.
//
typedef std::basic_string<char> TPersistString;
//
// templatized min and max functions.
//
template <class T> T Min(const T a, const T b) { return a < b ? a : b; }
template <class T> T Max(const T a, const T b) { return a > b ? a : b; }
//
// Create a TString object from an integer.
//
#if defined _MSC_VER || defined MINGW_HAS_SECURE_API
inline const TString String(const int i, const int base = 10)
{
char text[16]; // 32 bit ints are at most 10 digits in base 10
_itoa_s(i, text, sizeof(text), base);
return text;
}
#else
inline const TString String(const int i, const int /*base*/ = 10)
{
char text[16]; // 32 bit ints are at most 10 digits in base 10
// we assume base 10 for all cases
snprintf(text, sizeof(text), "%d", i);
return text;
}
#endif
struct TSourceLoc {
void init()
{
name = nullptr; string = 0; line = 0; column = 0;
}
void init(int stringNum) { init(); string = stringNum; }
// Returns the name if it exists. Otherwise, returns the string number.
std::string getStringNameOrNum(bool quoteStringName = true) const
{
if (name != nullptr) {
TString qstr = quoteStringName ? ("\"" + *name + "\"") : *name;
std::string ret_str(qstr.c_str());
return ret_str;
}
return std::to_string((long long)string);
}
const char* getFilename() const
{
if (name == nullptr)
return nullptr;
return name->c_str();
}
const char* getFilenameStr() const { return name == nullptr ? "" : name->c_str(); }
TString* name; // descriptive name for this string, when a textual name is available, otherwise nullptr
int string;
int line;
int column;
};
class TPragmaTable : public TMap<TString, TString> {
public:
POOL_ALLOCATOR_NEW_DELETE(GetThreadPoolAllocator())
};
const int MaxTokenLength = 1024;
template <class T> bool IsPow2(T powerOf2)
{
if (powerOf2 <= 0)
return false;
return (powerOf2 & (powerOf2 - 1)) == 0;
}
// Round number up to a multiple of the given powerOf2, which is not
// a power, just a number that must be a power of 2.
template <class T> void RoundToPow2(T& number, int powerOf2)
{
assert(IsPow2(powerOf2));
number = (number + powerOf2 - 1) & ~(powerOf2 - 1);
}
template <class T> bool IsMultipleOfPow2(T number, int powerOf2)
{
assert(IsPow2(powerOf2));
return ! (number & (powerOf2 - 1));
}
} // end namespace glslang
#endif // _COMMON_INCLUDED_

974
ios-m1-simulator/include/glslang/Include/ConstantUnion.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,974 @@
//
// Copyright (C) 2002-2005 3Dlabs Inc. Ltd.
// Copyright (C) 2013 LunarG, Inc.
// Copyright (C) 2017 ARM Limited.
//
// All rights reserved.
//
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
// are met:
//
// Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
//
// Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following
// disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided
// with the distribution.
//
// Neither the name of 3Dlabs Inc. Ltd. nor the names of its
// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived
// from this software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS
// FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
// COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
// INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING,
// BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
// LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
// CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
// LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN
// ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
// POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
//
#ifndef _CONSTANT_UNION_INCLUDED_
#define _CONSTANT_UNION_INCLUDED_
#include "../Include/Common.h"
#include "../Include/BaseTypes.h"
namespace glslang {
class TConstUnion {
public:
POOL_ALLOCATOR_NEW_DELETE(GetThreadPoolAllocator())
TConstUnion() : iConst(0), type(EbtInt) { }
void setI8Const(signed char i)
{
i8Const = i;
type = EbtInt8;
}
void setU8Const(unsigned char u)
{
u8Const = u;
type = EbtUint8;
}
void setI16Const(signed short i)
{
i16Const = i;
type = EbtInt16;
}
void setU16Const(unsigned short u)
{
u16Const = u;
type = EbtUint16;
}
void setIConst(int i)
{
iConst = i;
type = EbtInt;
}
void setUConst(unsigned int u)
{
uConst = u;
type = EbtUint;
}
void setI64Const(long long i64)
{
i64Const = i64;
type = EbtInt64;
}
void setU64Const(unsigned long long u64)
{
u64Const = u64;
type = EbtUint64;
}
void setDConst(double d)
{
dConst = d;
type = EbtDouble;
}
void setBConst(bool b)
{
bConst = b;
type = EbtBool;
}
void setSConst(const TString* s)
{
sConst = s;
type = EbtString;
}
signed char getI8Const() const { return i8Const; }
unsigned char getU8Const() const { return u8Const; }
signed short getI16Const() const { return i16Const; }
unsigned short getU16Const() const { return u16Const; }
int getIConst() const { return iConst; }
unsigned int getUConst() const { return uConst; }
long long getI64Const() const { return i64Const; }
unsigned long long getU64Const() const { return u64Const; }
double getDConst() const { return dConst; }
bool getBConst() const { return bConst; }
const TString* getSConst() const { return sConst; }
bool operator==(const signed char i) const
{
if (i == i8Const)
return true;
return false;
}
bool operator==(const unsigned char u) const
{
if (u == u8Const)
return true;
return false;
}
bool operator==(const signed short i) const
{
if (i == i16Const)
return true;
return false;
}
bool operator==(const unsigned short u) const
{
if (u == u16Const)
return true;
return false;
}
bool operator==(const int i) const
{
if (i == iConst)
return true;
return false;
}
bool operator==(const unsigned int u) const
{
if (u == uConst)
return true;
return false;
}
bool operator==(const long long i64) const
{
if (i64 == i64Const)
return true;
return false;
}
bool operator==(const unsigned long long u64) const
{
if (u64 == u64Const)
return true;
return false;
}
bool operator==(const double d) const
{
if (d == dConst)
return true;
return false;
}
bool operator==(const bool b) const
{
if (b == bConst)
return true;
return false;
}
bool operator==(const TConstUnion& constant) const
{
if (constant.type != type)
return false;
switch (type) {
case EbtInt:
if (constant.iConst == iConst)
return true;
break;
case EbtUint:
if (constant.uConst == uConst)
return true;
break;
case EbtBool:
if (constant.bConst == bConst)
return true;
break;
case EbtDouble:
if (constant.dConst == dConst)
return true;
break;
#ifndef GLSLANG_WEB
case EbtInt16:
if (constant.i16Const == i16Const)
return true;
break;
case EbtUint16:
if (constant.u16Const == u16Const)
return true;
break;
case EbtInt8:
if (constant.i8Const == i8Const)
return true;
break;
case EbtUint8:
if (constant.u8Const == u8Const)
return true;
break;
case EbtInt64:
if (constant.i64Const == i64Const)
return true;
break;
case EbtUint64:
if (constant.u64Const == u64Const)
return true;
break;
#endif
default:
assert(false && "Default missing");
}
return false;
}
bool operator!=(const signed char i) const
{
return !operator==(i);
}
bool operator!=(const unsigned char u) const
{
return !operator==(u);
}
bool operator!=(const signed short i) const
{
return !operator==(i);
}
bool operator!=(const unsigned short u) const
{
return !operator==(u);
}
bool operator!=(const int i) const
{
return !operator==(i);
}
bool operator!=(const unsigned int u) const
{
return !operator==(u);
}
bool operator!=(const long long i) const
{
return !operator==(i);
}
bool operator!=(const unsigned long long u) const
{
return !operator==(u);
}
bool operator!=(const float f) const
{
return !operator==(f);
}
bool operator!=(const bool b) const
{
return !operator==(b);
}
bool operator!=(const TConstUnion& constant) const
{
return !operator==(constant);
}
bool operator>(const TConstUnion& constant) const
{
assert(type == constant.type);
switch (type) {
case EbtInt:
if (iConst > constant.iConst)
return true;
return false;
case EbtUint:
if (uConst > constant.uConst)
return true;
return false;
case EbtDouble:
if (dConst > constant.dConst)
return true;
return false;
#ifndef GLSLANG_WEB
case EbtInt8:
if (i8Const > constant.i8Const)
return true;
return false;
case EbtUint8:
if (u8Const > constant.u8Const)
return true;
return false;
case EbtInt16:
if (i16Const > constant.i16Const)
return true;
return false;
case EbtUint16:
if (u16Const > constant.u16Const)
return true;
return false;
case EbtInt64:
if (i64Const > constant.i64Const)
return true;
return false;
case EbtUint64:
if (u64Const > constant.u64Const)
return true;
return false;
#endif
default:
assert(false && "Default missing");
return false;
}
}
bool operator<(const TConstUnion& constant) const
{
assert(type == constant.type);
switch (type) {
#ifndef GLSLANG_WEB
case EbtInt8:
if (i8Const < constant.i8Const)
return true;
return false;
case EbtUint8:
if (u8Const < constant.u8Const)
return true;
return false;
case EbtInt16:
if (i16Const < constant.i16Const)
return true;
return false;
case EbtUint16:
if (u16Const < constant.u16Const)
return true;
return false;
case EbtInt64:
if (i64Const < constant.i64Const)
return true;
return false;
case EbtUint64:
if (u64Const < constant.u64Const)
return true;
return false;
#endif
case EbtDouble:
if (dConst < constant.dConst)
return true;
return false;
case EbtInt:
if (iConst < constant.iConst)
return true;
return false;
case EbtUint:
if (uConst < constant.uConst)
return true;
return false;
default:
assert(false && "Default missing");
return false;
}
}
TConstUnion operator+(const TConstUnion& constant) const
{
TConstUnion returnValue;
assert(type == constant.type);
switch (type) {
case EbtInt: returnValue.setIConst(iConst + constant.iConst); break;
case EbtUint: returnValue.setUConst(uConst + constant.uConst); break;
case EbtDouble: returnValue.setDConst(dConst + constant.dConst); break;
#ifndef GLSLANG_WEB
case EbtInt8: returnValue.setI8Const(i8Const + constant.i8Const); break;
case EbtInt16: returnValue.setI16Const(i16Const + constant.i16Const); break;
case EbtInt64: returnValue.setI64Const(i64Const + constant.i64Const); break;
case EbtUint8: returnValue.setU8Const(u8Const + constant.u8Const); break;
case EbtUint16: returnValue.setU16Const(u16Const + constant.u16Const); break;
case EbtUint64: returnValue.setU64Const(u64Const + constant.u64Const); break;
#endif
default: assert(false && "Default missing");
}
return returnValue;
}
TConstUnion operator-(const TConstUnion& constant) const
{
TConstUnion returnValue;
assert(type == constant.type);
switch (type) {
case EbtInt: returnValue.setIConst(iConst - constant.iConst); break;
case EbtUint: returnValue.setUConst(uConst - constant.uConst); break;
case EbtDouble: returnValue.setDConst(dConst - constant.dConst); break;
#ifndef GLSLANG_WEB
case EbtInt8: returnValue.setI8Const(i8Const - constant.i8Const); break;
case EbtInt16: returnValue.setI16Const(i16Const - constant.i16Const); break;
case EbtInt64: returnValue.setI64Const(i64Const - constant.i64Const); break;
case EbtUint8: returnValue.setU8Const(u8Const - constant.u8Const); break;
case EbtUint16: returnValue.setU16Const(u16Const - constant.u16Const); break;
case EbtUint64: returnValue.setU64Const(u64Const - constant.u64Const); break;
#endif
default: assert(false && "Default missing");
}
return returnValue;
}
TConstUnion operator*(const TConstUnion& constant) const
{
TConstUnion returnValue;
assert(type == constant.type);
switch (type) {
case EbtInt: returnValue.setIConst(iConst * constant.iConst); break;
case EbtUint: returnValue.setUConst(uConst * constant.uConst); break;
case EbtDouble: returnValue.setDConst(dConst * constant.dConst); break;
#ifndef GLSLANG_WEB
case EbtInt8: returnValue.setI8Const(i8Const * constant.i8Const); break;
case EbtInt16: returnValue.setI16Const(i16Const * constant.i16Const); break;
case EbtInt64: returnValue.setI64Const(i64Const * constant.i64Const); break;
case EbtUint8: returnValue.setU8Const(u8Const * constant.u8Const); break;
case EbtUint16: returnValue.setU16Const(u16Const * constant.u16Const); break;
case EbtUint64: returnValue.setU64Const(u64Const * constant.u64Const); break;
#endif
default: assert(false && "Default missing");
}
return returnValue;
}
TConstUnion operator%(const TConstUnion& constant) const
{
TConstUnion returnValue;
assert(type == constant.type);
switch (type) {
case EbtInt: returnValue.setIConst(iConst % constant.iConst); break;
case EbtUint: returnValue.setUConst(uConst % constant.uConst); break;
#ifndef GLSLANG_WEB
case EbtInt8: returnValue.setI8Const(i8Const % constant.i8Const); break;
case EbtInt16: returnValue.setI8Const(i8Const % constant.i16Const); break;
case EbtInt64: returnValue.setI64Const(i64Const % constant.i64Const); break;
case EbtUint8: returnValue.setU8Const(u8Const % constant.u8Const); break;
case EbtUint16: returnValue.setU16Const(u16Const % constant.u16Const); break;
case EbtUint64: returnValue.setU64Const(u64Const % constant.u64Const); break;
#endif
default: assert(false && "Default missing");
}
return returnValue;
}
TConstUnion operator>>(const TConstUnion& constant) const
{
TConstUnion returnValue;
switch (type) {
#ifndef GLSLANG_WEB
case EbtInt8:
switch (constant.type) {
case EbtInt8: returnValue.setI8Const(i8Const >> constant.i8Const); break;
case EbtUint8: returnValue.setI8Const(i8Const >> constant.u8Const); break;
case EbtInt16: returnValue.setI8Const(i8Const >> constant.i16Const); break;
case EbtUint16: returnValue.setI8Const(i8Const >> constant.u16Const); break;
case EbtInt: returnValue.setI8Const(i8Const >> constant.iConst); break;
case EbtUint: returnValue.setI8Const(i8Const >> constant.uConst); break;
case EbtInt64: returnValue.setI8Const(i8Const >> constant.i64Const); break;
case EbtUint64: returnValue.setI8Const(i8Const >> constant.u64Const); break;
default: assert(false && "Default missing");
}
break;
case EbtUint8:
switch (constant.type) {
case EbtInt8: returnValue.setU8Const(u8Const >> constant.i8Const); break;
case EbtUint8: returnValue.setU8Const(u8Const >> constant.u8Const); break;
case EbtInt16: returnValue.setU8Const(u8Const >> constant.i16Const); break;
case EbtUint16: returnValue.setU8Const(u8Const >> constant.u16Const); break;
case EbtInt: returnValue.setU8Const(u8Const >> constant.iConst); break;
case EbtUint: returnValue.setU8Const(u8Const >> constant.uConst); break;
case EbtInt64: returnValue.setU8Const(u8Const >> constant.i64Const); break;
case EbtUint64: returnValue.setU8Const(u8Const >> constant.u64Const); break;
default: assert(false && "Default missing");
}
break;
case EbtInt16:
switch (constant.type) {
case EbtInt8: returnValue.setI16Const(i16Const >> constant.i8Const); break;
case EbtUint8: returnValue.setI16Const(i16Const >> constant.u8Const); break;
case EbtInt16: returnValue.setI16Const(i16Const >> constant.i16Const); break;
case EbtUint16: returnValue.setI16Const(i16Const >> constant.u16Const); break;
case EbtInt: returnValue.setI16Const(i16Const >> constant.iConst); break;
case EbtUint: returnValue.setI16Const(i16Const >> constant.uConst); break;
case EbtInt64: returnValue.setI16Const(i16Const >> constant.i64Const); break;
case EbtUint64: returnValue.setI16Const(i16Const >> constant.u64Const); break;
default: assert(false && "Default missing");
}
break;
case EbtUint16:
switch (constant.type) {
case EbtInt8: returnValue.setU16Const(u16Const >> constant.i8Const); break;
case EbtUint8: returnValue.setU16Const(u16Const >> constant.u8Const); break;
case EbtInt16: returnValue.setU16Const(u16Const >> constant.i16Const); break;
case EbtUint16: returnValue.setU16Const(u16Const >> constant.u16Const); break;
case EbtInt: returnValue.setU16Const(u16Const >> constant.iConst); break;
case EbtUint: returnValue.setU16Const(u16Const >> constant.uConst); break;
case EbtInt64: returnValue.setU16Const(u16Const >> constant.i64Const); break;
case EbtUint64: returnValue.setU16Const(u16Const >> constant.u64Const); break;
default: assert(false && "Default missing");
}
break;
#endif
case EbtInt:
switch (constant.type) {
case EbtInt: returnValue.setIConst(iConst >> constant.iConst); break;
case EbtUint: returnValue.setIConst(iConst >> constant.uConst); break;
#ifndef GLSLANG_WEB
case EbtInt8: returnValue.setIConst(iConst >> constant.i8Const); break;
case EbtUint8: returnValue.setIConst(iConst >> constant.u8Const); break;
case EbtInt16: returnValue.setIConst(iConst >> constant.i16Const); break;
case EbtUint16: returnValue.setIConst(iConst >> constant.u16Const); break;
case EbtInt64: returnValue.setIConst(iConst >> constant.i64Const); break;
case EbtUint64: returnValue.setIConst(iConst >> constant.u64Const); break;
#endif
default: assert(false && "Default missing");
}
break;
case EbtUint:
switch (constant.type) {
case EbtInt: returnValue.setUConst(uConst >> constant.iConst); break;
case EbtUint: returnValue.setUConst(uConst >> constant.uConst); break;
#ifndef GLSLANG_WEB
case EbtInt8: returnValue.setUConst(uConst >> constant.i8Const); break;
case EbtUint8: returnValue.setUConst(uConst >> constant.u8Const); break;
case EbtInt16: returnValue.setUConst(uConst >> constant.i16Const); break;
case EbtUint16: returnValue.setUConst(uConst >> constant.u16Const); break;
case EbtInt64: returnValue.setUConst(uConst >> constant.i64Const); break;
case EbtUint64: returnValue.setUConst(uConst >> constant.u64Const); break;
#endif
default: assert(false && "Default missing");
}
break;
#ifndef GLSLANG_WEB
case EbtInt64:
switch (constant.type) {
case EbtInt8: returnValue.setI64Const(i64Const >> constant.i8Const); break;
case EbtUint8: returnValue.setI64Const(i64Const >> constant.u8Const); break;
case EbtInt16: returnValue.setI64Const(i64Const >> constant.i16Const); break;
case EbtUint16: returnValue.setI64Const(i64Const >> constant.u16Const); break;
case EbtInt: returnValue.setI64Const(i64Const >> constant.iConst); break;
case EbtUint: returnValue.setI64Const(i64Const >> constant.uConst); break;
case EbtInt64: returnValue.setI64Const(i64Const >> constant.i64Const); break;
case EbtUint64: returnValue.setI64Const(i64Const >> constant.u64Const); break;
default: assert(false && "Default missing");
}
break;
case EbtUint64:
switch (constant.type) {
case EbtInt8: returnValue.setU64Const(u64Const >> constant.i8Const); break;
case EbtUint8: returnValue.setU64Const(u64Const >> constant.u8Const); break;
case EbtInt16: returnValue.setU64Const(u64Const >> constant.i16Const); break;
case EbtUint16: returnValue.setU64Const(u64Const >> constant.u16Const); break;
case EbtInt: returnValue.setU64Const(u64Const >> constant.iConst); break;
case EbtUint: returnValue.setU64Const(u64Const >> constant.uConst); break;
case EbtInt64: returnValue.setU64Const(u64Const >> constant.i64Const); break;
case EbtUint64: returnValue.setU64Const(u64Const >> constant.u64Const); break;
default: assert(false && "Default missing");
}
break;
#endif
default: assert(false && "Default missing");
}
return returnValue;
}
TConstUnion operator<<(const TConstUnion& constant) const
{
TConstUnion returnValue;
switch (type) {
#ifndef GLSLANG_WEB
case EbtInt8:
switch (constant.type) {
case EbtInt8: returnValue.setI8Const(i8Const << constant.i8Const); break;
case EbtUint8: returnValue.setI8Const(i8Const << constant.u8Const); break;
case EbtInt16: returnValue.setI8Const(i8Const << constant.i16Const); break;
case EbtUint16: returnValue.setI8Const(i8Const << constant.u16Const); break;
case EbtInt: returnValue.setI8Const(i8Const << constant.iConst); break;
case EbtUint: returnValue.setI8Const(i8Const << constant.uConst); break;
case EbtInt64: returnValue.setI8Const(i8Const << constant.i64Const); break;
case EbtUint64: returnValue.setI8Const(i8Const << constant.u64Const); break;
default: assert(false && "Default missing");
}
break;
case EbtUint8:
switch (constant.type) {
case EbtInt8: returnValue.setU8Const(u8Const << constant.i8Const); break;
case EbtUint8: returnValue.setU8Const(u8Const << constant.u8Const); break;
case EbtInt16: returnValue.setU8Const(u8Const << constant.i16Const); break;
case EbtUint16: returnValue.setU8Const(u8Const << constant.u16Const); break;
case EbtInt: returnValue.setU8Const(u8Const << constant.iConst); break;
case EbtUint: returnValue.setU8Const(u8Const << constant.uConst); break;
case EbtInt64: returnValue.setU8Const(u8Const << constant.i64Const); break;
case EbtUint64: returnValue.setU8Const(u8Const << constant.u64Const); break;
default: assert(false && "Default missing");
}
break;
case EbtInt16:
switch (constant.type) {
case EbtInt8: returnValue.setI16Const(i16Const << constant.i8Const); break;
case EbtUint8: returnValue.setI16Const(i16Const << constant.u8Const); break;
case EbtInt16: returnValue.setI16Const(i16Const << constant.i16Const); break;
case EbtUint16: returnValue.setI16Const(i16Const << constant.u16Const); break;
case EbtInt: returnValue.setI16Const(i16Const << constant.iConst); break;
case EbtUint: returnValue.setI16Const(i16Const << constant.uConst); break;
case EbtInt64: returnValue.setI16Const(i16Const << constant.i64Const); break;
case EbtUint64: returnValue.setI16Const(i16Const << constant.u64Const); break;
default: assert(false && "Default missing");
}
break;
case EbtUint16:
switch (constant.type) {
case EbtInt8: returnValue.setU16Const(u16Const << constant.i8Const); break;
case EbtUint8: returnValue.setU16Const(u16Const << constant.u8Const); break;
case EbtInt16: returnValue.setU16Const(u16Const << constant.i16Const); break;
case EbtUint16: returnValue.setU16Const(u16Const << constant.u16Const); break;
case EbtInt: returnValue.setU16Const(u16Const << constant.iConst); break;
case EbtUint: returnValue.setU16Const(u16Const << constant.uConst); break;
case EbtInt64: returnValue.setU16Const(u16Const << constant.i64Const); break;
case EbtUint64: returnValue.setU16Const(u16Const << constant.u64Const); break;
default: assert(false && "Default missing");
}
break;
case EbtInt64:
switch (constant.type) {
case EbtInt8: returnValue.setI64Const(i64Const << constant.i8Const); break;
case EbtUint8: returnValue.setI64Const(i64Const << constant.u8Const); break;
case EbtInt16: returnValue.setI64Const(i64Const << constant.i16Const); break;
case EbtUint16: returnValue.setI64Const(i64Const << constant.u16Const); break;
case EbtInt: returnValue.setI64Const(i64Const << constant.iConst); break;
case EbtUint: returnValue.setI64Const(i64Const << constant.uConst); break;
case EbtInt64: returnValue.setI64Const(i64Const << constant.i64Const); break;
case EbtUint64: returnValue.setI64Const(i64Const << constant.u64Const); break;
default: assert(false && "Default missing");
}
break;
case EbtUint64:
switch (constant.type) {
case EbtInt8: returnValue.setU64Const(u64Const << constant.i8Const); break;
case EbtUint8: returnValue.setU64Const(u64Const << constant.u8Const); break;
case EbtInt16: returnValue.setU64Const(u64Const << constant.i16Const); break;
case EbtUint16: returnValue.setU64Const(u64Const << constant.u16Const); break;
case EbtInt: returnValue.setU64Const(u64Const << constant.iConst); break;
case EbtUint: returnValue.setU64Const(u64Const << constant.uConst); break;
case EbtInt64: returnValue.setU64Const(u64Const << constant.i64Const); break;
case EbtUint64: returnValue.setU64Const(u64Const << constant.u64Const); break;
default: assert(false && "Default missing");
}
break;
#endif
case EbtInt:
switch (constant.type) {
case EbtInt: returnValue.setIConst(iConst << constant.iConst); break;
case EbtUint: returnValue.setIConst(iConst << constant.uConst); break;
#ifndef GLSLANG_WEB
case EbtInt8: returnValue.setIConst(iConst << constant.i8Const); break;
case EbtUint8: returnValue.setIConst(iConst << constant.u8Const); break;
case EbtInt16: returnValue.setIConst(iConst << constant.i16Const); break;
case EbtUint16: returnValue.setIConst(iConst << constant.u16Const); break;
case EbtInt64: returnValue.setIConst(iConst << constant.i64Const); break;
case EbtUint64: returnValue.setIConst(iConst << constant.u64Const); break;
#endif
default: assert(false && "Default missing");
}
break;
case EbtUint:
switch (constant.type) {
case EbtInt: returnValue.setUConst(uConst << constant.iConst); break;
case EbtUint: returnValue.setUConst(uConst << constant.uConst); break;
#ifndef GLSLANG_WEB
case EbtInt8: returnValue.setUConst(uConst << constant.i8Const); break;
case EbtUint8: returnValue.setUConst(uConst << constant.u8Const); break;
case EbtInt16: returnValue.setUConst(uConst << constant.i16Const); break;
case EbtUint16: returnValue.setUConst(uConst << constant.u16Const); break;
case EbtInt64: returnValue.setUConst(uConst << constant.i64Const); break;
case EbtUint64: returnValue.setUConst(uConst << constant.u64Const); break;
#endif
default: assert(false && "Default missing");
}
break;
default: assert(false && "Default missing");
}
return returnValue;
}
TConstUnion operator&(const TConstUnion& constant) const
{
TConstUnion returnValue;
assert(type == constant.type);
switch (type) {
case EbtInt: returnValue.setIConst(iConst & constant.iConst); break;
case EbtUint: returnValue.setUConst(uConst & constant.uConst); break;
#ifndef GLSLANG_WEB
case EbtInt8: returnValue.setI8Const(i8Const & constant.i8Const); break;
case EbtUint8: returnValue.setU8Const(u8Const & constant.u8Const); break;
case EbtInt16: returnValue.setI16Const(i16Const & constant.i16Const); break;
case EbtUint16: returnValue.setU16Const(u16Const & constant.u16Const); break;
case EbtInt64: returnValue.setI64Const(i64Const & constant.i64Const); break;
case EbtUint64: returnValue.setU64Const(u64Const & constant.u64Const); break;
#endif
default: assert(false && "Default missing");
}
return returnValue;
}
TConstUnion operator|(const TConstUnion& constant) const
{
TConstUnion returnValue;
assert(type == constant.type);
switch (type) {
case EbtInt: returnValue.setIConst(iConst | constant.iConst); break;
case EbtUint: returnValue.setUConst(uConst | constant.uConst); break;
#ifndef GLSLANG_WEB
case EbtInt8: returnValue.setI8Const(i8Const | constant.i8Const); break;
case EbtUint8: returnValue.setU8Const(u8Const | constant.u8Const); break;
case EbtInt16: returnValue.setI16Const(i16Const | constant.i16Const); break;
case EbtUint16: returnValue.setU16Const(u16Const | constant.u16Const); break;
case EbtInt64: returnValue.setI64Const(i64Const | constant.i64Const); break;
case EbtUint64: returnValue.setU64Const(u64Const | constant.u64Const); break;
#endif
default: assert(false && "Default missing");
}
return returnValue;
}
TConstUnion operator^(const TConstUnion& constant) const
{
TConstUnion returnValue;
assert(type == constant.type);
switch (type) {
case EbtInt: returnValue.setIConst(iConst ^ constant.iConst); break;
case EbtUint: returnValue.setUConst(uConst ^ constant.uConst); break;
#ifndef GLSLANG_WEB
case EbtInt8: returnValue.setI8Const(i8Const ^ constant.i8Const); break;
case EbtUint8: returnValue.setU8Const(u8Const ^ constant.u8Const); break;
case EbtInt16: returnValue.setI16Const(i16Const ^ constant.i16Const); break;
case EbtUint16: returnValue.setU16Const(u16Const ^ constant.u16Const); break;
case EbtInt64: returnValue.setI64Const(i64Const ^ constant.i64Const); break;
case EbtUint64: returnValue.setU64Const(u64Const ^ constant.u64Const); break;
#endif
default: assert(false && "Default missing");
}
return returnValue;
}
TConstUnion operator~() const
{
TConstUnion returnValue;
switch (type) {
case EbtInt: returnValue.setIConst(~iConst); break;
case EbtUint: returnValue.setUConst(~uConst); break;
#ifndef GLSLANG_WEB
case EbtInt8: returnValue.setI8Const(~i8Const); break;
case EbtUint8: returnValue.setU8Const(~u8Const); break;
case EbtInt16: returnValue.setI16Const(~i16Const); break;
case EbtUint16: returnValue.setU16Const(~u16Const); break;
case EbtInt64: returnValue.setI64Const(~i64Const); break;
case EbtUint64: returnValue.setU64Const(~u64Const); break;
#endif
default: assert(false && "Default missing");
}
return returnValue;
}
TConstUnion operator&&(const TConstUnion& constant) const
{
TConstUnion returnValue;
assert(type == constant.type);
switch (type) {
case EbtBool: returnValue.setBConst(bConst && constant.bConst); break;
default: assert(false && "Default missing");
}
return returnValue;
}
TConstUnion operator||(const TConstUnion& constant) const
{
TConstUnion returnValue;
assert(type == constant.type);
switch (type) {
case EbtBool: returnValue.setBConst(bConst || constant.bConst); break;
default: assert(false && "Default missing");
}
return returnValue;
}
TBasicType getType() const { return type; }
private:
union {
signed char i8Const; // used for i8vec, scalar int8s
unsigned char u8Const; // used for u8vec, scalar uint8s
signed short i16Const; // used for i16vec, scalar int16s
unsigned short u16Const; // used for u16vec, scalar uint16s
int iConst; // used for ivec, scalar ints
unsigned int uConst; // used for uvec, scalar uints
long long i64Const; // used for i64vec, scalar int64s
unsigned long long u64Const; // used for u64vec, scalar uint64s
bool bConst; // used for bvec, scalar bools
double dConst; // used for vec, dvec, mat, dmat, scalar floats and doubles
const TString* sConst; // string constant
};
TBasicType type;
};
// Encapsulate having a pointer to an array of TConstUnion,
// which only needs to be allocated if its size is going to be
// bigger than 0.
//
// One convenience is being able to use [] to go inside the array, instead
// of C++ assuming it as an array of pointers to vectors.
//
// General usage is that the size is known up front, and it is
// created once with the proper size.
//
class TConstUnionArray {
public:
POOL_ALLOCATOR_NEW_DELETE(GetThreadPoolAllocator())
TConstUnionArray() : unionArray(nullptr) { }
virtual ~TConstUnionArray() { }
explicit TConstUnionArray(int size)
{
if (size == 0)
unionArray = nullptr;
else
unionArray = new TConstUnionVector(size);
}
TConstUnionArray(const TConstUnionArray& a) = default;
TConstUnionArray(const TConstUnionArray& a, int start, int size)
{
unionArray = new TConstUnionVector(size);
for (int i = 0; i < size; ++i)
(*unionArray)[i] = a[start + i];
}
// Use this constructor for a smear operation
TConstUnionArray(int size, const TConstUnion& val)
{
unionArray = new TConstUnionVector(size, val);
}
int size() const { return unionArray ? (int)unionArray->size() : 0; }
TConstUnion& operator[](size_t index) { return (*unionArray)[index]; }
const TConstUnion& operator[](size_t index) const { return (*unionArray)[index]; }
bool operator==(const TConstUnionArray& rhs) const
{
// this includes the case that both are unallocated
if (unionArray == rhs.unionArray)
return true;
if (! unionArray || ! rhs.unionArray)
return false;
return *unionArray == *rhs.unionArray;
}
bool operator!=(const TConstUnionArray& rhs) const { return ! operator==(rhs); }
double dot(const TConstUnionArray& rhs)
{
assert(rhs.unionArray->size() == unionArray->size());
double sum = 0.0;
for (size_t comp = 0; comp < unionArray->size(); ++comp)
sum += (*this)[comp].getDConst() * rhs[comp].getDConst();
return sum;
}
bool empty() const { return unionArray == nullptr; }
protected:
typedef TVector<TConstUnion> TConstUnionVector;
TConstUnionVector* unionArray;
};
} // end namespace glslang
#endif // _CONSTANT_UNION_INCLUDED_

144
ios-m1-simulator/include/glslang/Include/InfoSink.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,144 @@
//
// Copyright (C) 2002-2005 3Dlabs Inc. Ltd.
// All rights reserved.
//
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
// are met:
//
// Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
//
// Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following
// disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided
// with the distribution.
//
// Neither the name of 3Dlabs Inc. Ltd. nor the names of its
// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived
// from this software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS
// FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
// COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
// INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING,
// BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
// LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
// CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
// LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN
// ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
// POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
//
#ifndef _INFOSINK_INCLUDED_
#define _INFOSINK_INCLUDED_
#include "../Include/Common.h"
#include <cmath>
namespace glslang {
//
// TPrefixType is used to centralize how info log messages start.
// See below.
//
enum TPrefixType {
EPrefixNone,
EPrefixWarning,
EPrefixError,
EPrefixInternalError,
EPrefixUnimplemented,
EPrefixNote
};
enum TOutputStream {
ENull = 0,
EDebugger = 0x01,
EStdOut = 0x02,
EString = 0x04,
};
//
// Encapsulate info logs for all objects that have them.
//
// The methods are a general set of tools for getting a variety of
// messages and types inserted into the log.
//
class TInfoSinkBase {
public:
TInfoSinkBase() : outputStream(4) {}
void erase() { sink.erase(); }
TInfoSinkBase& operator<<(const TPersistString& t) { append(t); return *this; }
TInfoSinkBase& operator<<(char c) { append(1, c); return *this; }
TInfoSinkBase& operator<<(const char* s) { append(s); return *this; }
TInfoSinkBase& operator<<(int n) { append(String(n)); return *this; }
TInfoSinkBase& operator<<(unsigned int n) { append(String(n)); return *this; }
TInfoSinkBase& operator<<(float n) { const int size = 40; char buf[size];
snprintf(buf, size, (fabs(n) > 1e-8 && fabs(n) < 1e8) || n == 0.0f ? "%f" : "%g", n);
append(buf);
return *this; }
TInfoSinkBase& operator+(const TPersistString& t) { append(t); return *this; }
TInfoSinkBase& operator+(const TString& t) { append(t); return *this; }
TInfoSinkBase& operator<<(const TString& t) { append(t); return *this; }
TInfoSinkBase& operator+(const char* s) { append(s); return *this; }
const char* c_str() const { return sink.c_str(); }
void prefix(TPrefixType message) {
switch(message) {
case EPrefixNone: break;
case EPrefixWarning: append("WARNING: "); break;
case EPrefixError: append("ERROR: "); break;
case EPrefixInternalError: append("INTERNAL ERROR: "); break;
case EPrefixUnimplemented: append("UNIMPLEMENTED: "); break;
case EPrefixNote: append("NOTE: "); break;
default: append("UNKNOWN ERROR: "); break;
}
}
void location(const TSourceLoc& loc) {
const int maxSize = 24;
char locText[maxSize];
snprintf(locText, maxSize, ":%d", loc.line);
append(loc.getStringNameOrNum(false).c_str());
append(locText);
append(": ");
}
void message(TPrefixType message, const char* s) {
prefix(message);
append(s);
append("\n");
}
void message(TPrefixType message, const char* s, const TSourceLoc& loc) {
prefix(message);
location(loc);
append(s);
append("\n");
}
void setOutputStream(int output = 4)
{
outputStream = output;
}
protected:
void append(const char* s);
void append(int count, char c);
void append(const TPersistString& t);
void append(const TString& t);
void checkMem(size_t growth) { if (sink.capacity() < sink.size() + growth + 2)
sink.reserve(sink.capacity() + sink.capacity() / 2); }
void appendToStream(const char* s);
TPersistString sink;
int outputStream;
};
} // end namespace glslang
class TInfoSink {
public:
glslang::TInfoSinkBase info;
glslang::TInfoSinkBase debug;
};
#endif // _INFOSINK_INCLUDED_

44
ios-m1-simulator/include/glslang/Include/InitializeGlobals.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
//
// Copyright (C) 2002-2005 3Dlabs Inc. Ltd.
// All rights reserved.
//
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
// are met:
//
// Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
//
// Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following
// disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided
// with the distribution.
//
// Neither the name of 3Dlabs Inc. Ltd. nor the names of its
// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived
// from this software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS
// FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
// COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
// INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING,
// BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
// LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
// CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
// LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN
// ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
// POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
//
#ifndef __INITIALIZE_GLOBALS_INCLUDED_
#define __INITIALIZE_GLOBALS_INCLUDED_
namespace glslang {
bool InitializePoolIndex();
} // end namespace glslang
#endif // __INITIALIZE_GLOBALS_INCLUDED_

316
ios-m1-simulator/include/glslang/Include/PoolAlloc.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,316 @@
//
// Copyright (C) 2002-2005 3Dlabs Inc. Ltd.
// Copyright (C) 2012-2013 LunarG, Inc.
//
// All rights reserved.
//
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
// are met:
//
// Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
//
// Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following
// disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided
// with the distribution.
//
// Neither the name of 3Dlabs Inc. Ltd. nor the names of its
// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived
// from this software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS
// FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
// COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
// INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING,
// BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
// LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
// CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
// LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN
// ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
// POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
//
#ifndef _POOLALLOC_INCLUDED_
#define _POOLALLOC_INCLUDED_
#ifdef _DEBUG
# define GUARD_BLOCKS // define to enable guard block sanity checking
#endif
//
// This header defines an allocator that can be used to efficiently
// allocate a large number of small requests for heap memory, with the
// intention that they are not individually deallocated, but rather
// collectively deallocated at one time.
//
// This simultaneously
//
// * Makes each individual allocation much more efficient; the
// typical allocation is trivial.
// * Completely avoids the cost of doing individual deallocation.
// * Saves the trouble of tracking down and plugging a large class of leaks.
//
// Individual classes can use this allocator by supplying their own
// new and delete methods.
//
// STL containers can use this allocator by using the pool_allocator
// class as the allocator (second) template argument.
//
#include <cstddef>
#include <cstring>
#include <vector>
namespace glslang {
// If we are using guard blocks, we must track each individual
// allocation. If we aren't using guard blocks, these
// never get instantiated, so won't have any impact.
//
class TAllocation {
public:
TAllocation(size_t size, unsigned char* mem, TAllocation* prev = 0) :
size(size), mem(mem), prevAlloc(prev) {
// Allocations are bracketed:
// [allocationHeader][initialGuardBlock][userData][finalGuardBlock]
// This would be cleaner with if (guardBlockSize)..., but that
// makes the compiler print warnings about 0 length memsets,
// even with the if() protecting them.
# ifdef GUARD_BLOCKS
memset(preGuard(), guardBlockBeginVal, guardBlockSize);
memset(data(), userDataFill, size);
memset(postGuard(), guardBlockEndVal, guardBlockSize);
# endif
}
void check() const {
checkGuardBlock(preGuard(), guardBlockBeginVal, "before");
checkGuardBlock(postGuard(), guardBlockEndVal, "after");
}
void checkAllocList() const;
// Return total size needed to accommodate user buffer of 'size',
// plus our tracking data.
inline static size_t allocationSize(size_t size) {
return size + 2 * guardBlockSize + headerSize();
}
// Offset from surrounding buffer to get to user data buffer.
inline static unsigned char* offsetAllocation(unsigned char* m) {
return m + guardBlockSize + headerSize();
}
private:
void checkGuardBlock(unsigned char* blockMem, unsigned char val, const char* locText) const;
// Find offsets to pre and post guard blocks, and user data buffer
unsigned char* preGuard() const { return mem + headerSize(); }
unsigned char* data() const { return preGuard() + guardBlockSize; }
unsigned char* postGuard() const { return data() + size; }
size_t size; // size of the user data area
unsigned char* mem; // beginning of our allocation (pts to header)
TAllocation* prevAlloc; // prior allocation in the chain
const static unsigned char guardBlockBeginVal;
const static unsigned char guardBlockEndVal;
const static unsigned char userDataFill;
const static size_t guardBlockSize;
# ifdef GUARD_BLOCKS
inline static size_t headerSize() { return sizeof(TAllocation); }
# else
inline static size_t headerSize() { return 0; }
# endif
};
//
// There are several stacks. One is to track the pushing and popping
// of the user, and not yet implemented. The others are simply a
// repositories of free pages or used pages.
//
// Page stacks are linked together with a simple header at the beginning
// of each allocation obtained from the underlying OS. Multi-page allocations
// are returned to the OS. Individual page allocations are kept for future
// re-use.
//
// The "page size" used is not, nor must it match, the underlying OS
// page size. But, having it be about that size or equal to a set of
// pages is likely most optimal.
//
class TPoolAllocator {
public:
TPoolAllocator(int growthIncrement = 8*1024, int allocationAlignment = 16);
//
// Don't call the destructor just to free up the memory, call pop()
//
~TPoolAllocator();
//
// Call push() to establish a new place to pop memory too. Does not
// have to be called to get things started.
//
void push();
//
// Call pop() to free all memory allocated since the last call to push(),
// or if no last call to push, frees all memory since first allocation.
//
void pop();
//
// Call popAll() to free all memory allocated.
//
void popAll();
//
// Call allocate() to actually acquire memory. Returns 0 if no memory
// available, otherwise a properly aligned pointer to 'numBytes' of memory.
//
void* allocate(size_t numBytes);
//
// There is no deallocate. The point of this class is that
// deallocation can be skipped by the user of it, as the model
// of use is to simultaneously deallocate everything at once
// by calling pop(), and to not have to solve memory leak problems.
//
protected:
friend struct tHeader;
struct tHeader {
tHeader(tHeader* nextPage, size_t pageCount) :
#ifdef GUARD_BLOCKS
lastAllocation(0),
#endif
nextPage(nextPage), pageCount(pageCount) { }
~tHeader() {
#ifdef GUARD_BLOCKS
if (lastAllocation)
lastAllocation->checkAllocList();
#endif
}
#ifdef GUARD_BLOCKS
TAllocation* lastAllocation;
#endif
tHeader* nextPage;
size_t pageCount;
};
struct tAllocState {
size_t offset;
tHeader* page;
};
typedef std::vector<tAllocState> tAllocStack;
// Track allocations if and only if we're using guard blocks
#ifndef GUARD_BLOCKS
void* initializeAllocation(tHeader*, unsigned char* memory, size_t) {
#else
void* initializeAllocation(tHeader* block, unsigned char* memory, size_t numBytes) {
new(memory) TAllocation(numBytes, memory, block->lastAllocation);
block->lastAllocation = reinterpret_cast<TAllocation*>(memory);
#endif
// This is optimized entirely away if GUARD_BLOCKS is not defined.
return TAllocation::offsetAllocation(memory);
}
size_t pageSize; // granularity of allocation from the OS
size_t alignment; // all returned allocations will be aligned at
// this granularity, which will be a power of 2
size_t alignmentMask;
size_t headerSkip; // amount of memory to skip to make room for the
// header (basically, size of header, rounded
// up to make it aligned
size_t currentPageOffset; // next offset in top of inUseList to allocate from
tHeader* freeList; // list of popped memory
tHeader* inUseList; // list of all memory currently being used
tAllocStack stack; // stack of where to allocate from, to partition pool
int numCalls; // just an interesting statistic
size_t totalBytes; // just an interesting statistic
private:
TPoolAllocator& operator=(const TPoolAllocator&); // don't allow assignment operator
TPoolAllocator(const TPoolAllocator&); // don't allow default copy constructor
};
//
// There could potentially be many pools with pops happening at
// different times. But a simple use is to have a global pop
// with everyone using the same global allocator.
//
extern TPoolAllocator& GetThreadPoolAllocator();
void SetThreadPoolAllocator(TPoolAllocator* poolAllocator);
//
// This STL compatible allocator is intended to be used as the allocator
// parameter to templatized STL containers, like vector and map.
//
// It will use the pools for allocation, and not
// do any deallocation, but will still do destruction.
//
template<class T>
class pool_allocator {
public:
typedef size_t size_type;
typedef ptrdiff_t difference_type;
typedef T *pointer;
typedef const T *const_pointer;
typedef T& reference;
typedef const T& const_reference;
typedef T value_type;
template<class Other>
struct rebind {
typedef pool_allocator<Other> other;
};
pointer address(reference x) const { return &x; }
const_pointer address(const_reference x) const { return &x; }
pool_allocator() : allocator(GetThreadPoolAllocator()) { }
pool_allocator(TPoolAllocator& a) : allocator(a) { }
pool_allocator(const pool_allocator<T>& p) : allocator(p.allocator) { }
template<class Other>
pool_allocator(const pool_allocator<Other>& p) : allocator(p.getAllocator()) { }
pointer allocate(size_type n) {
return reinterpret_cast<pointer>(getAllocator().allocate(n * sizeof(T))); }
pointer allocate(size_type n, const void*) {
return reinterpret_cast<pointer>(getAllocator().allocate(n * sizeof(T))); }
void deallocate(void*, size_type) { }
void deallocate(pointer, size_type) { }
pointer _Charalloc(size_t n) {
return reinterpret_cast<pointer>(getAllocator().allocate(n)); }
void construct(pointer p, const T& val) { new ((void *)p) T(val); }
void destroy(pointer p) { p->T::~T(); }
bool operator==(const pool_allocator& rhs) const { return &getAllocator() == &rhs.getAllocator(); }
bool operator!=(const pool_allocator& rhs) const { return &getAllocator() != &rhs.getAllocator(); }
size_type max_size() const { return static_cast<size_type>(-1) / sizeof(T); }
size_type max_size(int size) const { return static_cast<size_type>(-1) / size; }
TPoolAllocator& getAllocator() const { return allocator; }
protected:
pool_allocator& operator=(const pool_allocator&) { return *this; }
TPoolAllocator& allocator;
};
} // end namespace glslang
#endif // _POOLALLOC_INCLUDED_

150
ios-m1-simulator/include/glslang/Include/ResourceLimits.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,150 @@
//
// Copyright (C) 2002-2005 3Dlabs Inc. Ltd.
// Copyright (C) 2013 LunarG, Inc.
//
// All rights reserved.
//
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
// are met:
//
// Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
//
// Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following
// disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided
// with the distribution.
//
// Neither the name of 3Dlabs Inc. Ltd. nor the names of its
// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived
// from this software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS
// FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
// COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
// INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING,
// BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
// LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
// CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
// LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN
// ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
// POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
//
#ifndef _RESOURCE_LIMITS_INCLUDED_
#define _RESOURCE_LIMITS_INCLUDED_
struct TLimits {
bool nonInductiveForLoops;
bool whileLoops;
bool doWhileLoops;
bool generalUniformIndexing;
bool generalAttributeMatrixVectorIndexing;
bool generalVaryingIndexing;
bool generalSamplerIndexing;
bool generalVariableIndexing;
bool generalConstantMatrixVectorIndexing;
};
struct TBuiltInResource {
int maxLights;
int maxClipPlanes;
int maxTextureUnits;
int maxTextureCoords;
int maxVertexAttribs;
int maxVertexUniformComponents;
int maxVaryingFloats;
int maxVertexTextureImageUnits;
int maxCombinedTextureImageUnits;
int maxTextureImageUnits;
int maxFragmentUniformComponents;
int maxDrawBuffers;
int maxVertexUniformVectors;
int maxVaryingVectors;
int maxFragmentUniformVectors;
int maxVertexOutputVectors;
int maxFragmentInputVectors;
int minProgramTexelOffset;
int maxProgramTexelOffset;
int maxClipDistances;
int maxComputeWorkGroupCountX;
int maxComputeWorkGroupCountY;
int maxComputeWorkGroupCountZ;
int maxComputeWorkGroupSizeX;
int maxComputeWorkGroupSizeY;
int maxComputeWorkGroupSizeZ;
int maxComputeUniformComponents;
int maxComputeTextureImageUnits;
int maxComputeImageUniforms;
int maxComputeAtomicCounters;
int maxComputeAtomicCounterBuffers;
int maxVaryingComponents;
int maxVertexOutputComponents;
int maxGeometryInputComponents;
int maxGeometryOutputComponents;
int maxFragmentInputComponents;
int maxImageUnits;
int maxCombinedImageUnitsAndFragmentOutputs;
int maxCombinedShaderOutputResources;
int maxImageSamples;
int maxVertexImageUniforms;
int maxTessControlImageUniforms;
int maxTessEvaluationImageUniforms;
int maxGeometryImageUniforms;
int maxFragmentImageUniforms;
int maxCombinedImageUniforms;
int maxGeometryTextureImageUnits;
int maxGeometryOutputVertices;
int maxGeometryTotalOutputComponents;
int maxGeometryUniformComponents;
int maxGeometryVaryingComponents;
int maxTessControlInputComponents;
int maxTessControlOutputComponents;
int maxTessControlTextureImageUnits;
int maxTessControlUniformComponents;
int maxTessControlTotalOutputComponents;
int maxTessEvaluationInputComponents;
int maxTessEvaluationOutputComponents;
int maxTessEvaluationTextureImageUnits;
int maxTessEvaluationUniformComponents;
int maxTessPatchComponents;
int maxPatchVertices;
int maxTessGenLevel;
int maxViewports;
int maxVertexAtomicCounters;
int maxTessControlAtomicCounters;
int maxTessEvaluationAtomicCounters;
int maxGeometryAtomicCounters;
int maxFragmentAtomicCounters;
int maxCombinedAtomicCounters;
int maxAtomicCounterBindings;
int maxVertexAtomicCounterBuffers;
int maxTessControlAtomicCounterBuffers;
int maxTessEvaluationAtomicCounterBuffers;
int maxGeometryAtomicCounterBuffers;
int maxFragmentAtomicCounterBuffers;
int maxCombinedAtomicCounterBuffers;
int maxAtomicCounterBufferSize;
int maxTransformFeedbackBuffers;
int maxTransformFeedbackInterleavedComponents;
int maxCullDistances;
int maxCombinedClipAndCullDistances;
int maxSamples;
int maxMeshOutputVerticesNV;
int maxMeshOutputPrimitivesNV;
int maxMeshWorkGroupSizeX_NV;
int maxMeshWorkGroupSizeY_NV;
int maxMeshWorkGroupSizeZ_NV;
int maxTaskWorkGroupSizeX_NV;
int maxTaskWorkGroupSizeY_NV;
int maxTaskWorkGroupSizeZ_NV;
int maxMeshViewCountNV;
int maxDualSourceDrawBuffersEXT;
TLimits limits;
};
#endif // _RESOURCE_LIMITS_INCLUDED_

176
ios-m1-simulator/include/glslang/Include/ShHandle.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,176 @@
//
// Copyright (C) 2002-2005 3Dlabs Inc. Ltd.
// All rights reserved.
//
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
// are met:
//
// Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
//
// Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following
// disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided
// with the distribution.
//
// Neither the name of 3Dlabs Inc. Ltd. nor the names of its
// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived
// from this software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS
// FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
// COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
// INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING,
// BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
// LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
// CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
// LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN
// ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
// POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
//
#ifndef _SHHANDLE_INCLUDED_
#define _SHHANDLE_INCLUDED_
//
// Machine independent part of the compiler private objects
// sent as ShHandle to the driver.
//
// This should not be included by driver code.
//
#define SH_EXPORTING
#include "../Public/ShaderLang.h"
#include "../MachineIndependent/Versions.h"
#include "InfoSink.h"
class TCompiler;
class TLinker;
class TUniformMap;
//
// The base class used to back handles returned to the driver.
//
class TShHandleBase {
public:
TShHandleBase() { pool = new glslang::TPoolAllocator; }
virtual ~TShHandleBase() { delete pool; }
virtual TCompiler* getAsCompiler() { return 0; }
virtual TLinker* getAsLinker() { return 0; }
virtual TUniformMap* getAsUniformMap() { return 0; }
virtual glslang::TPoolAllocator* getPool() const { return pool; }
private:
glslang::TPoolAllocator* pool;
};
//
// The base class for the machine dependent linker to derive from
// for managing where uniforms live.
//
class TUniformMap : public TShHandleBase {
public:
TUniformMap() { }
virtual ~TUniformMap() { }
virtual TUniformMap* getAsUniformMap() { return this; }
virtual int getLocation(const char* name) = 0;
virtual TInfoSink& getInfoSink() { return infoSink; }
TInfoSink infoSink;
};
class TIntermNode;
//
// The base class for the machine dependent compiler to derive from
// for managing object code from the compile.
//
class TCompiler : public TShHandleBase {
public:
TCompiler(EShLanguage l, TInfoSink& sink) : infoSink(sink) , language(l), haveValidObjectCode(false) { }
virtual ~TCompiler() { }
EShLanguage getLanguage() { return language; }
virtual TInfoSink& getInfoSink() { return infoSink; }
virtual bool compile(TIntermNode* root, int version = 0, EProfile profile = ENoProfile) = 0;
virtual TCompiler* getAsCompiler() { return this; }
virtual bool linkable() { return haveValidObjectCode; }
TInfoSink& infoSink;
protected:
TCompiler& operator=(TCompiler&);
EShLanguage language;
bool haveValidObjectCode;
};
//
// Link operations are based on a list of compile results...
//
typedef glslang::TVector<TCompiler*> TCompilerList;
typedef glslang::TVector<TShHandleBase*> THandleList;
//
// The base class for the machine dependent linker to derive from
// to manage the resulting executable.
//
class TLinker : public TShHandleBase {
public:
TLinker(EShExecutable e, TInfoSink& iSink) :
infoSink(iSink),
executable(e),
haveReturnableObjectCode(false),
appAttributeBindings(0),
fixedAttributeBindings(0),
excludedAttributes(0),
excludedCount(0),
uniformBindings(0) { }
virtual TLinker* getAsLinker() { return this; }
virtual ~TLinker() { }
virtual bool link(TCompilerList&, TUniformMap*) = 0;
virtual bool link(THandleList&) { return false; }
virtual void setAppAttributeBindings(const ShBindingTable* t) { appAttributeBindings = t; }
virtual void setFixedAttributeBindings(const ShBindingTable* t) { fixedAttributeBindings = t; }
virtual void getAttributeBindings(ShBindingTable const **t) const = 0;
virtual void setExcludedAttributes(const int* attributes, int count) { excludedAttributes = attributes; excludedCount = count; }
virtual ShBindingTable* getUniformBindings() const { return uniformBindings; }
virtual const void* getObjectCode() const { return 0; } // a real compiler would be returning object code here
virtual TInfoSink& getInfoSink() { return infoSink; }
TInfoSink& infoSink;
protected:
TLinker& operator=(TLinker&);
EShExecutable executable;
bool haveReturnableObjectCode; // true when objectCode is acceptable to send to driver
const ShBindingTable* appAttributeBindings;
const ShBindingTable* fixedAttributeBindings;
const int* excludedAttributes;
int excludedCount;
ShBindingTable* uniformBindings; // created by the linker
};
//
// This is the interface between the machine independent code
// and the machine dependent code.
//
// The machine dependent code should derive from the classes
// above. Then Construct*() and Delete*() will create and
// destroy the machine dependent objects, which contain the
// above machine independent information.
//
TCompiler* ConstructCompiler(EShLanguage, int);
TShHandleBase* ConstructLinker(EShExecutable, int);
TShHandleBase* ConstructBindings();
void DeleteLinker(TShHandleBase*);
void DeleteBindingList(TShHandleBase* bindingList);
TUniformMap* ConstructUniformMap();
void DeleteCompiler(TCompiler*);
void DeleteUniformMap(TUniformMap*);
#endif // _SHHANDLE_INCLUDED_

2487
ios-m1-simulator/include/glslang/Include/Types.h Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

341
ios-m1-simulator/include/glslang/Include/arrays.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,341 @@
//
// Copyright (C) 2002-2005 3Dlabs Inc. Ltd.
// Copyright (C) 2012-2013 LunarG, Inc.
//
// All rights reserved.
//
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
// are met:
//
// Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
//
// Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following
// disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided
// with the distribution.
//
// Neither the name of 3Dlabs Inc. Ltd. nor the names of its
// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived
// from this software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS
// FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
// COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
// INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING,
// BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
// LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
// CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
// LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN
// ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
// POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
//
//
// Implement types for tracking GLSL arrays, arrays of arrays, etc.
//
#ifndef _ARRAYS_INCLUDED
#define _ARRAYS_INCLUDED
#include <algorithm>
namespace glslang {
// This is used to mean there is no size yet (unsized), it is waiting to get a size from somewhere else.
const int UnsizedArraySize = 0;
class TIntermTyped;
extern bool SameSpecializationConstants(TIntermTyped*, TIntermTyped*);
// Specialization constants need both a nominal size and a node that defines
// the specialization constant being used. Array types are the same when their
// size and specialization constant nodes are the same.
struct TArraySize {
unsigned int size;
TIntermTyped* node; // nullptr means no specialization constant node
bool operator==(const TArraySize& rhs) const
{
if (size != rhs.size)
return false;
if (node == nullptr || rhs.node == nullptr)
return node == rhs.node;
return SameSpecializationConstants(node, rhs.node);
}
};
//
// TSmallArrayVector is used as the container for the set of sizes in TArraySizes.
// It has generic-container semantics, while TArraySizes has array-of-array semantics.
// That is, TSmallArrayVector should be more focused on mechanism and TArraySizes on policy.
//
struct TSmallArrayVector {
//
// TODO: memory: TSmallArrayVector is intended to be smaller.
// Almost all arrays could be handled by two sizes each fitting
// in 16 bits, needing a real vector only in the cases where there
// are more than 3 sizes or a size needing more than 16 bits.
//
POOL_ALLOCATOR_NEW_DELETE(GetThreadPoolAllocator())
TSmallArrayVector() : sizes(nullptr) { }
virtual ~TSmallArrayVector() { dealloc(); }
// For breaking into two non-shared copies, independently modifiable.
TSmallArrayVector& operator=(const TSmallArrayVector& from)
{
if (from.sizes == nullptr)
sizes = nullptr;
else {
alloc();
*sizes = *from.sizes;
}
return *this;
}
int size() const
{
if (sizes == nullptr)
return 0;
return (int)sizes->size();
}
unsigned int frontSize() const
{
assert(sizes != nullptr && sizes->size() > 0);
return sizes->front().size;
}
TIntermTyped* frontNode() const
{
assert(sizes != nullptr && sizes->size() > 0);
return sizes->front().node;
}
void changeFront(unsigned int s)
{
assert(sizes != nullptr);
// this should only happen for implicitly sized arrays, not specialization constants
assert(sizes->front().node == nullptr);
sizes->front().size = s;
}
void push_back(unsigned int e, TIntermTyped* n)
{
alloc();
TArraySize pair = { e, n };
sizes->push_back(pair);
}
void push_back(const TSmallArrayVector& newDims)
{
alloc();
sizes->insert(sizes->end(), newDims.sizes->begin(), newDims.sizes->end());
}
void pop_front()
{
assert(sizes != nullptr && sizes->size() > 0);
if (sizes->size() == 1)
dealloc();
else
sizes->erase(sizes->begin());
}
// 'this' should currently not be holding anything, and copyNonFront
// will make it hold a copy of all but the first element of rhs.
// (This would be useful for making a type that is dereferenced by
// one dimension.)
void copyNonFront(const TSmallArrayVector& rhs)
{
assert(sizes == nullptr);
if (rhs.size() > 1) {
alloc();
sizes->insert(sizes->begin(), rhs.sizes->begin() + 1, rhs.sizes->end());
}
}
unsigned int getDimSize(int i) const
{
assert(sizes != nullptr && (int)sizes->size() > i);
return (*sizes)[i].size;
}
void setDimSize(int i, unsigned int size) const
{
assert(sizes != nullptr && (int)sizes->size() > i);
assert((*sizes)[i].node == nullptr);
(*sizes)[i].size = size;
}
TIntermTyped* getDimNode(int i) const
{
assert(sizes != nullptr && (int)sizes->size() > i);
return (*sizes)[i].node;
}
bool operator==(const TSmallArrayVector& rhs) const
{
if (sizes == nullptr && rhs.sizes == nullptr)
return true;
if (sizes == nullptr || rhs.sizes == nullptr)
return false;
return *sizes == *rhs.sizes;
}
bool operator!=(const TSmallArrayVector& rhs) const { return ! operator==(rhs); }
protected:
TSmallArrayVector(const TSmallArrayVector&);
void alloc()
{
if (sizes == nullptr)
sizes = new TVector<TArraySize>;
}
void dealloc()
{
delete sizes;
sizes = nullptr;
}
TVector<TArraySize>* sizes; // will either hold such a pointer, or in the future, hold the two array sizes
};
//
// Represent an array, or array of arrays, to arbitrary depth. This is not
// done through a hierarchy of types in a type tree, rather all contiguous arrayness
// in the type hierarchy is localized into this single cumulative object.
//
// The arrayness in TTtype is a pointer, so that it can be non-allocated and zero
// for the vast majority of types that are non-array types.
//
// Order Policy: these are all identical:
// - left to right order within a contiguous set of ...[..][..][..]... in the source language
// - index order 0, 1, 2, ... within the 'sizes' member below
// - outer-most to inner-most
//
struct TArraySizes {
POOL_ALLOCATOR_NEW_DELETE(GetThreadPoolAllocator())
TArraySizes() : implicitArraySize(1), variablyIndexed(false) { }
// For breaking into two non-shared copies, independently modifiable.
TArraySizes& operator=(const TArraySizes& from)
{
implicitArraySize = from.implicitArraySize;
variablyIndexed = from.variablyIndexed;
sizes = from.sizes;
return *this;
}
// translate from array-of-array semantics to container semantics
int getNumDims() const { return sizes.size(); }
int getDimSize(int dim) const { return sizes.getDimSize(dim); }
TIntermTyped* getDimNode(int dim) const { return sizes.getDimNode(dim); }
void setDimSize(int dim, int size) { sizes.setDimSize(dim, size); }
int getOuterSize() const { return sizes.frontSize(); }
TIntermTyped* getOuterNode() const { return sizes.frontNode(); }
int getCumulativeSize() const
{
int size = 1;
for (int d = 0; d < sizes.size(); ++d) {
// this only makes sense in paths that have a known array size
assert(sizes.getDimSize(d) != UnsizedArraySize);
size *= sizes.getDimSize(d);
}
return size;
}
void addInnerSize() { addInnerSize((unsigned)UnsizedArraySize); }
void addInnerSize(int s) { addInnerSize((unsigned)s, nullptr); }
void addInnerSize(int s, TIntermTyped* n) { sizes.push_back((unsigned)s, n); }
void addInnerSize(TArraySize pair) {
sizes.push_back(pair.size, pair.node);
}
void addInnerSizes(const TArraySizes& s) { sizes.push_back(s.sizes); }
void changeOuterSize(int s) { sizes.changeFront((unsigned)s); }
int getImplicitSize() const { return implicitArraySize; }
void updateImplicitSize(int s) { implicitArraySize = std::max(implicitArraySize, s); }
bool isInnerUnsized() const
{
for (int d = 1; d < sizes.size(); ++d) {
if (sizes.getDimSize(d) == (unsigned)UnsizedArraySize)
return true;
}
return false;
}
bool clearInnerUnsized()
{
for (int d = 1; d < sizes.size(); ++d) {
if (sizes.getDimSize(d) == (unsigned)UnsizedArraySize)
setDimSize(d, 1);
}
return false;
}
bool isInnerSpecialization() const
{
for (int d = 1; d < sizes.size(); ++d) {
if (sizes.getDimNode(d) != nullptr)
return true;
}
return false;
}
bool isOuterSpecialization()
{
return sizes.getDimNode(0) != nullptr;
}
bool hasUnsized() const { return getOuterSize() == UnsizedArraySize || isInnerUnsized(); }
bool isSized() const { return getOuterSize() != UnsizedArraySize; }
void dereference() { sizes.pop_front(); }
void copyDereferenced(const TArraySizes& rhs)
{
assert(sizes.size() == 0);
if (rhs.sizes.size() > 1)
sizes.copyNonFront(rhs.sizes);
}
bool sameInnerArrayness(const TArraySizes& rhs) const
{
if (sizes.size() != rhs.sizes.size())
return false;
for (int d = 1; d < sizes.size(); ++d) {
if (sizes.getDimSize(d) != rhs.sizes.getDimSize(d) ||
sizes.getDimNode(d) != rhs.sizes.getDimNode(d))
return false;
}
return true;
}
void setVariablyIndexed() { variablyIndexed = true; }
bool isVariablyIndexed() const { return variablyIndexed; }
bool operator==(const TArraySizes& rhs) const { return sizes == rhs.sizes; }
bool operator!=(const TArraySizes& rhs) const { return sizes != rhs.sizes; }
protected:
TSmallArrayVector sizes;
TArraySizes(const TArraySizes&);
// For tracking maximum referenced compile-time constant index.
// Applies only to the outer-most dimension. Potentially becomes
// the implicit size of the array, if not variably indexed and
// otherwise legal.
int implicitArraySize;
bool variablyIndexed; // true if array is indexed with a non compile-time constant
};
} // end namespace glslang
#endif // _ARRAYS_INCLUDED_

233
ios-m1-simulator/include/glslang/Include/glslang_c_interface.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,233 @@
/**
This code is based on the glslang_c_interface implementation by Viktor Latypov
**/
/**
BSD 2-Clause License
Copyright (c) 2019, Viktor Latypov
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this
list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
**/
#ifndef GLSLANG_C_IFACE_H_INCLUDED
#define GLSLANG_C_IFACE_H_INCLUDED
#include <stdbool.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include "glslang_c_shader_types.h"
typedef struct glslang_shader_s glslang_shader_t;
typedef struct glslang_program_s glslang_program_t;
/* TLimits counterpart */
typedef struct glslang_limits_s {
bool non_inductive_for_loops;
bool while_loops;
bool do_while_loops;
bool general_uniform_indexing;
bool general_attribute_matrix_vector_indexing;
bool general_varying_indexing;
bool general_sampler_indexing;
bool general_variable_indexing;
bool general_constant_matrix_vector_indexing;
} glslang_limits_t;
/* TBuiltInResource counterpart */
typedef struct glslang_resource_s {
int max_lights;
int max_clip_planes;
int max_texture_units;
int max_texture_coords;
int max_vertex_attribs;
int max_vertex_uniform_components;
int max_varying_floats;
int max_vertex_texture_image_units;
int max_combined_texture_image_units;
int max_texture_image_units;
int max_fragment_uniform_components;
int max_draw_buffers;
int max_vertex_uniform_vectors;
int max_varying_vectors;
int max_fragment_uniform_vectors;
int max_vertex_output_vectors;
int max_fragment_input_vectors;
int min_program_texel_offset;
int max_program_texel_offset;
int max_clip_distances;
int max_compute_work_group_count_x;
int max_compute_work_group_count_y;
int max_compute_work_group_count_z;
int max_compute_work_group_size_x;
int max_compute_work_group_size_y;
int max_compute_work_group_size_z;
int max_compute_uniform_components;
int max_compute_texture_image_units;
int max_compute_image_uniforms;
int max_compute_atomic_counters;
int max_compute_atomic_counter_buffers;
int max_varying_components;
int max_vertex_output_components;
int max_geometry_input_components;
int max_geometry_output_components;
int max_fragment_input_components;
int max_image_units;
int max_combined_image_units_and_fragment_outputs;
int max_combined_shader_output_resources;
int max_image_samples;
int max_vertex_image_uniforms;
int max_tess_control_image_uniforms;
int max_tess_evaluation_image_uniforms;
int max_geometry_image_uniforms;
int max_fragment_image_uniforms;
int max_combined_image_uniforms;
int max_geometry_texture_image_units;
int max_geometry_output_vertices;
int max_geometry_total_output_components;
int max_geometry_uniform_components;
int max_geometry_varying_components;
int max_tess_control_input_components;
int max_tess_control_output_components;
int max_tess_control_texture_image_units;
int max_tess_control_uniform_components;
int max_tess_control_total_output_components;
int max_tess_evaluation_input_components;
int max_tess_evaluation_output_components;
int max_tess_evaluation_texture_image_units;
int max_tess_evaluation_uniform_components;
int max_tess_patch_components;
int max_patch_vertices;
int max_tess_gen_level;
int max_viewports;
int max_vertex_atomic_counters;
int max_tess_control_atomic_counters;
int max_tess_evaluation_atomic_counters;
int max_geometry_atomic_counters;
int max_fragment_atomic_counters;
int max_combined_atomic_counters;
int max_atomic_counter_bindings;
int max_vertex_atomic_counter_buffers;
int max_tess_control_atomic_counter_buffers;
int max_tess_evaluation_atomic_counter_buffers;
int max_geometry_atomic_counter_buffers;
int max_fragment_atomic_counter_buffers;
int max_combined_atomic_counter_buffers;
int max_atomic_counter_buffer_size;
int max_transform_feedback_buffers;
int max_transform_feedback_interleaved_components;
int max_cull_distances;
int max_combined_clip_and_cull_distances;
int max_samples;
int max_mesh_output_vertices_nv;
int max_mesh_output_primitives_nv;
int max_mesh_work_group_size_x_nv;
int max_mesh_work_group_size_y_nv;
int max_mesh_work_group_size_z_nv;
int max_task_work_group_size_x_nv;
int max_task_work_group_size_y_nv;
int max_task_work_group_size_z_nv;
int max_mesh_view_count_nv;
int maxDualSourceDrawBuffersEXT;
glslang_limits_t limits;
} glslang_resource_t;
typedef struct glslang_input_s {
glslang_source_t language;
glslang_stage_t stage;
glslang_client_t client;
glslang_target_client_version_t client_version;
glslang_target_language_t target_language;
glslang_target_language_version_t target_language_version;
/** Shader source code */
const char* code;
int default_version;
glslang_profile_t default_profile;
int force_default_version_and_profile;
int forward_compatible;
glslang_messages_t messages;
const glslang_resource_t* resource;
} glslang_input_t;
/* Inclusion result structure allocated by C include_local/include_system callbacks */
typedef struct glsl_include_result_s {
/* Header file name or NULL if inclusion failed */
const char* header_name;
/* Header contents or NULL */
const char* header_data;
size_t header_length;
} glsl_include_result_t;
/* Callback for local file inclusion */
typedef glsl_include_result_t* (*glsl_include_local_func)(void* ctx, const char* header_name, const char* includer_name,
size_t include_depth);
/* Callback for system file inclusion */
typedef glsl_include_result_t* (*glsl_include_system_func)(void* ctx, const char* header_name,
const char* includer_name, size_t include_depth);
/* Callback for include result destruction */
typedef int (*glsl_free_include_result_func)(void* ctx, glsl_include_result_t* result);
/* Collection of callbacks for GLSL preprocessor */
typedef struct glsl_include_callbacks_s {
glsl_include_system_func include_system;
glsl_include_local_func include_local;
glsl_free_include_result_func free_include_result;
} glsl_include_callbacks_t;
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
int glslang_initialize_process();
void glslang_finalize_process();
glslang_shader_t* glslang_shader_create(const glslang_input_t* input);
void glslang_shader_delete(glslang_shader_t* shader);
int glslang_shader_preprocess(glslang_shader_t* shader, const glslang_input_t* input);
int glslang_shader_parse(glslang_shader_t* shader, const glslang_input_t* input);
const char* glslang_shader_get_preprocessed_code(glslang_shader_t* shader);
const char* glslang_shader_get_info_log(glslang_shader_t* shader);
const char* glslang_shader_get_info_debug_log(glslang_shader_t* shader);
glslang_program_t* glslang_program_create();
void glslang_program_delete(glslang_program_t* program);
void glslang_program_add_shader(glslang_program_t* program, glslang_shader_t* shader);
int glslang_program_link(glslang_program_t* program, int messages); // glslang_messages_t
void glslang_program_SPIRV_generate(glslang_program_t* program, glslang_stage_t stage);
size_t glslang_program_SPIRV_get_size(glslang_program_t* program);
void glslang_program_SPIRV_get(glslang_program_t* program, unsigned int*);
unsigned int* glslang_program_SPIRV_get_ptr(glslang_program_t* program);
const char* glslang_program_SPIRV_get_messages(glslang_program_t* program);
const char* glslang_program_get_info_log(glslang_program_t* program);
const char* glslang_program_get_info_debug_log(glslang_program_t* program);
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* #ifdef GLSLANG_C_IFACE_INCLUDED */

185
ios-m1-simulator/include/glslang/Include/glslang_c_shader_types.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,185 @@
/**
This code is based on the glslang_c_interface implementation by Viktor Latypov
**/
/**
BSD 2-Clause License
Copyright (c) 2019, Viktor Latypov
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this
list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
**/
#ifndef C_SHADER_TYPES_H_INCLUDED
#define C_SHADER_TYPES_H_INCLUDED
#define LAST_ELEMENT_MARKER(x) x
/* EShLanguage counterpart */
typedef enum {
GLSLANG_STAGE_VERTEX,
GLSLANG_STAGE_TESSCONTROL,
GLSLANG_STAGE_TESSEVALUATION,
GLSLANG_STAGE_GEOMETRY,
GLSLANG_STAGE_FRAGMENT,
GLSLANG_STAGE_COMPUTE,
GLSLANG_STAGE_RAYGEN_NV,
GLSLANG_STAGE_INTERSECT_NV,
GLSLANG_STAGE_ANYHIT_NV,
GLSLANG_STAGE_CLOSESTHIT_NV,
GLSLANG_STAGE_MISS_NV,
GLSLANG_STAGE_CALLABLE_NV,
GLSLANG_STAGE_TASK_NV,
GLSLANG_STAGE_MESH_NV,
LAST_ELEMENT_MARKER(GLSLANG_STAGE_COUNT),
} glslang_stage_t; // would be better as stage, but this is ancient now
/* EShLanguageMask counterpart */
typedef enum {
GLSLANG_STAGE_VERTEX_MASK = (1 << GLSLANG_STAGE_VERTEX),
GLSLANG_STAGE_TESSCONTROL_MASK = (1 << GLSLANG_STAGE_TESSCONTROL),
GLSLANG_STAGE_TESSEVALUATION_MASK = (1 << GLSLANG_STAGE_TESSEVALUATION),
GLSLANG_STAGE_GEOMETRY_MASK = (1 << GLSLANG_STAGE_GEOMETRY),
GLSLANG_STAGE_FRAGMENT_MASK = (1 << GLSLANG_STAGE_FRAGMENT),
GLSLANG_STAGE_COMPUTE_MASK = (1 << GLSLANG_STAGE_COMPUTE),
GLSLANG_STAGE_RAYGEN_NV_MASK = (1 << GLSLANG_STAGE_RAYGEN_NV),
GLSLANG_STAGE_INTERSECT_NV_MASK = (1 << GLSLANG_STAGE_INTERSECT_NV),
GLSLANG_STAGE_ANYHIT_NV_MASK = (1 << GLSLANG_STAGE_ANYHIT_NV),
GLSLANG_STAGE_CLOSESTHIT_NV_MASK = (1 << GLSLANG_STAGE_CLOSESTHIT_NV),
GLSLANG_STAGE_MISS_NV_MASK = (1 << GLSLANG_STAGE_MISS_NV),
GLSLANG_STAGE_CALLABLE_NV_MASK = (1 << GLSLANG_STAGE_CALLABLE_NV),
GLSLANG_STAGE_TASK_NV_MASK = (1 << GLSLANG_STAGE_TASK_NV),
GLSLANG_STAGE_MESH_NV_MASK = (1 << GLSLANG_STAGE_MESH_NV),
LAST_ELEMENT_MARKER(GLSLANG_STAGE_MASK_COUNT),
} glslang_stage_mask_t;
/* EShSource counterpart */
typedef enum {
GLSLANG_SOURCE_NONE,
GLSLANG_SOURCE_GLSL,
GLSLANG_SOURCE_HLSL,
LAST_ELEMENT_MARKER(GLSLANG_SOURCE_COUNT),
} glslang_source_t;
/* EShClient counterpart */
typedef enum {
GLSLANG_CLIENT_NONE,
GLSLANG_CLIENT_VULKAN,
GLSLANG_CLIENT_OPENGL,
LAST_ELEMENT_MARKER(GLSLANG_CLIENT_COUNT),
} glslang_client_t;
/* EShTargetLanguage counterpart */
typedef enum {
GLSLANG_TARGET_NONE,
GLSLANG_TARGET_SPV,
LAST_ELEMENT_MARKER(GLSLANG_TARGET_COUNT),
} glslang_target_language_t;
/* SH_TARGET_ClientVersion counterpart */
typedef enum {
GLSLANG_TARGET_VULKAN_1_0 = (1 << 22),
GLSLANG_TARGET_VULKAN_1_1 = (1 << 22) | (1 << 12),
GLSLANG_TARGET_OPENGL_450 = 450,
LAST_ELEMENT_MARKER(GLSLANG_TARGET_CLIENT_VERSION_COUNT),
} glslang_target_client_version_t;
/* SH_TARGET_LanguageVersion counterpart */
typedef enum {
GLSLANG_TARGET_SPV_1_0 = (1 << 16),
GLSLANG_TARGET_SPV_1_1 = (1 << 16) | (1 << 8),
GLSLANG_TARGET_SPV_1_2 = (1 << 16) | (2 << 8),
GLSLANG_TARGET_SPV_1_3 = (1 << 16) | (3 << 8),
GLSLANG_TARGET_SPV_1_4 = (1 << 16) | (4 << 8),
GLSLANG_TARGET_SPV_1_5 = (1 << 16) | (5 << 8),
LAST_ELEMENT_MARKER(GLSLANG_TARGET_LANGUAGE_VERSION_COUNT),
} glslang_target_language_version_t;
/* EShExecutable counterpart */
typedef enum { GLSLANG_EX_VERTEX_FRAGMENT, GLSLANG_EX_FRAGMENT } glslang_executable_t;
/* EShOptimizationLevel counterpart */
typedef enum {
GLSLANG_OPT_NO_GENERATION,
GLSLANG_OPT_NONE,
GLSLANG_OPT_SIMPLE,
GLSLANG_OPT_FULL,
LAST_ELEMENT_MARKER(GLSLANG_OPT_LEVEL_COUNT),
} glslang_optimization_level_t;
/* EShTextureSamplerTransformMode counterpart */
typedef enum {
GLSLANG_TEX_SAMP_TRANS_KEEP,
GLSLANG_TEX_SAMP_TRANS_UPGRADE_TEXTURE_REMOVE_SAMPLER,
LAST_ELEMENT_MARKER(GLSLANG_TEX_SAMP_TRANS_COUNT),
} glslang_texture_sampler_transform_mode_t;
/* EShMessages counterpart */
typedef enum {
GLSLANG_MSG_DEFAULT_BIT = 0,
GLSLANG_MSG_RELAXED_ERRORS_BIT = (1 << 0),
GLSLANG_MSG_SUPPRESS_WARNINGS_BIT = (1 << 1),
GLSLANG_MSG_AST_BIT = (1 << 2),
GLSLANG_MSG_SPV_RULES_BIT = (1 << 3),
GLSLANG_MSG_VULKAN_RULES_BIT = (1 << 4),
GLSLANG_MSG_ONLY_PREPROCESSOR_BIT = (1 << 5),
GLSLANG_MSG_READ_HLSL_BIT = (1 << 6),
GLSLANG_MSG_CASCADING_ERRORS_BIT = (1 << 7),
GLSLANG_MSG_KEEP_UNCALLED_BIT = (1 << 8),
GLSLANG_MSG_HLSL_OFFSETS_BIT = (1 << 9),
GLSLANG_MSG_DEBUG_INFO_BIT = (1 << 10),
GLSLANG_MSG_HLSL_ENABLE_16BIT_TYPES_BIT = (1 << 11),
GLSLANG_MSG_HLSL_LEGALIZATION_BIT = (1 << 12),
GLSLANG_MSG_HLSL_DX9_COMPATIBLE_BIT = (1 << 13),
GLSLANG_MSG_BUILTIN_SYMBOL_TABLE_BIT = (1 << 14),
LAST_ELEMENT_MARKER(GLSLANG_MSG_COUNT),
} glslang_messages_t;
/* EShReflectionOptions counterpart */
typedef enum {
GLSLANG_REFLECTION_DEFAULT_BIT = 0,
GLSLANG_REFLECTION_STRICT_ARRAY_SUFFIX_BIT = (1 << 0),
GLSLANG_REFLECTION_BASIC_ARRAY_SUFFIX_BIT = (1 << 1),
GLSLANG_REFLECTION_INTERMEDIATE_IOO_BIT = (1 << 2),
GLSLANG_REFLECTION_SEPARATE_BUFFERS_BIT = (1 << 3),
GLSLANG_REFLECTION_ALL_BLOCK_VARIABLES_BIT = (1 << 4),
GLSLANG_REFLECTION_UNWRAP_IO_BLOCKS_BIT = (1 << 5),
GLSLANG_REFLECTION_ALL_IO_VARIABLES_BIT = (1 << 6),
GLSLANG_REFLECTION_SHARED_STD140_SSBO_BIT = (1 << 7),
GLSLANG_REFLECTION_SHARED_STD140_UBO_BIT = (1 << 8),
LAST_ELEMENT_MARKER(GLSLANG_REFLECTION_COUNT),
} glslang_reflection_options_t;
/* EProfile counterpart (from Versions.h) */
typedef enum {
GLSLANG_BAD_PROFILE = 0,
GLSLANG_NO_PROFILE = (1 << 0),
GLSLANG_CORE_PROFILE = (1 << 1),
GLSLANG_COMPATIBILITY_PROFILE = (1 << 2),
GLSLANG_ES_PROFILE = (1 << 3),
LAST_ELEMENT_MARKER(GLSLANG_PROFILE_COUNT),
} glslang_profile_t;
#undef LAST_ELEMENT_MARKER
#endif

1805
ios-m1-simulator/include/glslang/Include/intermediate.h Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

3
ios-m1-simulator/include/glslang/Include/revision.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
// This header is generated by the make-revision script.
#define GLSLANG_PATCH_LEVEL 3795

112
ios-m1-simulator/include/glslang/MachineIndependent/Initialize.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,112 @@
//
// Copyright (C) 2002-2005 3Dlabs Inc. Ltd.
// Copyright (C) 2013-2016 LunarG, Inc.
//
// All rights reserved.
//
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
// are met:
//
// Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
//
// Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following
// disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided
// with the distribution.
//
// Neither the name of 3Dlabs Inc. Ltd. nor the names of its
// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived
// from this software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS
// FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
// COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
// INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING,
// BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
// LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
// CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
// LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN
// ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
// POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
//
#ifndef _INITIALIZE_INCLUDED_
#define _INITIALIZE_INCLUDED_
#include "../Include/ResourceLimits.h"
#include "../Include/Common.h"
#include "../Include/ShHandle.h"
#include "SymbolTable.h"
#include "Versions.h"
namespace glslang {
//
// This is made to hold parseable strings for almost all the built-in
// functions and variables for one specific combination of version
// and profile. (Some still need to be added programmatically.)
// This is a base class for language-specific derivations, which
// can be used for language independent builtins.
//
// The strings are organized by
// commonBuiltins: intersection of all stages' built-ins, processed just once
// stageBuiltins[]: anything a stage needs that's not in commonBuiltins
//
class TBuiltInParseables {
public:
POOL_ALLOCATOR_NEW_DELETE(GetThreadPoolAllocator())
TBuiltInParseables();
virtual ~TBuiltInParseables();
virtual void initialize(int version, EProfile, const SpvVersion& spvVersion) = 0;
virtual void initialize(const TBuiltInResource& resources, int version, EProfile, const SpvVersion& spvVersion, EShLanguage) = 0;
virtual const TString& getCommonString() const { return commonBuiltins; }
virtual const TString& getStageString(EShLanguage language) const { return stageBuiltins[language]; }
virtual void identifyBuiltIns(int version, EProfile profile, const SpvVersion& spvVersion, EShLanguage language, TSymbolTable& symbolTable) = 0;
virtual void identifyBuiltIns(int version, EProfile profile, const SpvVersion& spvVersion, EShLanguage language, TSymbolTable& symbolTable, const TBuiltInResource &resources) = 0;
protected:
TString commonBuiltins;
TString stageBuiltins[EShLangCount];
};
//
// This is a GLSL specific derivation of TBuiltInParseables. To present a stable
// interface and match other similar code, it is called TBuiltIns, rather
// than TBuiltInParseablesGlsl.
//
class TBuiltIns : public TBuiltInParseables {
public:
POOL_ALLOCATOR_NEW_DELETE(GetThreadPoolAllocator())
TBuiltIns();
virtual ~TBuiltIns();
void initialize(int version, EProfile, const SpvVersion& spvVersion);
void initialize(const TBuiltInResource& resources, int version, EProfile, const SpvVersion& spvVersion, EShLanguage);
void identifyBuiltIns(int version, EProfile profile, const SpvVersion& spvVersion, EShLanguage language, TSymbolTable& symbolTable);
void identifyBuiltIns(int version, EProfile profile, const SpvVersion& spvVersion, EShLanguage language, TSymbolTable& symbolTable, const TBuiltInResource &resources);
protected:
void addTabledBuiltins(int version, EProfile profile, const SpvVersion& spvVersion);
void relateTabledBuiltins(int version, EProfile profile, const SpvVersion& spvVersion, EShLanguage, TSymbolTable&);
void add2ndGenerationSamplingImaging(int version, EProfile profile, const SpvVersion& spvVersion);
void addSubpassSampling(TSampler, const TString& typeName, int version, EProfile profile);
void addQueryFunctions(TSampler, const TString& typeName, int version, EProfile profile);
void addImageFunctions(TSampler, const TString& typeName, int version, EProfile profile);
void addSamplingFunctions(TSampler, const TString& typeName, int version, EProfile profile);
void addGatherFunctions(TSampler, const TString& typeName, int version, EProfile profile);
// Helpers for making textual representations of the permutations
// of texturing/imaging functions.
const char* postfixes[5];
const char* prefixes[EbtNumTypes];
int dimMap[EsdNumDims];
};
} // end namespace glslang
#endif // _INITIALIZE_INCLUDED_

138
ios-m1-simulator/include/glslang/MachineIndependent/LiveTraverser.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,138 @@
//
// Copyright (C) 2016 LunarG, Inc.
//
// All rights reserved.
//
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
// are met:
//
// Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
//
// Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following
// disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided
// with the distribution.
//
// Neither the name of 3Dlabs Inc. Ltd. nor the names of its
// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived
// from this software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS
// FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
// COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
// INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING,
// BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
// LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
// CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
// LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN
// ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
// POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
//
#pragma once
#include "../Include/Common.h"
#include "reflection.h"
#include "localintermediate.h"
#include "gl_types.h"
#include <list>
#include <unordered_set>
namespace glslang {
//
// The traverser: mostly pass through, except
// - processing function-call nodes to push live functions onto the stack of functions to process
// - processing selection nodes to trim semantically dead code
//
// This is in the glslang namespace directly so it can be a friend of TReflection.
// This can be derived from to implement reflection database traversers or
// binding mappers: anything that wants to traverse the live subset of the tree.
//
class TLiveTraverser : public TIntermTraverser {
public:
TLiveTraverser(const TIntermediate& i, bool traverseAll = false,
bool preVisit = true, bool inVisit = false, bool postVisit = false) :
TIntermTraverser(preVisit, inVisit, postVisit),
intermediate(i), traverseAll(traverseAll)
{ }
//
// Given a function name, find its subroot in the tree, and push it onto the stack of
// functions left to process.
//
void pushFunction(const TString& name)
{
TIntermSequence& globals = intermediate.getTreeRoot()->getAsAggregate()->getSequence();
for (unsigned int f = 0; f < globals.size(); ++f) {
TIntermAggregate* candidate = globals[f]->getAsAggregate();
if (candidate && candidate->getOp() == EOpFunction && candidate->getName() == name) {
functions.push_back(candidate);
break;
}
}
}
typedef std::list<TIntermAggregate*> TFunctionStack;
TFunctionStack functions;
protected:
// To catch which function calls are not dead, and hence which functions must be visited.
virtual bool visitAggregate(TVisit, TIntermAggregate* node)
{
if (!traverseAll)
if (node->getOp() == EOpFunctionCall)
addFunctionCall(node);
return true; // traverse this subtree
}
// To prune semantically dead paths.
virtual bool visitSelection(TVisit /* visit */, TIntermSelection* node)
{
if (traverseAll)
return true; // traverse all code
TIntermConstantUnion* constant = node->getCondition()->getAsConstantUnion();
if (constant) {
// cull the path that is dead
if (constant->getConstArray()[0].getBConst() == true && node->getTrueBlock())
node->getTrueBlock()->traverse(this);
if (constant->getConstArray()[0].getBConst() == false && node->getFalseBlock())
node->getFalseBlock()->traverse(this);
return false; // don't traverse any more, we did it all above
} else
return true; // traverse the whole subtree
}
// Track live functions as well as uniforms, so that we don't visit dead functions
// and only visit each function once.
void addFunctionCall(TIntermAggregate* call)
{
// // just use the map to ensure we process each function at most once
if (liveFunctions.find(call->getName()) == liveFunctions.end()) {
liveFunctions.insert(call->getName());
pushFunction(call->getName());
}
}
const TIntermediate& intermediate;
typedef std::unordered_set<TString> TLiveFunctions;
TLiveFunctions liveFunctions;
bool traverseAll;
private:
// prevent copy & copy construct
TLiveTraverser(TLiveTraverser&);
TLiveTraverser& operator=(TLiveTraverser&);
};
} // namespace glslang

532
ios-m1-simulator/include/glslang/MachineIndependent/ParseHelper.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,532 @@
//
// Copyright (C) 2002-2005 3Dlabs Inc. Ltd.
// Copyright (C) 2012-2013 LunarG, Inc.
// Copyright (C) 2015-2018 Google, Inc.
//
// All rights reserved.
//
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
// are met:
//
// Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
//
// Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following
// disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided
// with the distribution.
//
// Neither the name of 3Dlabs Inc. Ltd. nor the names of its
// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived
// from this software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS
// FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
// COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
// INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING,
// BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
// LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
// CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
// LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN
// ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
// POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
//
//
// This header defines a two-level parse-helper hierarchy, derived from
// TParseVersions:
// - TParseContextBase: sharable across multiple parsers
// - TParseContext: GLSL specific helper
//
#ifndef _PARSER_HELPER_INCLUDED_
#define _PARSER_HELPER_INCLUDED_
#include <cstdarg>
#include <functional>
#include "parseVersions.h"
#include "../Include/ShHandle.h"
#include "SymbolTable.h"
#include "localintermediate.h"
#include "Scan.h"
#include "attribute.h"
namespace glslang {
struct TPragma {
TPragma(bool o, bool d) : optimize(o), debug(d) { }
bool optimize;
bool debug;
TPragmaTable pragmaTable;
};
class TScanContext;
class TPpContext;
typedef std::set<int> TIdSetType;
typedef std::map<const TTypeList*, std::map<size_t, const TTypeList*>> TStructRecord;
//
// Sharable code (as well as what's in TParseVersions) across
// parse helpers.
//
class TParseContextBase : public TParseVersions {
public:
TParseContextBase(TSymbolTable& symbolTable, TIntermediate& interm, bool parsingBuiltins, int version,
EProfile profile, const SpvVersion& spvVersion, EShLanguage language,
TInfoSink& infoSink, bool forwardCompatible, EShMessages messages,
const TString* entryPoint = nullptr)
: TParseVersions(interm, version, profile, spvVersion, language, infoSink, forwardCompatible, messages),
scopeMangler("::"),
symbolTable(symbolTable),
statementNestingLevel(0), loopNestingLevel(0), structNestingLevel(0), controlFlowNestingLevel(0),
postEntryPointReturn(false),
contextPragma(true, false),
beginInvocationInterlockCount(0), endInvocationInterlockCount(0),
parsingBuiltins(parsingBuiltins), scanContext(nullptr), ppContext(nullptr),
limits(resources.limits),
globalUniformBlock(nullptr),
globalUniformBinding(TQualifier::layoutBindingEnd),
globalUniformSet(TQualifier::layoutSetEnd)
{
if (entryPoint != nullptr)
sourceEntryPointName = *entryPoint;
}
virtual ~TParseContextBase() { }
#if !defined(GLSLANG_WEB) || defined(GLSLANG_WEB_DEVEL)
virtual void C_DECL error(const TSourceLoc&, const char* szReason, const char* szToken,
const char* szExtraInfoFormat, ...);
virtual void C_DECL warn(const TSourceLoc&, const char* szReason, const char* szToken,
const char* szExtraInfoFormat, ...);
virtual void C_DECL ppError(const TSourceLoc&, const char* szReason, const char* szToken,
const char* szExtraInfoFormat, ...);
virtual void C_DECL ppWarn(const TSourceLoc&, const char* szReason, const char* szToken,
const char* szExtraInfoFormat, ...);
#endif
virtual void setLimits(const TBuiltInResource&) = 0;
void checkIndex(const TSourceLoc&, const TType&, int& index);
EShLanguage getLanguage() const { return language; }
void setScanContext(TScanContext* c) { scanContext = c; }
TScanContext* getScanContext() const { return scanContext; }
void setPpContext(TPpContext* c) { ppContext = c; }
TPpContext* getPpContext() const { return ppContext; }
virtual void setLineCallback(const std::function<void(int, int, bool, int, const char*)>& func) { lineCallback = func; }
virtual void setExtensionCallback(const std::function<void(int, const char*, const char*)>& func) { extensionCallback = func; }
virtual void setVersionCallback(const std::function<void(int, int, const char*)>& func) { versionCallback = func; }
virtual void setPragmaCallback(const std::function<void(int, const TVector<TString>&)>& func) { pragmaCallback = func; }
virtual void setErrorCallback(const std::function<void(int, const char*)>& func) { errorCallback = func; }
virtual void reservedPpErrorCheck(const TSourceLoc&, const char* name, const char* op) = 0;
virtual bool lineContinuationCheck(const TSourceLoc&, bool endOfComment) = 0;
virtual bool lineDirectiveShouldSetNextLine() const = 0;
virtual void handlePragma(const TSourceLoc&, const TVector<TString>&) = 0;
virtual bool parseShaderStrings(TPpContext&, TInputScanner& input, bool versionWillBeError = false) = 0;
virtual void notifyVersion(int line, int version, const char* type_string)
{
if (versionCallback)
versionCallback(line, version, type_string);
}
virtual void notifyErrorDirective(int line, const char* error_message)
{
if (errorCallback)
errorCallback(line, error_message);
}
virtual void notifyLineDirective(int curLineNo, int newLineNo, bool hasSource, int sourceNum, const char* sourceName)
{
if (lineCallback)
lineCallback(curLineNo, newLineNo, hasSource, sourceNum, sourceName);
}
virtual void notifyExtensionDirective(int line, const char* extension, const char* behavior)
{
if (extensionCallback)
extensionCallback(line, extension, behavior);
}
#ifdef ENABLE_HLSL
// Manage the global uniform block (default uniforms in GLSL, $Global in HLSL)
virtual void growGlobalUniformBlock(const TSourceLoc&, TType&, const TString& memberName, TTypeList* typeList = nullptr);
#endif
// Potentially rename shader entry point function
void renameShaderFunction(TString*& name) const
{
// Replace the entry point name given in the shader with the real entry point name,
// if there is a substitution.
if (name != nullptr && *name == sourceEntryPointName && intermediate.getEntryPointName().size() > 0)
name = NewPoolTString(intermediate.getEntryPointName().c_str());
}
virtual bool lValueErrorCheck(const TSourceLoc&, const char* op, TIntermTyped*);
virtual void rValueErrorCheck(const TSourceLoc&, const char* op, TIntermTyped*);
const char* const scopeMangler;
// Basic parsing state, easily accessible to the grammar
TSymbolTable& symbolTable; // symbol table that goes with the current language, version, and profile
int statementNestingLevel; // 0 if outside all flow control or compound statements
int loopNestingLevel; // 0 if outside all loops
int structNestingLevel; // 0 if outside blocks and structures
int controlFlowNestingLevel; // 0 if outside all flow control
const TType* currentFunctionType; // the return type of the function that's currently being parsed
bool functionReturnsValue; // true if a non-void function has a return
// if inside a function, true if the function is the entry point and this is after a return statement
bool postEntryPointReturn;
// case, node, case, case, node, ...; ensure only one node between cases; stack of them for nesting
TList<TIntermSequence*> switchSequenceStack;
// the statementNestingLevel the current switch statement is at, which must match the level of its case statements
TList<int> switchLevel;
struct TPragma contextPragma;
int beginInvocationInterlockCount;
int endInvocationInterlockCount;
protected:
TParseContextBase(TParseContextBase&);
TParseContextBase& operator=(TParseContextBase&);
const bool parsingBuiltins; // true if parsing built-in symbols/functions
TVector<TSymbol*> linkageSymbols; // will be transferred to 'linkage', after all editing is done, order preserving
TScanContext* scanContext;
TPpContext* ppContext;
TBuiltInResource resources;
TLimits& limits;
TString sourceEntryPointName;
// These, if set, will be called when a line, pragma ... is preprocessed.
// They will be called with any parameters to the original directive.
std::function<void(int, int, bool, int, const char*)> lineCallback;
std::function<void(int, const TVector<TString>&)> pragmaCallback;
std::function<void(int, int, const char*)> versionCallback;
std::function<void(int, const char*, const char*)> extensionCallback;
std::function<void(int, const char*)> errorCallback;
// see implementation for detail
const TFunction* selectFunction(const TVector<const TFunction*>, const TFunction&,
std::function<bool(const TType&, const TType&, TOperator, int arg)>,
std::function<bool(const TType&, const TType&, const TType&)>,
/* output */ bool& tie);
virtual void parseSwizzleSelector(const TSourceLoc&, const TString&, int size,
TSwizzleSelectors<TVectorSelector>&);
// Manage the global uniform block (default uniforms in GLSL, $Global in HLSL)
TVariable* globalUniformBlock; // the actual block, inserted into the symbol table
unsigned int globalUniformBinding; // the block's binding number
unsigned int globalUniformSet; // the block's set number
int firstNewMember; // the index of the first member not yet inserted into the symbol table
// override this to set the language-specific name
virtual const char* getGlobalUniformBlockName() const { return ""; }
virtual void setUniformBlockDefaults(TType&) const { }
virtual void finalizeGlobalUniformBlockLayout(TVariable&) { }
virtual void outputMessage(const TSourceLoc&, const char* szReason, const char* szToken,
const char* szExtraInfoFormat, TPrefixType prefix,
va_list args);
virtual void trackLinkage(TSymbol& symbol);
virtual void makeEditable(TSymbol*&);
virtual TVariable* getEditableVariable(const char* name);
virtual void finish();
};
//
// Manage the state for when to respect precision qualifiers and when to warn about
// the defaults being different than might be expected.
//
class TPrecisionManager {
public:
TPrecisionManager() : obey(false), warn(false), explicitIntDefault(false), explicitFloatDefault(false){ }
virtual ~TPrecisionManager() {}
void respectPrecisionQualifiers() { obey = true; }
bool respectingPrecisionQualifiers() const { return obey; }
bool shouldWarnAboutDefaults() const { return warn; }
void defaultWarningGiven() { warn = false; }
void warnAboutDefaults() { warn = true; }
void explicitIntDefaultSeen()
{
explicitIntDefault = true;
if (explicitFloatDefault)
warn = false;
}
void explicitFloatDefaultSeen()
{
explicitFloatDefault = true;
if (explicitIntDefault)
warn = false;
}
protected:
bool obey; // respect precision qualifiers
bool warn; // need to give a warning about the defaults
bool explicitIntDefault; // user set the default for int/uint
bool explicitFloatDefault; // user set the default for float
};
//
// GLSL-specific parse helper. Should have GLSL in the name, but that's
// too big of a change for comparing branches at the moment, and perhaps
// impacts downstream consumers as well.
//
class TParseContext : public TParseContextBase {
public:
TParseContext(TSymbolTable&, TIntermediate&, bool parsingBuiltins, int version, EProfile, const SpvVersion& spvVersion, EShLanguage, TInfoSink&,
bool forwardCompatible = false, EShMessages messages = EShMsgDefault,
const TString* entryPoint = nullptr);
virtual ~TParseContext();
bool obeyPrecisionQualifiers() const { return precisionManager.respectingPrecisionQualifiers(); }
void setPrecisionDefaults();
void setLimits(const TBuiltInResource&) override;
bool parseShaderStrings(TPpContext&, TInputScanner& input, bool versionWillBeError = false) override;
void parserError(const char* s); // for bison's yyerror
void reservedErrorCheck(const TSourceLoc&, const TString&);
void reservedPpErrorCheck(const TSourceLoc&, const char* name, const char* op) override;
bool lineContinuationCheck(const TSourceLoc&, bool endOfComment) override;
bool lineDirectiveShouldSetNextLine() const override;
bool builtInName(const TString&);
void handlePragma(const TSourceLoc&, const TVector<TString>&) override;
TIntermTyped* handleVariable(const TSourceLoc&, TSymbol* symbol, const TString* string);
TIntermTyped* handleBracketDereference(const TSourceLoc&, TIntermTyped* base, TIntermTyped* index);
void handleIndexLimits(const TSourceLoc&, TIntermTyped* base, TIntermTyped* index);
#ifndef GLSLANG_WEB
void makeEditable(TSymbol*&) override;
void ioArrayCheck(const TSourceLoc&, const TType&, const TString& identifier);
#endif
bool isIoResizeArray(const TType&) const;
void fixIoArraySize(const TSourceLoc&, TType&);
void handleIoResizeArrayAccess(const TSourceLoc&, TIntermTyped* base);
void checkIoArraysConsistency(const TSourceLoc&, bool tailOnly = false);
int getIoArrayImplicitSize(const TQualifier&, TString* featureString = nullptr) const;
void checkIoArrayConsistency(const TSourceLoc&, int requiredSize, const char* feature, TType&, const TString&);
TIntermTyped* handleBinaryMath(const TSourceLoc&, const char* str, TOperator op, TIntermTyped* left, TIntermTyped* right);
TIntermTyped* handleUnaryMath(const TSourceLoc&, const char* str, TOperator op, TIntermTyped* childNode);
TIntermTyped* handleDotDereference(const TSourceLoc&, TIntermTyped* base, const TString& field);
TIntermTyped* handleDotSwizzle(const TSourceLoc&, TIntermTyped* base, const TString& field);
void blockMemberExtensionCheck(const TSourceLoc&, const TIntermTyped* base, int member, const TString& memberName);
TFunction* handleFunctionDeclarator(const TSourceLoc&, TFunction& function, bool prototype);
TIntermAggregate* handleFunctionDefinition(const TSourceLoc&, TFunction&);
TIntermTyped* handleFunctionCall(const TSourceLoc&, TFunction*, TIntermNode*);
TIntermTyped* handleBuiltInFunctionCall(TSourceLoc, TIntermNode* arguments, const TFunction& function);
void computeBuiltinPrecisions(TIntermTyped&, const TFunction&);
TIntermNode* handleReturnValue(const TSourceLoc&, TIntermTyped*);
void checkLocation(const TSourceLoc&, TOperator);
TIntermTyped* handleLengthMethod(const TSourceLoc&, TFunction*, TIntermNode*);
void addInputArgumentConversions(const TFunction&, TIntermNode*&) const;
TIntermTyped* addOutputArgumentConversions(const TFunction&, TIntermAggregate&) const;
void builtInOpCheck(const TSourceLoc&, const TFunction&, TIntermOperator&);
void nonOpBuiltInCheck(const TSourceLoc&, const TFunction&, TIntermAggregate&);
void userFunctionCallCheck(const TSourceLoc&, TIntermAggregate&);
void samplerConstructorLocationCheck(const TSourceLoc&, const char* token, TIntermNode*);
TFunction* handleConstructorCall(const TSourceLoc&, const TPublicType&);
void handlePrecisionQualifier(const TSourceLoc&, TQualifier&, TPrecisionQualifier);
void checkPrecisionQualifier(const TSourceLoc&, TPrecisionQualifier);
void memorySemanticsCheck(const TSourceLoc&, const TFunction&, const TIntermOperator& callNode);
void assignError(const TSourceLoc&, const char* op, TString left, TString right);
void unaryOpError(const TSourceLoc&, const char* op, TString operand);
void binaryOpError(const TSourceLoc&, const char* op, TString left, TString right);
void variableCheck(TIntermTyped*& nodePtr);
bool lValueErrorCheck(const TSourceLoc&, const char* op, TIntermTyped*) override;
void rValueErrorCheck(const TSourceLoc&, const char* op, TIntermTyped*) override;
void constantValueCheck(TIntermTyped* node, const char* token);
void integerCheck(const TIntermTyped* node, const char* token);
void globalCheck(const TSourceLoc&, const char* token);
bool constructorError(const TSourceLoc&, TIntermNode*, TFunction&, TOperator, TType&);
bool constructorTextureSamplerError(const TSourceLoc&, const TFunction&);
void arraySizeCheck(const TSourceLoc&, TIntermTyped* expr, TArraySize&, const char *sizeType);
bool arrayQualifierError(const TSourceLoc&, const TQualifier&);
bool arrayError(const TSourceLoc&, const TType&);
void arraySizeRequiredCheck(const TSourceLoc&, const TArraySizes&);
void structArrayCheck(const TSourceLoc&, const TType& structure);
void arraySizesCheck(const TSourceLoc&, const TQualifier&, TArraySizes*, const TIntermTyped* initializer, bool lastMember);
void arrayOfArrayVersionCheck(const TSourceLoc&, const TArraySizes*);
bool voidErrorCheck(const TSourceLoc&, const TString&, TBasicType);
void boolCheck(const TSourceLoc&, const TIntermTyped*);
void boolCheck(const TSourceLoc&, const TPublicType&);
void samplerCheck(const TSourceLoc&, const TType&, const TString& identifier, TIntermTyped* initializer);
void atomicUintCheck(const TSourceLoc&, const TType&, const TString& identifier);
void accStructCheck(const TSourceLoc & loc, const TType & type, const TString & identifier);
void transparentOpaqueCheck(const TSourceLoc&, const TType&, const TString& identifier);
void memberQualifierCheck(glslang::TPublicType&);
void globalQualifierFixCheck(const TSourceLoc&, TQualifier&);
void globalQualifierTypeCheck(const TSourceLoc&, const TQualifier&, const TPublicType&);
bool structQualifierErrorCheck(const TSourceLoc&, const TPublicType& pType);
void mergeQualifiers(const TSourceLoc&, TQualifier& dst, const TQualifier& src, bool force);
void setDefaultPrecision(const TSourceLoc&, TPublicType&, TPrecisionQualifier);
int computeSamplerTypeIndex(TSampler&);
TPrecisionQualifier getDefaultPrecision(TPublicType&);
void precisionQualifierCheck(const TSourceLoc&, TBasicType, TQualifier&);
void parameterTypeCheck(const TSourceLoc&, TStorageQualifier qualifier, const TType& type);
bool containsFieldWithBasicType(const TType& type ,TBasicType basicType);
TSymbol* redeclareBuiltinVariable(const TSourceLoc&, const TString&, const TQualifier&, const TShaderQualifiers&);
void redeclareBuiltinBlock(const TSourceLoc&, TTypeList& typeList, const TString& blockName, const TString* instanceName, TArraySizes* arraySizes);
void paramCheckFixStorage(const TSourceLoc&, const TStorageQualifier&, TType& type);
void paramCheckFix(const TSourceLoc&, const TQualifier&, TType& type);
void nestedBlockCheck(const TSourceLoc&);
void nestedStructCheck(const TSourceLoc&);
void arrayObjectCheck(const TSourceLoc&, const TType&, const char* op);
void opaqueCheck(const TSourceLoc&, const TType&, const char* op);
void referenceCheck(const TSourceLoc&, const TType&, const char* op);
void storage16BitAssignmentCheck(const TSourceLoc&, const TType&, const char* op);
void specializationCheck(const TSourceLoc&, const TType&, const char* op);
void structTypeCheck(const TSourceLoc&, TPublicType&);
void inductiveLoopCheck(const TSourceLoc&, TIntermNode* init, TIntermLoop* loop);
void arrayLimitCheck(const TSourceLoc&, const TString&, int size);
void limitCheck(const TSourceLoc&, int value, const char* limit, const char* feature);
void inductiveLoopBodyCheck(TIntermNode*, int loopIndexId, TSymbolTable&);
void constantIndexExpressionCheck(TIntermNode*);
void setLayoutQualifier(const TSourceLoc&, TPublicType&, TString&);
void setLayoutQualifier(const TSourceLoc&, TPublicType&, TString&, const TIntermTyped*);
void mergeObjectLayoutQualifiers(TQualifier& dest, const TQualifier& src, bool inheritOnly);
void layoutObjectCheck(const TSourceLoc&, const TSymbol&);
void layoutMemberLocationArrayCheck(const TSourceLoc&, bool memberWithLocation, TArraySizes* arraySizes);
void layoutTypeCheck(const TSourceLoc&, const TType&);
void layoutQualifierCheck(const TSourceLoc&, const TQualifier&);
void checkNoShaderLayouts(const TSourceLoc&, const TShaderQualifiers&);
void fixOffset(const TSourceLoc&, TSymbol&);
const TFunction* findFunction(const TSourceLoc& loc, const TFunction& call, bool& builtIn);
const TFunction* findFunctionExact(const TSourceLoc& loc, const TFunction& call, bool& builtIn);
const TFunction* findFunction120(const TSourceLoc& loc, const TFunction& call, bool& builtIn);
const TFunction* findFunction400(const TSourceLoc& loc, const TFunction& call, bool& builtIn);
const TFunction* findFunctionExplicitTypes(const TSourceLoc& loc, const TFunction& call, bool& builtIn);
void declareTypeDefaults(const TSourceLoc&, const TPublicType&);
TIntermNode* declareVariable(const TSourceLoc&, TString& identifier, const TPublicType&, TArraySizes* typeArray = 0, TIntermTyped* initializer = 0);
TIntermTyped* addConstructor(const TSourceLoc&, TIntermNode*, const TType&);
TIntermTyped* constructAggregate(TIntermNode*, const TType&, int, const TSourceLoc&);
TIntermTyped* constructBuiltIn(const TType&, TOperator, TIntermTyped*, const TSourceLoc&, bool subset);
void inheritMemoryQualifiers(const TQualifier& from, TQualifier& to);
void declareBlock(const TSourceLoc&, TTypeList& typeList, const TString* instanceName = 0, TArraySizes* arraySizes = 0);
void blockStageIoCheck(const TSourceLoc&, const TQualifier&);
void blockQualifierCheck(const TSourceLoc&, const TQualifier&, bool instanceName);
void fixBlockLocations(const TSourceLoc&, TQualifier&, TTypeList&, bool memberWithLocation, bool memberWithoutLocation);
void fixXfbOffsets(TQualifier&, TTypeList&);
void fixBlockUniformOffsets(TQualifier&, TTypeList&);
void fixBlockUniformLayoutMatrix(TQualifier&, TTypeList*, TTypeList*);
void fixBlockUniformLayoutPacking(TQualifier&, TTypeList*, TTypeList*);
void addQualifierToExisting(const TSourceLoc&, TQualifier, const TString& identifier);
void addQualifierToExisting(const TSourceLoc&, TQualifier, TIdentifierList&);
void invariantCheck(const TSourceLoc&, const TQualifier&);
void updateStandaloneQualifierDefaults(const TSourceLoc&, const TPublicType&);
void wrapupSwitchSubsequence(TIntermAggregate* statements, TIntermNode* branchNode);
TIntermNode* addSwitch(const TSourceLoc&, TIntermTyped* expression, TIntermAggregate* body);
const TTypeList* recordStructCopy(TStructRecord&, const TType*, const TType*);
#ifndef GLSLANG_WEB
TAttributeType attributeFromName(const TString& name) const;
TAttributes* makeAttributes(const TString& identifier) const;
TAttributes* makeAttributes(const TString& identifier, TIntermNode* node) const;
TAttributes* mergeAttributes(TAttributes*, TAttributes*) const;
// Determine selection control from attributes
void handleSelectionAttributes(const TAttributes& attributes, TIntermNode*);
void handleSwitchAttributes(const TAttributes& attributes, TIntermNode*);
// Determine loop control from attributes
void handleLoopAttributes(const TAttributes& attributes, TIntermNode*);
#endif
void checkAndResizeMeshViewDim(const TSourceLoc&, TType&, bool isBlockMember);
protected:
void nonInitConstCheck(const TSourceLoc&, TString& identifier, TType& type);
void inheritGlobalDefaults(TQualifier& dst) const;
TVariable* makeInternalVariable(const char* name, const TType&) const;
TVariable* declareNonArray(const TSourceLoc&, const TString& identifier, const TType&);
void declareArray(const TSourceLoc&, const TString& identifier, const TType&, TSymbol*&);
void checkRuntimeSizable(const TSourceLoc&, const TIntermTyped&);
bool isRuntimeLength(const TIntermTyped&) const;
TIntermNode* executeInitializer(const TSourceLoc&, TIntermTyped* initializer, TVariable* variable);
TIntermTyped* convertInitializerList(const TSourceLoc&, const TType&, TIntermTyped* initializer);
#ifndef GLSLANG_WEB
void finish() override;
#endif
public:
//
// Generally, bison productions, the scanner, and the PP need read/write access to these; just give them direct access
//
// Current state of parsing
bool inMain; // if inside a function, true if the function is main
const TString* blockName;
TQualifier currentBlockQualifier;
TPrecisionQualifier defaultPrecision[EbtNumTypes];
TBuiltInResource resources;
TLimits& limits;
protected:
TParseContext(TParseContext&);
TParseContext& operator=(TParseContext&);
static const int maxSamplerIndex = EsdNumDims * (EbtNumTypes * (2 * 2 * 2 * 2 * 2)); // see computeSamplerTypeIndex()
TPrecisionQualifier defaultSamplerPrecision[maxSamplerIndex];
TPrecisionManager precisionManager;
TQualifier globalBufferDefaults;
TQualifier globalUniformDefaults;
TQualifier globalInputDefaults;
TQualifier globalOutputDefaults;
TString currentCaller; // name of last function body entered (not valid when at global scope)
#ifndef GLSLANG_WEB
int* atomicUintOffsets; // to become an array of the right size to hold an offset per binding point
bool anyIndexLimits;
TIdSetType inductiveLoopIds;
TVector<TIntermTyped*> needsIndexLimitationChecking;
TStructRecord matrixFixRecord;
TStructRecord packingFixRecord;
//
// Geometry shader input arrays:
// - array sizing is based on input primitive and/or explicit size
//
// Tessellation control output arrays:
// - array sizing is based on output layout(vertices=...) and/or explicit size
//
// Both:
// - array sizing is retroactive
// - built-in block redeclarations interact with this
//
// Design:
// - use a per-context "resize-list", a list of symbols whose array sizes
// can be fixed
//
// - the resize-list starts empty at beginning of user-shader compilation, it does
// not have built-ins in it
//
// - on built-in array use: copyUp() symbol and add it to the resize-list
//
// - on user array declaration: add it to the resize-list
//
// - on block redeclaration: copyUp() symbol and add it to the resize-list
// * note, that appropriately gives an error if redeclaring a block that
// was already used and hence already copied-up
//
// - on seeing a layout declaration that sizes the array, fix everything in the
// resize-list, giving errors for mismatch
//
// - on seeing an array size declaration, give errors on mismatch between it and previous
// array-sizing declarations
//
TVector<TSymbol*> ioArraySymbolResizeList;
#endif
};
} // end namespace glslang
#endif // _PARSER_HELPER_INCLUDED_

41
ios-m1-simulator/include/glslang/MachineIndependent/RemoveTree.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
//
// Copyright (C) 2002-2005 3Dlabs Inc. Ltd.
// All rights reserved.
//
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
// are met:
//
// Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
//
// Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following
// disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided
// with the distribution.
//
// Neither the name of 3Dlabs Inc. Ltd. nor the names of its
// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived
// from this software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS
// FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
// COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
// INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING,
// BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
// LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
// CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
// LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN
// ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
// POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
//
#pragma once
namespace glslang {
void RemoveAllTreeNodes(TIntermNode*);
} // end namespace glslang

276
ios-m1-simulator/include/glslang/MachineIndependent/Scan.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,276 @@
//
// Copyright (C) 2002-2005 3Dlabs Inc. Ltd.
// Copyright (C) 2013 LunarG, Inc.
//
// All rights reserved.
//
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
// are met:
//
// Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
//
// Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following
// disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided
// with the distribution.
//
// Neither the name of 3Dlabs Inc. Ltd. nor the names of its
// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived
// from this software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS
// FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
// COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
// INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING,
// BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
// LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
// CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
// LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN
// ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
// POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
//
#ifndef _GLSLANG_SCAN_INCLUDED_
#define _GLSLANG_SCAN_INCLUDED_
#include "Versions.h"
namespace glslang {
// Use a global end-of-input character, so no translation is needed across
// layers of encapsulation. Characters are all 8 bit, and positive, so there is
// no aliasing of character 255 onto -1, for example.
const int EndOfInput = -1;
//
// A character scanner that seamlessly, on read-only strings, reads across an
// array of strings without assuming null termination.
//
class TInputScanner {
public:
TInputScanner(int n, const char* const s[], size_t L[], const char* const* names = nullptr,
int b = 0, int f = 0, bool single = false) :
numSources(n),
// up to this point, common usage is "char*", but now we need positive 8-bit characters
sources(reinterpret_cast<const unsigned char* const *>(s)),
lengths(L), currentSource(0), currentChar(0), stringBias(b), finale(f), singleLogical(single),
endOfFileReached(false)
{
loc = new TSourceLoc[numSources];
for (int i = 0; i < numSources; ++i) {
loc[i].init(i - stringBias);
}
if (names != nullptr) {
for (int i = 0; i < numSources; ++i)
loc[i].name = names[i] != nullptr ? NewPoolTString(names[i]) : nullptr;
}
loc[currentSource].line = 1;
logicalSourceLoc.init(1);
logicalSourceLoc.name = loc[0].name;
}
virtual ~TInputScanner()
{
delete [] loc;
}
// retrieve the next character and advance one character
int get()
{
int ret = peek();
if (ret == EndOfInput)
return ret;
++loc[currentSource].column;
++logicalSourceLoc.column;
if (ret == '\n') {
++loc[currentSource].line;
++logicalSourceLoc.line;
logicalSourceLoc.column = 0;
loc[currentSource].column = 0;
}
advance();
return ret;
}
// retrieve the next character, no advance
int peek()
{
if (currentSource >= numSources) {
endOfFileReached = true;
return EndOfInput;
}
// Make sure we do not read off the end of a string.
// N.B. Sources can have a length of 0.
int sourceToRead = currentSource;
size_t charToRead = currentChar;
while(charToRead >= lengths[sourceToRead]) {
charToRead = 0;
sourceToRead += 1;
if (sourceToRead >= numSources) {
return EndOfInput;
}
}
// Here, we care about making negative valued characters positive
return sources[sourceToRead][charToRead];
}
// go back one character
void unget()
{
// Do not roll back once we've reached the end of the file.
if (endOfFileReached)
return;
if (currentChar > 0) {
--currentChar;
--loc[currentSource].column;
--logicalSourceLoc.column;
if (loc[currentSource].column < 0) {
// We've moved back past a new line. Find the
// previous newline (or start of the file) to compute
// the column count on the now current line.
size_t chIndex = currentChar;
while (chIndex > 0) {
if (sources[currentSource][chIndex] == '\n') {
break;
}
--chIndex;
}
logicalSourceLoc.column = (int)(currentChar - chIndex);
loc[currentSource].column = (int)(currentChar - chIndex);
}
} else {
do {
--currentSource;
} while (currentSource > 0 && lengths[currentSource] == 0);
if (lengths[currentSource] == 0) {
// set to 0 if we've backed up to the start of an empty string
currentChar = 0;
} else
currentChar = lengths[currentSource] - 1;
}
if (peek() == '\n') {
--loc[currentSource].line;
--logicalSourceLoc.line;
}
}
// for #line override
void setLine(int newLine)
{
logicalSourceLoc.line = newLine;
loc[getLastValidSourceIndex()].line = newLine;
}
// for #line override in filename based parsing
void setFile(const char* filename)
{
TString* fn_tstr = NewPoolTString(filename);
logicalSourceLoc.name = fn_tstr;
loc[getLastValidSourceIndex()].name = fn_tstr;
}
void setFile(const char* filename, int i)
{
TString* fn_tstr = NewPoolTString(filename);
if (i == getLastValidSourceIndex()) {
logicalSourceLoc.name = fn_tstr;
}
loc[i].name = fn_tstr;
}
void setString(int newString)
{
logicalSourceLoc.string = newString;
loc[getLastValidSourceIndex()].string = newString;
logicalSourceLoc.name = nullptr;
loc[getLastValidSourceIndex()].name = nullptr;
}
// for #include content indentation
void setColumn(int col)
{
logicalSourceLoc.column = col;
loc[getLastValidSourceIndex()].column = col;
}
void setEndOfInput()
{
endOfFileReached = true;
currentSource = numSources;
}
bool atEndOfInput() const { return endOfFileReached; }
const TSourceLoc& getSourceLoc() const
{
if (singleLogical) {
return logicalSourceLoc;
} else {
return loc[std::max(0, std::min(currentSource, numSources - finale - 1))];
}
}
// Returns the index (starting from 0) of the most recent valid source string we are reading from.
int getLastValidSourceIndex() const { return std::min(currentSource, numSources - 1); }
void consumeWhiteSpace(bool& foundNonSpaceTab);
bool consumeComment();
void consumeWhitespaceComment(bool& foundNonSpaceTab);
bool scanVersion(int& version, EProfile& profile, bool& notFirstToken);
protected:
// advance one character
void advance()
{
++currentChar;
if (currentChar >= lengths[currentSource]) {
++currentSource;
if (currentSource < numSources) {
loc[currentSource].string = loc[currentSource - 1].string + 1;
loc[currentSource].line = 1;
loc[currentSource].column = 0;
}
while (currentSource < numSources && lengths[currentSource] == 0) {
++currentSource;
if (currentSource < numSources) {
loc[currentSource].string = loc[currentSource - 1].string + 1;
loc[currentSource].line = 1;
loc[currentSource].column = 0;
}
}
currentChar = 0;
}
}
int numSources; // number of strings in source
const unsigned char* const *sources; // array of strings; must be converted to positive values on use, to avoid aliasing with -1 as EndOfInput
const size_t *lengths; // length of each string
int currentSource;
size_t currentChar;
// This is for reporting what string/line an error occurred on, and can be overridden by #line.
// It remembers the last state of each source string as it is left for the next one, so unget()
// can restore that state.
TSourceLoc* loc; // an array
int stringBias; // the first string that is the user's string number 0
int finale; // number of internal strings after user's last string
TSourceLoc logicalSourceLoc;
bool singleLogical; // treats the strings as a single logical string.
// locations will be reported from the first string.
// Set to true once peek() returns EndOfFile, so that we won't roll back
// once we've reached EndOfFile.
bool endOfFileReached;
};
} // end namespace glslang
#endif // _GLSLANG_SCAN_INCLUDED_

93
ios-m1-simulator/include/glslang/MachineIndependent/ScanContext.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
//
// Copyright (C) 2013 LunarG, Inc.
//
// All rights reserved.
//
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
// are met:
//
// Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
//
// Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following
// disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided
// with the distribution.
//
// Neither the name of 3Dlabs Inc. Ltd. nor the names of its
// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived
// from this software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS
// FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
// COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
// INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING,
// BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
// LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
// CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
// LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN
// ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
// POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
//
//
// This holds context specific to the GLSL scanner, which
// sits between the preprocessor scanner and parser.
//
#pragma once
#include "ParseHelper.h"
namespace glslang {
class TPpContext;
class TPpToken;
class TParserToken;
class TScanContext {
public:
explicit TScanContext(TParseContextBase& pc) :
parseContext(pc),
afterType(false), afterStruct(false),
field(false), afterBuffer(false) { }
virtual ~TScanContext() { }
static void fillInKeywordMap();
static void deleteKeywordMap();
int tokenize(TPpContext*, TParserToken&);
protected:
TScanContext(TScanContext&);
TScanContext& operator=(TScanContext&);
int tokenizeIdentifier();
int identifierOrType();
int reservedWord();
int identifierOrReserved(bool reserved);
int es30ReservedFromGLSL(int version);
int nonreservedKeyword(int esVersion, int nonEsVersion);
int precisionKeyword();
int matNxM();
int dMat();
int firstGenerationImage(bool inEs310);
int secondGenerationImage();
TParseContextBase& parseContext;
bool afterType; // true if we've recognized a type, so can only be looking for an identifier
bool afterStruct; // true if we've recognized the STRUCT keyword, so can only be looking for an identifier
bool field; // true if we're on a field, right after a '.'
bool afterBuffer; // true if we've recognized the BUFFER keyword
TSourceLoc loc;
TParserToken* parserToken;
TPpToken* ppToken;
const char* tokenText;
int keyword;
};
} // end namespace glslang

885
ios-m1-simulator/include/glslang/MachineIndependent/SymbolTable.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,885 @@
//
// Copyright (C) 2002-2005 3Dlabs Inc. Ltd.
// Copyright (C) 2013 LunarG, Inc.
// Copyright (C) 2015-2018 Google, Inc.
//
// All rights reserved.
//
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
// are met:
//
// Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
//
// Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following
// disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided
// with the distribution.
//
// Neither the name of 3Dlabs Inc. Ltd. nor the names of its
// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived
// from this software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS
// FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
// COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
// INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING,
// BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
// LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
// CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
// LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN
// ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
// POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
//
#ifndef _SYMBOL_TABLE_INCLUDED_
#define _SYMBOL_TABLE_INCLUDED_
//
// Symbol table for parsing. Has these design characteristics:
//
// * Same symbol table can be used to compile many shaders, to preserve
// effort of creating and loading with the large numbers of built-in
// symbols.
//
// --> This requires a copy mechanism, so initial pools used to create
// the shared information can be popped. Done through "clone"
// methods.
//
// * Name mangling will be used to give each function a unique name
// so that symbol table lookups are never ambiguous. This allows
// a simpler symbol table structure.
//
// * Pushing and popping of scope, so symbol table will really be a stack
// of symbol tables. Searched from the top, with new inserts going into
// the top.
//
// * Constants: Compile time constant symbols will keep their values
// in the symbol table. The parser can substitute constants at parse
// time, including doing constant folding and constant propagation.
//
// * No temporaries: Temporaries made from operations (+, --, .xy, etc.)
// are tracked in the intermediate representation, not the symbol table.
//
#include "../Include/Common.h"
#include "../Include/intermediate.h"
#include "../Include/InfoSink.h"
namespace glslang {
//
// Symbol base class. (Can build functions or variables out of these...)
//
class TVariable;
class TFunction;
class TAnonMember;
typedef TVector<const char*> TExtensionList;
class TSymbol {
public:
POOL_ALLOCATOR_NEW_DELETE(GetThreadPoolAllocator())
explicit TSymbol(const TString *n) : name(n), extensions(0), writable(true) { }
virtual TSymbol* clone() const = 0;
virtual ~TSymbol() { } // rely on all symbol owned memory coming from the pool
virtual const TString& getName() const { return *name; }
virtual void changeName(const TString* newName) { name = newName; }
virtual void addPrefix(const char* prefix)
{
TString newName(prefix);
newName.append(*name);
changeName(NewPoolTString(newName.c_str()));
}
virtual const TString& getMangledName() const { return getName(); }
virtual TFunction* getAsFunction() { return 0; }
virtual const TFunction* getAsFunction() const { return 0; }
virtual TVariable* getAsVariable() { return 0; }
virtual const TVariable* getAsVariable() const { return 0; }
virtual const TAnonMember* getAsAnonMember() const { return 0; }
virtual const TType& getType() const = 0;
virtual TType& getWritableType() = 0;
virtual void setUniqueId(int id) { uniqueId = id; }
virtual int getUniqueId() const { return uniqueId; }
virtual void setExtensions(int numExts, const char* const exts[])
{
assert(extensions == 0);
assert(numExts > 0);
extensions = NewPoolObject(extensions);
for (int e = 0; e < numExts; ++e)
extensions->push_back(exts[e]);
}
virtual int getNumExtensions() const { return extensions == nullptr ? 0 : (int)extensions->size(); }
virtual const char** getExtensions() const { return extensions->data(); }
#ifndef GLSLANG_WEB
virtual void dump(TInfoSink& infoSink, bool complete = false) const = 0;
void dumpExtensions(TInfoSink& infoSink) const;
#endif
virtual bool isReadOnly() const { return ! writable; }
virtual void makeReadOnly() { writable = false; }
protected:
explicit TSymbol(const TSymbol&);
TSymbol& operator=(const TSymbol&);
const TString *name;
unsigned int uniqueId; // For cross-scope comparing during code generation
// For tracking what extensions must be present
// (don't use if correct version/profile is present).
TExtensionList* extensions; // an array of pointers to existing constant char strings
//
// N.B.: Non-const functions that will be generally used should assert on this,
// to avoid overwriting shared symbol-table information.
//
bool writable;
};
//
// Variable class, meaning a symbol that's not a function.
//
// There could be a separate class hierarchy for Constant variables;
// Only one of int, bool, or float, (or none) is correct for
// any particular use, but it's easy to do this way, and doesn't
// seem worth having separate classes, and "getConst" can't simply return
// different values for different types polymorphically, so this is
// just simple and pragmatic.
//
class TVariable : public TSymbol {
public:
TVariable(const TString *name, const TType& t, bool uT = false )
: TSymbol(name),
userType(uT),
constSubtree(nullptr),
memberExtensions(nullptr),
anonId(-1)
{ type.shallowCopy(t); }
virtual TVariable* clone() const;
virtual ~TVariable() { }
virtual TVariable* getAsVariable() { return this; }
virtual const TVariable* getAsVariable() const { return this; }
virtual const TType& getType() const { return type; }
virtual TType& getWritableType() { assert(writable); return type; }
virtual bool isUserType() const { return userType; }
virtual const TConstUnionArray& getConstArray() const { return constArray; }
virtual TConstUnionArray& getWritableConstArray() { assert(writable); return constArray; }
virtual void setConstArray(const TConstUnionArray& array) { constArray = array; }
virtual void setConstSubtree(TIntermTyped* subtree) { constSubtree = subtree; }
virtual TIntermTyped* getConstSubtree() const { return constSubtree; }
virtual void setAnonId(int i) { anonId = i; }
virtual int getAnonId() const { return anonId; }
virtual void setMemberExtensions(int member, int numExts, const char* const exts[])
{
assert(type.isStruct());
assert(numExts > 0);
if (memberExtensions == nullptr) {
memberExtensions = NewPoolObject(memberExtensions);
memberExtensions->resize(type.getStruct()->size());
}
for (int e = 0; e < numExts; ++e)
(*memberExtensions)[member].push_back(exts[e]);
}
virtual bool hasMemberExtensions() const { return memberExtensions != nullptr; }
virtual int getNumMemberExtensions(int member) const
{
return memberExtensions == nullptr ? 0 : (int)(*memberExtensions)[member].size();
}
virtual const char** getMemberExtensions(int member) const { return (*memberExtensions)[member].data(); }
#ifndef GLSLANG_WEB
virtual void dump(TInfoSink& infoSink, bool complete = false) const;
#endif
protected:
explicit TVariable(const TVariable&);
TVariable& operator=(const TVariable&);
TType type;
bool userType;
// we are assuming that Pool Allocator will free the memory allocated to unionArray
// when this object is destroyed
TConstUnionArray constArray; // for compile-time constant value
TIntermTyped* constSubtree; // for specialization constant computation
TVector<TExtensionList>* memberExtensions; // per-member extension list, allocated only when needed
int anonId; // the ID used for anonymous blocks: TODO: see if uniqueId could serve a dual purpose
};
//
// The function sub-class of symbols and the parser will need to
// share this definition of a function parameter.
//
struct TParameter {
TString *name;
TType* type;
TIntermTyped* defaultValue;
void copyParam(const TParameter& param)
{
if (param.name)
name = NewPoolTString(param.name->c_str());
else
name = 0;
type = param.type->clone();
defaultValue = param.defaultValue;
}
TBuiltInVariable getDeclaredBuiltIn() const { return type->getQualifier().declaredBuiltIn; }
};
//
// The function sub-class of a symbol.
//
class TFunction : public TSymbol {
public:
explicit TFunction(TOperator o) :
TSymbol(0),
op(o),
defined(false), prototyped(false), implicitThis(false), illegalImplicitThis(false), defaultParamCount(0) { }
TFunction(const TString *name, const TType& retType, TOperator tOp = EOpNull) :
TSymbol(name),
mangledName(*name + '('),
op(tOp),
defined(false), prototyped(false), implicitThis(false), illegalImplicitThis(false), defaultParamCount(0)
{
returnType.shallowCopy(retType);
declaredBuiltIn = retType.getQualifier().builtIn;
}
virtual TFunction* clone() const override;
virtual ~TFunction();
virtual TFunction* getAsFunction() override { return this; }
virtual const TFunction* getAsFunction() const override { return this; }
// Install 'p' as the (non-'this') last parameter.
// Non-'this' parameters are reflected in both the list of parameters and the
// mangled name.
virtual void addParameter(TParameter& p)
{
assert(writable);
parameters.push_back(p);
p.type->appendMangledName(mangledName);
if (p.defaultValue != nullptr)
defaultParamCount++;
}
// Install 'this' as the first parameter.
// 'this' is reflected in the list of parameters, but not the mangled name.
virtual void addThisParameter(TType& type, const char* name)
{
TParameter p = { NewPoolTString(name), new TType, nullptr };
p.type->shallowCopy(type);
parameters.insert(parameters.begin(), p);
}
virtual void addPrefix(const char* prefix) override
{
TSymbol::addPrefix(prefix);
mangledName.insert(0, prefix);
}
virtual void removePrefix(const TString& prefix)
{
assert(mangledName.compare(0, prefix.size(), prefix) == 0);
mangledName.erase(0, prefix.size());
}
virtual const TString& getMangledName() const override { return mangledName; }
virtual const TType& getType() const override { return returnType; }
virtual TBuiltInVariable getDeclaredBuiltInType() const { return declaredBuiltIn; }
virtual TType& getWritableType() override { return returnType; }
virtual void relateToOperator(TOperator o) { assert(writable); op = o; }
virtual TOperator getBuiltInOp() const { return op; }
virtual void setDefined() { assert(writable); defined = true; }
virtual bool isDefined() const { return defined; }
virtual void setPrototyped() { assert(writable); prototyped = true; }
virtual bool isPrototyped() const { return prototyped; }
virtual void setImplicitThis() { assert(writable); implicitThis = true; }
virtual bool hasImplicitThis() const { return implicitThis; }
virtual void setIllegalImplicitThis() { assert(writable); illegalImplicitThis = true; }
virtual bool hasIllegalImplicitThis() const { return illegalImplicitThis; }
// Return total number of parameters
virtual int getParamCount() const { return static_cast<int>(parameters.size()); }
// Return number of parameters with default values.
virtual int getDefaultParamCount() const { return defaultParamCount; }
// Return number of fixed parameters (without default values)
virtual int getFixedParamCount() const { return getParamCount() - getDefaultParamCount(); }
virtual TParameter& operator[](int i) { assert(writable); return parameters[i]; }
virtual const TParameter& operator[](int i) const { return parameters[i]; }
#ifndef GLSLANG_WEB
virtual void dump(TInfoSink& infoSink, bool complete = false) const override;
#endif
protected:
explicit TFunction(const TFunction&);
TFunction& operator=(const TFunction&);
typedef TVector<TParameter> TParamList;
TParamList parameters;
TType returnType;
TBuiltInVariable declaredBuiltIn;
TString mangledName;
TOperator op;
bool defined;
bool prototyped;
bool implicitThis; // True if this function is allowed to see all members of 'this'
bool illegalImplicitThis; // True if this function is not supposed to have access to dynamic members of 'this',
// even if it finds member variables in the symbol table.
// This is important for a static member function that has member variables in scope,
// but is not allowed to use them, or see hidden symbols instead.
int defaultParamCount;
};
//
// Members of anonymous blocks are a kind of TSymbol. They are not hidden in
// the symbol table behind a container; rather they are visible and point to
// their anonymous container. (The anonymous container is found through the
// member, not the other way around.)
//
class TAnonMember : public TSymbol {
public:
TAnonMember(const TString* n, unsigned int m, TVariable& a, int an) : TSymbol(n), anonContainer(a), memberNumber(m), anonId(an) { }
virtual TAnonMember* clone() const override;
virtual ~TAnonMember() { }
virtual const TAnonMember* getAsAnonMember() const override { return this; }
virtual const TVariable& getAnonContainer() const { return anonContainer; }
virtual unsigned int getMemberNumber() const { return memberNumber; }
virtual const TType& getType() const override
{
const TTypeList& types = *anonContainer.getType().getStruct();
return *types[memberNumber].type;
}
virtual TType& getWritableType() override
{
assert(writable);
const TTypeList& types = *anonContainer.getType().getStruct();
return *types[memberNumber].type;
}
virtual void setExtensions(int numExts, const char* const exts[]) override
{
anonContainer.setMemberExtensions(memberNumber, numExts, exts);
}
virtual int getNumExtensions() const override { return anonContainer.getNumMemberExtensions(memberNumber); }
virtual const char** getExtensions() const override { return anonContainer.getMemberExtensions(memberNumber); }
virtual int getAnonId() const { return anonId; }
#ifndef GLSLANG_WEB
virtual void dump(TInfoSink& infoSink, bool complete = false) const override;
#endif
protected:
explicit TAnonMember(const TAnonMember&);
TAnonMember& operator=(const TAnonMember&);
TVariable& anonContainer;
unsigned int memberNumber;
int anonId;
};
class TSymbolTableLevel {
public:
POOL_ALLOCATOR_NEW_DELETE(GetThreadPoolAllocator())
TSymbolTableLevel() : defaultPrecision(0), anonId(0), thisLevel(false) { }
~TSymbolTableLevel();
bool insert(TSymbol& symbol, bool separateNameSpaces)
{
//
// returning true means symbol was added to the table with no semantic errors
//
const TString& name = symbol.getName();
if (name == "") {
symbol.getAsVariable()->setAnonId(anonId++);
// An empty name means an anonymous container, exposing its members to the external scope.
// Give it a name and insert its members in the symbol table, pointing to the container.
char buf[20];
snprintf(buf, 20, "%s%d", AnonymousPrefix, symbol.getAsVariable()->getAnonId());
symbol.changeName(NewPoolTString(buf));
return insertAnonymousMembers(symbol, 0);
} else {
// Check for redefinition errors:
// - STL itself will tell us if there is a direct name collision, with name mangling, at this level
// - additionally, check for function-redefining-variable name collisions
const TString& insertName = symbol.getMangledName();
if (symbol.getAsFunction()) {
// make sure there isn't a variable of this name
if (! separateNameSpaces && level.find(name) != level.end())
return false;
// insert, and whatever happens is okay
level.insert(tLevelPair(insertName, &symbol));
return true;
} else
return level.insert(tLevelPair(insertName, &symbol)).second;
}
}
// Add more members to an already inserted aggregate object
bool amend(TSymbol& symbol, int firstNewMember)
{
// See insert() for comments on basic explanation of insert.
// This operates similarly, but more simply.
// Only supporting amend of anonymous blocks so far.
if (IsAnonymous(symbol.getName()))
return insertAnonymousMembers(symbol, firstNewMember);
else
return false;
}
bool insertAnonymousMembers(TSymbol& symbol, int firstMember)
{
const TTypeList& types = *symbol.getAsVariable()->getType().getStruct();
for (unsigned int m = firstMember; m < types.size(); ++m) {
TAnonMember* member = new TAnonMember(&types[m].type->getFieldName(), m, *symbol.getAsVariable(), symbol.getAsVariable()->getAnonId());
if (! level.insert(tLevelPair(member->getMangledName(), member)).second)
return false;
}
return true;
}
TSymbol* find(const TString& name) const
{
tLevel::const_iterator it = level.find(name);
if (it == level.end())
return 0;
else
return (*it).second;
}
void findFunctionNameList(const TString& name, TVector<const TFunction*>& list)
{
size_t parenAt = name.find_first_of('(');
TString base(name, 0, parenAt + 1);
tLevel::const_iterator begin = level.lower_bound(base);
base[parenAt] = ')'; // assume ')' is lexically after '('
tLevel::const_iterator end = level.upper_bound(base);
for (tLevel::const_iterator it = begin; it != end; ++it)
list.push_back(it->second->getAsFunction());
}
// See if there is already a function in the table having the given non-function-style name.
bool hasFunctionName(const TString& name) const
{
tLevel::const_iterator candidate = level.lower_bound(name);
if (candidate != level.end()) {
const TString& candidateName = (*candidate).first;
TString::size_type parenAt = candidateName.find_first_of('(');
if (parenAt != candidateName.npos && candidateName.compare(0, parenAt, name) == 0)
return true;
}
return false;
}
// See if there is a variable at this level having the given non-function-style name.
// Return true if name is found, and set variable to true if the name was a variable.
bool findFunctionVariableName(const TString& name, bool& variable) const
{
tLevel::const_iterator candidate = level.lower_bound(name);
if (candidate != level.end()) {
const TString& candidateName = (*candidate).first;
TString::size_type parenAt = candidateName.find_first_of('(');
if (parenAt == candidateName.npos) {
// not a mangled name
if (candidateName == name) {
// found a variable name match
variable = true;
return true;
}
} else {
// a mangled name
if (candidateName.compare(0, parenAt, name) == 0) {
// found a function name match
variable = false;
return true;
}
}
}
return false;
}
// Use this to do a lazy 'push' of precision defaults the first time
// a precision statement is seen in a new scope. Leave it at 0 for
// when no push was needed. Thus, it is not the current defaults,
// it is what to restore the defaults to when popping a level.
void setPreviousDefaultPrecisions(const TPrecisionQualifier *p)
{
// can call multiple times at one scope, will only latch on first call,
// as we're tracking the previous scope's values, not the current values
if (defaultPrecision != 0)
return;
defaultPrecision = new TPrecisionQualifier[EbtNumTypes];
for (int t = 0; t < EbtNumTypes; ++t)
defaultPrecision[t] = p[t];
}
void getPreviousDefaultPrecisions(TPrecisionQualifier *p)
{
// can be called for table level pops that didn't set the
// defaults
if (defaultPrecision == 0 || p == 0)
return;
for (int t = 0; t < EbtNumTypes; ++t)
p[t] = defaultPrecision[t];
}
void relateToOperator(const char* name, TOperator op);
void setFunctionExtensions(const char* name, int num, const char* const extensions[]);
#ifndef GLSLANG_WEB
void dump(TInfoSink& infoSink, bool complete = false) const;
#endif
TSymbolTableLevel* clone() const;
void readOnly();
void setThisLevel() { thisLevel = true; }
bool isThisLevel() const { return thisLevel; }
protected:
explicit TSymbolTableLevel(TSymbolTableLevel&);
TSymbolTableLevel& operator=(TSymbolTableLevel&);
typedef std::map<TString, TSymbol*, std::less<TString>, pool_allocator<std::pair<const TString, TSymbol*> > > tLevel;
typedef const tLevel::value_type tLevelPair;
typedef std::pair<tLevel::iterator, bool> tInsertResult;
tLevel level; // named mappings
TPrecisionQualifier *defaultPrecision;
int anonId;
bool thisLevel; // True if this level of the symbol table is a structure scope containing member function
// that are supposed to see anonymous access to member variables.
};
class TSymbolTable {
public:
TSymbolTable() : uniqueId(0), noBuiltInRedeclarations(false), separateNameSpaces(false), adoptedLevels(0)
{
//
// This symbol table cannot be used until push() is called.
//
}
~TSymbolTable()
{
// this can be called explicitly; safest to code it so it can be called multiple times
// don't deallocate levels passed in from elsewhere
while (table.size() > adoptedLevels)
pop(0);
}
void adoptLevels(TSymbolTable& symTable)
{
for (unsigned int level = 0; level < symTable.table.size(); ++level) {
table.push_back(symTable.table[level]);
++adoptedLevels;
}
uniqueId = symTable.uniqueId;
noBuiltInRedeclarations = symTable.noBuiltInRedeclarations;
separateNameSpaces = symTable.separateNameSpaces;
}
//
// While level adopting is generic, the methods below enact a the following
// convention for levels:
// 0: common built-ins shared across all stages, all compiles, only one copy for all symbol tables
// 1: per-stage built-ins, shared across all compiles, but a different copy per stage
// 2: built-ins specific to a compile, like resources that are context-dependent, or redeclared built-ins
// 3: user-shader globals
//
protected:
static const int globalLevel = 3;
bool isSharedLevel(int level) { return level <= 1; } // exclude all per-compile levels
bool isBuiltInLevel(int level) { return level <= 2; } // exclude user globals
bool isGlobalLevel(int level) { return level <= globalLevel; } // include user globals
public:
bool isEmpty() { return table.size() == 0; }
bool atBuiltInLevel() { return isBuiltInLevel(currentLevel()); }
bool atGlobalLevel() { return isGlobalLevel(currentLevel()); }
void setNoBuiltInRedeclarations() { noBuiltInRedeclarations = true; }
void setSeparateNameSpaces() { separateNameSpaces = true; }
void push()
{
table.push_back(new TSymbolTableLevel);
}
// Make a new symbol-table level to represent the scope introduced by a structure
// containing member functions, such that the member functions can find anonymous
// references to member variables.
//
// 'thisSymbol' should have a name of "" to trigger anonymous structure-member
// symbol finds.
void pushThis(TSymbol& thisSymbol)
{
assert(thisSymbol.getName().size() == 0);
table.push_back(new TSymbolTableLevel);
table.back()->setThisLevel();
insert(thisSymbol);
}
void pop(TPrecisionQualifier *p)
{
table[currentLevel()]->getPreviousDefaultPrecisions(p);
delete table.back();
table.pop_back();
}
//
// Insert a visible symbol into the symbol table so it can
// be found later by name.
//
// Returns false if the was a name collision.
//
bool insert(TSymbol& symbol)
{
symbol.setUniqueId(++uniqueId);
// make sure there isn't a function of this variable name
if (! separateNameSpaces && ! symbol.getAsFunction() && table[currentLevel()]->hasFunctionName(symbol.getName()))
return false;
// check for not overloading or redefining a built-in function
if (noBuiltInRedeclarations) {
if (atGlobalLevel() && currentLevel() > 0) {
if (table[0]->hasFunctionName(symbol.getName()))
return false;
if (currentLevel() > 1 && table[1]->hasFunctionName(symbol.getName()))
return false;
}
}
return table[currentLevel()]->insert(symbol, separateNameSpaces);
}
// Add more members to an already inserted aggregate object
bool amend(TSymbol& symbol, int firstNewMember)
{
// See insert() for comments on basic explanation of insert.
// This operates similarly, but more simply.
return table[currentLevel()]->amend(symbol, firstNewMember);
}
//
// To allocate an internal temporary, which will need to be uniquely
// identified by the consumer of the AST, but never need to
// found by doing a symbol table search by name, hence allowed an
// arbitrary name in the symbol with no worry of collision.
//
void makeInternalVariable(TSymbol& symbol)
{
symbol.setUniqueId(++uniqueId);
}
//
// Copy a variable or anonymous member's structure from a shared level so that
// it can be added (soon after return) to the symbol table where it can be
// modified without impacting other users of the shared table.
//
TSymbol* copyUpDeferredInsert(TSymbol* shared)
{
if (shared->getAsVariable()) {
TSymbol* copy = shared->clone();
copy->setUniqueId(shared->getUniqueId());
return copy;
} else {
const TAnonMember* anon = shared->getAsAnonMember();
assert(anon);
TVariable* container = anon->getAnonContainer().clone();
container->changeName(NewPoolTString(""));
container->setUniqueId(anon->getAnonContainer().getUniqueId());
return container;
}
}
TSymbol* copyUp(TSymbol* shared)
{
TSymbol* copy = copyUpDeferredInsert(shared);
table[globalLevel]->insert(*copy, separateNameSpaces);
if (shared->getAsVariable())
return copy;
else {
// return the copy of the anonymous member
return table[globalLevel]->find(shared->getName());
}
}
// Normal find of a symbol, that can optionally say whether the symbol was found
// at a built-in level or the current top-scope level.
TSymbol* find(const TString& name, bool* builtIn = 0, bool* currentScope = 0, int* thisDepthP = 0)
{
int level = currentLevel();
TSymbol* symbol;
int thisDepth = 0;
do {
if (table[level]->isThisLevel())
++thisDepth;
symbol = table[level]->find(name);
--level;
} while (symbol == nullptr && level >= 0);
level++;
if (builtIn)
*builtIn = isBuiltInLevel(level);
if (currentScope)
*currentScope = isGlobalLevel(currentLevel()) || level == currentLevel(); // consider shared levels as "current scope" WRT user globals
if (thisDepthP != nullptr) {
if (! table[level]->isThisLevel())
thisDepth = 0;
*thisDepthP = thisDepth;
}
return symbol;
}
// Find of a symbol that returns how many layers deep of nested
// structures-with-member-functions ('this' scopes) deep the symbol was
// found in.
TSymbol* find(const TString& name, int& thisDepth)
{
int level = currentLevel();
TSymbol* symbol;
thisDepth = 0;
do {
if (table[level]->isThisLevel())
++thisDepth;
symbol = table[level]->find(name);
--level;
} while (symbol == 0 && level >= 0);
if (! table[level + 1]->isThisLevel())
thisDepth = 0;
return symbol;
}
bool isFunctionNameVariable(const TString& name) const
{
if (separateNameSpaces)
return false;
int level = currentLevel();
do {
bool variable;
bool found = table[level]->findFunctionVariableName(name, variable);
if (found)
return variable;
--level;
} while (level >= 0);
return false;
}
void findFunctionNameList(const TString& name, TVector<const TFunction*>& list, bool& builtIn)
{
// For user levels, return the set found in the first scope with a match
builtIn = false;
int level = currentLevel();
do {
table[level]->findFunctionNameList(name, list);
--level;
} while (list.empty() && level >= globalLevel);
if (! list.empty())
return;
// Gather across all built-in levels; they don't hide each other
builtIn = true;
do {
table[level]->findFunctionNameList(name, list);
--level;
} while (level >= 0);
}
void relateToOperator(const char* name, TOperator op)
{
for (unsigned int level = 0; level < table.size(); ++level)
table[level]->relateToOperator(name, op);
}
void setFunctionExtensions(const char* name, int num, const char* const extensions[])
{
for (unsigned int level = 0; level < table.size(); ++level)
table[level]->setFunctionExtensions(name, num, extensions);
}
void setVariableExtensions(const char* name, int numExts, const char* const extensions[])
{
TSymbol* symbol = find(TString(name));
if (symbol == nullptr)
return;
symbol->setExtensions(numExts, extensions);
}
void setVariableExtensions(const char* blockName, const char* name, int numExts, const char* const extensions[])
{
TSymbol* symbol = find(TString(blockName));
if (symbol == nullptr)
return;
TVariable* variable = symbol->getAsVariable();
assert(variable != nullptr);
const TTypeList& structure = *variable->getAsVariable()->getType().getStruct();
for (int member = 0; member < (int)structure.size(); ++member) {
if (structure[member].type->getFieldName().compare(name) == 0) {
variable->setMemberExtensions(member, numExts, extensions);
return;
}
}
}
int getMaxSymbolId() { return uniqueId; }
#ifndef GLSLANG_WEB
void dump(TInfoSink& infoSink, bool complete = false) const;
#endif
void copyTable(const TSymbolTable& copyOf);
void setPreviousDefaultPrecisions(TPrecisionQualifier *p) { table[currentLevel()]->setPreviousDefaultPrecisions(p); }
void readOnly()
{
for (unsigned int level = 0; level < table.size(); ++level)
table[level]->readOnly();
}
protected:
TSymbolTable(TSymbolTable&);
TSymbolTable& operator=(TSymbolTableLevel&);
int currentLevel() const { return static_cast<int>(table.size()) - 1; }
std::vector<TSymbolTableLevel*> table;
int uniqueId; // for unique identification in code generation
bool noBuiltInRedeclarations;
bool separateNameSpaces;
unsigned int adoptedLevels;
};
} // end namespace glslang
#endif // _SYMBOL_TABLE_INCLUDED_

332
ios-m1-simulator/include/glslang/MachineIndependent/Versions.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,332 @@
//
// Copyright (C) 2002-2005 3Dlabs Inc. Ltd.
// Copyright (C) 2012-2013 LunarG, Inc.
// Copyright (C) 2017 ARM Limited.
// Copyright (C) 2015-2018 Google, Inc.
// Modifications Copyright (C) 2020 Advanced Micro Devices, Inc. All rights reserved.
//
// All rights reserved.
//
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
// are met:
//
// Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
//
// Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following
// disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided
// with the distribution.
//
// Neither the name of 3Dlabs Inc. Ltd. nor the names of its
// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived
// from this software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS
// FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
// COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
// INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING,
// BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
// LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
// CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
// LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN
// ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
// POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
//
#ifndef _VERSIONS_INCLUDED_
#define _VERSIONS_INCLUDED_
#define LAST_ELEMENT_MARKER(x) x
//
// Help manage multiple profiles, versions, extensions etc.
//
//
// Profiles are set up for masking operations, so queries can be done on multiple
// profiles at the same time.
//
// Don't maintain an ordinal set of enums (0,1,2,3...) to avoid all possible
// defects from mixing the two different forms.
//
typedef enum : unsigned {
EBadProfile = 0,
ENoProfile = (1 << 0), // only for desktop, before profiles showed up
ECoreProfile = (1 << 1),
ECompatibilityProfile = (1 << 2),
EEsProfile = (1 << 3),
LAST_ELEMENT_MARKER(EProfileCount),
} EProfile;
namespace glslang {
//
// Map from profile enum to externally readable text name.
//
inline const char* ProfileName(EProfile profile)
{
switch (profile) {
case ENoProfile: return "none";
case ECoreProfile: return "core";
case ECompatibilityProfile: return "compatibility";
case EEsProfile: return "es";
default: return "unknown profile";
}
}
//
// What source rules, validation rules, target language, etc. are needed or
// desired for SPIR-V?
//
// 0 means a target or rule set is not enabled (ignore rules from that entity).
// Non-0 means to apply semantic rules arising from that version of its rule set.
// The union of all requested rule sets will be applied.
//
struct SpvVersion {
SpvVersion() : spv(0), vulkanGlsl(0), vulkan(0), openGl(0) {}
unsigned int spv; // the version of SPIR-V to target, as defined by "word 1" of the SPIR-V binary header
int vulkanGlsl; // the version of GLSL semantics for Vulkan, from GL_KHR_vulkan_glsl, for "#define VULKAN XXX"
int vulkan; // the version of Vulkan, for which SPIR-V execution environment rules to use
int openGl; // the version of GLSL semantics for OpenGL, from GL_ARB_gl_spirv, for "#define GL_SPIRV XXX"
};
//
// The behaviors from the GLSL "#extension extension_name : behavior"
//
typedef enum {
EBhMissing = 0,
EBhRequire,
EBhEnable,
EBhWarn,
EBhDisable,
EBhDisablePartial // use as initial state of an extension that is only partially implemented
} TExtensionBehavior;
//
// Symbolic names for extensions. Strings may be directly used when calling the
// functions, but better to have the compiler do spelling checks.
//
const char* const E_GL_OES_texture_3D = "GL_OES_texture_3D";
const char* const E_GL_OES_standard_derivatives = "GL_OES_standard_derivatives";
const char* const E_GL_EXT_frag_depth = "GL_EXT_frag_depth";
const char* const E_GL_OES_EGL_image_external = "GL_OES_EGL_image_external";
const char* const E_GL_OES_EGL_image_external_essl3 = "GL_OES_EGL_image_external_essl3";
const char* const E_GL_EXT_YUV_target = "GL_EXT_YUV_target";
const char* const E_GL_EXT_shader_texture_lod = "GL_EXT_shader_texture_lod";
const char* const E_GL_EXT_shadow_samplers = "GL_EXT_shadow_samplers";
const char* const E_GL_ARB_texture_rectangle = "GL_ARB_texture_rectangle";
const char* const E_GL_3DL_array_objects = "GL_3DL_array_objects";
const char* const E_GL_ARB_shading_language_420pack = "GL_ARB_shading_language_420pack";
const char* const E_GL_ARB_texture_gather = "GL_ARB_texture_gather";
const char* const E_GL_ARB_gpu_shader5 = "GL_ARB_gpu_shader5";
const char* const E_GL_ARB_separate_shader_objects = "GL_ARB_separate_shader_objects";
const char* const E_GL_ARB_compute_shader = "GL_ARB_compute_shader";
const char* const E_GL_ARB_tessellation_shader = "GL_ARB_tessellation_shader";
const char* const E_GL_ARB_enhanced_layouts = "GL_ARB_enhanced_layouts";
const char* const E_GL_ARB_texture_cube_map_array = "GL_ARB_texture_cube_map_array";
const char* const E_GL_ARB_texture_multisample = "GL_ARB_texture_multisample";
const char* const E_GL_ARB_shader_texture_lod = "GL_ARB_shader_texture_lod";
const char* const E_GL_ARB_explicit_attrib_location = "GL_ARB_explicit_attrib_location";
const char* const E_GL_ARB_explicit_uniform_location = "GL_ARB_explicit_uniform_location";
const char* const E_GL_ARB_shader_image_load_store = "GL_ARB_shader_image_load_store";
const char* const E_GL_ARB_shader_atomic_counters = "GL_ARB_shader_atomic_counters";
const char* const E_GL_ARB_shader_draw_parameters = "GL_ARB_shader_draw_parameters";
const char* const E_GL_ARB_shader_group_vote = "GL_ARB_shader_group_vote";
const char* const E_GL_ARB_derivative_control = "GL_ARB_derivative_control";
const char* const E_GL_ARB_shader_texture_image_samples = "GL_ARB_shader_texture_image_samples";
const char* const E_GL_ARB_viewport_array = "GL_ARB_viewport_array";
const char* const E_GL_ARB_gpu_shader_int64 = "GL_ARB_gpu_shader_int64";
const char* const E_GL_ARB_gpu_shader_fp64 = "GL_ARB_gpu_shader_fp64";
const char* const E_GL_ARB_shader_ballot = "GL_ARB_shader_ballot";
const char* const E_GL_ARB_sparse_texture2 = "GL_ARB_sparse_texture2";
const char* const E_GL_ARB_sparse_texture_clamp = "GL_ARB_sparse_texture_clamp";
const char* const E_GL_ARB_shader_stencil_export = "GL_ARB_shader_stencil_export";
// const char* const E_GL_ARB_cull_distance = "GL_ARB_cull_distance"; // present for 4.5, but need extension control over block members
const char* const E_GL_ARB_post_depth_coverage = "GL_ARB_post_depth_coverage";
const char* const E_GL_ARB_shader_viewport_layer_array = "GL_ARB_shader_viewport_layer_array";
const char* const E_GL_ARB_fragment_shader_interlock = "GL_ARB_fragment_shader_interlock";
const char* const E_GL_ARB_shader_clock = "GL_ARB_shader_clock";
const char* const E_GL_ARB_uniform_buffer_object = "GL_ARB_uniform_buffer_object";
const char* const E_GL_ARB_sample_shading = "GL_ARB_sample_shading";
const char* const E_GL_ARB_shader_bit_encoding = "GL_ARB_shader_bit_encoding";
const char* const E_GL_ARB_shader_image_size = "GL_ARB_shader_image_size";
const char* const E_GL_ARB_shader_storage_buffer_object = "GL_ARB_shader_storage_buffer_object";
const char* const E_GL_ARB_shading_language_packing = "GL_ARB_shading_language_packing";
const char* const E_GL_ARB_texture_query_lod = "GL_ARB_texture_query_lod";
const char* const E_GL_ARB_vertex_attrib_64bit = "GL_ARB_vertex_attrib_64bit";
const char* const E_GL_KHR_shader_subgroup_basic = "GL_KHR_shader_subgroup_basic";
const char* const E_GL_KHR_shader_subgroup_vote = "GL_KHR_shader_subgroup_vote";
const char* const E_GL_KHR_shader_subgroup_arithmetic = "GL_KHR_shader_subgroup_arithmetic";
const char* const E_GL_KHR_shader_subgroup_ballot = "GL_KHR_shader_subgroup_ballot";
const char* const E_GL_KHR_shader_subgroup_shuffle = "GL_KHR_shader_subgroup_shuffle";
const char* const E_GL_KHR_shader_subgroup_shuffle_relative = "GL_KHR_shader_subgroup_shuffle_relative";
const char* const E_GL_KHR_shader_subgroup_clustered = "GL_KHR_shader_subgroup_clustered";
const char* const E_GL_KHR_shader_subgroup_quad = "GL_KHR_shader_subgroup_quad";
const char* const E_GL_KHR_memory_scope_semantics = "GL_KHR_memory_scope_semantics";
const char* const E_GL_EXT_shader_atomic_int64 = "GL_EXT_shader_atomic_int64";
const char* const E_GL_EXT_shader_non_constant_global_initializers = "GL_EXT_shader_non_constant_global_initializers";
const char* const E_GL_EXT_shader_image_load_formatted = "GL_EXT_shader_image_load_formatted";
const char* const E_GL_EXT_shader_16bit_storage = "GL_EXT_shader_16bit_storage";
const char* const E_GL_EXT_shader_8bit_storage = "GL_EXT_shader_8bit_storage";
// EXT extensions
const char* const E_GL_EXT_device_group = "GL_EXT_device_group";
const char* const E_GL_EXT_multiview = "GL_EXT_multiview";
const char* const E_GL_EXT_post_depth_coverage = "GL_EXT_post_depth_coverage";
const char* const E_GL_EXT_control_flow_attributes = "GL_EXT_control_flow_attributes";
const char* const E_GL_EXT_nonuniform_qualifier = "GL_EXT_nonuniform_qualifier";
const char* const E_GL_EXT_samplerless_texture_functions = "GL_EXT_samplerless_texture_functions";
const char* const E_GL_EXT_scalar_block_layout = "GL_EXT_scalar_block_layout";
const char* const E_GL_EXT_fragment_invocation_density = "GL_EXT_fragment_invocation_density";
const char* const E_GL_EXT_buffer_reference = "GL_EXT_buffer_reference";
const char* const E_GL_EXT_buffer_reference2 = "GL_EXT_buffer_reference2";
const char* const E_GL_EXT_buffer_reference_uvec2 = "GL_EXT_buffer_reference_uvec2";
const char* const E_GL_EXT_demote_to_helper_invocation = "GL_EXT_demote_to_helper_invocation";
const char* const E_GL_EXT_shader_realtime_clock = "GL_EXT_shader_realtime_clock";
const char* const E_GL_EXT_debug_printf = "GL_EXT_debug_printf";
const char* const E_GL_EXT_ray_tracing = "GL_EXT_ray_tracing";
const char* const E_GL_EXT_ray_query = "GL_EXT_ray_query";
const char* const E_GL_EXT_ray_flags_primitive_culling = "GL_EXT_ray_flags_primitive_culling";
const char* const E_GL_EXT_blend_func_extended = "GL_EXT_blend_func_extended";
const char* const E_GL_EXT_shader_implicit_conversions = "GL_EXT_shader_implicit_conversions";
// Arrays of extensions for the above viewportEXTs duplications
const char* const post_depth_coverageEXTs[] = { E_GL_ARB_post_depth_coverage, E_GL_EXT_post_depth_coverage };
const int Num_post_depth_coverageEXTs = sizeof(post_depth_coverageEXTs) / sizeof(post_depth_coverageEXTs[0]);
// OVR extensions
const char* const E_GL_OVR_multiview = "GL_OVR_multiview";
const char* const E_GL_OVR_multiview2 = "GL_OVR_multiview2";
const char* const OVR_multiview_EXTs[] = { E_GL_OVR_multiview, E_GL_OVR_multiview2 };
const int Num_OVR_multiview_EXTs = sizeof(OVR_multiview_EXTs) / sizeof(OVR_multiview_EXTs[0]);
// #line and #include
const char* const E_GL_GOOGLE_cpp_style_line_directive = "GL_GOOGLE_cpp_style_line_directive";
const char* const E_GL_GOOGLE_include_directive = "GL_GOOGLE_include_directive";
const char* const E_GL_AMD_shader_ballot = "GL_AMD_shader_ballot";
const char* const E_GL_AMD_shader_trinary_minmax = "GL_AMD_shader_trinary_minmax";
const char* const E_GL_AMD_shader_explicit_vertex_parameter = "GL_AMD_shader_explicit_vertex_parameter";
const char* const E_GL_AMD_gcn_shader = "GL_AMD_gcn_shader";
const char* const E_GL_AMD_gpu_shader_half_float = "GL_AMD_gpu_shader_half_float";
const char* const E_GL_AMD_texture_gather_bias_lod = "GL_AMD_texture_gather_bias_lod";
const char* const E_GL_AMD_gpu_shader_int16 = "GL_AMD_gpu_shader_int16";
const char* const E_GL_AMD_shader_image_load_store_lod = "GL_AMD_shader_image_load_store_lod";
const char* const E_GL_AMD_shader_fragment_mask = "GL_AMD_shader_fragment_mask";
const char* const E_GL_AMD_gpu_shader_half_float_fetch = "GL_AMD_gpu_shader_half_float_fetch";
const char* const E_GL_INTEL_shader_integer_functions2 = "GL_INTEL_shader_integer_functions2";
const char* const E_GL_NV_sample_mask_override_coverage = "GL_NV_sample_mask_override_coverage";
const char* const E_SPV_NV_geometry_shader_passthrough = "GL_NV_geometry_shader_passthrough";
const char* const E_GL_NV_viewport_array2 = "GL_NV_viewport_array2";
const char* const E_GL_NV_stereo_view_rendering = "GL_NV_stereo_view_rendering";
const char* const E_GL_NVX_multiview_per_view_attributes = "GL_NVX_multiview_per_view_attributes";
const char* const E_GL_NV_shader_atomic_int64 = "GL_NV_shader_atomic_int64";
const char* const E_GL_NV_conservative_raster_underestimation = "GL_NV_conservative_raster_underestimation";
const char* const E_GL_NV_shader_noperspective_interpolation = "GL_NV_shader_noperspective_interpolation";
const char* const E_GL_NV_shader_subgroup_partitioned = "GL_NV_shader_subgroup_partitioned";
const char* const E_GL_NV_shading_rate_image = "GL_NV_shading_rate_image";
const char* const E_GL_NV_ray_tracing = "GL_NV_ray_tracing";
const char* const E_GL_NV_fragment_shader_barycentric = "GL_NV_fragment_shader_barycentric";
const char* const E_GL_NV_compute_shader_derivatives = "GL_NV_compute_shader_derivatives";
const char* const E_GL_NV_shader_texture_footprint = "GL_NV_shader_texture_footprint";
const char* const E_GL_NV_mesh_shader = "GL_NV_mesh_shader";
// Arrays of extensions for the above viewportEXTs duplications
const char* const viewportEXTs[] = { E_GL_ARB_shader_viewport_layer_array, E_GL_NV_viewport_array2 };
const int Num_viewportEXTs = sizeof(viewportEXTs) / sizeof(viewportEXTs[0]);
const char* const E_GL_NV_cooperative_matrix = "GL_NV_cooperative_matrix";
const char* const E_GL_NV_shader_sm_builtins = "GL_NV_shader_sm_builtins";
const char* const E_GL_NV_integer_cooperative_matrix = "GL_NV_integer_cooperative_matrix";
// AEP
const char* const E_GL_ANDROID_extension_pack_es31a = "GL_ANDROID_extension_pack_es31a";
const char* const E_GL_KHR_blend_equation_advanced = "GL_KHR_blend_equation_advanced";
const char* const E_GL_OES_sample_variables = "GL_OES_sample_variables";
const char* const E_GL_OES_shader_image_atomic = "GL_OES_shader_image_atomic";
const char* const E_GL_OES_shader_multisample_interpolation = "GL_OES_shader_multisample_interpolation";
const char* const E_GL_OES_texture_storage_multisample_2d_array = "GL_OES_texture_storage_multisample_2d_array";
const char* const E_GL_EXT_geometry_shader = "GL_EXT_geometry_shader";
const char* const E_GL_EXT_geometry_point_size = "GL_EXT_geometry_point_size";
const char* const E_GL_EXT_gpu_shader5 = "GL_EXT_gpu_shader5";
const char* const E_GL_EXT_primitive_bounding_box = "GL_EXT_primitive_bounding_box";
const char* const E_GL_EXT_shader_io_blocks = "GL_EXT_shader_io_blocks";
const char* const E_GL_EXT_tessellation_shader = "GL_EXT_tessellation_shader";
const char* const E_GL_EXT_tessellation_point_size = "GL_EXT_tessellation_point_size";
const char* const E_GL_EXT_texture_buffer = "GL_EXT_texture_buffer";
const char* const E_GL_EXT_texture_cube_map_array = "GL_EXT_texture_cube_map_array";
const char* const E_GL_EXT_shader_integer_mix = "GL_EXT_shader_integer_mix";
// OES matching AEP
const char* const E_GL_OES_geometry_shader = "GL_OES_geometry_shader";
const char* const E_GL_OES_geometry_point_size = "GL_OES_geometry_point_size";
const char* const E_GL_OES_gpu_shader5 = "GL_OES_gpu_shader5";
const char* const E_GL_OES_primitive_bounding_box = "GL_OES_primitive_bounding_box";
const char* const E_GL_OES_shader_io_blocks = "GL_OES_shader_io_blocks";
const char* const E_GL_OES_tessellation_shader = "GL_OES_tessellation_shader";
const char* const E_GL_OES_tessellation_point_size = "GL_OES_tessellation_point_size";
const char* const E_GL_OES_texture_buffer = "GL_OES_texture_buffer";
const char* const E_GL_OES_texture_cube_map_array = "GL_OES_texture_cube_map_array";
// EXT
const char* const E_GL_EXT_shader_explicit_arithmetic_types = "GL_EXT_shader_explicit_arithmetic_types";
const char* const E_GL_EXT_shader_explicit_arithmetic_types_int8 = "GL_EXT_shader_explicit_arithmetic_types_int8";
const char* const E_GL_EXT_shader_explicit_arithmetic_types_int16 = "GL_EXT_shader_explicit_arithmetic_types_int16";
const char* const E_GL_EXT_shader_explicit_arithmetic_types_int32 = "GL_EXT_shader_explicit_arithmetic_types_int32";
const char* const E_GL_EXT_shader_explicit_arithmetic_types_int64 = "GL_EXT_shader_explicit_arithmetic_types_int64";
const char* const E_GL_EXT_shader_explicit_arithmetic_types_float16 = "GL_EXT_shader_explicit_arithmetic_types_float16";
const char* const E_GL_EXT_shader_explicit_arithmetic_types_float32 = "GL_EXT_shader_explicit_arithmetic_types_float32";
const char* const E_GL_EXT_shader_explicit_arithmetic_types_float64 = "GL_EXT_shader_explicit_arithmetic_types_float64";
const char* const E_GL_EXT_shader_subgroup_extended_types_int8 = "GL_EXT_shader_subgroup_extended_types_int8";
const char* const E_GL_EXT_shader_subgroup_extended_types_int16 = "GL_EXT_shader_subgroup_extended_types_int16";
const char* const E_GL_EXT_shader_subgroup_extended_types_int64 = "GL_EXT_shader_subgroup_extended_types_int64";
const char* const E_GL_EXT_shader_subgroup_extended_types_float16 = "GL_EXT_shader_subgroup_extended_types_float16";
// Arrays of extensions for the above AEP duplications
const char* const AEP_geometry_shader[] = { E_GL_EXT_geometry_shader, E_GL_OES_geometry_shader };
const int Num_AEP_geometry_shader = sizeof(AEP_geometry_shader)/sizeof(AEP_geometry_shader[0]);
const char* const AEP_geometry_point_size[] = { E_GL_EXT_geometry_point_size, E_GL_OES_geometry_point_size };
const int Num_AEP_geometry_point_size = sizeof(AEP_geometry_point_size)/sizeof(AEP_geometry_point_size[0]);
const char* const AEP_gpu_shader5[] = { E_GL_EXT_gpu_shader5, E_GL_OES_gpu_shader5 };
const int Num_AEP_gpu_shader5 = sizeof(AEP_gpu_shader5)/sizeof(AEP_gpu_shader5[0]);
const char* const AEP_primitive_bounding_box[] = { E_GL_EXT_primitive_bounding_box, E_GL_OES_primitive_bounding_box };
const int Num_AEP_primitive_bounding_box = sizeof(AEP_primitive_bounding_box)/sizeof(AEP_primitive_bounding_box[0]);
const char* const AEP_shader_io_blocks[] = { E_GL_EXT_shader_io_blocks, E_GL_OES_shader_io_blocks };
const int Num_AEP_shader_io_blocks = sizeof(AEP_shader_io_blocks)/sizeof(AEP_shader_io_blocks[0]);
const char* const AEP_tessellation_shader[] = { E_GL_EXT_tessellation_shader, E_GL_OES_tessellation_shader };
const int Num_AEP_tessellation_shader = sizeof(AEP_tessellation_shader)/sizeof(AEP_tessellation_shader[0]);
const char* const AEP_tessellation_point_size[] = { E_GL_EXT_tessellation_point_size, E_GL_OES_tessellation_point_size };
const int Num_AEP_tessellation_point_size = sizeof(AEP_tessellation_point_size)/sizeof(AEP_tessellation_point_size[0]);
const char* const AEP_texture_buffer[] = { E_GL_EXT_texture_buffer, E_GL_OES_texture_buffer };
const int Num_AEP_texture_buffer = sizeof(AEP_texture_buffer)/sizeof(AEP_texture_buffer[0]);
const char* const AEP_texture_cube_map_array[] = { E_GL_EXT_texture_cube_map_array, E_GL_OES_texture_cube_map_array };
const int Num_AEP_texture_cube_map_array = sizeof(AEP_texture_cube_map_array)/sizeof(AEP_texture_cube_map_array[0]);
} // end namespace glslang
#endif // _VERSIONS_INCLUDED_

149
ios-m1-simulator/include/glslang/MachineIndependent/attribute.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,149 @@
//
// Copyright (C) 2017 LunarG, Inc.
// Copyright (C) 2018 Google, Inc.
//
// All rights reserved.
//
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
// are met:
//
// Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
//
// Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following
// disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided
// with the distribution.
//
// Neither the name of 3Dlabs Inc. Ltd. nor the names of its
// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived
// from this software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS
// FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
// COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
// INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING,
// BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
// LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
// CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
// LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN
// ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
// POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
//
#ifndef _ATTRIBUTE_INCLUDED_
#define _ATTRIBUTE_INCLUDED_
#include "../Include/Common.h"
#include "../Include/ConstantUnion.h"
namespace glslang {
enum TAttributeType {
EatNone,
EatAllow_uav_condition,
EatBranch,
EatCall,
EatDomain,
EatEarlyDepthStencil,
EatFastOpt,
EatFlatten,
EatForceCase,
EatInstance,
EatMaxTessFactor,
EatNumThreads,
EatMaxVertexCount,
EatOutputControlPoints,
EatOutputTopology,
EatPartitioning,
EatPatchConstantFunc,
EatPatchSize,
EatUnroll,
EatLoop,
EatBinding,
EatGlobalBinding,
EatLocation,
EatInputAttachment,
EatBuiltIn,
EatPushConstant,
EatConstantId,
EatDependencyInfinite,
EatDependencyLength,
EatMinIterations,
EatMaxIterations,
EatIterationMultiple,
EatPeelCount,
EatPartialCount,
EatFormatRgba32f,
EatFormatRgba16f,
EatFormatR32f,
EatFormatRgba8,
EatFormatRgba8Snorm,
EatFormatRg32f,
EatFormatRg16f,
EatFormatR11fG11fB10f,
EatFormatR16f,
EatFormatRgba16,
EatFormatRgb10A2,
EatFormatRg16,
EatFormatRg8,
EatFormatR16,
EatFormatR8,
EatFormatRgba16Snorm,
EatFormatRg16Snorm,
EatFormatRg8Snorm,
EatFormatR16Snorm,
EatFormatR8Snorm,
EatFormatRgba32i,
EatFormatRgba16i,
EatFormatRgba8i,
EatFormatR32i,
EatFormatRg32i,
EatFormatRg16i,
EatFormatRg8i,
EatFormatR16i,
EatFormatR8i,
EatFormatRgba32ui,
EatFormatRgba16ui,
EatFormatRgba8ui,
EatFormatR32ui,
EatFormatRgb10a2ui,
EatFormatRg32ui,
EatFormatRg16ui,
EatFormatRg8ui,
EatFormatR16ui,
EatFormatR8ui,
EatFormatUnknown,
EatNonWritable,
EatNonReadable
};
class TIntermAggregate;
struct TAttributeArgs {
TAttributeType name;
const TIntermAggregate* args;
// Obtain attribute as integer
// Return false if it cannot be obtained
bool getInt(int& value, int argNum = 0) const;
// Obtain attribute as string, with optional to-lower transform
// Return false if it cannot be obtained
bool getString(TString& value, int argNum = 0, bool convertToLower = true) const;
// How many arguments were provided to the attribute?
int size() const;
protected:
const TConstUnion* getConstUnion(TBasicType basicType, int argNum) const;
};
typedef TList<TAttributeArgs> TAttributes;
} // end namespace glslang
#endif // _ATTRIBUTE_INCLUDED_

210
ios-m1-simulator/include/glslang/MachineIndependent/gl_types.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,210 @@
/*
** Copyright (c) 2013 The Khronos Group Inc.
**
** Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
** copy of this software and/or associated documentation files (the
** "Materials"), to deal in the Materials without restriction, including
** without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
** distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Materials, and to
** permit persons to whom the Materials are furnished to do so, subject to
** the following conditions:
**
** The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included
** in all copies or substantial portions of the Materials.
**
** THE MATERIALS ARE PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
** EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
** MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
** IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY
** CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT,
** TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE
** MATERIALS OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE MATERIALS.
*/
#pragma once
#define GL_FLOAT 0x1406
#define GL_FLOAT_VEC2 0x8B50
#define GL_FLOAT_VEC3 0x8B51
#define GL_FLOAT_VEC4 0x8B52
#define GL_DOUBLE 0x140A
#define GL_DOUBLE_VEC2 0x8FFC
#define GL_DOUBLE_VEC3 0x8FFD
#define GL_DOUBLE_VEC4 0x8FFE
#define GL_INT 0x1404
#define GL_INT_VEC2 0x8B53
#define GL_INT_VEC3 0x8B54
#define GL_INT_VEC4 0x8B55
#define GL_UNSIGNED_INT 0x1405
#define GL_UNSIGNED_INT_VEC2 0x8DC6
#define GL_UNSIGNED_INT_VEC3 0x8DC7
#define GL_UNSIGNED_INT_VEC4 0x8DC8
#define GL_INT64_ARB 0x140E
#define GL_INT64_VEC2_ARB 0x8FE9
#define GL_INT64_VEC3_ARB 0x8FEA
#define GL_INT64_VEC4_ARB 0x8FEB
#define GL_UNSIGNED_INT64_ARB 0x140F
#define GL_UNSIGNED_INT64_VEC2_ARB 0x8FE5
#define GL_UNSIGNED_INT64_VEC3_ARB 0x8FE6
#define GL_UNSIGNED_INT64_VEC4_ARB 0x8FE7
#define GL_BOOL 0x8B56
#define GL_BOOL_VEC2 0x8B57
#define GL_BOOL_VEC3 0x8B58
#define GL_BOOL_VEC4 0x8B59
#define GL_FLOAT_MAT2 0x8B5A
#define GL_FLOAT_MAT3 0x8B5B
#define GL_FLOAT_MAT4 0x8B5C
#define GL_FLOAT_MAT2x3 0x8B65
#define GL_FLOAT_MAT2x4 0x8B66
#define GL_FLOAT_MAT3x2 0x8B67
#define GL_FLOAT_MAT3x4 0x8B68
#define GL_FLOAT_MAT4x2 0x8B69
#define GL_FLOAT_MAT4x3 0x8B6A
#define GL_DOUBLE_MAT2 0x8F46
#define GL_DOUBLE_MAT3 0x8F47
#define GL_DOUBLE_MAT4 0x8F48
#define GL_DOUBLE_MAT2x3 0x8F49
#define GL_DOUBLE_MAT2x4 0x8F4A
#define GL_DOUBLE_MAT3x2 0x8F4B
#define GL_DOUBLE_MAT3x4 0x8F4C
#define GL_DOUBLE_MAT4x2 0x8F4D
#define GL_DOUBLE_MAT4x3 0x8F4E
// Those constants are borrowed from extension NV_gpu_shader5
#define GL_FLOAT16_NV 0x8FF8
#define GL_FLOAT16_VEC2_NV 0x8FF9
#define GL_FLOAT16_VEC3_NV 0x8FFA
#define GL_FLOAT16_VEC4_NV 0x8FFB
#define GL_FLOAT16_MAT2_AMD 0x91C5
#define GL_FLOAT16_MAT3_AMD 0x91C6
#define GL_FLOAT16_MAT4_AMD 0x91C7
#define GL_FLOAT16_MAT2x3_AMD 0x91C8
#define GL_FLOAT16_MAT2x4_AMD 0x91C9
#define GL_FLOAT16_MAT3x2_AMD 0x91CA
#define GL_FLOAT16_MAT3x4_AMD 0x91CB
#define GL_FLOAT16_MAT4x2_AMD 0x91CC
#define GL_FLOAT16_MAT4x3_AMD 0x91CD
#define GL_SAMPLER_1D 0x8B5D
#define GL_SAMPLER_2D 0x8B5E
#define GL_SAMPLER_3D 0x8B5F
#define GL_SAMPLER_CUBE 0x8B60
#define GL_SAMPLER_BUFFER 0x8DC2
#define GL_SAMPLER_1D_ARRAY 0x8DC0
#define GL_SAMPLER_2D_ARRAY 0x8DC1
#define GL_SAMPLER_1D_ARRAY_SHADOW 0x8DC3
#define GL_SAMPLER_2D_ARRAY_SHADOW 0x8DC4
#define GL_SAMPLER_CUBE_SHADOW 0x8DC5
#define GL_SAMPLER_1D_SHADOW 0x8B61
#define GL_SAMPLER_2D_SHADOW 0x8B62
#define GL_SAMPLER_2D_RECT 0x8B63
#define GL_SAMPLER_2D_RECT_SHADOW 0x8B64
#define GL_SAMPLER_2D_MULTISAMPLE 0x9108
#define GL_SAMPLER_2D_MULTISAMPLE_ARRAY 0x910B
#define GL_SAMPLER_CUBE_MAP_ARRAY 0x900C
#define GL_SAMPLER_CUBE_MAP_ARRAY_SHADOW 0x900D
#define GL_SAMPLER_CUBE_MAP_ARRAY_ARB 0x900C
#define GL_SAMPLER_CUBE_MAP_ARRAY_SHADOW_ARB 0x900D
#define GL_FLOAT16_SAMPLER_1D_AMD 0x91CE
#define GL_FLOAT16_SAMPLER_2D_AMD 0x91CF
#define GL_FLOAT16_SAMPLER_3D_AMD 0x91D0
#define GL_FLOAT16_SAMPLER_CUBE_AMD 0x91D1
#define GL_FLOAT16_SAMPLER_2D_RECT_AMD 0x91D2
#define GL_FLOAT16_SAMPLER_1D_ARRAY_AMD 0x91D3
#define GL_FLOAT16_SAMPLER_2D_ARRAY_AMD 0x91D4
#define GL_FLOAT16_SAMPLER_CUBE_MAP_ARRAY_AMD 0x91D5
#define GL_FLOAT16_SAMPLER_BUFFER_AMD 0x91D6
#define GL_FLOAT16_SAMPLER_2D_MULTISAMPLE_AMD 0x91D7
#define GL_FLOAT16_SAMPLER_2D_MULTISAMPLE_ARRAY_AMD 0x91D8
#define GL_FLOAT16_SAMPLER_1D_SHADOW_AMD 0x91D9
#define GL_FLOAT16_SAMPLER_2D_SHADOW_AMD 0x91DA
#define GL_FLOAT16_SAMPLER_2D_RECT_SHADOW_AMD 0x91DB
#define GL_FLOAT16_SAMPLER_1D_ARRAY_SHADOW_AMD 0x91DC
#define GL_FLOAT16_SAMPLER_2D_ARRAY_SHADOW_AMD 0x91DD
#define GL_FLOAT16_SAMPLER_CUBE_SHADOW_AMD 0x91DE
#define GL_FLOAT16_SAMPLER_CUBE_MAP_ARRAY_SHADOW_AMD 0x91DF
#define GL_FLOAT16_IMAGE_1D_AMD 0x91E0
#define GL_FLOAT16_IMAGE_2D_AMD 0x91E1
#define GL_FLOAT16_IMAGE_3D_AMD 0x91E2
#define GL_FLOAT16_IMAGE_2D_RECT_AMD 0x91E3
#define GL_FLOAT16_IMAGE_CUBE_AMD 0x91E4
#define GL_FLOAT16_IMAGE_1D_ARRAY_AMD 0x91E5
#define GL_FLOAT16_IMAGE_2D_ARRAY_AMD 0x91E6
#define GL_FLOAT16_IMAGE_CUBE_MAP_ARRAY_AMD 0x91E7
#define GL_FLOAT16_IMAGE_BUFFER_AMD 0x91E8
#define GL_FLOAT16_IMAGE_2D_MULTISAMPLE_AMD 0x91E9
#define GL_FLOAT16_IMAGE_2D_MULTISAMPLE_ARRAY_AMD 0x91EA
#define GL_INT_SAMPLER_1D 0x8DC9
#define GL_INT_SAMPLER_2D 0x8DCA
#define GL_INT_SAMPLER_3D 0x8DCB
#define GL_INT_SAMPLER_CUBE 0x8DCC
#define GL_INT_SAMPLER_1D_ARRAY 0x8DCE
#define GL_INT_SAMPLER_2D_ARRAY 0x8DCF
#define GL_INT_SAMPLER_2D_RECT 0x8DCD
#define GL_INT_SAMPLER_BUFFER 0x8DD0
#define GL_INT_SAMPLER_2D_MULTISAMPLE 0x9109
#define GL_INT_SAMPLER_2D_MULTISAMPLE_ARRAY 0x910C
#define GL_INT_SAMPLER_CUBE_MAP_ARRAY 0x900E
#define GL_INT_SAMPLER_CUBE_MAP_ARRAY_ARB 0x900E
#define GL_UNSIGNED_INT_SAMPLER_1D 0x8DD1
#define GL_UNSIGNED_INT_SAMPLER_2D 0x8DD2
#define GL_UNSIGNED_INT_SAMPLER_3D 0x8DD3
#define GL_UNSIGNED_INT_SAMPLER_CUBE 0x8DD4
#define GL_UNSIGNED_INT_SAMPLER_1D_ARRAY 0x8DD6
#define GL_UNSIGNED_INT_SAMPLER_2D_ARRAY 0x8DD7
#define GL_UNSIGNED_INT_SAMPLER_2D_RECT 0x8DD5
#define GL_UNSIGNED_INT_SAMPLER_BUFFER 0x8DD8
#define GL_UNSIGNED_INT_SAMPLER_2D_MULTISAMPLE_ARRAY 0x910D
#define GL_UNSIGNED_INT_SAMPLER_CUBE_MAP_ARRAY 0x900F
#define GL_UNSIGNED_INT_SAMPLER_CUBE_MAP_ARRAY_ARB 0x900F
#define GL_UNSIGNED_INT_SAMPLER_2D_MULTISAMPLE 0x910A
#define GL_IMAGE_1D 0x904C
#define GL_IMAGE_2D 0x904D
#define GL_IMAGE_3D 0x904E
#define GL_IMAGE_2D_RECT 0x904F
#define GL_IMAGE_CUBE 0x9050
#define GL_IMAGE_BUFFER 0x9051
#define GL_IMAGE_1D_ARRAY 0x9052
#define GL_IMAGE_2D_ARRAY 0x9053
#define GL_IMAGE_CUBE_MAP_ARRAY 0x9054
#define GL_IMAGE_2D_MULTISAMPLE 0x9055
#define GL_IMAGE_2D_MULTISAMPLE_ARRAY 0x9056
#define GL_INT_IMAGE_1D 0x9057
#define GL_INT_IMAGE_2D 0x9058
#define GL_INT_IMAGE_3D 0x9059
#define GL_INT_IMAGE_2D_RECT 0x905A
#define GL_INT_IMAGE_CUBE 0x905B
#define GL_INT_IMAGE_BUFFER 0x905C
#define GL_INT_IMAGE_1D_ARRAY 0x905D
#define GL_INT_IMAGE_2D_ARRAY 0x905E
#define GL_INT_IMAGE_CUBE_MAP_ARRAY 0x905F
#define GL_INT_IMAGE_2D_MULTISAMPLE 0x9060
#define GL_INT_IMAGE_2D_MULTISAMPLE_ARRAY 0x9061
#define GL_UNSIGNED_INT_IMAGE_1D 0x9062
#define GL_UNSIGNED_INT_IMAGE_2D 0x9063
#define GL_UNSIGNED_INT_IMAGE_3D 0x9064
#define GL_UNSIGNED_INT_IMAGE_2D_RECT 0x9065
#define GL_UNSIGNED_INT_IMAGE_CUBE 0x9066
#define GL_UNSIGNED_INT_IMAGE_BUFFER 0x9067
#define GL_UNSIGNED_INT_IMAGE_1D_ARRAY 0x9068
#define GL_UNSIGNED_INT_IMAGE_2D_ARRAY 0x9069
#define GL_UNSIGNED_INT_IMAGE_CUBE_MAP_ARRAY 0x906A
#define GL_UNSIGNED_INT_IMAGE_2D_MULTISAMPLE 0x906B
#define GL_UNSIGNED_INT_IMAGE_2D_MULTISAMPLE_ARRAY 0x906C
#define GL_UNSIGNED_INT_ATOMIC_COUNTER 0x92DB

521
ios-m1-simulator/include/glslang/MachineIndependent/glslang_tab.cpp.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,521 @@
/* A Bison parser, made by GNU Bison 3.0.4. */
/* Bison interface for Yacc-like parsers in C
Copyright (C) 1984, 1989-1990, 2000-2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
/* As a special exception, you may create a larger work that contains
part or all of the Bison parser skeleton and distribute that work
under terms of your choice, so long as that work isn't itself a
parser generator using the skeleton or a modified version thereof
as a parser skeleton. Alternatively, if you modify or redistribute
the parser skeleton itself, you may (at your option) remove this
special exception, which will cause the skeleton and the resulting
Bison output files to be licensed under the GNU General Public
License without this special exception.
This special exception was added by the Free Software Foundation in
version 2.2 of Bison. */
#ifndef YY_YY_GLSLANG_TAB_CPP_H_INCLUDED
# define YY_YY_GLSLANG_TAB_CPP_H_INCLUDED
/* Debug traces. */
#ifndef YYDEBUG
# define YYDEBUG 1
#endif
#if YYDEBUG
extern int yydebug;
#endif
/* Token type. */
#ifndef YYTOKENTYPE
# define YYTOKENTYPE
enum yytokentype
{
CONST = 258,
BOOL = 259,
INT = 260,
UINT = 261,
FLOAT = 262,
BVEC2 = 263,
BVEC3 = 264,
BVEC4 = 265,
IVEC2 = 266,
IVEC3 = 267,
IVEC4 = 268,
UVEC2 = 269,
UVEC3 = 270,
UVEC4 = 271,
VEC2 = 272,
VEC3 = 273,
VEC4 = 274,
MAT2 = 275,
MAT3 = 276,
MAT4 = 277,
MAT2X2 = 278,
MAT2X3 = 279,
MAT2X4 = 280,
MAT3X2 = 281,
MAT3X3 = 282,
MAT3X4 = 283,
MAT4X2 = 284,
MAT4X3 = 285,
MAT4X4 = 286,
SAMPLER2D = 287,
SAMPLER3D = 288,
SAMPLERCUBE = 289,
SAMPLER2DSHADOW = 290,
SAMPLERCUBESHADOW = 291,
SAMPLER2DARRAY = 292,
SAMPLER2DARRAYSHADOW = 293,
ISAMPLER2D = 294,
ISAMPLER3D = 295,
ISAMPLERCUBE = 296,
ISAMPLER2DARRAY = 297,
USAMPLER2D = 298,
USAMPLER3D = 299,
USAMPLERCUBE = 300,
USAMPLER2DARRAY = 301,
SAMPLER = 302,
SAMPLERSHADOW = 303,
TEXTURE2D = 304,
TEXTURE3D = 305,
TEXTURECUBE = 306,
TEXTURE2DARRAY = 307,
ITEXTURE2D = 308,
ITEXTURE3D = 309,
ITEXTURECUBE = 310,
ITEXTURE2DARRAY = 311,
UTEXTURE2D = 312,
UTEXTURE3D = 313,
UTEXTURECUBE = 314,
UTEXTURE2DARRAY = 315,
ATTRIBUTE = 316,
VARYING = 317,
FLOAT16_T = 318,
FLOAT32_T = 319,
DOUBLE = 320,
FLOAT64_T = 321,
INT64_T = 322,
UINT64_T = 323,
INT32_T = 324,
UINT32_T = 325,
INT16_T = 326,
UINT16_T = 327,
INT8_T = 328,
UINT8_T = 329,
I64VEC2 = 330,
I64VEC3 = 331,
I64VEC4 = 332,
U64VEC2 = 333,
U64VEC3 = 334,
U64VEC4 = 335,
I32VEC2 = 336,
I32VEC3 = 337,
I32VEC4 = 338,
U32VEC2 = 339,
U32VEC3 = 340,
U32VEC4 = 341,
I16VEC2 = 342,
I16VEC3 = 343,
I16VEC4 = 344,
U16VEC2 = 345,
U16VEC3 = 346,
U16VEC4 = 347,
I8VEC2 = 348,
I8VEC3 = 349,
I8VEC4 = 350,
U8VEC2 = 351,
U8VEC3 = 352,
U8VEC4 = 353,
DVEC2 = 354,
DVEC3 = 355,
DVEC4 = 356,
DMAT2 = 357,
DMAT3 = 358,
DMAT4 = 359,
F16VEC2 = 360,
F16VEC3 = 361,
F16VEC4 = 362,
F16MAT2 = 363,
F16MAT3 = 364,
F16MAT4 = 365,
F32VEC2 = 366,
F32VEC3 = 367,
F32VEC4 = 368,
F32MAT2 = 369,
F32MAT3 = 370,
F32MAT4 = 371,
F64VEC2 = 372,
F64VEC3 = 373,
F64VEC4 = 374,
F64MAT2 = 375,
F64MAT3 = 376,
F64MAT4 = 377,
DMAT2X2 = 378,
DMAT2X3 = 379,
DMAT2X4 = 380,
DMAT3X2 = 381,
DMAT3X3 = 382,
DMAT3X4 = 383,
DMAT4X2 = 384,
DMAT4X3 = 385,
DMAT4X4 = 386,
F16MAT2X2 = 387,
F16MAT2X3 = 388,
F16MAT2X4 = 389,
F16MAT3X2 = 390,
F16MAT3X3 = 391,
F16MAT3X4 = 392,
F16MAT4X2 = 393,
F16MAT4X3 = 394,
F16MAT4X4 = 395,
F32MAT2X2 = 396,
F32MAT2X3 = 397,
F32MAT2X4 = 398,
F32MAT3X2 = 399,
F32MAT3X3 = 400,
F32MAT3X4 = 401,
F32MAT4X2 = 402,
F32MAT4X3 = 403,
F32MAT4X4 = 404,
F64MAT2X2 = 405,
F64MAT2X3 = 406,
F64MAT2X4 = 407,
F64MAT3X2 = 408,
F64MAT3X3 = 409,
F64MAT3X4 = 410,
F64MAT4X2 = 411,
F64MAT4X3 = 412,
F64MAT4X4 = 413,
ATOMIC_UINT = 414,
ACCSTRUCTNV = 415,
ACCSTRUCTEXT = 416,
RAYQUERYEXT = 417,
FCOOPMATNV = 418,
ICOOPMATNV = 419,
UCOOPMATNV = 420,
SAMPLERCUBEARRAY = 421,
SAMPLERCUBEARRAYSHADOW = 422,
ISAMPLERCUBEARRAY = 423,
USAMPLERCUBEARRAY = 424,
SAMPLER1D = 425,
SAMPLER1DARRAY = 426,
SAMPLER1DARRAYSHADOW = 427,
ISAMPLER1D = 428,
SAMPLER1DSHADOW = 429,
SAMPLER2DRECT = 430,
SAMPLER2DRECTSHADOW = 431,
ISAMPLER2DRECT = 432,
USAMPLER2DRECT = 433,
SAMPLERBUFFER = 434,
ISAMPLERBUFFER = 435,
USAMPLERBUFFER = 436,
SAMPLER2DMS = 437,
ISAMPLER2DMS = 438,
USAMPLER2DMS = 439,
SAMPLER2DMSARRAY = 440,
ISAMPLER2DMSARRAY = 441,
USAMPLER2DMSARRAY = 442,
SAMPLEREXTERNALOES = 443,
SAMPLEREXTERNAL2DY2YEXT = 444,
ISAMPLER1DARRAY = 445,
USAMPLER1D = 446,
USAMPLER1DARRAY = 447,
F16SAMPLER1D = 448,
F16SAMPLER2D = 449,
F16SAMPLER3D = 450,
F16SAMPLER2DRECT = 451,
F16SAMPLERCUBE = 452,
F16SAMPLER1DARRAY = 453,
F16SAMPLER2DARRAY = 454,
F16SAMPLERCUBEARRAY = 455,
F16SAMPLERBUFFER = 456,
F16SAMPLER2DMS = 457,
F16SAMPLER2DMSARRAY = 458,
F16SAMPLER1DSHADOW = 459,
F16SAMPLER2DSHADOW = 460,
F16SAMPLER1DARRAYSHADOW = 461,
F16SAMPLER2DARRAYSHADOW = 462,
F16SAMPLER2DRECTSHADOW = 463,
F16SAMPLERCUBESHADOW = 464,
F16SAMPLERCUBEARRAYSHADOW = 465,
IMAGE1D = 466,
IIMAGE1D = 467,
UIMAGE1D = 468,
IMAGE2D = 469,
IIMAGE2D = 470,
UIMAGE2D = 471,
IMAGE3D = 472,
IIMAGE3D = 473,
UIMAGE3D = 474,
IMAGE2DRECT = 475,
IIMAGE2DRECT = 476,
UIMAGE2DRECT = 477,
IMAGECUBE = 478,
IIMAGECUBE = 479,
UIMAGECUBE = 480,
IMAGEBUFFER = 481,
IIMAGEBUFFER = 482,
UIMAGEBUFFER = 483,
IMAGE1DARRAY = 484,
IIMAGE1DARRAY = 485,
UIMAGE1DARRAY = 486,
IMAGE2DARRAY = 487,
IIMAGE2DARRAY = 488,
UIMAGE2DARRAY = 489,
IMAGECUBEARRAY = 490,
IIMAGECUBEARRAY = 491,
UIMAGECUBEARRAY = 492,
IMAGE2DMS = 493,
IIMAGE2DMS = 494,
UIMAGE2DMS = 495,
IMAGE2DMSARRAY = 496,
IIMAGE2DMSARRAY = 497,
UIMAGE2DMSARRAY = 498,
F16IMAGE1D = 499,
F16IMAGE2D = 500,
F16IMAGE3D = 501,
F16IMAGE2DRECT = 502,
F16IMAGECUBE = 503,
F16IMAGE1DARRAY = 504,
F16IMAGE2DARRAY = 505,
F16IMAGECUBEARRAY = 506,
F16IMAGEBUFFER = 507,
F16IMAGE2DMS = 508,
F16IMAGE2DMSARRAY = 509,
TEXTURECUBEARRAY = 510,
ITEXTURECUBEARRAY = 511,
UTEXTURECUBEARRAY = 512,
TEXTURE1D = 513,
ITEXTURE1D = 514,
UTEXTURE1D = 515,
TEXTURE1DARRAY = 516,
ITEXTURE1DARRAY = 517,
UTEXTURE1DARRAY = 518,
TEXTURE2DRECT = 519,
ITEXTURE2DRECT = 520,
UTEXTURE2DRECT = 521,
TEXTUREBUFFER = 522,
ITEXTUREBUFFER = 523,
UTEXTUREBUFFER = 524,
TEXTURE2DMS = 525,
ITEXTURE2DMS = 526,
UTEXTURE2DMS = 527,
TEXTURE2DMSARRAY = 528,
ITEXTURE2DMSARRAY = 529,
UTEXTURE2DMSARRAY = 530,
F16TEXTURE1D = 531,
F16TEXTURE2D = 532,
F16TEXTURE3D = 533,
F16TEXTURE2DRECT = 534,
F16TEXTURECUBE = 535,
F16TEXTURE1DARRAY = 536,
F16TEXTURE2DARRAY = 537,
F16TEXTURECUBEARRAY = 538,
F16TEXTUREBUFFER = 539,
F16TEXTURE2DMS = 540,
F16TEXTURE2DMSARRAY = 541,
SUBPASSINPUT = 542,
SUBPASSINPUTMS = 543,
ISUBPASSINPUT = 544,
ISUBPASSINPUTMS = 545,
USUBPASSINPUT = 546,
USUBPASSINPUTMS = 547,
F16SUBPASSINPUT = 548,
F16SUBPASSINPUTMS = 549,
LEFT_OP = 550,
RIGHT_OP = 551,
INC_OP = 552,
DEC_OP = 553,
LE_OP = 554,
GE_OP = 555,
EQ_OP = 556,
NE_OP = 557,
AND_OP = 558,
OR_OP = 559,
XOR_OP = 560,
MUL_ASSIGN = 561,
DIV_ASSIGN = 562,
ADD_ASSIGN = 563,
MOD_ASSIGN = 564,
LEFT_ASSIGN = 565,
RIGHT_ASSIGN = 566,
AND_ASSIGN = 567,
XOR_ASSIGN = 568,
OR_ASSIGN = 569,
SUB_ASSIGN = 570,
STRING_LITERAL = 571,
LEFT_PAREN = 572,
RIGHT_PAREN = 573,
LEFT_BRACKET = 574,
RIGHT_BRACKET = 575,
LEFT_BRACE = 576,
RIGHT_BRACE = 577,
DOT = 578,
COMMA = 579,
COLON = 580,
EQUAL = 581,
SEMICOLON = 582,
BANG = 583,
DASH = 584,
TILDE = 585,
PLUS = 586,
STAR = 587,
SLASH = 588,
PERCENT = 589,
LEFT_ANGLE = 590,
RIGHT_ANGLE = 591,
VERTICAL_BAR = 592,
CARET = 593,
AMPERSAND = 594,
QUESTION = 595,
INVARIANT = 596,
HIGH_PRECISION = 597,
MEDIUM_PRECISION = 598,
LOW_PRECISION = 599,
PRECISION = 600,
PACKED = 601,
RESOURCE = 602,
SUPERP = 603,
FLOATCONSTANT = 604,
INTCONSTANT = 605,
UINTCONSTANT = 606,
BOOLCONSTANT = 607,
IDENTIFIER = 608,
TYPE_NAME = 609,
CENTROID = 610,
IN = 611,
OUT = 612,
INOUT = 613,
STRUCT = 614,
VOID = 615,
WHILE = 616,
BREAK = 617,
CONTINUE = 618,
DO = 619,
ELSE = 620,
FOR = 621,
IF = 622,
DISCARD = 623,
RETURN = 624,
SWITCH = 625,
CASE = 626,
DEFAULT = 627,
UNIFORM = 628,
SHARED = 629,
BUFFER = 630,
FLAT = 631,
SMOOTH = 632,
LAYOUT = 633,
DOUBLECONSTANT = 634,
INT16CONSTANT = 635,
UINT16CONSTANT = 636,
FLOAT16CONSTANT = 637,
INT32CONSTANT = 638,
UINT32CONSTANT = 639,
INT64CONSTANT = 640,
UINT64CONSTANT = 641,
SUBROUTINE = 642,
DEMOTE = 643,
PAYLOADNV = 644,
PAYLOADINNV = 645,
HITATTRNV = 646,
CALLDATANV = 647,
CALLDATAINNV = 648,
PAYLOADEXT = 649,
PAYLOADINEXT = 650,
HITATTREXT = 651,
CALLDATAEXT = 652,
CALLDATAINEXT = 653,
PATCH = 654,
SAMPLE = 655,
NONUNIFORM = 656,
COHERENT = 657,
VOLATILE = 658,
RESTRICT = 659,
READONLY = 660,
WRITEONLY = 661,
DEVICECOHERENT = 662,
QUEUEFAMILYCOHERENT = 663,
WORKGROUPCOHERENT = 664,
SUBGROUPCOHERENT = 665,
NONPRIVATE = 666,
SHADERCALLCOHERENT = 667,
NOPERSPECTIVE = 668,
EXPLICITINTERPAMD = 669,
PERVERTEXNV = 670,
PERPRIMITIVENV = 671,
PERVIEWNV = 672,
PERTASKNV = 673,
PRECISE = 674
};
#endif
/* Value type. */
#if ! defined YYSTYPE && ! defined YYSTYPE_IS_DECLARED
union YYSTYPE
{
#line 97 "glslang.y" /* yacc.c:1909 */
struct {
glslang::TSourceLoc loc;
union {
glslang::TString *string;
int i;
unsigned int u;
long long i64;
unsigned long long u64;
bool b;
double d;
};
glslang::TSymbol* symbol;
} lex;
struct {
glslang::TSourceLoc loc;
glslang::TOperator op;
union {
TIntermNode* intermNode;
glslang::TIntermNodePair nodePair;
glslang::TIntermTyped* intermTypedNode;
glslang::TAttributes* attributes;
};
union {
glslang::TPublicType type;
glslang::TFunction* function;
glslang::TParameter param;
glslang::TTypeLoc typeLine;
glslang::TTypeList* typeList;
glslang::TArraySizes* arraySizes;
glslang::TIdentifierList* identifierList;
};
glslang::TArraySizes* typeParameters;
} interm;
#line 510 "glslang_tab.cpp.h" /* yacc.c:1909 */
};
typedef union YYSTYPE YYSTYPE;
# define YYSTYPE_IS_TRIVIAL 1
# define YYSTYPE_IS_DECLARED 1
#endif
int yyparse (glslang::TParseContext* pParseContext);
#endif /* !YY_YY_GLSLANG_TAB_CPP_H_INCLUDED */

302
ios-m1-simulator/include/glslang/MachineIndependent/iomapper.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,302 @@
//
// Copyright (C) 2016 LunarG, Inc.
//
// All rights reserved.
//
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
// are met:
//
// Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
//
// Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following
// disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided
// with the distribution.
//
// Neither the name of 3Dlabs Inc. Ltd. nor the names of its
// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived
// from this software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS
// FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
// COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
// INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING,
// BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
// LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
// CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
// LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN
// ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
// POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
//
#ifndef GLSLANG_WEB
#ifndef _IOMAPPER_INCLUDED
#define _IOMAPPER_INCLUDED
#include <cstdint>
#include "LiveTraverser.h"
#include <unordered_map>
#include <unordered_set>
//
// A reflection database and its interface, consistent with the OpenGL API reflection queries.
//
class TInfoSink;
namespace glslang {
class TIntermediate;
struct TVarEntryInfo {
int id;
TIntermSymbol* symbol;
bool live;
int newBinding;
int newSet;
int newLocation;
int newComponent;
int newIndex;
EShLanguage stage;
struct TOrderById {
inline bool operator()(const TVarEntryInfo& l, const TVarEntryInfo& r) { return l.id < r.id; }
};
struct TOrderByPriority {
// ordering:
// 1) has both binding and set
// 2) has binding but no set
// 3) has no binding but set
// 4) has no binding and no set
inline bool operator()(const TVarEntryInfo& l, const TVarEntryInfo& r) {
const TQualifier& lq = l.symbol->getQualifier();
const TQualifier& rq = r.symbol->getQualifier();
// simple rules:
// has binding gives 2 points
// has set gives 1 point
// who has the most points is more important.
int lPoints = (lq.hasBinding() ? 2 : 0) + (lq.hasSet() ? 1 : 0);
int rPoints = (rq.hasBinding() ? 2 : 0) + (rq.hasSet() ? 1 : 0);
if (lPoints == rPoints)
return l.id < r.id;
return lPoints > rPoints;
}
};
};
// Base class for shared TIoMapResolver services, used by several derivations.
struct TDefaultIoResolverBase : public glslang::TIoMapResolver {
public:
TDefaultIoResolverBase(const TIntermediate& intermediate);
typedef std::vector<int> TSlotSet;
typedef std::unordered_map<int, TSlotSet> TSlotSetMap;
// grow the reflection stage by stage
void notifyBinding(EShLanguage, TVarEntryInfo& /*ent*/) override {}
void notifyInOut(EShLanguage, TVarEntryInfo& /*ent*/) override {}
void beginNotifications(EShLanguage) override {}
void endNotifications(EShLanguage) override {}
void beginResolve(EShLanguage) override {}
void endResolve(EShLanguage) override {}
void beginCollect(EShLanguage) override {}
void endCollect(EShLanguage) override {}
void reserverResourceSlot(TVarEntryInfo& /*ent*/, TInfoSink& /*infoSink*/) override {}
void reserverStorageSlot(TVarEntryInfo& /*ent*/, TInfoSink& /*infoSink*/) override {}
int getBaseBinding(TResourceType res, unsigned int set) const;
const std::vector<std::string>& getResourceSetBinding() const;
virtual TResourceType getResourceType(const glslang::TType& type) = 0;
bool doAutoBindingMapping() const;
bool doAutoLocationMapping() const;
TSlotSet::iterator findSlot(int set, int slot);
bool checkEmpty(int set, int slot);
bool validateInOut(EShLanguage /*stage*/, TVarEntryInfo& /*ent*/) override { return true; }
int reserveSlot(int set, int slot, int size = 1);
int getFreeSlot(int set, int base, int size = 1);
int resolveSet(EShLanguage /*stage*/, TVarEntryInfo& ent) override;
int resolveUniformLocation(EShLanguage /*stage*/, TVarEntryInfo& ent) override;
int resolveInOutLocation(EShLanguage stage, TVarEntryInfo& ent) override;
int resolveInOutComponent(EShLanguage /*stage*/, TVarEntryInfo& ent) override;
int resolveInOutIndex(EShLanguage /*stage*/, TVarEntryInfo& ent) override;
void addStage(EShLanguage stage) override {
if (stage < EShLangCount)
stageMask[stage] = true;
}
uint32_t computeTypeLocationSize(const TType& type, EShLanguage stage);
TSlotSetMap slots;
bool hasError = false;
protected:
TDefaultIoResolverBase(TDefaultIoResolverBase&);
TDefaultIoResolverBase& operator=(TDefaultIoResolverBase&);
const TIntermediate& intermediate;
int nextUniformLocation;
int nextInputLocation;
int nextOutputLocation;
bool stageMask[EShLangCount + 1];
// Return descriptor set specific base if there is one, and the generic base otherwise.
int selectBaseBinding(int base, int descriptorSetBase) const {
return descriptorSetBase != -1 ? descriptorSetBase : base;
}
static int getLayoutSet(const glslang::TType& type) {
if (type.getQualifier().hasSet())
return type.getQualifier().layoutSet;
else
return 0;
}
static bool isSamplerType(const glslang::TType& type) {
return type.getBasicType() == glslang::EbtSampler && type.getSampler().isPureSampler();
}
static bool isTextureType(const glslang::TType& type) {
return (type.getBasicType() == glslang::EbtSampler &&
(type.getSampler().isTexture() || type.getSampler().isSubpass()));
}
static bool isUboType(const glslang::TType& type) {
return type.getQualifier().storage == EvqUniform;
}
static bool isImageType(const glslang::TType& type) {
return type.getBasicType() == glslang::EbtSampler && type.getSampler().isImage();
}
static bool isSsboType(const glslang::TType& type) {
return type.getQualifier().storage == EvqBuffer;
}
// Return true if this is a SRV (shader resource view) type:
static bool isSrvType(const glslang::TType& type) {
return isTextureType(type) || type.getQualifier().storage == EvqBuffer;
}
// Return true if this is a UAV (unordered access view) type:
static bool isUavType(const glslang::TType& type) {
if (type.getQualifier().isReadOnly())
return false;
return (type.getBasicType() == glslang::EbtSampler && type.getSampler().isImage()) ||
(type.getQualifier().storage == EvqBuffer);
}
};
// Defaulf I/O resolver for OpenGL
struct TDefaultGlslIoResolver : public TDefaultIoResolverBase {
public:
typedef std::map<TString, int> TVarSlotMap; // <resourceName, location/binding>
typedef std::map<int, TVarSlotMap> TSlotMap; // <resourceKey, TVarSlotMap>
TDefaultGlslIoResolver(const TIntermediate& intermediate);
bool validateBinding(EShLanguage /*stage*/, TVarEntryInfo& /*ent*/) override { return true; }
TResourceType getResourceType(const glslang::TType& type) override;
int resolveInOutLocation(EShLanguage stage, TVarEntryInfo& ent) override;
int resolveUniformLocation(EShLanguage /*stage*/, TVarEntryInfo& ent) override;
int resolveBinding(EShLanguage /*stage*/, TVarEntryInfo& ent) override;
void beginResolve(EShLanguage /*stage*/) override;
void endResolve(EShLanguage stage) override;
void beginCollect(EShLanguage) override;
void endCollect(EShLanguage) override;
void reserverStorageSlot(TVarEntryInfo& ent, TInfoSink& infoSink) override;
void reserverResourceSlot(TVarEntryInfo& ent, TInfoSink& infoSink) override;
const TString& getAccessName(const TIntermSymbol*);
// in/out symbol and uniform symbol are stored in the same resourceSlotMap, the storage key is used to identify each type of symbol.
// We use stage and storage qualifier to construct a storage key. it can help us identify the same storage resource used in different stage.
// if a resource is a program resource and we don't need know it usage stage, we can use same stage to build storage key.
// Note: both stage and type must less then 0xffff.
int buildStorageKey(EShLanguage stage, TStorageQualifier type) {
assert(static_cast<uint32_t>(stage) <= 0x0000ffff && static_cast<uint32_t>(type) <= 0x0000ffff);
return (stage << 16) | type;
}
protected:
// Use for mark pre stage, to get more interface symbol information.
EShLanguage preStage;
// Use for mark current shader stage for resolver
EShLanguage currentStage;
// Slot map for storage resource(location of uniform and interface symbol) It's a program share slot
TSlotMap resourceSlotMap;
// Slot map for other resource(image, ubo, ssbo), It's a program share slot.
TSlotMap storageSlotMap;
};
typedef std::map<TString, TVarEntryInfo> TVarLiveMap;
// override function "operator=", if a vector<const _Kty, _Ty> being sort,
// when use vc++, the sort function will call :
// pair& operator=(const pair<_Other1, _Other2>& _Right)
// {
// first = _Right.first;
// second = _Right.second;
// return (*this);
// }
// that will make a const type handing on left.
// override this function can avoid a compiler error.
// In the future, if the vc++ compiler can handle such a situation,
// this part of the code will be removed.
struct TVarLivePair : std::pair<const TString, TVarEntryInfo> {
TVarLivePair(const std::pair<const TString, TVarEntryInfo>& _Right) : pair(_Right.first, _Right.second) {}
TVarLivePair& operator=(const TVarLivePair& _Right) {
const_cast<TString&>(first) = _Right.first;
second = _Right.second;
return (*this);
}
TVarLivePair(const TVarLivePair& src) : pair(src) { }
};
typedef std::vector<TVarLivePair> TVarLiveVector;
// I/O mapper
class TIoMapper {
public:
TIoMapper() {}
virtual ~TIoMapper() {}
// grow the reflection stage by stage
bool virtual addStage(EShLanguage, TIntermediate&, TInfoSink&, TIoMapResolver*);
bool virtual doMap(TIoMapResolver*, TInfoSink&) { return true; }
};
// I/O mapper for OpenGL
class TGlslIoMapper : public TIoMapper {
public:
TGlslIoMapper() {
memset(inVarMaps, 0, sizeof(TVarLiveMap*) * EShLangCount);
memset(outVarMaps, 0, sizeof(TVarLiveMap*) * EShLangCount);
memset(uniformVarMap, 0, sizeof(TVarLiveMap*) * EShLangCount);
memset(intermediates, 0, sizeof(TIntermediate*) * EShLangCount);
}
virtual ~TGlslIoMapper() {
for (size_t stage = 0; stage < EShLangCount; stage++) {
if (inVarMaps[stage] != nullptr) {
delete inVarMaps[stage];
inVarMaps[stage] = nullptr;
}
if (outVarMaps[stage] != nullptr) {
delete outVarMaps[stage];
outVarMaps[stage] = nullptr;
}
if (uniformVarMap[stage] != nullptr) {
delete uniformVarMap[stage];
uniformVarMap[stage] = nullptr;
}
if (intermediates[stage] != nullptr)
intermediates[stage] = nullptr;
}
}
// grow the reflection stage by stage
bool addStage(EShLanguage, TIntermediate&, TInfoSink&, TIoMapResolver*) override;
bool doMap(TIoMapResolver*, TInfoSink&) override;
TVarLiveMap *inVarMaps[EShLangCount], *outVarMaps[EShLangCount],
*uniformVarMap[EShLangCount];
TIntermediate* intermediates[EShLangCount];
bool hadError = false;
};
} // end namespace glslang
#endif // _IOMAPPER_INCLUDED
#endif // GLSLANG_WEB

1030
ios-m1-simulator/include/glslang/MachineIndependent/localintermediate.h Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

240
ios-m1-simulator/include/glslang/MachineIndependent/parseVersions.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,240 @@
//
// Copyright (C) 2015-2018 Google, Inc.
// Copyright (C) 2017 ARM Limited.
//
// All rights reserved.
//
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
// are met:
//
// Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
//
// Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following
// disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided
// with the distribution.
//
// Neither the name of 3Dlabs Inc. Ltd. nor the names of its
// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived
// from this software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS
// FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
// COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
// INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING,
// BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
// LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
// CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
// LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN
// ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
// POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
//
// This is implemented in Versions.cpp
#ifndef _PARSE_VERSIONS_INCLUDED_
#define _PARSE_VERSIONS_INCLUDED_
#include "../Public/ShaderLang.h"
#include "../Include/InfoSink.h"
#include "Scan.h"
#include <map>
namespace glslang {
//
// Base class for parse helpers.
// This just has version-related information and checking.
// This class should be sufficient for preprocessing.
//
class TParseVersions {
public:
TParseVersions(TIntermediate& interm, int version, EProfile profile,
const SpvVersion& spvVersion, EShLanguage language, TInfoSink& infoSink,
bool forwardCompatible, EShMessages messages)
:
#ifndef GLSLANG_WEB
forwardCompatible(forwardCompatible),
profile(profile),
#endif
infoSink(infoSink), version(version),
language(language),
spvVersion(spvVersion),
intermediate(interm), messages(messages), numErrors(0), currentScanner(0) { }
virtual ~TParseVersions() { }
void requireStage(const TSourceLoc&, EShLanguageMask, const char* featureDesc);
void requireStage(const TSourceLoc&, EShLanguage, const char* featureDesc);
#ifdef GLSLANG_WEB
const EProfile profile = EEsProfile;
bool isEsProfile() const { return true; }
void requireProfile(const TSourceLoc& loc, int profileMask, const char* featureDesc)
{
if (! (EEsProfile & profileMask))
error(loc, "not supported with this profile:", featureDesc, ProfileName(profile));
}
void profileRequires(const TSourceLoc& loc, int profileMask, int minVersion, int numExtensions,
const char* const extensions[], const char* featureDesc)
{
if ((EEsProfile & profileMask) && (minVersion == 0 || version < minVersion))
error(loc, "not supported for this version or the enabled extensions", featureDesc, "");
}
void profileRequires(const TSourceLoc& loc, int profileMask, int minVersion, const char* extension,
const char* featureDesc)
{
profileRequires(loc, profileMask, minVersion, extension ? 1 : 0, &extension, featureDesc);
}
void initializeExtensionBehavior() { }
void checkDeprecated(const TSourceLoc&, int queryProfiles, int depVersion, const char* featureDesc) { }
void requireNotRemoved(const TSourceLoc&, int queryProfiles, int removedVersion, const char* featureDesc) { }
void requireExtensions(const TSourceLoc&, int numExtensions, const char* const extensions[],
const char* featureDesc) { }
void ppRequireExtensions(const TSourceLoc&, int numExtensions, const char* const extensions[],
const char* featureDesc) { }
TExtensionBehavior getExtensionBehavior(const char*) { return EBhMissing; }
bool extensionTurnedOn(const char* const extension) { return false; }
bool extensionsTurnedOn(int numExtensions, const char* const extensions[]) { return false; }
void updateExtensionBehavior(int line, const char* const extension, const char* behavior) { }
void updateExtensionBehavior(const char* const extension, TExtensionBehavior) { }
void checkExtensionStage(const TSourceLoc&, const char* const extension) { }
void extensionRequires(const TSourceLoc&, const char* const extension, const char* behavior) { }
void fullIntegerCheck(const TSourceLoc&, const char* op) { }
void doubleCheck(const TSourceLoc&, const char* op) { }
bool float16Arithmetic() { return false; }
void requireFloat16Arithmetic(const TSourceLoc& loc, const char* op, const char* featureDesc) { }
bool int16Arithmetic() { return false; }
void requireInt16Arithmetic(const TSourceLoc& loc, const char* op, const char* featureDesc) { }
bool int8Arithmetic() { return false; }
void requireInt8Arithmetic(const TSourceLoc& loc, const char* op, const char* featureDesc) { }
void int64Check(const TSourceLoc&, const char* op, bool builtIn = false) { }
void explicitFloat32Check(const TSourceLoc&, const char* op, bool builtIn = false) { }
void explicitFloat64Check(const TSourceLoc&, const char* op, bool builtIn = false) { }
bool relaxedErrors() const { return false; }
bool suppressWarnings() const { return true; }
bool isForwardCompatible() const { return false; }
#else
bool forwardCompatible; // true if errors are to be given for use of deprecated features
EProfile profile; // the declared profile in the shader (core by default)
bool isEsProfile() const { return profile == EEsProfile; }
void requireProfile(const TSourceLoc& loc, int profileMask, const char* featureDesc);
void profileRequires(const TSourceLoc& loc, int profileMask, int minVersion, int numExtensions,
const char* const extensions[], const char* featureDesc);
void profileRequires(const TSourceLoc& loc, int profileMask, int minVersion, const char* extension,
const char* featureDesc);
virtual void initializeExtensionBehavior();
virtual void checkDeprecated(const TSourceLoc&, int queryProfiles, int depVersion, const char* featureDesc);
virtual void requireNotRemoved(const TSourceLoc&, int queryProfiles, int removedVersion, const char* featureDesc);
virtual void requireExtensions(const TSourceLoc&, int numExtensions, const char* const extensions[],
const char* featureDesc);
virtual void ppRequireExtensions(const TSourceLoc&, int numExtensions, const char* const extensions[],
const char* featureDesc);
virtual TExtensionBehavior getExtensionBehavior(const char*);
virtual bool extensionTurnedOn(const char* const extension);
virtual bool extensionsTurnedOn(int numExtensions, const char* const extensions[]);
virtual void updateExtensionBehavior(int line, const char* const extension, const char* behavior);
virtual void updateExtensionBehavior(const char* const extension, TExtensionBehavior);
virtual bool checkExtensionsRequested(const TSourceLoc&, int numExtensions, const char* const extensions[],
const char* featureDesc);
virtual void checkExtensionStage(const TSourceLoc&, const char* const extension);
virtual void extensionRequires(const TSourceLoc&, const char* const extension, const char* behavior);
virtual void fullIntegerCheck(const TSourceLoc&, const char* op);
virtual void unimplemented(const TSourceLoc&, const char* featureDesc);
virtual void doubleCheck(const TSourceLoc&, const char* op);
virtual void float16Check(const TSourceLoc&, const char* op, bool builtIn = false);
virtual void float16ScalarVectorCheck(const TSourceLoc&, const char* op, bool builtIn = false);
virtual bool float16Arithmetic();
virtual void requireFloat16Arithmetic(const TSourceLoc& loc, const char* op, const char* featureDesc);
virtual void int16ScalarVectorCheck(const TSourceLoc&, const char* op, bool builtIn = false);
virtual bool int16Arithmetic();
virtual void requireInt16Arithmetic(const TSourceLoc& loc, const char* op, const char* featureDesc);
virtual void int8ScalarVectorCheck(const TSourceLoc&, const char* op, bool builtIn = false);
virtual bool int8Arithmetic();
virtual void requireInt8Arithmetic(const TSourceLoc& loc, const char* op, const char* featureDesc);
virtual void float16OpaqueCheck(const TSourceLoc&, const char* op, bool builtIn = false);
virtual void int64Check(const TSourceLoc&, const char* op, bool builtIn = false);
virtual void explicitInt8Check(const TSourceLoc&, const char* op, bool builtIn = false);
virtual void explicitInt16Check(const TSourceLoc&, const char* op, bool builtIn = false);
virtual void explicitInt32Check(const TSourceLoc&, const char* op, bool builtIn = false);
virtual void explicitFloat32Check(const TSourceLoc&, const char* op, bool builtIn = false);
virtual void explicitFloat64Check(const TSourceLoc&, const char* op, bool builtIn = false);
virtual void fcoopmatCheck(const TSourceLoc&, const char* op, bool builtIn = false);
virtual void intcoopmatCheck(const TSourceLoc&, const char *op, bool builtIn = false);
bool relaxedErrors() const { return (messages & EShMsgRelaxedErrors) != 0; }
bool suppressWarnings() const { return (messages & EShMsgSuppressWarnings) != 0; }
bool isForwardCompatible() const { return forwardCompatible; }
#endif // GLSLANG_WEB
virtual void spvRemoved(const TSourceLoc&, const char* op);
virtual void vulkanRemoved(const TSourceLoc&, const char* op);
virtual void requireVulkan(const TSourceLoc&, const char* op);
virtual void requireSpv(const TSourceLoc&, const char* op);
virtual void requireSpv(const TSourceLoc&, const char *op, unsigned int version);
#if defined(GLSLANG_WEB) && !defined(GLSLANG_WEB_DEVEL)
void C_DECL error(const TSourceLoc&, const char* szReason, const char* szToken,
const char* szExtraInfoFormat, ...) { addError(); }
void C_DECL warn(const TSourceLoc&, const char* szReason, const char* szToken,
const char* szExtraInfoFormat, ...) { }
void C_DECL ppError(const TSourceLoc&, const char* szReason, const char* szToken,
const char* szExtraInfoFormat, ...) { addError(); }
void C_DECL ppWarn(const TSourceLoc&, const char* szReason, const char* szToken,
const char* szExtraInfoFormat, ...) { }
#else
virtual void C_DECL error(const TSourceLoc&, const char* szReason, const char* szToken,
const char* szExtraInfoFormat, ...) = 0;
virtual void C_DECL warn(const TSourceLoc&, const char* szReason, const char* szToken,
const char* szExtraInfoFormat, ...) = 0;
virtual void C_DECL ppError(const TSourceLoc&, const char* szReason, const char* szToken,
const char* szExtraInfoFormat, ...) = 0;
virtual void C_DECL ppWarn(const TSourceLoc&, const char* szReason, const char* szToken,
const char* szExtraInfoFormat, ...) = 0;
#endif
void addError() { ++numErrors; }
int getNumErrors() const { return numErrors; }
void setScanner(TInputScanner* scanner) { currentScanner = scanner; }
TInputScanner* getScanner() const { return currentScanner; }
const TSourceLoc& getCurrentLoc() const { return currentScanner->getSourceLoc(); }
void setCurrentLine(int line) { currentScanner->setLine(line); }
void setCurrentColumn(int col) { currentScanner->setColumn(col); }
void setCurrentSourceName(const char* name) { currentScanner->setFile(name); }
void setCurrentString(int string) { currentScanner->setString(string); }
void getPreamble(std::string&);
#ifdef ENABLE_HLSL
bool isReadingHLSL() const { return (messages & EShMsgReadHlsl) == EShMsgReadHlsl; }
bool hlslEnable16BitTypes() const { return (messages & EShMsgHlslEnable16BitTypes) != 0; }
bool hlslDX9Compatible() const { return (messages & EShMsgHlslDX9Compatible) != 0; }
#else
bool isReadingHLSL() const { return false; }
#endif
TInfoSink& infoSink;
// compilation mode
int version; // version, updated by #version in the shader
EShLanguage language; // really the stage
SpvVersion spvVersion;
TIntermediate& intermediate; // helper for making and hooking up pieces of the parse tree
protected:
TMap<TString, TExtensionBehavior> extensionBehavior; // for each extension string, what its current behavior is set to
TMap<TString, unsigned int> extensionMinSpv; // for each extension string, store minimum spirv required
EShMessages messages; // errors/warnings/rule-sets
int numErrors; // number of compile-time errors encountered
TInputScanner* currentScanner;
private:
explicit TParseVersions(const TParseVersions&);
TParseVersions& operator=(const TParseVersions&);
};
} // end namespace glslang
#endif // _PARSE_VERSIONS_INCLUDED_

703
ios-m1-simulator/include/glslang/MachineIndependent/preprocessor/PpContext.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,703 @@
//
// Copyright (C) 2013 LunarG, Inc.
// Copyright (C) 2015-2018 Google, Inc.
// All rights reserved.
//
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
// are met:
//
// Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
//
// Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following
// disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided
// with the distribution.
//
// Neither the name of 3Dlabs Inc. Ltd. nor the names of its
// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived
// from this software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS
// FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
// COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
// INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING,
// BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
// LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
// CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
// LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN
// ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
// POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
//
/****************************************************************************\
Copyright (c) 2002, NVIDIA Corporation.
NVIDIA Corporation("NVIDIA") supplies this software to you in
consideration of your agreement to the following terms, and your use,
installation, modification or redistribution of this NVIDIA software
constitutes acceptance of these terms. If you do not agree with these
terms, please do not use, install, modify or redistribute this NVIDIA
software.
In consideration of your agreement to abide by the following terms, and
subject to these terms, NVIDIA grants you a personal, non-exclusive
license, under NVIDIA's copyrights in this original NVIDIA software (the
"NVIDIA Software"), to use, reproduce, modify and redistribute the
NVIDIA Software, with or without modifications, in source and/or binary
forms; provided that if you redistribute the NVIDIA Software, you must
retain the copyright notice of NVIDIA, this notice and the following
text and disclaimers in all such redistributions of the NVIDIA Software.
Neither the name, trademarks, service marks nor logos of NVIDIA
Corporation may be used to endorse or promote products derived from the
NVIDIA Software without specific prior written permission from NVIDIA.
Except as expressly stated in this notice, no other rights or licenses
express or implied, are granted by NVIDIA herein, including but not
limited to any patent rights that may be infringed by your derivative
works or by other works in which the NVIDIA Software may be
incorporated. No hardware is licensed hereunder.
THE NVIDIA SOFTWARE IS BEING PROVIDED ON AN "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,
INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF TITLE,
NON-INFRINGEMENT, MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR
ITS USE AND OPERATION EITHER ALONE OR IN COMBINATION WITH OTHER
PRODUCTS.
IN NO EVENT SHALL NVIDIA BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT,
INCIDENTAL, EXEMPLARY, CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
TO, LOST PROFITS; PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF
USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) OR ARISING IN ANY WAY
OUT OF THE USE, REPRODUCTION, MODIFICATION AND/OR DISTRIBUTION OF THE
NVIDIA SOFTWARE, HOWEVER CAUSED AND WHETHER UNDER THEORY OF CONTRACT,
TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), STRICT LIABILITY OR OTHERWISE, EVEN IF
NVIDIA HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
\****************************************************************************/
#ifndef PPCONTEXT_H
#define PPCONTEXT_H
#include <stack>
#include <unordered_map>
#include <sstream>
#include "../ParseHelper.h"
#include "PpTokens.h"
/* windows only pragma */
#ifdef _MSC_VER
#pragma warning(disable : 4127)
#endif
namespace glslang {
class TPpToken {
public:
TPpToken() { clear(); }
void clear()
{
space = false;
i64val = 0;
loc.init();
name[0] = 0;
}
// Used for comparing macro definitions, so checks what is relevant for that.
bool operator==(const TPpToken& right) const
{
return space == right.space &&
ival == right.ival && dval == right.dval && i64val == right.i64val &&
strncmp(name, right.name, MaxTokenLength) == 0;
}
bool operator!=(const TPpToken& right) const { return ! operator==(right); }
TSourceLoc loc;
// True if a space (for white space or a removed comment) should also be
// recognized, in front of the token returned:
bool space;
// Numeric value of the token:
union {
int ival;
double dval;
long long i64val;
};
// Text string of the token:
char name[MaxTokenLength + 1];
};
class TStringAtomMap {
//
// Implementation is in PpAtom.cpp
//
// Maintain a bi-directional mapping between relevant preprocessor strings and
// "atoms" which a unique integers (small, contiguous, not hash-like) per string.
//
public:
TStringAtomMap();
// Map string -> atom.
// Return 0 if no existing string.
int getAtom(const char* s) const
{
auto it = atomMap.find(s);
return it == atomMap.end() ? 0 : it->second;
}
// Map a new or existing string -> atom, inventing a new atom if necessary.
int getAddAtom(const char* s)
{
int atom = getAtom(s);
if (atom == 0) {
atom = nextAtom++;
addAtomFixed(s, atom);
}
return atom;
}
// Map atom -> string.
const char* getString(int atom) const { return stringMap[atom]->c_str(); }
protected:
TStringAtomMap(TStringAtomMap&);
TStringAtomMap& operator=(TStringAtomMap&);
TUnorderedMap<TString, int> atomMap;
TVector<const TString*> stringMap; // these point into the TString in atomMap
int nextAtom;
// Bad source characters can lead to bad atoms, so gracefully handle those by
// pre-filling the table with them (to avoid if tests later).
TString badToken;
// Add bi-directional mappings:
// - string -> atom
// - atom -> string
void addAtomFixed(const char* s, int atom)
{
auto it = atomMap.insert(std::pair<TString, int>(s, atom)).first;
if (stringMap.size() < (size_t)atom + 1)
stringMap.resize(atom + 100, &badToken);
stringMap[atom] = &it->first;
}
};
class TInputScanner;
enum MacroExpandResult {
MacroExpandNotStarted, // macro not expanded, which might not be an error
MacroExpandError, // a clear error occurred while expanding, no expansion
MacroExpandStarted, // macro expansion process has started
MacroExpandUndef // macro is undefined and will be expanded
};
// This class is the result of turning a huge pile of C code communicating through globals
// into a class. This was done to allowing instancing to attain thread safety.
// Don't expect too much in terms of OO design.
class TPpContext {
public:
TPpContext(TParseContextBase&, const std::string& rootFileName, TShader::Includer&);
virtual ~TPpContext();
void setPreamble(const char* preamble, size_t length);
int tokenize(TPpToken& ppToken);
int tokenPaste(int token, TPpToken&);
class tInput {
public:
tInput(TPpContext* p) : done(false), pp(p) { }
virtual ~tInput() { }
virtual int scan(TPpToken*) = 0;
virtual int getch() = 0;
virtual void ungetch() = 0;
virtual bool peekPasting() { return false; } // true when about to see ##
virtual bool peekContinuedPasting(int) { return false; } // true when non-spaced tokens can paste
virtual bool endOfReplacementList() { return false; } // true when at the end of a macro replacement list (RHS of #define)
virtual bool isMacroInput() { return false; }
// Will be called when we start reading tokens from this instance
virtual void notifyActivated() {}
// Will be called when we do not read tokens from this instance anymore
virtual void notifyDeleted() {}
protected:
bool done;
TPpContext* pp;
};
void setInput(TInputScanner& input, bool versionWillBeError);
void pushInput(tInput* in)
{
inputStack.push_back(in);
in->notifyActivated();
}
void popInput()
{
inputStack.back()->notifyDeleted();
delete inputStack.back();
inputStack.pop_back();
}
//
// From PpTokens.cpp
//
// Capture the needed parts of a token stream for macro recording/playback.
class TokenStream {
public:
// Manage a stream of these 'Token', which capture the relevant parts
// of a TPpToken, plus its atom.
class Token {
public:
Token(int atom, const TPpToken& ppToken) :
atom(atom),
space(ppToken.space),
i64val(ppToken.i64val),
name(ppToken.name) { }
int get(TPpToken& ppToken)
{
ppToken.clear();
ppToken.space = space;
ppToken.i64val = i64val;
snprintf(ppToken.name, sizeof(ppToken.name), "%s", name.c_str());
return atom;
}
bool isAtom(int a) const { return atom == a; }
int getAtom() const { return atom; }
bool nonSpaced() const { return !space; }
protected:
Token() {}
int atom;
bool space; // did a space precede the token?
long long i64val;
TString name;
};
TokenStream() : currentPos(0) { }
void putToken(int token, TPpToken* ppToken);
bool peekToken(int atom) { return !atEnd() && stream[currentPos].isAtom(atom); }
bool peekContinuedPasting(int atom)
{
// This is basically necessary because, for example, the PP
// tokenizer only accepts valid numeric-literals plus suffixes, so
// separates numeric-literals plus bad suffix into two tokens, which
// should get both pasted together as one token when token pasting.
//
// The following code is a bit more generalized than the above example.
if (!atEnd() && atom == PpAtomIdentifier && stream[currentPos].nonSpaced()) {
switch(stream[currentPos].getAtom()) {
case PpAtomConstInt:
case PpAtomConstUint:
case PpAtomConstInt64:
case PpAtomConstUint64:
case PpAtomConstInt16:
case PpAtomConstUint16:
case PpAtomConstFloat:
case PpAtomConstDouble:
case PpAtomConstFloat16:
case PpAtomConstString:
case PpAtomIdentifier:
return true;
default:
break;
}
}
return false;
}
int getToken(TParseContextBase&, TPpToken*);
bool atEnd() { return currentPos >= stream.size(); }
bool peekTokenizedPasting(bool lastTokenPastes);
bool peekUntokenizedPasting();
void reset() { currentPos = 0; }
protected:
TVector<Token> stream;
size_t currentPos;
};
//
// From Pp.cpp
//
struct MacroSymbol {
MacroSymbol() : functionLike(0), busy(0), undef(0) { }
TVector<int> args;
TokenStream body;
unsigned functionLike : 1; // 0 means object-like, 1 means function-like
unsigned busy : 1;
unsigned undef : 1;
};
typedef TMap<int, MacroSymbol> TSymbolMap;
TSymbolMap macroDefs; // map atoms to macro definitions
MacroSymbol* lookupMacroDef(int atom)
{
auto existingMacroIt = macroDefs.find(atom);
return (existingMacroIt == macroDefs.end()) ? nullptr : &(existingMacroIt->second);
}
void addMacroDef(int atom, MacroSymbol& macroDef) { macroDefs[atom] = macroDef; }
protected:
TPpContext(TPpContext&);
TPpContext& operator=(TPpContext&);
TStringAtomMap atomStrings;
char* preamble; // string to parse, all before line 1 of string 0, it is 0 if no preamble
int preambleLength;
char** strings; // official strings of shader, starting a string 0 line 1
size_t* lengths;
int numStrings; // how many official strings there are
int currentString; // which string we're currently parsing (-1 for preamble)
// Scanner data:
int previous_token;
TParseContextBase& parseContext;
// Get the next token from *stack* of input sources, popping input sources
// that are out of tokens, down until an input source is found that has a token.
// Return EndOfInput when there are no more tokens to be found by doing this.
int scanToken(TPpToken* ppToken)
{
int token = EndOfInput;
while (! inputStack.empty()) {
token = inputStack.back()->scan(ppToken);
if (token != EndOfInput || inputStack.empty())
break;
popInput();
}
return token;
}
int getChar() { return inputStack.back()->getch(); }
void ungetChar() { inputStack.back()->ungetch(); }
bool peekPasting() { return !inputStack.empty() && inputStack.back()->peekPasting(); }
bool peekContinuedPasting(int a)
{
return !inputStack.empty() && inputStack.back()->peekContinuedPasting(a);
}
bool endOfReplacementList() { return inputStack.empty() || inputStack.back()->endOfReplacementList(); }
bool isMacroInput() { return inputStack.size() > 0 && inputStack.back()->isMacroInput(); }
static const int maxIfNesting = 65;
int ifdepth; // current #if-#else-#endif nesting in the cpp.c file (pre-processor)
bool elseSeen[maxIfNesting]; // Keep a track of whether an else has been seen at a particular depth
int elsetracker; // #if-#else and #endif constructs...Counter.
class tMacroInput : public tInput {
public:
tMacroInput(TPpContext* pp) : tInput(pp), prepaste(false), postpaste(false) { }
virtual ~tMacroInput()
{
for (size_t i = 0; i < args.size(); ++i)
delete args[i];
for (size_t i = 0; i < expandedArgs.size(); ++i)
delete expandedArgs[i];
}
virtual int scan(TPpToken*) override;
virtual int getch() override { assert(0); return EndOfInput; }
virtual void ungetch() override { assert(0); }
bool peekPasting() override { return prepaste; }
bool peekContinuedPasting(int a) override { return mac->body.peekContinuedPasting(a); }
bool endOfReplacementList() override { return mac->body.atEnd(); }
bool isMacroInput() override { return true; }
MacroSymbol *mac;
TVector<TokenStream*> args;
TVector<TokenStream*> expandedArgs;
protected:
bool prepaste; // true if we are just before ##
bool postpaste; // true if we are right after ##
};
class tMarkerInput : public tInput {
public:
tMarkerInput(TPpContext* pp) : tInput(pp) { }
virtual int scan(TPpToken*) override
{
if (done)
return EndOfInput;
done = true;
return marker;
}
virtual int getch() override { assert(0); return EndOfInput; }
virtual void ungetch() override { assert(0); }
static const int marker = -3;
};
class tZeroInput : public tInput {
public:
tZeroInput(TPpContext* pp) : tInput(pp) { }
virtual int scan(TPpToken*) override;
virtual int getch() override { assert(0); return EndOfInput; }
virtual void ungetch() override { assert(0); }
};
std::vector<tInput*> inputStack;
bool errorOnVersion;
bool versionSeen;
//
// from Pp.cpp
//
// Used to obtain #include content.
TShader::Includer& includer;
int CPPdefine(TPpToken * ppToken);
int CPPundef(TPpToken * ppToken);
int CPPelse(int matchelse, TPpToken * ppToken);
int extraTokenCheck(int atom, TPpToken* ppToken, int token);
int eval(int token, int precedence, bool shortCircuit, int& res, bool& err, TPpToken * ppToken);
int evalToToken(int token, bool shortCircuit, int& res, bool& err, TPpToken * ppToken);
int CPPif (TPpToken * ppToken);
int CPPifdef(int defined, TPpToken * ppToken);
int CPPinclude(TPpToken * ppToken);
int CPPline(TPpToken * ppToken);
int CPPerror(TPpToken * ppToken);
int CPPpragma(TPpToken * ppToken);
int CPPversion(TPpToken * ppToken);
int CPPextension(TPpToken * ppToken);
int readCPPline(TPpToken * ppToken);
int scanHeaderName(TPpToken* ppToken, char delimit);
TokenStream* PrescanMacroArg(TokenStream&, TPpToken*, bool newLineOkay);
MacroExpandResult MacroExpand(TPpToken* ppToken, bool expandUndef, bool newLineOkay);
//
// From PpTokens.cpp
//
void pushTokenStreamInput(TokenStream&, bool pasting = false);
void UngetToken(int token, TPpToken*);
class tTokenInput : public tInput {
public:
tTokenInput(TPpContext* pp, TokenStream* t, bool prepasting) :
tInput(pp),
tokens(t),
lastTokenPastes(prepasting) { }
virtual int scan(TPpToken *ppToken) override { return tokens->getToken(pp->parseContext, ppToken); }
virtual int getch() override { assert(0); return EndOfInput; }
virtual void ungetch() override { assert(0); }
virtual bool peekPasting() override { return tokens->peekTokenizedPasting(lastTokenPastes); }
bool peekContinuedPasting(int a) override { return tokens->peekContinuedPasting(a); }
protected:
TokenStream* tokens;
bool lastTokenPastes; // true if the last token in the input is to be pasted, rather than consumed as a token
};
class tUngotTokenInput : public tInput {
public:
tUngotTokenInput(TPpContext* pp, int t, TPpToken* p) : tInput(pp), token(t), lval(*p) { }
virtual int scan(TPpToken *) override;
virtual int getch() override { assert(0); return EndOfInput; }
virtual void ungetch() override { assert(0); }
protected:
int token;
TPpToken lval;
};
//
// From PpScanner.cpp
//
class tStringInput : public tInput {
public:
tStringInput(TPpContext* pp, TInputScanner& i) : tInput(pp), input(&i) { }
virtual int scan(TPpToken*) override;
// Scanner used to get source stream characters.
// - Escaped newlines are handled here, invisibly to the caller.
// - All forms of newline are handled, and turned into just a '\n'.
int getch() override
{
int ch = input->get();
if (ch == '\\') {
// Move past escaped newlines, as many as sequentially exist
do {
if (input->peek() == '\r' || input->peek() == '\n') {
bool allowed = pp->parseContext.lineContinuationCheck(input->getSourceLoc(), pp->inComment);
if (! allowed && pp->inComment)
return '\\';
// escape one newline now
ch = input->get();
int nextch = input->get();
if (ch == '\r' && nextch == '\n')
ch = input->get();
else
ch = nextch;
} else
return '\\';
} while (ch == '\\');
}
// handle any non-escaped newline
if (ch == '\r' || ch == '\n') {
if (ch == '\r' && input->peek() == '\n')
input->get();
return '\n';
}
return ch;
}
// Scanner used to backup the source stream characters. Newlines are
// handled here, invisibly to the caller, meaning have to undo exactly
// what getch() above does (e.g., don't leave things in the middle of a
// sequence of escaped newlines).
void ungetch() override
{
input->unget();
do {
int ch = input->peek();
if (ch == '\r' || ch == '\n') {
if (ch == '\n') {
// correct for two-character newline
input->unget();
if (input->peek() != '\r')
input->get();
}
// now in front of a complete newline, move past an escape character
input->unget();
if (input->peek() == '\\')
input->unget();
else {
input->get();
break;
}
} else
break;
} while (true);
}
protected:
TInputScanner* input;
};
// Holds a reference to included file data, as well as a
// prologue and an epilogue string. This can be scanned using the tInput
// interface and acts as a single source string.
class TokenizableIncludeFile : public tInput {
public:
// Copies prologue and epilogue. The includedFile must remain valid
// until this TokenizableIncludeFile is no longer used.
TokenizableIncludeFile(const TSourceLoc& startLoc,
const std::string& prologue,
TShader::Includer::IncludeResult* includedFile,
const std::string& epilogue,
TPpContext* pp)
: tInput(pp),
prologue_(prologue),
epilogue_(epilogue),
includedFile_(includedFile),
scanner(3, strings, lengths, nullptr, 0, 0, true),
prevScanner(nullptr),
stringInput(pp, scanner)
{
strings[0] = prologue_.data();
strings[1] = includedFile_->headerData;
strings[2] = epilogue_.data();
lengths[0] = prologue_.size();
lengths[1] = includedFile_->headerLength;
lengths[2] = epilogue_.size();
scanner.setLine(startLoc.line);
scanner.setString(startLoc.string);
scanner.setFile(startLoc.getFilenameStr(), 0);
scanner.setFile(startLoc.getFilenameStr(), 1);
scanner.setFile(startLoc.getFilenameStr(), 2);
}
// tInput methods:
int scan(TPpToken* t) override { return stringInput.scan(t); }
int getch() override { return stringInput.getch(); }
void ungetch() override { stringInput.ungetch(); }
void notifyActivated() override
{
prevScanner = pp->parseContext.getScanner();
pp->parseContext.setScanner(&scanner);
pp->push_include(includedFile_);
}
void notifyDeleted() override
{
pp->parseContext.setScanner(prevScanner);
pp->pop_include();
}
private:
TokenizableIncludeFile& operator=(const TokenizableIncludeFile&);
// Stores the prologue for this string.
const std::string prologue_;
// Stores the epilogue for this string.
const std::string epilogue_;
// Points to the IncludeResult that this TokenizableIncludeFile represents.
TShader::Includer::IncludeResult* includedFile_;
// Will point to prologue_, includedFile_->headerData and epilogue_
// This is passed to scanner constructor.
// These do not own the storage and it must remain valid until this
// object has been destroyed.
const char* strings[3];
// Length of str_, passed to scanner constructor.
size_t lengths[3];
// Scans over str_.
TInputScanner scanner;
// The previous effective scanner before the scanner in this instance
// has been activated.
TInputScanner* prevScanner;
// Delegate object implementing the tInput interface.
tStringInput stringInput;
};
int ScanFromString(char* s);
void missingEndifCheck();
int lFloatConst(int len, int ch, TPpToken* ppToken);
int characterLiteral(TPpToken* ppToken);
void push_include(TShader::Includer::IncludeResult* result)
{
currentSourceFile = result->headerName;
includeStack.push(result);
}
void pop_include()
{
TShader::Includer::IncludeResult* include = includeStack.top();
includeStack.pop();
includer.releaseInclude(include);
if (includeStack.empty()) {
currentSourceFile = rootFileName;
} else {
currentSourceFile = includeStack.top()->headerName;
}
}
bool inComment;
std::string rootFileName;
std::stack<TShader::Includer::IncludeResult*> includeStack;
std::string currentSourceFile;
std::istringstream strtodStream;
bool disableEscapeSequences;
};
} // end namespace glslang
#endif // PPCONTEXT_H

179
ios-m1-simulator/include/glslang/MachineIndependent/preprocessor/PpTokens.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,179 @@
//
// Copyright (C) 2002-2005 3Dlabs Inc. Ltd.
// All rights reserved.
//
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
// are met:
//
// Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
//
// Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following
// disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided
// with the distribution.
//
// Neither the name of 3Dlabs Inc. Ltd. nor the names of its
// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived
// from this software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS
// FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
// COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
// INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING,
// BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
// LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
// CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
// LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN
// ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
// POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
//
/****************************************************************************\
Copyright (c) 2002, NVIDIA Corporation.
NVIDIA Corporation("NVIDIA") supplies this software to you in
consideration of your agreement to the following terms, and your use,
installation, modification or redistribution of this NVIDIA software
constitutes acceptance of these terms. If you do not agree with these
terms, please do not use, install, modify or redistribute this NVIDIA
software.
In consideration of your agreement to abide by the following terms, and
subject to these terms, NVIDIA grants you a personal, non-exclusive
license, under NVIDIA's copyrights in this original NVIDIA software (the
"NVIDIA Software"), to use, reproduce, modify and redistribute the
NVIDIA Software, with or without modifications, in source and/or binary
forms; provided that if you redistribute the NVIDIA Software, you must
retain the copyright notice of NVIDIA, this notice and the following
text and disclaimers in all such redistributions of the NVIDIA Software.
Neither the name, trademarks, service marks nor logos of NVIDIA
Corporation may be used to endorse or promote products derived from the
NVIDIA Software without specific prior written permission from NVIDIA.
Except as expressly stated in this notice, no other rights or licenses
express or implied, are granted by NVIDIA herein, including but not
limited to any patent rights that may be infringed by your derivative
works or by other works in which the NVIDIA Software may be
incorporated. No hardware is licensed hereunder.
THE NVIDIA SOFTWARE IS BEING PROVIDED ON AN "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,
INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF TITLE,
NON-INFRINGEMENT, MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR
ITS USE AND OPERATION EITHER ALONE OR IN COMBINATION WITH OTHER
PRODUCTS.
IN NO EVENT SHALL NVIDIA BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT,
INCIDENTAL, EXEMPLARY, CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
TO, LOST PROFITS; PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF
USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) OR ARISING IN ANY WAY
OUT OF THE USE, REPRODUCTION, MODIFICATION AND/OR DISTRIBUTION OF THE
NVIDIA SOFTWARE, HOWEVER CAUSED AND WHETHER UNDER THEORY OF CONTRACT,
TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), STRICT LIABILITY OR OTHERWISE, EVEN IF
NVIDIA HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
\****************************************************************************/
#ifndef PARSER_H
#define PARSER_H
namespace glslang {
// Multi-character tokens
enum EFixedAtoms {
// single character tokens get their own char value as their token; start here for multi-character tokens
PpAtomMaxSingle = 127,
// replace bad character tokens with this, to avoid accidental aliasing with the below
PpAtomBadToken,
// Operators
PPAtomAddAssign,
PPAtomSubAssign,
PPAtomMulAssign,
PPAtomDivAssign,
PPAtomModAssign,
PpAtomRight,
PpAtomLeft,
PpAtomRightAssign,
PpAtomLeftAssign,
PpAtomAndAssign,
PpAtomOrAssign,
PpAtomXorAssign,
PpAtomAnd,
PpAtomOr,
PpAtomXor,
PpAtomEQ,
PpAtomNE,
PpAtomGE,
PpAtomLE,
PpAtomDecrement,
PpAtomIncrement,
PpAtomColonColon,
PpAtomPaste,
// Constants
PpAtomConstInt,
PpAtomConstUint,
PpAtomConstInt64,
PpAtomConstUint64,
PpAtomConstInt16,
PpAtomConstUint16,
PpAtomConstFloat,
PpAtomConstDouble,
PpAtomConstFloat16,
PpAtomConstString,
// Identifiers
PpAtomIdentifier,
// preprocessor "keywords"
PpAtomDefine,
PpAtomUndef,
PpAtomIf,
PpAtomIfdef,
PpAtomIfndef,
PpAtomElse,
PpAtomElif,
PpAtomEndif,
PpAtomLine,
PpAtomPragma,
PpAtomError,
// #version ...
PpAtomVersion,
PpAtomCore,
PpAtomCompatibility,
PpAtomEs,
// #extension
PpAtomExtension,
// __LINE__, __FILE__, __VERSION__
PpAtomLineMacro,
PpAtomFileMacro,
PpAtomVersionMacro,
// #include
PpAtomInclude,
PpAtomLast,
};
} // end namespace glslang
#endif /* not PARSER_H */

55
ios-m1-simulator/include/glslang/MachineIndependent/propagateNoContraction.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
//
// Copyright (C) 2015-2016 Google, Inc.
//
// All rights reserved.
//
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
// are met:
//
// Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
//
// Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following
// disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided
// with the distribution.
//
// Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its
// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived
// from this software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS
// FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
// COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
// INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING,
// BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
// LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
// CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
// LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN
// ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
// POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
//
// Visit the nodes in the glslang intermediate tree representation to
// propagate 'noContraction' qualifier.
//
#pragma once
#include "../Include/intermediate.h"
namespace glslang {
// Propagates the 'precise' qualifier for objects (objects marked with
// 'noContraction' qualifier) from the shader source specified 'precise'
// variables to all the involved objects, and add 'noContraction' qualifier for
// the involved arithmetic operations.
// Note that the same qualifier: 'noContraction' is used in both object nodes
// and arithmetic operation nodes, but has different meaning. For object nodes,
// 'noContraction' means the object is 'precise'; and for arithmetic operation
// nodes, it means the operation should not be contracted.
void PropagateNoContraction(const glslang::TIntermediate& intermediate);
};

223
ios-m1-simulator/include/glslang/MachineIndependent/reflection.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,223 @@
//
// Copyright (C) 2013-2016 LunarG, Inc.
//
// All rights reserved.
//
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
// are met:
//
// Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
//
// Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following
// disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided
// with the distribution.
//
// Neither the name of 3Dlabs Inc. Ltd. nor the names of its
// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived
// from this software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS
// FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
// COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
// INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING,
// BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
// LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
// CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
// LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN
// ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
// POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
//
#ifndef GLSLANG_WEB
#ifndef _REFLECTION_INCLUDED
#define _REFLECTION_INCLUDED
#include "../Public/ShaderLang.h"
#include "../Include/Types.h"
#include <list>
#include <set>
//
// A reflection database and its interface, consistent with the OpenGL API reflection queries.
//
namespace glslang {
class TIntermediate;
class TIntermAggregate;
class TReflectionTraverser;
// The full reflection database
class TReflection {
public:
TReflection(EShReflectionOptions opts, EShLanguage first, EShLanguage last)
: options(opts), firstStage(first), lastStage(last), badReflection(TObjectReflection::badReflection())
{
for (int dim=0; dim<3; ++dim)
localSize[dim] = 0;
}
virtual ~TReflection() {}
// grow the reflection stage by stage
bool addStage(EShLanguage, const TIntermediate&);
// for mapping a uniform index to a uniform object's description
int getNumUniforms() { return (int)indexToUniform.size(); }
const TObjectReflection& getUniform(int i) const
{
if (i >= 0 && i < (int)indexToUniform.size())
return indexToUniform[i];
else
return badReflection;
}
// for mapping a block index to the block's description
int getNumUniformBlocks() const { return (int)indexToUniformBlock.size(); }
const TObjectReflection& getUniformBlock(int i) const
{
if (i >= 0 && i < (int)indexToUniformBlock.size())
return indexToUniformBlock[i];
else
return badReflection;
}
// for mapping an pipeline input index to the input's description
int getNumPipeInputs() { return (int)indexToPipeInput.size(); }
const TObjectReflection& getPipeInput(int i) const
{
if (i >= 0 && i < (int)indexToPipeInput.size())
return indexToPipeInput[i];
else
return badReflection;
}
// for mapping an pipeline output index to the output's description
int getNumPipeOutputs() { return (int)indexToPipeOutput.size(); }
const TObjectReflection& getPipeOutput(int i) const
{
if (i >= 0 && i < (int)indexToPipeOutput.size())
return indexToPipeOutput[i];
else
return badReflection;
}
// for mapping from an atomic counter to the uniform index
int getNumAtomicCounters() const { return (int)atomicCounterUniformIndices.size(); }
const TObjectReflection& getAtomicCounter(int i) const
{
if (i >= 0 && i < (int)atomicCounterUniformIndices.size())
return getUniform(atomicCounterUniformIndices[i]);
else
return badReflection;
}
// for mapping a buffer variable index to a buffer variable object's description
int getNumBufferVariables() { return (int)indexToBufferVariable.size(); }
const TObjectReflection& getBufferVariable(int i) const
{
if (i >= 0 && i < (int)indexToBufferVariable.size())
return indexToBufferVariable[i];
else
return badReflection;
}
// for mapping a storage block index to the storage block's description
int getNumStorageBuffers() const { return (int)indexToBufferBlock.size(); }
const TObjectReflection& getStorageBufferBlock(int i) const
{
if (i >= 0 && i < (int)indexToBufferBlock.size())
return indexToBufferBlock[i];
else
return badReflection;
}
// for mapping any name to its index (block names, uniform names and input/output names)
int getIndex(const char* name) const
{
TNameToIndex::const_iterator it = nameToIndex.find(name);
if (it == nameToIndex.end())
return -1;
else
return it->second;
}
// see getIndex(const char*)
int getIndex(const TString& name) const { return getIndex(name.c_str()); }
// for mapping any name to its index (only pipe input/output names)
int getPipeIOIndex(const char* name, const bool inOrOut) const
{
TNameToIndex::const_iterator it = inOrOut ? pipeInNameToIndex.find(name) : pipeOutNameToIndex.find(name);
if (it == (inOrOut ? pipeInNameToIndex.end() : pipeOutNameToIndex.end()))
return -1;
else
return it->second;
}
// see gePipeIOIndex(const char*, const bool)
int getPipeIOIndex(const TString& name, const bool inOrOut) const { return getPipeIOIndex(name.c_str(), inOrOut); }
// Thread local size
unsigned getLocalSize(int dim) const { return dim <= 2 ? localSize[dim] : 0; }
void dump();
protected:
friend class glslang::TReflectionTraverser;
void buildCounterIndices(const TIntermediate&);
void buildUniformStageMask(const TIntermediate& intermediate);
void buildAttributeReflection(EShLanguage, const TIntermediate&);
// Need a TString hash: typedef std::unordered_map<TString, int> TNameToIndex;
typedef std::map<std::string, int> TNameToIndex;
typedef std::vector<TObjectReflection> TMapIndexToReflection;
typedef std::vector<int> TIndices;
TMapIndexToReflection& GetBlockMapForStorage(TStorageQualifier storage)
{
if ((options & EShReflectionSeparateBuffers) && storage == EvqBuffer)
return indexToBufferBlock;
return indexToUniformBlock;
}
TMapIndexToReflection& GetVariableMapForStorage(TStorageQualifier storage)
{
if ((options & EShReflectionSeparateBuffers) && storage == EvqBuffer)
return indexToBufferVariable;
return indexToUniform;
}
EShReflectionOptions options;
EShLanguage firstStage;
EShLanguage lastStage;
TObjectReflection badReflection; // return for queries of -1 or generally out of range; has expected descriptions with in it for this
TNameToIndex nameToIndex; // maps names to indexes; can hold all types of data: uniform/buffer and which function names have been processed
TNameToIndex pipeInNameToIndex; // maps pipe in names to indexes, this is a fix to seperate pipe I/O from uniforms and buffers.
TNameToIndex pipeOutNameToIndex; // maps pipe out names to indexes, this is a fix to seperate pipe I/O from uniforms and buffers.
TMapIndexToReflection indexToUniform;
TMapIndexToReflection indexToUniformBlock;
TMapIndexToReflection indexToBufferVariable;
TMapIndexToReflection indexToBufferBlock;
TMapIndexToReflection indexToPipeInput;
TMapIndexToReflection indexToPipeOutput;
TIndices atomicCounterUniformIndices;
unsigned int localSize[3];
};
} // end namespace glslang
#endif // _REFLECTION_INCLUDED
#endif // GLSLANG_WEB

932
ios-m1-simulator/include/glslang/Public/ShaderLang.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,932 @@
//
// Copyright (C) 2002-2005 3Dlabs Inc. Ltd.
// Copyright (C) 2013-2016 LunarG, Inc.
// Copyright (C) 2015-2018 Google, Inc.
//
// All rights reserved.
//
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
// are met:
//
// Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
//
// Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following
// disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided
// with the distribution.
//
// Neither the name of 3Dlabs Inc. Ltd. nor the names of its
// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived
// from this software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS
// FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
// COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
// INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING,
// BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
// LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
// CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
// LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN
// ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
// POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
//
#ifndef _COMPILER_INTERFACE_INCLUDED_
#define _COMPILER_INTERFACE_INCLUDED_
#include "../Include/ResourceLimits.h"
#include "../MachineIndependent/Versions.h"
#include <cstring>
#include <vector>
#ifdef _WIN32
#define C_DECL __cdecl
//#ifdef SH_EXPORTING
// #define SH_IMPORT_EXPORT __declspec(dllexport)
//#else
// #define SH_IMPORT_EXPORT __declspec(dllimport)
//#endif
#define SH_IMPORT_EXPORT
#else
#define SH_IMPORT_EXPORT
#define C_DECL
#endif
//
// This is the platform independent interface between an OGL driver
// and the shading language compiler/linker.
//
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
// This should always increase, as some paths to do not consume
// a more major number.
// It should increment by one when new functionality is added.
#define GLSLANG_MINOR_VERSION 14
//
// Call before doing any other compiler/linker operations.
//
// (Call once per process, not once per thread.)
//
SH_IMPORT_EXPORT int ShInitialize();
//
// Call this at process shutdown to clean up memory.
//
SH_IMPORT_EXPORT int ShFinalize();
//
// Types of languages the compiler can consume.
//
typedef enum {
EShLangVertex,
EShLangTessControl,
EShLangTessEvaluation,
EShLangGeometry,
EShLangFragment,
EShLangCompute,
EShLangRayGen,
EShLangRayGenNV = EShLangRayGen,
EShLangIntersect,
EShLangIntersectNV = EShLangIntersect,
EShLangAnyHit,
EShLangAnyHitNV = EShLangAnyHit,
EShLangClosestHit,
EShLangClosestHitNV = EShLangClosestHit,
EShLangMiss,
EShLangMissNV = EShLangMiss,
EShLangCallable,
EShLangCallableNV = EShLangCallable,
EShLangTaskNV,
EShLangMeshNV,
LAST_ELEMENT_MARKER(EShLangCount),
} EShLanguage; // would be better as stage, but this is ancient now
typedef enum : unsigned {
EShLangVertexMask = (1 << EShLangVertex),
EShLangTessControlMask = (1 << EShLangTessControl),
EShLangTessEvaluationMask = (1 << EShLangTessEvaluation),
EShLangGeometryMask = (1 << EShLangGeometry),
EShLangFragmentMask = (1 << EShLangFragment),
EShLangComputeMask = (1 << EShLangCompute),
EShLangRayGenMask = (1 << EShLangRayGen),
EShLangRayGenNVMask = EShLangRayGenMask,
EShLangIntersectMask = (1 << EShLangIntersect),
EShLangIntersectNVMask = EShLangIntersectMask,
EShLangAnyHitMask = (1 << EShLangAnyHit),
EShLangAnyHitNVMask = EShLangAnyHitMask,
EShLangClosestHitMask = (1 << EShLangClosestHit),
EShLangClosestHitNVMask = EShLangClosestHitMask,
EShLangMissMask = (1 << EShLangMiss),
EShLangMissNVMask = EShLangMissMask,
EShLangCallableMask = (1 << EShLangCallable),
EShLangCallableNVMask = EShLangCallableMask,
EShLangTaskNVMask = (1 << EShLangTaskNV),
EShLangMeshNVMask = (1 << EShLangMeshNV),
LAST_ELEMENT_MARKER(EShLanguageMaskCount),
} EShLanguageMask;
namespace glslang {
class TType;
typedef enum {
EShSourceNone,
EShSourceGlsl, // GLSL, includes ESSL (OpenGL ES GLSL)
EShSourceHlsl, // HLSL
LAST_ELEMENT_MARKER(EShSourceCount),
} EShSource; // if EShLanguage were EShStage, this could be EShLanguage instead
typedef enum {
EShClientNone, // use when there is no client, e.g. for validation
EShClientVulkan,
EShClientOpenGL,
LAST_ELEMENT_MARKER(EShClientCount),
} EShClient;
typedef enum {
EShTargetNone,
EShTargetSpv, // SPIR-V (preferred spelling)
EshTargetSpv = EShTargetSpv, // legacy spelling
LAST_ELEMENT_MARKER(EShTargetCount),
} EShTargetLanguage;
typedef enum {
EShTargetVulkan_1_0 = (1 << 22), // Vulkan 1.0
EShTargetVulkan_1_1 = (1 << 22) | (1 << 12), // Vulkan 1.1
EShTargetVulkan_1_2 = (1 << 22) | (2 << 12), // Vulkan 1.2
EShTargetOpenGL_450 = 450, // OpenGL
LAST_ELEMENT_MARKER(EShTargetClientVersionCount),
} EShTargetClientVersion;
typedef EShTargetClientVersion EshTargetClientVersion;
typedef enum {
EShTargetSpv_1_0 = (1 << 16), // SPIR-V 1.0
EShTargetSpv_1_1 = (1 << 16) | (1 << 8), // SPIR-V 1.1
EShTargetSpv_1_2 = (1 << 16) | (2 << 8), // SPIR-V 1.2
EShTargetSpv_1_3 = (1 << 16) | (3 << 8), // SPIR-V 1.3
EShTargetSpv_1_4 = (1 << 16) | (4 << 8), // SPIR-V 1.4
EShTargetSpv_1_5 = (1 << 16) | (5 << 8), // SPIR-V 1.5
LAST_ELEMENT_MARKER(EShTargetLanguageVersionCount),
} EShTargetLanguageVersion;
struct TInputLanguage {
EShSource languageFamily; // redundant information with other input, this one overrides when not EShSourceNone
EShLanguage stage; // redundant information with other input, this one overrides when not EShSourceNone
EShClient dialect;
int dialectVersion; // version of client's language definition, not the client (when not EShClientNone)
};
struct TClient {
EShClient client;
EShTargetClientVersion version; // version of client itself (not the client's input dialect)
};
struct TTarget {
EShTargetLanguage language;
EShTargetLanguageVersion version; // version to target, if SPIR-V, defined by "word 1" of the SPIR-V header
bool hlslFunctionality1; // can target hlsl_functionality1 extension(s)
};
// All source/client/target versions and settings.
// Can override previous methods of setting, when items are set here.
// Expected to grow, as more are added, rather than growing parameter lists.
struct TEnvironment {
TInputLanguage input; // definition of the input language
TClient client; // what client is the overall compilation being done for?
TTarget target; // what to generate
};
const char* StageName(EShLanguage);
} // end namespace glslang
//
// Types of output the linker will create.
//
typedef enum {
EShExVertexFragment,
EShExFragment
} EShExecutable;
//
// Optimization level for the compiler.
//
typedef enum {
EShOptNoGeneration,
EShOptNone,
EShOptSimple, // Optimizations that can be done quickly
EShOptFull, // Optimizations that will take more time
LAST_ELEMENT_MARKER(EshOptLevelCount),
} EShOptimizationLevel;
//
// Texture and Sampler transformation mode.
//
typedef enum {
EShTexSampTransKeep, // keep textures and samplers as is (default)
EShTexSampTransUpgradeTextureRemoveSampler, // change texture w/o embeded sampler into sampled texture and throw away all samplers
LAST_ELEMENT_MARKER(EShTexSampTransCount),
} EShTextureSamplerTransformMode;
//
// Message choices for what errors and warnings are given.
//
enum EShMessages : unsigned {
EShMsgDefault = 0, // default is to give all required errors and extra warnings
EShMsgRelaxedErrors = (1 << 0), // be liberal in accepting input
EShMsgSuppressWarnings = (1 << 1), // suppress all warnings, except those required by the specification
EShMsgAST = (1 << 2), // print the AST intermediate representation
EShMsgSpvRules = (1 << 3), // issue messages for SPIR-V generation
EShMsgVulkanRules = (1 << 4), // issue messages for Vulkan-requirements of GLSL for SPIR-V
EShMsgOnlyPreprocessor = (1 << 5), // only print out errors produced by the preprocessor
EShMsgReadHlsl = (1 << 6), // use HLSL parsing rules and semantics
EShMsgCascadingErrors = (1 << 7), // get cascading errors; risks error-recovery issues, instead of an early exit
EShMsgKeepUncalled = (1 << 8), // for testing, don't eliminate uncalled functions
EShMsgHlslOffsets = (1 << 9), // allow block offsets to follow HLSL rules instead of GLSL rules
EShMsgDebugInfo = (1 << 10), // save debug information
EShMsgHlslEnable16BitTypes = (1 << 11), // enable use of 16-bit types in SPIR-V for HLSL
EShMsgHlslLegalization = (1 << 12), // enable HLSL Legalization messages
EShMsgHlslDX9Compatible = (1 << 13), // enable HLSL DX9 compatible mode (for samplers and semantics)
EShMsgBuiltinSymbolTable = (1 << 14), // print the builtin symbol table
LAST_ELEMENT_MARKER(EShMsgCount),
};
//
// Options for building reflection
//
typedef enum {
EShReflectionDefault = 0, // default is original behaviour before options were added
EShReflectionStrictArraySuffix = (1 << 0), // reflection will follow stricter rules for array-of-structs suffixes
EShReflectionBasicArraySuffix = (1 << 1), // arrays of basic types will be appended with [0] as in GL reflection
EShReflectionIntermediateIO = (1 << 2), // reflect inputs and outputs to program, even with no vertex shader
EShReflectionSeparateBuffers = (1 << 3), // buffer variables and buffer blocks are reflected separately
EShReflectionAllBlockVariables = (1 << 4), // reflect all variables in blocks, even if they are inactive
EShReflectionUnwrapIOBlocks = (1 << 5), // unwrap input/output blocks the same as with uniform blocks
EShReflectionAllIOVariables = (1 << 6), // reflect all input/output variables, even if they are inactive
EShReflectionSharedStd140SSBO = (1 << 7), // Apply std140/shared rules for ubo to ssbo
EShReflectionSharedStd140UBO = (1 << 8), // Apply std140/shared rules for ubo to ssbo
LAST_ELEMENT_MARKER(EShReflectionCount),
} EShReflectionOptions;
//
// Build a table for bindings. This can be used for locating
// attributes, uniforms, globals, etc., as needed.
//
typedef struct {
const char* name;
int binding;
} ShBinding;
typedef struct {
int numBindings;
ShBinding* bindings; // array of bindings
} ShBindingTable;
//
// ShHandle held by but opaque to the driver. It is allocated,
// managed, and de-allocated by the compiler/linker. It's contents
// are defined by and used by the compiler and linker. For example,
// symbol table information and object code passed from the compiler
// to the linker can be stored where ShHandle points.
//
// If handle creation fails, 0 will be returned.
//
typedef void* ShHandle;
//
// Driver calls these to create and destroy compiler/linker
// objects.
//
SH_IMPORT_EXPORT ShHandle ShConstructCompiler(const EShLanguage, int debugOptions); // one per shader
SH_IMPORT_EXPORT ShHandle ShConstructLinker(const EShExecutable, int debugOptions); // one per shader pair
SH_IMPORT_EXPORT ShHandle ShConstructUniformMap(); // one per uniform namespace (currently entire program object)
SH_IMPORT_EXPORT void ShDestruct(ShHandle);
//
// The return value of ShCompile is boolean, non-zero indicating
// success.
//
// The info-log should be written by ShCompile into
// ShHandle, so it can answer future queries.
//
SH_IMPORT_EXPORT int ShCompile(
const ShHandle,
const char* const shaderStrings[],
const int numStrings,
const int* lengths,
const EShOptimizationLevel,
const TBuiltInResource *resources,
int debugOptions,
int defaultVersion = 110, // use 100 for ES environment, overridden by #version in shader
bool forwardCompatible = false, // give errors for use of deprecated features
EShMessages messages = EShMsgDefault // warnings and errors
);
SH_IMPORT_EXPORT int ShLinkExt(
const ShHandle, // linker object
const ShHandle h[], // compiler objects to link together
const int numHandles);
//
// ShSetEncrpytionMethod is a place-holder for specifying
// how source code is encrypted.
//
SH_IMPORT_EXPORT void ShSetEncryptionMethod(ShHandle);
//
// All the following return 0 if the information is not
// available in the object passed down, or the object is bad.
//
SH_IMPORT_EXPORT const char* ShGetInfoLog(const ShHandle);
SH_IMPORT_EXPORT const void* ShGetExecutable(const ShHandle);
SH_IMPORT_EXPORT int ShSetVirtualAttributeBindings(const ShHandle, const ShBindingTable*); // to detect user aliasing
SH_IMPORT_EXPORT int ShSetFixedAttributeBindings(const ShHandle, const ShBindingTable*); // to force any physical mappings
//
// Tell the linker to never assign a vertex attribute to this list of physical attributes
//
SH_IMPORT_EXPORT int ShExcludeAttributes(const ShHandle, int *attributes, int count);
//
// Returns the location ID of the named uniform.
// Returns -1 if error.
//
SH_IMPORT_EXPORT int ShGetUniformLocation(const ShHandle uniformMap, const char* name);
#ifdef __cplusplus
} // end extern "C"
#endif
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
//
// Deferred-Lowering C++ Interface
// -----------------------------------
//
// Below is a new alternate C++ interface, which deprecates the above
// opaque handle-based interface.
//
// The below is further designed to handle multiple compilation units per stage, where
// the intermediate results, including the parse tree, are preserved until link time,
// rather than the above interface which is designed to have each compilation unit
// lowered at compile time. In the above model, linking occurs on the lowered results,
// whereas in this model intra-stage linking can occur at the parse tree
// (treeRoot in TIntermediate) level, and then a full stage can be lowered.
//
#include <list>
#include <string>
#include <utility>
class TCompiler;
class TInfoSink;
namespace glslang {
const char* GetEsslVersionString();
const char* GetGlslVersionString();
int GetKhronosToolId();
class TIntermediate;
class TProgram;
class TPoolAllocator;
// Call this exactly once per process before using anything else
bool InitializeProcess();
// Call once per process to tear down everything
void FinalizeProcess();
// Resource type for IO resolver
enum TResourceType {
EResSampler,
EResTexture,
EResImage,
EResUbo,
EResSsbo,
EResUav,
EResCount
};
// Make one TShader per shader that you will link into a program. Then
// - provide the shader through setStrings() or setStringsWithLengths()
// - optionally call setEnv*(), see below for more detail
// - optionally use setPreamble() to set a special shader string that will be
// processed before all others but won't affect the validity of #version
// - optionally call addProcesses() for each setting/transform,
// see comment for class TProcesses
// - call parse(): source language and target environment must be selected
// either by correct setting of EShMessages sent to parse(), or by
// explicitly calling setEnv*()
// - query the info logs
//
// N.B.: Does not yet support having the same TShader instance being linked into
// multiple programs.
//
// N.B.: Destruct a linked program *before* destructing the shaders linked into it.
//
class TShader {
public:
explicit TShader(EShLanguage);
virtual ~TShader();
void setStrings(const char* const* s, int n);
void setStringsWithLengths(const char* const* s, const int* l, int n);
void setStringsWithLengthsAndNames(
const char* const* s, const int* l, const char* const* names, int n);
void setPreamble(const char* s) { preamble = s; }
void setEntryPoint(const char* entryPoint);
void setSourceEntryPoint(const char* sourceEntryPointName);
void addProcesses(const std::vector<std::string>&);
// IO resolver binding data: see comments in ShaderLang.cpp
void setShiftBinding(TResourceType res, unsigned int base);
void setShiftSamplerBinding(unsigned int base); // DEPRECATED: use setShiftBinding
void setShiftTextureBinding(unsigned int base); // DEPRECATED: use setShiftBinding
void setShiftImageBinding(unsigned int base); // DEPRECATED: use setShiftBinding
void setShiftUboBinding(unsigned int base); // DEPRECATED: use setShiftBinding
void setShiftUavBinding(unsigned int base); // DEPRECATED: use setShiftBinding
void setShiftCbufferBinding(unsigned int base); // synonym for setShiftUboBinding
void setShiftSsboBinding(unsigned int base); // DEPRECATED: use setShiftBinding
void setShiftBindingForSet(TResourceType res, unsigned int base, unsigned int set);
void setResourceSetBinding(const std::vector<std::string>& base);
void setAutoMapBindings(bool map);
void setAutoMapLocations(bool map);
void addUniformLocationOverride(const char* name, int loc);
void setUniformLocationBase(int base);
void setInvertY(bool invert);
#ifdef ENABLE_HLSL
void setHlslIoMapping(bool hlslIoMap);
void setFlattenUniformArrays(bool flatten);
#endif
void setNoStorageFormat(bool useUnknownFormat);
void setNanMinMaxClamp(bool nanMinMaxClamp);
void setTextureSamplerTransformMode(EShTextureSamplerTransformMode mode);
// For setting up the environment (cleared to nothingness in the constructor).
// These must be called so that parsing is done for the right source language and
// target environment, either indirectly through TranslateEnvironment() based on
// EShMessages et. al., or directly by the user.
//
// setEnvInput: The input source language and stage. If generating code for a
// specific client, the input client semantics to use and the
// version of the that client's input semantics to use, otherwise
// use EShClientNone and version of 0, e.g. for validation mode.
// Note 'version' does not describe the target environment,
// just the version of the source dialect to compile under.
//
// See the definitions of TEnvironment, EShSource, EShLanguage,
// and EShClient for choices and more detail.
//
// setEnvClient: The client that will be hosting the execution, and it's version.
// Note 'version' is not the version of the languages involved, but
// the version of the client environment.
// Use EShClientNone and version of 0 if there is no client, e.g.
// for validation mode.
//
// See EShTargetClientVersion for choices.
//
// setEnvTarget: The language to translate to when generating code, and that
// language's version.
// Use EShTargetNone and version of 0 if there is no client, e.g.
// for validation mode.
//
void setEnvInput(EShSource lang, EShLanguage envStage, EShClient client, int version)
{
environment.input.languageFamily = lang;
environment.input.stage = envStage;
environment.input.dialect = client;
environment.input.dialectVersion = version;
}
void setEnvClient(EShClient client, EShTargetClientVersion version)
{
environment.client.client = client;
environment.client.version = version;
}
void setEnvTarget(EShTargetLanguage lang, EShTargetLanguageVersion version)
{
environment.target.language = lang;
environment.target.version = version;
}
void getStrings(const char* const* &s, int& n) { s = strings; n = numStrings; }
#ifdef ENABLE_HLSL
void setEnvTargetHlslFunctionality1() { environment.target.hlslFunctionality1 = true; }
bool getEnvTargetHlslFunctionality1() const { return environment.target.hlslFunctionality1; }
#else
bool getEnvTargetHlslFunctionality1() const { return false; }
#endif
// Interface to #include handlers.
//
// To support #include, a client of Glslang does the following:
// 1. Call setStringsWithNames to set the source strings and associated
// names. For example, the names could be the names of the files
// containing the shader sources.
// 2. Call parse with an Includer.
//
// When the Glslang parser encounters an #include directive, it calls
// the Includer's include method with the requested include name
// together with the current string name. The returned IncludeResult
// contains the fully resolved name of the included source, together
// with the source text that should replace the #include directive
// in the source stream. After parsing that source, Glslang will
// release the IncludeResult object.
class Includer {
public:
// An IncludeResult contains the resolved name and content of a source
// inclusion.
struct IncludeResult {
IncludeResult(const std::string& headerName, const char* const headerData, const size_t headerLength, void* userData) :
headerName(headerName), headerData(headerData), headerLength(headerLength), userData(userData) { }
// For a successful inclusion, the fully resolved name of the requested
// include. For example, in a file system-based includer, full resolution
// should convert a relative path name into an absolute path name.
// For a failed inclusion, this is an empty string.
const std::string headerName;
// The content and byte length of the requested inclusion. The
// Includer producing this IncludeResult retains ownership of the
// storage.
// For a failed inclusion, the header
// field points to a string containing error details.
const char* const headerData;
const size_t headerLength;
// Include resolver's context.
void* userData;
protected:
IncludeResult& operator=(const IncludeResult&);
IncludeResult();
};
// For both include methods below:
//
// Resolves an inclusion request by name, current source name,
// and include depth.
// On success, returns an IncludeResult containing the resolved name
// and content of the include.
// On failure, returns a nullptr, or an IncludeResult
// with an empty string for the headerName and error details in the
// header field.
// The Includer retains ownership of the contents
// of the returned IncludeResult value, and those contents must
// remain valid until the releaseInclude method is called on that
// IncludeResult object.
//
// Note "local" vs. "system" is not an "either/or": "local" is an
// extra thing to do over "system". Both might get called, as per
// the C++ specification.
// For the "system" or <>-style includes; search the "system" paths.
virtual IncludeResult* includeSystem(const char* /*headerName*/,
const char* /*includerName*/,
size_t /*inclusionDepth*/) { return nullptr; }
// For the "local"-only aspect of a "" include. Should not search in the
// "system" paths, because on returning a failure, the parser will
// call includeSystem() to look in the "system" locations.
virtual IncludeResult* includeLocal(const char* /*headerName*/,
const char* /*includerName*/,
size_t /*inclusionDepth*/) { return nullptr; }
// Signals that the parser will no longer use the contents of the
// specified IncludeResult.
virtual void releaseInclude(IncludeResult*) = 0;
virtual ~Includer() {}
};
// Fail all Includer searches
class ForbidIncluder : public Includer {
public:
virtual void releaseInclude(IncludeResult*) override { }
};
bool parse(const TBuiltInResource*, int defaultVersion, EProfile defaultProfile, bool forceDefaultVersionAndProfile,
bool forwardCompatible, EShMessages, Includer&);
bool parse(const TBuiltInResource* res, int defaultVersion, EProfile defaultProfile, bool forceDefaultVersionAndProfile,
bool forwardCompatible, EShMessages messages)
{
TShader::ForbidIncluder includer;
return parse(res, defaultVersion, defaultProfile, forceDefaultVersionAndProfile, forwardCompatible, messages, includer);
}
// Equivalent to parse() without a default profile and without forcing defaults.
bool parse(const TBuiltInResource* builtInResources, int defaultVersion, bool forwardCompatible, EShMessages messages)
{
return parse(builtInResources, defaultVersion, ENoProfile, false, forwardCompatible, messages);
}
bool parse(const TBuiltInResource* builtInResources, int defaultVersion, bool forwardCompatible, EShMessages messages,
Includer& includer)
{
return parse(builtInResources, defaultVersion, ENoProfile, false, forwardCompatible, messages, includer);
}
// NOTE: Doing just preprocessing to obtain a correct preprocessed shader string
// is not an officially supported or fully working path.
bool preprocess(const TBuiltInResource* builtInResources,
int defaultVersion, EProfile defaultProfile, bool forceDefaultVersionAndProfile,
bool forwardCompatible, EShMessages message, std::string* outputString,
Includer& includer);
const char* getInfoLog();
const char* getInfoDebugLog();
EShLanguage getStage() const { return stage; }
TIntermediate* getIntermediate() const { return intermediate; }
protected:
TPoolAllocator* pool;
EShLanguage stage;
TCompiler* compiler;
TIntermediate* intermediate;
TInfoSink* infoSink;
// strings and lengths follow the standard for glShaderSource:
// strings is an array of numStrings pointers to string data.
// lengths can be null, but if not it is an array of numStrings
// integers containing the length of the associated strings.
// if lengths is null or lengths[n] < 0 the associated strings[n] is
// assumed to be null-terminated.
// stringNames is the optional names for all the strings. If stringNames
// is null, then none of the strings has name. If a certain element in
// stringNames is null, then the corresponding string does not have name.
const char* const* strings; // explicit code to compile, see previous comment
const int* lengths;
const char* const* stringNames;
int numStrings; // size of the above arrays
const char* preamble; // string of implicit code to compile before the explicitly provided code
// a function in the source string can be renamed FROM this TO the name given in setEntryPoint.
std::string sourceEntryPointName;
TEnvironment environment;
friend class TProgram;
private:
TShader& operator=(TShader&);
};
#ifndef GLSLANG_WEB
//
// A reflection database and its interface, consistent with the OpenGL API reflection queries.
//
// Data needed for just a single object at the granularity exchanged by the reflection API
class TObjectReflection {
public:
TObjectReflection(const std::string& pName, const TType& pType, int pOffset, int pGLDefineType, int pSize, int pIndex);
const TType* getType() const { return type; }
int getBinding() const;
void dump() const;
static TObjectReflection badReflection() { return TObjectReflection(); }
std::string name;
int offset;
int glDefineType;
int size; // data size in bytes for a block, array size for a (non-block) object that's an array
int index;
int counterIndex;
int numMembers;
int arrayStride; // stride of an array variable
int topLevelArraySize; // size of the top-level variable in a storage buffer member
int topLevelArrayStride; // stride of the top-level variable in a storage buffer member
EShLanguageMask stages;
protected:
TObjectReflection()
: offset(-1), glDefineType(-1), size(-1), index(-1), counterIndex(-1), numMembers(-1), arrayStride(0),
topLevelArrayStride(0), stages(EShLanguageMask(0)), type(nullptr)
{
}
const TType* type;
};
class TReflection;
class TIoMapper;
struct TVarEntryInfo;
// Allows to customize the binding layout after linking.
// All used uniform variables will invoke at least validateBinding.
// If validateBinding returned true then the other resolveBinding,
// resolveSet, and resolveLocation are invoked to resolve the binding
// and descriptor set index respectively.
//
// Invocations happen in a particular order:
// 1) all shader inputs
// 2) all shader outputs
// 3) all uniforms with binding and set already defined
// 4) all uniforms with binding but no set defined
// 5) all uniforms with set but no binding defined
// 6) all uniforms with no binding and no set defined
//
// mapIO will use this resolver in two phases. The first
// phase is a notification phase, calling the corresponging
// notifiy callbacks, this phase ends with a call to endNotifications.
// Phase two starts directly after the call to endNotifications
// and calls all other callbacks to validate and to get the
// bindings, sets, locations, component and color indices.
//
// NOTE: that still limit checks are applied to bindings and sets
// and may result in an error.
class TIoMapResolver
{
public:
virtual ~TIoMapResolver() {}
// Should return true if the resulting/current binding would be okay.
// Basic idea is to do aliasing binding checks with this.
virtual bool validateBinding(EShLanguage stage, TVarEntryInfo& ent) = 0;
// Should return a value >= 0 if the current binding should be overridden.
// Return -1 if the current binding (including no binding) should be kept.
virtual int resolveBinding(EShLanguage stage, TVarEntryInfo& ent) = 0;
// Should return a value >= 0 if the current set should be overridden.
// Return -1 if the current set (including no set) should be kept.
virtual int resolveSet(EShLanguage stage, TVarEntryInfo& ent) = 0;
// Should return a value >= 0 if the current location should be overridden.
// Return -1 if the current location (including no location) should be kept.
virtual int resolveUniformLocation(EShLanguage stage, TVarEntryInfo& ent) = 0;
// Should return true if the resulting/current setup would be okay.
// Basic idea is to do aliasing checks and reject invalid semantic names.
virtual bool validateInOut(EShLanguage stage, TVarEntryInfo& ent) = 0;
// Should return a value >= 0 if the current location should be overridden.
// Return -1 if the current location (including no location) should be kept.
virtual int resolveInOutLocation(EShLanguage stage, TVarEntryInfo& ent) = 0;
// Should return a value >= 0 if the current component index should be overridden.
// Return -1 if the current component index (including no index) should be kept.
virtual int resolveInOutComponent(EShLanguage stage, TVarEntryInfo& ent) = 0;
// Should return a value >= 0 if the current color index should be overridden.
// Return -1 if the current color index (including no index) should be kept.
virtual int resolveInOutIndex(EShLanguage stage, TVarEntryInfo& ent) = 0;
// Notification of a uniform variable
virtual void notifyBinding(EShLanguage stage, TVarEntryInfo& ent) = 0;
// Notification of a in or out variable
virtual void notifyInOut(EShLanguage stage, TVarEntryInfo& ent) = 0;
// Called by mapIO when it starts its notify pass for the given stage
virtual void beginNotifications(EShLanguage stage) = 0;
// Called by mapIO when it has finished the notify pass
virtual void endNotifications(EShLanguage stage) = 0;
// Called by mipIO when it starts its resolve pass for the given stage
virtual void beginResolve(EShLanguage stage) = 0;
// Called by mapIO when it has finished the resolve pass
virtual void endResolve(EShLanguage stage) = 0;
// Called by mapIO when it starts its symbol collect for teh given stage
virtual void beginCollect(EShLanguage stage) = 0;
// Called by mapIO when it has finished the symbol collect
virtual void endCollect(EShLanguage stage) = 0;
// Called by TSlotCollector to resolve storage locations or bindings
virtual void reserverStorageSlot(TVarEntryInfo& ent, TInfoSink& infoSink) = 0;
// Called by TSlotCollector to resolve resource locations or bindings
virtual void reserverResourceSlot(TVarEntryInfo& ent, TInfoSink& infoSink) = 0;
// Called by mapIO.addStage to set shader stage mask to mark a stage be added to this pipeline
virtual void addStage(EShLanguage stage) = 0;
};
#endif // GLSLANG_WEB
// Make one TProgram per set of shaders that will get linked together. Add all
// the shaders that are to be linked together. After calling shader.parse()
// for all shaders, call link().
//
// N.B.: Destruct a linked program *before* destructing the shaders linked into it.
//
class TProgram {
public:
TProgram();
virtual ~TProgram();
void addShader(TShader* shader) { stages[shader->stage].push_back(shader); }
std::list<TShader*>& getShaders(EShLanguage stage) { return stages[stage]; }
// Link Validation interface
bool link(EShMessages);
const char* getInfoLog();
const char* getInfoDebugLog();
TIntermediate* getIntermediate(EShLanguage stage) const { return intermediate[stage]; }
#ifndef GLSLANG_WEB
// Reflection Interface
// call first, to do liveness analysis, index mapping, etc.; returns false on failure
bool buildReflection(int opts = EShReflectionDefault);
unsigned getLocalSize(int dim) const; // return dim'th local size
int getReflectionIndex(const char *name) const;
int getReflectionPipeIOIndex(const char* name, const bool inOrOut) const;
int getNumUniformVariables() const;
const TObjectReflection& getUniform(int index) const;
int getNumUniformBlocks() const;
const TObjectReflection& getUniformBlock(int index) const;
int getNumPipeInputs() const;
const TObjectReflection& getPipeInput(int index) const;
int getNumPipeOutputs() const;
const TObjectReflection& getPipeOutput(int index) const;
int getNumBufferVariables() const;
const TObjectReflection& getBufferVariable(int index) const;
int getNumBufferBlocks() const;
const TObjectReflection& getBufferBlock(int index) const;
int getNumAtomicCounters() const;
const TObjectReflection& getAtomicCounter(int index) const;
// Legacy Reflection Interface - expressed in terms of above interface
// can be used for glGetProgramiv(GL_ACTIVE_UNIFORMS)
int getNumLiveUniformVariables() const { return getNumUniformVariables(); }
// can be used for glGetProgramiv(GL_ACTIVE_UNIFORM_BLOCKS)
int getNumLiveUniformBlocks() const { return getNumUniformBlocks(); }
// can be used for glGetProgramiv(GL_ACTIVE_ATTRIBUTES)
int getNumLiveAttributes() const { return getNumPipeInputs(); }
// can be used for glGetUniformIndices()
int getUniformIndex(const char *name) const { return getReflectionIndex(name); }
int getPipeIOIndex(const char *name, const bool inOrOut) const
{ return getReflectionPipeIOIndex(name, inOrOut); }
// can be used for "name" part of glGetActiveUniform()
const char *getUniformName(int index) const { return getUniform(index).name.c_str(); }
// returns the binding number
int getUniformBinding(int index) const { return getUniform(index).getBinding(); }
// returns Shaders Stages where a Uniform is present
EShLanguageMask getUniformStages(int index) const { return getUniform(index).stages; }
// can be used for glGetActiveUniformsiv(GL_UNIFORM_BLOCK_INDEX)
int getUniformBlockIndex(int index) const { return getUniform(index).index; }
// can be used for glGetActiveUniformsiv(GL_UNIFORM_TYPE)
int getUniformType(int index) const { return getUniform(index).glDefineType; }
// can be used for glGetActiveUniformsiv(GL_UNIFORM_OFFSET)
int getUniformBufferOffset(int index) const { return getUniform(index).offset; }
// can be used for glGetActiveUniformsiv(GL_UNIFORM_SIZE)
int getUniformArraySize(int index) const { return getUniform(index).size; }
// returns a TType*
const TType *getUniformTType(int index) const { return getUniform(index).getType(); }
// can be used for glGetActiveUniformBlockName()
const char *getUniformBlockName(int index) const { return getUniformBlock(index).name.c_str(); }
// can be used for glGetActiveUniformBlockiv(UNIFORM_BLOCK_DATA_SIZE)
int getUniformBlockSize(int index) const { return getUniformBlock(index).size; }
// returns the block binding number
int getUniformBlockBinding(int index) const { return getUniformBlock(index).getBinding(); }
// returns block index of associated counter.
int getUniformBlockCounterIndex(int index) const { return getUniformBlock(index).counterIndex; }
// returns a TType*
const TType *getUniformBlockTType(int index) const { return getUniformBlock(index).getType(); }
// can be used for glGetActiveAttrib()
const char *getAttributeName(int index) const { return getPipeInput(index).name.c_str(); }
// can be used for glGetActiveAttrib()
int getAttributeType(int index) const { return getPipeInput(index).glDefineType; }
// returns a TType*
const TType *getAttributeTType(int index) const { return getPipeInput(index).getType(); }
void dumpReflection();
// I/O mapping: apply base offsets and map live unbound variables
// If resolver is not provided it uses the previous approach
// and respects auto assignment and offsets.
bool mapIO(TIoMapResolver* pResolver = nullptr, TIoMapper* pIoMapper = nullptr);
#endif
protected:
bool linkStage(EShLanguage, EShMessages);
TPoolAllocator* pool;
std::list<TShader*> stages[EShLangCount];
TIntermediate* intermediate[EShLangCount];
bool newedIntermediate[EShLangCount]; // track which intermediate were "new" versus reusing a singleton unit in a stage
TInfoSink* infoSink;
#ifndef GLSLANG_WEB
TReflection* reflection;
#endif
bool linked;
private:
TProgram(TProgram&);
TProgram& operator=(TProgram&);
};
} // end namespace glslang
#endif // _COMPILER_INTERFACE_INCLUDED_

108
ios-m1-simulator/include/glslang/SPIRV/GLSL.ext.AMD.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
/*
** Copyright (c) 2014-2016 The Khronos Group Inc.
**
** Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
** of this software and/or associated documentation files (the "Materials"),
** to deal in the Materials without restriction, including without limitation
** the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
** and/or sell copies of the Materials, and to permit persons to whom the
** Materials are furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
**
** The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
** all copies or substantial portions of the Materials.
**
** MODIFICATIONS TO THIS FILE MAY MEAN IT NO LONGER ACCURATELY REFLECTS KHRONOS
** STANDARDS. THE UNMODIFIED, NORMATIVE VERSIONS OF KHRONOS SPECIFICATIONS AND
** HEADER INFORMATION ARE LOCATED AT https://www.khronos.org/registry/
**
** THE MATERIALS ARE PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
** OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
** FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
** THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
** LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
** FROM,OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE MATERIALS OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS
** IN THE MATERIALS.
*/
#ifndef GLSLextAMD_H
#define GLSLextAMD_H
static const int GLSLextAMDVersion = 100;
static const int GLSLextAMDRevision = 7;
// SPV_AMD_shader_ballot
static const char* const E_SPV_AMD_shader_ballot = "SPV_AMD_shader_ballot";
enum ShaderBallotAMD {
ShaderBallotBadAMD = 0, // Don't use
SwizzleInvocationsAMD = 1,
SwizzleInvocationsMaskedAMD = 2,
WriteInvocationAMD = 3,
MbcntAMD = 4,
ShaderBallotCountAMD
};
// SPV_AMD_shader_trinary_minmax
static const char* const E_SPV_AMD_shader_trinary_minmax = "SPV_AMD_shader_trinary_minmax";
enum ShaderTrinaryMinMaxAMD {
ShaderTrinaryMinMaxBadAMD = 0, // Don't use
FMin3AMD = 1,
UMin3AMD = 2,
SMin3AMD = 3,
FMax3AMD = 4,
UMax3AMD = 5,
SMax3AMD = 6,
FMid3AMD = 7,
UMid3AMD = 8,
SMid3AMD = 9,
ShaderTrinaryMinMaxCountAMD
};
// SPV_AMD_shader_explicit_vertex_parameter
static const char* const E_SPV_AMD_shader_explicit_vertex_parameter = "SPV_AMD_shader_explicit_vertex_parameter";
enum ShaderExplicitVertexParameterAMD {
ShaderExplicitVertexParameterBadAMD = 0, // Don't use
InterpolateAtVertexAMD = 1,
ShaderExplicitVertexParameterCountAMD
};
// SPV_AMD_gcn_shader
static const char* const E_SPV_AMD_gcn_shader = "SPV_AMD_gcn_shader";
enum GcnShaderAMD {
GcnShaderBadAMD = 0, // Don't use
CubeFaceIndexAMD = 1,
CubeFaceCoordAMD = 2,
TimeAMD = 3,
GcnShaderCountAMD
};
// SPV_AMD_gpu_shader_half_float
static const char* const E_SPV_AMD_gpu_shader_half_float = "SPV_AMD_gpu_shader_half_float";
// SPV_AMD_texture_gather_bias_lod
static const char* const E_SPV_AMD_texture_gather_bias_lod = "SPV_AMD_texture_gather_bias_lod";
// SPV_AMD_gpu_shader_int16
static const char* const E_SPV_AMD_gpu_shader_int16 = "SPV_AMD_gpu_shader_int16";
// SPV_AMD_shader_image_load_store_lod
static const char* const E_SPV_AMD_shader_image_load_store_lod = "SPV_AMD_shader_image_load_store_lod";
// SPV_AMD_shader_fragment_mask
static const char* const E_SPV_AMD_shader_fragment_mask = "SPV_AMD_shader_fragment_mask";
// SPV_AMD_gpu_shader_half_float_fetch
static const char* const E_SPV_AMD_gpu_shader_half_float_fetch = "SPV_AMD_gpu_shader_half_float_fetch";
#endif // #ifndef GLSLextAMD_H

39
ios-m1-simulator/include/glslang/SPIRV/GLSL.ext.EXT.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
/*
** Copyright (c) 2014-2016 The Khronos Group Inc.
**
** Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
** of this software and/or associated documentation files (the "Materials"),
** to deal in the Materials without restriction, including without limitation
** the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
** and/or sell copies of the Materials, and to permit persons to whom the
** Materials are furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
**
** The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
** all copies or substantial portions of the Materials.
**
** MODIFICATIONS TO THIS FILE MAY MEAN IT NO LONGER ACCURATELY REFLECTS KHRONOS
** STANDARDS. THE UNMODIFIED, NORMATIVE VERSIONS OF KHRONOS SPECIFICATIONS AND
** HEADER INFORMATION ARE LOCATED AT https://www.khronos.org/registry/
**
** THE MATERIALS ARE PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
** OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
** FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
** THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
** LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
** FROM,OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE MATERIALS OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS
** IN THE MATERIALS.
*/
#ifndef GLSLextEXT_H
#define GLSLextEXT_H
static const int GLSLextEXTVersion = 100;
static const int GLSLextEXTRevision = 2;
static const char* const E_SPV_EXT_shader_stencil_export = "SPV_EXT_shader_stencil_export";
static const char* const E_SPV_EXT_shader_viewport_index_layer = "SPV_EXT_shader_viewport_index_layer";
static const char* const E_SPV_EXT_fragment_fully_covered = "SPV_EXT_fragment_fully_covered";
static const char* const E_SPV_EXT_fragment_invocation_density = "SPV_EXT_fragment_invocation_density";
static const char* const E_SPV_EXT_demote_to_helper_invocation = "SPV_EXT_demote_to_helper_invocation";
#endif // #ifndef GLSLextEXT_H

51
ios-m1-simulator/include/glslang/SPIRV/GLSL.ext.KHR.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
/*
** Copyright (c) 2014-2020 The Khronos Group Inc.
** Modifications Copyright (C) 2020 Advanced Micro Devices, Inc. All rights reserved.
**
** Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
** of this software and/or associated documentation files (the "Materials"),
** to deal in the Materials without restriction, including without limitation
** the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
** and/or sell copies of the Materials, and to permit persons to whom the
** Materials are furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
**
** The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
** all copies or substantial portions of the Materials.
**
** MODIFICATIONS TO THIS FILE MAY MEAN IT NO LONGER ACCURATELY REFLECTS KHRONOS
** STANDARDS. THE UNMODIFIED, NORMATIVE VERSIONS OF KHRONOS SPECIFICATIONS AND
** HEADER INFORMATION ARE LOCATED AT https://www.khronos.org/registry/
**
** THE MATERIALS ARE PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
** OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
** FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
** THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
** LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
** FROM,OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE MATERIALS OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS
** IN THE MATERIALS.
*/
#ifndef GLSLextKHR_H
#define GLSLextKHR_H
static const int GLSLextKHRVersion = 100;
static const int GLSLextKHRRevision = 2;
static const char* const E_SPV_KHR_shader_ballot = "SPV_KHR_shader_ballot";
static const char* const E_SPV_KHR_subgroup_vote = "SPV_KHR_subgroup_vote";
static const char* const E_SPV_KHR_device_group = "SPV_KHR_device_group";
static const char* const E_SPV_KHR_multiview = "SPV_KHR_multiview";
static const char* const E_SPV_KHR_shader_draw_parameters = "SPV_KHR_shader_draw_parameters";
static const char* const E_SPV_KHR_16bit_storage = "SPV_KHR_16bit_storage";
static const char* const E_SPV_KHR_8bit_storage = "SPV_KHR_8bit_storage";
static const char* const E_SPV_KHR_storage_buffer_storage_class = "SPV_KHR_storage_buffer_storage_class";
static const char* const E_SPV_KHR_post_depth_coverage = "SPV_KHR_post_depth_coverage";
static const char* const E_SPV_KHR_vulkan_memory_model = "SPV_KHR_vulkan_memory_model";
static const char* const E_SPV_EXT_physical_storage_buffer = "SPV_EXT_physical_storage_buffer";
static const char* const E_SPV_KHR_physical_storage_buffer = "SPV_KHR_physical_storage_buffer";
static const char* const E_SPV_EXT_fragment_shader_interlock = "SPV_EXT_fragment_shader_interlock";
static const char* const E_SPV_KHR_shader_clock = "SPV_KHR_shader_clock";
static const char* const E_SPV_KHR_non_semantic_info = "SPV_KHR_non_semantic_info";
static const char* const E_SPV_KHR_ray_tracing = "SPV_KHR_ray_tracing";
static const char* const E_SPV_KHR_ray_query = "SPV_KHR_ray_query";
#endif // #ifndef GLSLextKHR_H

81
ios-m1-simulator/include/glslang/SPIRV/GLSL.ext.NV.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
/*
** Copyright (c) 2014-2017 The Khronos Group Inc.
**
** Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
** of this software and/or associated documentation files (the "Materials"),
** to deal in the Materials without restriction, including without limitation
** the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
** and/or sell copies of the Materials, and to permit persons to whom the
** Materials are furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
**
** The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
** all copies or substantial portions of the Materials.
**
** MODIFICATIONS TO THIS FILE MAY MEAN IT NO LONGER ACCURATELY REFLECTS KHRONOS
** STANDARDS. THE UNMODIFIED, NORMATIVE VERSIONS OF KHRONOS SPECIFICATIONS AND
** HEADER INFORMATION ARE LOCATED AT https://www.khronos.org/registry/
**
** THE MATERIALS ARE PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
** OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
** FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
** THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
** LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
** FROM,OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE MATERIALS OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS
** IN THE MATERIALS.
*/
#ifndef GLSLextNV_H
#define GLSLextNV_H
enum BuiltIn;
enum Decoration;
enum Op;
enum Capability;
static const int GLSLextNVVersion = 100;
static const int GLSLextNVRevision = 11;
//SPV_NV_sample_mask_override_coverage
const char* const E_SPV_NV_sample_mask_override_coverage = "SPV_NV_sample_mask_override_coverage";
//SPV_NV_geometry_shader_passthrough
const char* const E_SPV_NV_geometry_shader_passthrough = "SPV_NV_geometry_shader_passthrough";
//SPV_NV_viewport_array2
const char* const E_SPV_NV_viewport_array2 = "SPV_NV_viewport_array2";
const char* const E_ARB_shader_viewport_layer_array = "SPV_ARB_shader_viewport_layer_array";
//SPV_NV_stereo_view_rendering
const char* const E_SPV_NV_stereo_view_rendering = "SPV_NV_stereo_view_rendering";
//SPV_NVX_multiview_per_view_attributes
const char* const E_SPV_NVX_multiview_per_view_attributes = "SPV_NVX_multiview_per_view_attributes";
//SPV_NV_shader_subgroup_partitioned
const char* const E_SPV_NV_shader_subgroup_partitioned = "SPV_NV_shader_subgroup_partitioned";
//SPV_NV_fragment_shader_barycentric
const char* const E_SPV_NV_fragment_shader_barycentric = "SPV_NV_fragment_shader_barycentric";
//SPV_NV_compute_shader_derivatives
const char* const E_SPV_NV_compute_shader_derivatives = "SPV_NV_compute_shader_derivatives";
//SPV_NV_shader_image_footprint
const char* const E_SPV_NV_shader_image_footprint = "SPV_NV_shader_image_footprint";
//SPV_NV_mesh_shader
const char* const E_SPV_NV_mesh_shader = "SPV_NV_mesh_shader";
//SPV_NV_raytracing
const char* const E_SPV_NV_ray_tracing = "SPV_NV_ray_tracing";
//SPV_NV_shading_rate
const char* const E_SPV_NV_shading_rate = "SPV_NV_shading_rate";
//SPV_NV_cooperative_matrix
const char* const E_SPV_NV_cooperative_matrix = "SPV_NV_cooperative_matrix";
//SPV_NV_shader_sm_builtins
const char* const E_SPV_NV_shader_sm_builtins = "SPV_NV_shader_sm_builtins";
#endif // #ifndef GLSLextNV_H

131
ios-m1-simulator/include/glslang/SPIRV/GLSL.std.450.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,131 @@
/*
** Copyright (c) 2014-2016 The Khronos Group Inc.
**
** Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
** of this software and/or associated documentation files (the "Materials"),
** to deal in the Materials without restriction, including without limitation
** the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
** and/or sell copies of the Materials, and to permit persons to whom the
** Materials are furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
**
** The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
** all copies or substantial portions of the Materials.
**
** MODIFICATIONS TO THIS FILE MAY MEAN IT NO LONGER ACCURATELY REFLECTS KHRONOS
** STANDARDS. THE UNMODIFIED, NORMATIVE VERSIONS OF KHRONOS SPECIFICATIONS AND
** HEADER INFORMATION ARE LOCATED AT https://www.khronos.org/registry/
**
** THE MATERIALS ARE PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
** OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
** FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
** THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
** LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
** FROM,OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE MATERIALS OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS
** IN THE MATERIALS.
*/
#ifndef GLSLstd450_H
#define GLSLstd450_H
static const int GLSLstd450Version = 100;
static const int GLSLstd450Revision = 1;
enum GLSLstd450 {
GLSLstd450Bad = 0, // Don't use
GLSLstd450Round = 1,
GLSLstd450RoundEven = 2,
GLSLstd450Trunc = 3,
GLSLstd450FAbs = 4,
GLSLstd450SAbs = 5,
GLSLstd450FSign = 6,
GLSLstd450SSign = 7,
GLSLstd450Floor = 8,
GLSLstd450Ceil = 9,
GLSLstd450Fract = 10,
GLSLstd450Radians = 11,
GLSLstd450Degrees = 12,
GLSLstd450Sin = 13,
GLSLstd450Cos = 14,
GLSLstd450Tan = 15,
GLSLstd450Asin = 16,
GLSLstd450Acos = 17,
GLSLstd450Atan = 18,
GLSLstd450Sinh = 19,
GLSLstd450Cosh = 20,
GLSLstd450Tanh = 21,
GLSLstd450Asinh = 22,
GLSLstd450Acosh = 23,
GLSLstd450Atanh = 24,
GLSLstd450Atan2 = 25,
GLSLstd450Pow = 26,
GLSLstd450Exp = 27,
GLSLstd450Log = 28,
GLSLstd450Exp2 = 29,
GLSLstd450Log2 = 30,
GLSLstd450Sqrt = 31,
GLSLstd450InverseSqrt = 32,
GLSLstd450Determinant = 33,
GLSLstd450MatrixInverse = 34,
GLSLstd450Modf = 35, // second operand needs an OpVariable to write to
GLSLstd450ModfStruct = 36, // no OpVariable operand
GLSLstd450FMin = 37,
GLSLstd450UMin = 38,
GLSLstd450SMin = 39,
GLSLstd450FMax = 40,
GLSLstd450UMax = 41,
GLSLstd450SMax = 42,
GLSLstd450FClamp = 43,
GLSLstd450UClamp = 44,
GLSLstd450SClamp = 45,
GLSLstd450FMix = 46,
GLSLstd450IMix = 47, // Reserved
GLSLstd450Step = 48,
GLSLstd450SmoothStep = 49,
GLSLstd450Fma = 50,
GLSLstd450Frexp = 51, // second operand needs an OpVariable to write to
GLSLstd450FrexpStruct = 52, // no OpVariable operand
GLSLstd450Ldexp = 53,
GLSLstd450PackSnorm4x8 = 54,
GLSLstd450PackUnorm4x8 = 55,
GLSLstd450PackSnorm2x16 = 56,
GLSLstd450PackUnorm2x16 = 57,
GLSLstd450PackHalf2x16 = 58,
GLSLstd450PackDouble2x32 = 59,
GLSLstd450UnpackSnorm2x16 = 60,
GLSLstd450UnpackUnorm2x16 = 61,
GLSLstd450UnpackHalf2x16 = 62,
GLSLstd450UnpackSnorm4x8 = 63,
GLSLstd450UnpackUnorm4x8 = 64,
GLSLstd450UnpackDouble2x32 = 65,
GLSLstd450Length = 66,
GLSLstd450Distance = 67,
GLSLstd450Cross = 68,
GLSLstd450Normalize = 69,
GLSLstd450FaceForward = 70,
GLSLstd450Reflect = 71,
GLSLstd450Refract = 72,
GLSLstd450FindILsb = 73,
GLSLstd450FindSMsb = 74,
GLSLstd450FindUMsb = 75,
GLSLstd450InterpolateAtCentroid = 76,
GLSLstd450InterpolateAtSample = 77,
GLSLstd450InterpolateAtOffset = 78,
GLSLstd450NMin = 79,
GLSLstd450NMax = 80,
GLSLstd450NClamp = 81,
GLSLstd450Count
};
#endif // #ifndef GLSLstd450_H

61
ios-m1-simulator/include/glslang/SPIRV/GlslangToSpv.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
//
// Copyright (C) 2014 LunarG, Inc.
// Copyright (C) 2015-2018 Google, Inc.
//
// All rights reserved.
//
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
// are met:
//
// Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
//
// Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following
// disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided
// with the distribution.
//
// Neither the name of 3Dlabs Inc. Ltd. nor the names of its
// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived
// from this software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS
// FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
// COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
// INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING,
// BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
// LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
// CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
// LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN
// ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
// POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
#pragma once
#if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER >= 1900
#pragma warning(disable : 4464) // relative include path contains '..'
#endif
#include "SpvTools.h"
#include "glslang/Include/intermediate.h"
#include <string>
#include <vector>
#include "Logger.h"
namespace glslang {
void GetSpirvVersion(std::string&);
int GetSpirvGeneratorVersion();
void GlslangToSpv(const glslang::TIntermediate& intermediate, std::vector<unsigned int>& spirv,
SpvOptions* options = nullptr);
void GlslangToSpv(const glslang::TIntermediate& intermediate, std::vector<unsigned int>& spirv,
spv::SpvBuildLogger* logger, SpvOptions* options = nullptr);
void OutputSpvBin(const std::vector<unsigned int>& spirv, const char* baseName);
void OutputSpvHex(const std::vector<unsigned int>& spirv, const char* baseName, const char* varName);
}

83
ios-m1-simulator/include/glslang/SPIRV/Logger.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
//
// Copyright (C) 2016 Google, Inc.
//
// All rights reserved.
//
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
// are met:
//
// Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
//
// Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following
// disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided
// with the distribution.
//
// Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its
// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived
// from this software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS
// FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
// COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
// INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING,
// BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
// LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
// CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
// LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN
// ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
// POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
#ifndef GLSLANG_SPIRV_LOGGER_H
#define GLSLANG_SPIRV_LOGGER_H
#include <string>
#include <vector>
namespace spv {
// A class for holding all SPIR-V build status messages, including
// missing/TBD functionalities, warnings, and errors.
class SpvBuildLogger {
public:
SpvBuildLogger() {}
#ifdef GLSLANG_WEB
void tbdFunctionality(const std::string& f) { }
void missingFunctionality(const std::string& f) { }
void warning(const std::string& w) { }
void error(const std::string& e) { errors.push_back(e); }
std::string getAllMessages() { return ""; }
#else
// Registers a TBD functionality.
void tbdFunctionality(const std::string& f);
// Registers a missing functionality.
void missingFunctionality(const std::string& f);
// Logs a warning.
void warning(const std::string& w) { warnings.push_back(w); }
// Logs an error.
void error(const std::string& e) { errors.push_back(e); }
// Returns all messages accumulated in the order of:
// TBD functionalities, missing functionalities, warnings, errors.
std::string getAllMessages() const;
#endif
private:
SpvBuildLogger(const SpvBuildLogger&);
std::vector<std::string> tbdFeatures;
std::vector<std::string> missingFeatures;
std::vector<std::string> warnings;
std::vector<std::string> errors;
};
} // end spv namespace
#endif // GLSLANG_SPIRV_LOGGER_H

50
ios-m1-simulator/include/glslang/SPIRV/NonSemanticDebugPrintf.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
// Copyright (c) 2020 The Khronos Group Inc.
//
// Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
// copy of this software and/or associated documentation files (the
// "Materials"), to deal in the Materials without restriction, including
// without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
// distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Materials, and to
// permit persons to whom the Materials are furnished to do so, subject to
// the following conditions:
//
// The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included
// in all copies or substantial portions of the Materials.
//
// MODIFICATIONS TO THIS FILE MAY MEAN IT NO LONGER ACCURATELY REFLECTS
// KHRONOS STANDARDS. THE UNMODIFIED, NORMATIVE VERSIONS OF KHRONOS
// SPECIFICATIONS AND HEADER INFORMATION ARE LOCATED AT
// https://www.khronos.org/registry/
//
// THE MATERIALS ARE PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
// EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
// MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
// IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY
// CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT,
// TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE
// MATERIALS OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE MATERIALS.
//
#ifndef SPIRV_UNIFIED1_NonSemanticDebugPrintf_H_
#define SPIRV_UNIFIED1_NonSemanticDebugPrintf_H_
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
enum {
NonSemanticDebugPrintfRevision = 1,
NonSemanticDebugPrintfRevision_BitWidthPadding = 0x7fffffff
};
enum NonSemanticDebugPrintfInstructions {
NonSemanticDebugPrintfDebugPrintf = 1,
NonSemanticDebugPrintfInstructionsMax = 0x7fffffff
};
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif // SPIRV_UNIFIED1_NonSemanticDebugPrintf_H_

304
ios-m1-simulator/include/glslang/SPIRV/SPVRemapper.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,304 @@
//
// Copyright (C) 2015 LunarG, Inc.
//
// All rights reserved.
//
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
// are met:
//
// Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
//
// Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following
// disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided
// with the distribution.
//
// Neither the name of 3Dlabs Inc. Ltd. nor the names of its
// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived
// from this software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS
// FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
// COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
// INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING,
// BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
// LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
// CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
// LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN
// ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
// POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
//
#ifndef SPIRVREMAPPER_H
#define SPIRVREMAPPER_H
#include <string>
#include <vector>
#include <cstdlib>
#include <exception>
namespace spv {
// MSVC defines __cplusplus as an older value, even when it supports almost all of 11.
// We handle that here by making our own symbol.
#if __cplusplus >= 201103L || (defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER >= 1700)
# define use_cpp11 1
#endif
class spirvbin_base_t
{
public:
enum Options {
NONE = 0,
STRIP = (1<<0),
MAP_TYPES = (1<<1),
MAP_NAMES = (1<<2),
MAP_FUNCS = (1<<3),
DCE_FUNCS = (1<<4),
DCE_VARS = (1<<5),
DCE_TYPES = (1<<6),
OPT_LOADSTORE = (1<<7),
OPT_FWD_LS = (1<<8), // EXPERIMENTAL: PRODUCES INVALID SCHEMA-0 SPIRV
MAP_ALL = (MAP_TYPES | MAP_NAMES | MAP_FUNCS),
DCE_ALL = (DCE_FUNCS | DCE_VARS | DCE_TYPES),
OPT_ALL = (OPT_LOADSTORE),
ALL_BUT_STRIP = (MAP_ALL | DCE_ALL | OPT_ALL),
DO_EVERYTHING = (STRIP | ALL_BUT_STRIP)
};
};
} // namespace SPV
#if !defined (use_cpp11)
#include <cstdio>
#include <cstdint>
namespace spv {
class spirvbin_t : public spirvbin_base_t
{
public:
spirvbin_t(int /*verbose = 0*/) { }
void remap(std::vector<std::uint32_t>& /*spv*/, unsigned int /*opts = 0*/)
{
printf("Tool not compiled for C++11, which is required for SPIR-V remapping.\n");
exit(5);
}
};
} // namespace SPV
#else // defined (use_cpp11)
#include <functional>
#include <cstdint>
#include <unordered_map>
#include <unordered_set>
#include <map>
#include <set>
#include <cassert>
#include "spirv.hpp"
#include "spvIR.h"
namespace spv {
// class to hold SPIR-V binary data for remapping, DCE, and debug stripping
class spirvbin_t : public spirvbin_base_t
{
public:
spirvbin_t(int verbose = 0) : entryPoint(spv::NoResult), largestNewId(0), verbose(verbose), errorLatch(false)
{ }
virtual ~spirvbin_t() { }
// remap on an existing binary in memory
void remap(std::vector<std::uint32_t>& spv, std::uint32_t opts = DO_EVERYTHING);
// Type for error/log handler functions
typedef std::function<void(const std::string&)> errorfn_t;
typedef std::function<void(const std::string&)> logfn_t;
// Register error/log handling functions (can be lambda fn / functor / etc)
static void registerErrorHandler(errorfn_t handler) { errorHandler = handler; }
static void registerLogHandler(logfn_t handler) { logHandler = handler; }
protected:
// This can be overridden to provide other message behavior if needed
virtual void msg(int minVerbosity, int indent, const std::string& txt) const;
private:
// Local to global, or global to local ID map
typedef std::unordered_map<spv::Id, spv::Id> idmap_t;
typedef std::unordered_set<spv::Id> idset_t;
typedef std::unordered_map<spv::Id, int> blockmap_t;
void remap(std::uint32_t opts = DO_EVERYTHING);
// Map of names to IDs
typedef std::unordered_map<std::string, spv::Id> namemap_t;
typedef std::uint32_t spirword_t;
typedef std::pair<unsigned, unsigned> range_t;
typedef std::function<void(spv::Id&)> idfn_t;
typedef std::function<bool(spv::Op, unsigned start)> instfn_t;
// Special Values for ID map:
static const spv::Id unmapped; // unchanged from default value
static const spv::Id unused; // unused ID
static const int header_size; // SPIR header = 5 words
class id_iterator_t;
// For mapping type entries between different shaders
typedef std::vector<spirword_t> typeentry_t;
typedef std::map<spv::Id, typeentry_t> globaltypes_t;
// A set that preserves position order, and a reverse map
typedef std::set<int> posmap_t;
typedef std::unordered_map<spv::Id, int> posmap_rev_t;
// Maps and ID to the size of its base type, if known.
typedef std::unordered_map<spv::Id, unsigned> typesize_map_t;
// handle error
void error(const std::string& txt) const { errorLatch = true; errorHandler(txt); }
bool isConstOp(spv::Op opCode) const;
bool isTypeOp(spv::Op opCode) const;
bool isStripOp(spv::Op opCode) const;
bool isFlowCtrl(spv::Op opCode) const;
range_t literalRange(spv::Op opCode) const;
range_t typeRange(spv::Op opCode) const;
range_t constRange(spv::Op opCode) const;
unsigned typeSizeInWords(spv::Id id) const;
unsigned idTypeSizeInWords(spv::Id id) const;
spv::Id& asId(unsigned word) { return spv[word]; }
const spv::Id& asId(unsigned word) const { return spv[word]; }
spv::Op asOpCode(unsigned word) const { return opOpCode(spv[word]); }
std::uint32_t asOpCodeHash(unsigned word);
spv::Decoration asDecoration(unsigned word) const { return spv::Decoration(spv[word]); }
unsigned asWordCount(unsigned word) const { return opWordCount(spv[word]); }
spv::Id asTypeConstId(unsigned word) const { return asId(word + (isTypeOp(asOpCode(word)) ? 1 : 2)); }
unsigned idPos(spv::Id id) const;
static unsigned opWordCount(spirword_t data) { return data >> spv::WordCountShift; }
static spv::Op opOpCode(spirword_t data) { return spv::Op(data & spv::OpCodeMask); }
// Header access & set methods
spirword_t magic() const { return spv[0]; } // return magic number
spirword_t bound() const { return spv[3]; } // return Id bound from header
spirword_t bound(spirword_t b) { return spv[3] = b; }
spirword_t genmagic() const { return spv[2]; } // generator magic
spirword_t genmagic(spirword_t m) { return spv[2] = m; }
spirword_t schemaNum() const { return spv[4]; } // schema number from header
// Mapping fns: get
spv::Id localId(spv::Id id) const { return idMapL[id]; }
// Mapping fns: set
inline spv::Id localId(spv::Id id, spv::Id newId);
void countIds(spv::Id id);
// Return next unused new local ID.
// NOTE: boost::dynamic_bitset would be more efficient due to find_next(),
// which std::vector<bool> doens't have.
inline spv::Id nextUnusedId(spv::Id id);
void buildLocalMaps();
std::string literalString(unsigned word) const; // Return literal as a std::string
int literalStringWords(const std::string& str) const { return (int(str.size())+4)/4; }
bool isNewIdMapped(spv::Id newId) const { return isMapped(newId); }
bool isOldIdUnmapped(spv::Id oldId) const { return localId(oldId) == unmapped; }
bool isOldIdUnused(spv::Id oldId) const { return localId(oldId) == unused; }
bool isOldIdMapped(spv::Id oldId) const { return !isOldIdUnused(oldId) && !isOldIdUnmapped(oldId); }
bool isFunction(spv::Id oldId) const { return fnPos.find(oldId) != fnPos.end(); }
// bool matchType(const globaltypes_t& globalTypes, spv::Id lt, spv::Id gt) const;
// spv::Id findType(const globaltypes_t& globalTypes, spv::Id lt) const;
std::uint32_t hashType(unsigned typeStart) const;
spirvbin_t& process(instfn_t, idfn_t, unsigned begin = 0, unsigned end = 0);
int processInstruction(unsigned word, instfn_t, idfn_t);
void validate() const;
void mapTypeConst();
void mapFnBodies();
void optLoadStore();
void dceFuncs();
void dceVars();
void dceTypes();
void mapNames();
void foldIds(); // fold IDs to smallest space
void forwardLoadStores(); // load store forwarding (EXPERIMENTAL)
void offsetIds(); // create relative offset IDs
void applyMap(); // remap per local name map
void mapRemainder(); // map any IDs we haven't touched yet
void stripDebug(); // strip all debug info
void stripDeadRefs(); // strips debug info for now-dead references after DCE
void strip(); // remove debug symbols
std::vector<spirword_t> spv; // SPIR words
namemap_t nameMap; // ID names from OpName
// Since we want to also do binary ops, we can't use std::vector<bool>. we could use
// boost::dynamic_bitset, but we're trying to avoid a boost dependency.
typedef std::uint64_t bits_t;
std::vector<bits_t> mapped; // which new IDs have been mapped
static const int mBits = sizeof(bits_t) * 4;
bool isMapped(spv::Id id) const { return id < maxMappedId() && ((mapped[id/mBits] & (1LL<<(id%mBits))) != 0); }
void setMapped(spv::Id id) { resizeMapped(id); mapped[id/mBits] |= (1LL<<(id%mBits)); }
void resizeMapped(spv::Id id) { if (id >= maxMappedId()) mapped.resize(id/mBits+1, 0); }
size_t maxMappedId() const { return mapped.size() * mBits; }
// Add a strip range for a given instruction starting at 'start'
// Note: avoiding brace initializers to please older versions os MSVC.
void stripInst(unsigned start) { stripRange.push_back(range_t(start, start + asWordCount(start))); }
// Function start and end. use unordered_map because we'll have
// many fewer functions than IDs.
std::unordered_map<spv::Id, range_t> fnPos;
// Which functions are called, anywhere in the module, with a call count
std::unordered_map<spv::Id, int> fnCalls;
posmap_t typeConstPos; // word positions that define types & consts (ordered)
posmap_rev_t idPosR; // reverse map from IDs to positions
typesize_map_t idTypeSizeMap; // maps each ID to its type size, if known.
std::vector<spv::Id> idMapL; // ID {M}ap from {L}ocal to {G}lobal IDs
spv::Id entryPoint; // module entry point
spv::Id largestNewId; // biggest new ID we have mapped anything to
// Sections of the binary to strip, given as [begin,end)
std::vector<range_t> stripRange;
// processing options:
std::uint32_t options;
int verbose; // verbosity level
// Error latch: this is set if the error handler is ever executed. It would be better to
// use a try/catch block and throw, but that's not desired for certain environments, so
// this is the alternative.
mutable bool errorLatch;
static errorfn_t errorHandler;
static logfn_t logHandler;
};
} // namespace SPV
#endif // defined (use_cpp11)
#endif // SPIRVREMAPPER_H

838
ios-m1-simulator/include/glslang/SPIRV/SpvBuilder.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,838 @@
//
// Copyright (C) 2014-2015 LunarG, Inc.
// Copyright (C) 2015-2020 Google, Inc.
// Copyright (C) 2017 ARM Limited.
// Modifications Copyright (C) 2020 Advanced Micro Devices, Inc. All rights reserved.
//
// All rights reserved.
//
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
// are met:
//
// Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
//
// Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following
// disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided
// with the distribution.
//
// Neither the name of 3Dlabs Inc. Ltd. nor the names of its
// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived
// from this software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS
// FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
// COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
// INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING,
// BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
// LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
// CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
// LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN
// ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
// POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
//
// "Builder" is an interface to fully build SPIR-V IR. Allocate one of
// these to build (a thread safe) internal SPIR-V representation (IR),
// and then dump it as a binary stream according to the SPIR-V specification.
//
// A Builder has a 1:1 relationship with a SPIR-V module.
//
#pragma once
#ifndef SpvBuilder_H
#define SpvBuilder_H
#include "Logger.h"
#include "spirv.hpp"
#include "spvIR.h"
#include <algorithm>
#include <map>
#include <memory>
#include <set>
#include <sstream>
#include <stack>
#include <unordered_map>
#include <map>
namespace spv {
typedef enum {
Spv_1_0 = (1 << 16),
Spv_1_1 = (1 << 16) | (1 << 8),
Spv_1_2 = (1 << 16) | (2 << 8),
Spv_1_3 = (1 << 16) | (3 << 8),
Spv_1_4 = (1 << 16) | (4 << 8),
Spv_1_5 = (1 << 16) | (5 << 8),
} SpvVersion;
class Builder {
public:
Builder(unsigned int spvVersion, unsigned int userNumber, SpvBuildLogger* logger);
virtual ~Builder();
static const int maxMatrixSize = 4;
unsigned int getSpvVersion() const { return spvVersion; }
void setSource(spv::SourceLanguage lang, int version)
{
source = lang;
sourceVersion = version;
}
spv::Id getStringId(const std::string& str)
{
auto sItr = stringIds.find(str);
if (sItr != stringIds.end())
return sItr->second;
spv::Id strId = getUniqueId();
Instruction* fileString = new Instruction(strId, NoType, OpString);
const char* file_c_str = str.c_str();
fileString->addStringOperand(file_c_str);
strings.push_back(std::unique_ptr<Instruction>(fileString));
module.mapInstruction(fileString);
stringIds[file_c_str] = strId;
return strId;
}
void setSourceFile(const std::string& file)
{
sourceFileStringId = getStringId(file);
}
void setSourceText(const std::string& text) { sourceText = text; }
void addSourceExtension(const char* ext) { sourceExtensions.push_back(ext); }
void addModuleProcessed(const std::string& p) { moduleProcesses.push_back(p.c_str()); }
void setEmitOpLines() { emitOpLines = true; }
void addExtension(const char* ext) { extensions.insert(ext); }
void removeExtension(const char* ext)
{
extensions.erase(ext);
}
void addIncorporatedExtension(const char* ext, SpvVersion incorporatedVersion)
{
if (getSpvVersion() < static_cast<unsigned>(incorporatedVersion))
addExtension(ext);
}
void promoteIncorporatedExtension(const char* baseExt, const char* promoExt, SpvVersion incorporatedVersion)
{
removeExtension(baseExt);
addIncorporatedExtension(promoExt, incorporatedVersion);
}
void addInclude(const std::string& name, const std::string& text)
{
spv::Id incId = getStringId(name);
includeFiles[incId] = &text;
}
Id import(const char*);
void setMemoryModel(spv::AddressingModel addr, spv::MemoryModel mem)
{
addressModel = addr;
memoryModel = mem;
}
void addCapability(spv::Capability cap) { capabilities.insert(cap); }
// To get a new <id> for anything needing a new one.
Id getUniqueId() { return ++uniqueId; }
// To get a set of new <id>s, e.g., for a set of function parameters
Id getUniqueIds(int numIds)
{
Id id = uniqueId + 1;
uniqueId += numIds;
return id;
}
// Generate OpLine for non-filename-based #line directives (ie no filename
// seen yet): Log the current line, and if different than the last one,
// issue a new OpLine using the new line and current source file name.
void setLine(int line);
// If filename null, generate OpLine for non-filename-based line directives,
// else do filename-based: Log the current line and file, and if different
// than the last one, issue a new OpLine using the new line and file
// name.
void setLine(int line, const char* filename);
// Low-level OpLine. See setLine() for a layered helper.
void addLine(Id fileName, int line, int column);
// For creating new types (will return old type if the requested one was already made).
Id makeVoidType();
Id makeBoolType();
Id makePointer(StorageClass, Id pointee);
Id makeForwardPointer(StorageClass);
Id makePointerFromForwardPointer(StorageClass, Id forwardPointerType, Id pointee);
Id makeIntegerType(int width, bool hasSign); // generic
Id makeIntType(int width) { return makeIntegerType(width, true); }
Id makeUintType(int width) { return makeIntegerType(width, false); }
Id makeFloatType(int width);
Id makeStructType(const std::vector<Id>& members, const char*);
Id makeStructResultType(Id type0, Id type1);
Id makeVectorType(Id component, int size);
Id makeMatrixType(Id component, int cols, int rows);
Id makeArrayType(Id element, Id sizeId, int stride); // 0 stride means no stride decoration
Id makeRuntimeArray(Id element);
Id makeFunctionType(Id returnType, const std::vector<Id>& paramTypes);
Id makeImageType(Id sampledType, Dim, bool depth, bool arrayed, bool ms, unsigned sampled, ImageFormat format);
Id makeSamplerType();
Id makeSampledImageType(Id imageType);
Id makeCooperativeMatrixType(Id component, Id scope, Id rows, Id cols);
// accelerationStructureNV type
Id makeAccelerationStructureType();
// rayQueryEXT type
Id makeRayQueryType();
// For querying about types.
Id getTypeId(Id resultId) const { return module.getTypeId(resultId); }
Id getDerefTypeId(Id resultId) const;
Op getOpCode(Id id) const { return module.getInstruction(id)->getOpCode(); }
Op getTypeClass(Id typeId) const { return getOpCode(typeId); }
Op getMostBasicTypeClass(Id typeId) const;
int getNumComponents(Id resultId) const { return getNumTypeComponents(getTypeId(resultId)); }
int getNumTypeConstituents(Id typeId) const;
int getNumTypeComponents(Id typeId) const { return getNumTypeConstituents(typeId); }
Id getScalarTypeId(Id typeId) const;
Id getContainedTypeId(Id typeId) const;
Id getContainedTypeId(Id typeId, int) const;
StorageClass getTypeStorageClass(Id typeId) const { return module.getStorageClass(typeId); }
ImageFormat getImageTypeFormat(Id typeId) const
{ return (ImageFormat)module.getInstruction(typeId)->getImmediateOperand(6); }
bool isPointer(Id resultId) const { return isPointerType(getTypeId(resultId)); }
bool isScalar(Id resultId) const { return isScalarType(getTypeId(resultId)); }
bool isVector(Id resultId) const { return isVectorType(getTypeId(resultId)); }
bool isMatrix(Id resultId) const { return isMatrixType(getTypeId(resultId)); }
bool isCooperativeMatrix(Id resultId)const { return isCooperativeMatrixType(getTypeId(resultId)); }
bool isAggregate(Id resultId) const { return isAggregateType(getTypeId(resultId)); }
bool isSampledImage(Id resultId) const { return isSampledImageType(getTypeId(resultId)); }
bool isBoolType(Id typeId)
{ return groupedTypes[OpTypeBool].size() > 0 && typeId == groupedTypes[OpTypeBool].back()->getResultId(); }
bool isIntType(Id typeId) const
{ return getTypeClass(typeId) == OpTypeInt && module.getInstruction(typeId)->getImmediateOperand(1) != 0; }
bool isUintType(Id typeId) const
{ return getTypeClass(typeId) == OpTypeInt && module.getInstruction(typeId)->getImmediateOperand(1) == 0; }
bool isFloatType(Id typeId) const { return getTypeClass(typeId) == OpTypeFloat; }
bool isPointerType(Id typeId) const { return getTypeClass(typeId) == OpTypePointer; }
bool isScalarType(Id typeId) const
{ return getTypeClass(typeId) == OpTypeFloat || getTypeClass(typeId) == OpTypeInt ||
getTypeClass(typeId) == OpTypeBool; }
bool isVectorType(Id typeId) const { return getTypeClass(typeId) == OpTypeVector; }
bool isMatrixType(Id typeId) const { return getTypeClass(typeId) == OpTypeMatrix; }
bool isStructType(Id typeId) const { return getTypeClass(typeId) == OpTypeStruct; }
bool isArrayType(Id typeId) const { return getTypeClass(typeId) == OpTypeArray; }
#ifdef GLSLANG_WEB
bool isCooperativeMatrixType(Id typeId)const { return false; }
#else
bool isCooperativeMatrixType(Id typeId)const { return getTypeClass(typeId) == OpTypeCooperativeMatrixNV; }
#endif
bool isAggregateType(Id typeId) const
{ return isArrayType(typeId) || isStructType(typeId) || isCooperativeMatrixType(typeId); }
bool isImageType(Id typeId) const { return getTypeClass(typeId) == OpTypeImage; }
bool isSamplerType(Id typeId) const { return getTypeClass(typeId) == OpTypeSampler; }
bool isSampledImageType(Id typeId) const { return getTypeClass(typeId) == OpTypeSampledImage; }
bool containsType(Id typeId, Op typeOp, unsigned int width) const;
bool containsPhysicalStorageBufferOrArray(Id typeId) const;
bool isConstantOpCode(Op opcode) const;
bool isSpecConstantOpCode(Op opcode) const;
bool isConstant(Id resultId) const { return isConstantOpCode(getOpCode(resultId)); }
bool isConstantScalar(Id resultId) const { return getOpCode(resultId) == OpConstant; }
bool isSpecConstant(Id resultId) const { return isSpecConstantOpCode(getOpCode(resultId)); }
unsigned int getConstantScalar(Id resultId) const
{ return module.getInstruction(resultId)->getImmediateOperand(0); }
StorageClass getStorageClass(Id resultId) const { return getTypeStorageClass(getTypeId(resultId)); }
int getScalarTypeWidth(Id typeId) const
{
Id scalarTypeId = getScalarTypeId(typeId);
assert(getTypeClass(scalarTypeId) == OpTypeInt || getTypeClass(scalarTypeId) == OpTypeFloat);
return module.getInstruction(scalarTypeId)->getImmediateOperand(0);
}
int getTypeNumColumns(Id typeId) const
{
assert(isMatrixType(typeId));
return getNumTypeConstituents(typeId);
}
int getNumColumns(Id resultId) const { return getTypeNumColumns(getTypeId(resultId)); }
int getTypeNumRows(Id typeId) const
{
assert(isMatrixType(typeId));
return getNumTypeComponents(getContainedTypeId(typeId));
}
int getNumRows(Id resultId) const { return getTypeNumRows(getTypeId(resultId)); }
Dim getTypeDimensionality(Id typeId) const
{
assert(isImageType(typeId));
return (Dim)module.getInstruction(typeId)->getImmediateOperand(1);
}
Id getImageType(Id resultId) const
{
Id typeId = getTypeId(resultId);
assert(isImageType(typeId) || isSampledImageType(typeId));
return isSampledImageType(typeId) ? module.getInstruction(typeId)->getIdOperand(0) : typeId;
}
bool isArrayedImageType(Id typeId) const
{
assert(isImageType(typeId));
return module.getInstruction(typeId)->getImmediateOperand(3) != 0;
}
// For making new constants (will return old constant if the requested one was already made).
Id makeBoolConstant(bool b, bool specConstant = false);
Id makeInt8Constant(int i, bool specConstant = false)
{ return makeIntConstant(makeIntType(8), (unsigned)i, specConstant); }
Id makeUint8Constant(unsigned u, bool specConstant = false)
{ return makeIntConstant(makeUintType(8), u, specConstant); }
Id makeInt16Constant(int i, bool specConstant = false)
{ return makeIntConstant(makeIntType(16), (unsigned)i, specConstant); }
Id makeUint16Constant(unsigned u, bool specConstant = false)
{ return makeIntConstant(makeUintType(16), u, specConstant); }
Id makeIntConstant(int i, bool specConstant = false)
{ return makeIntConstant(makeIntType(32), (unsigned)i, specConstant); }
Id makeUintConstant(unsigned u, bool specConstant = false)
{ return makeIntConstant(makeUintType(32), u, specConstant); }
Id makeInt64Constant(long long i, bool specConstant = false)
{ return makeInt64Constant(makeIntType(64), (unsigned long long)i, specConstant); }
Id makeUint64Constant(unsigned long long u, bool specConstant = false)
{ return makeInt64Constant(makeUintType(64), u, specConstant); }
Id makeFloatConstant(float f, bool specConstant = false);
Id makeDoubleConstant(double d, bool specConstant = false);
Id makeFloat16Constant(float f16, bool specConstant = false);
Id makeFpConstant(Id type, double d, bool specConstant = false);
// Turn the array of constants into a proper spv constant of the requested type.
Id makeCompositeConstant(Id type, const std::vector<Id>& comps, bool specConst = false);
// Methods for adding information outside the CFG.
Instruction* addEntryPoint(ExecutionModel, Function*, const char* name);
void addExecutionMode(Function*, ExecutionMode mode, int value1 = -1, int value2 = -1, int value3 = -1);
void addName(Id, const char* name);
void addMemberName(Id, int member, const char* name);
void addDecoration(Id, Decoration, int num = -1);
void addDecoration(Id, Decoration, const char*);
void addDecorationId(Id id, Decoration, Id idDecoration);
void addMemberDecoration(Id, unsigned int member, Decoration, int num = -1);
void addMemberDecoration(Id, unsigned int member, Decoration, const char*);
// At the end of what block do the next create*() instructions go?
void setBuildPoint(Block* bp) { buildPoint = bp; }
Block* getBuildPoint() const { return buildPoint; }
// Make the entry-point function. The returned pointer is only valid
// for the lifetime of this builder.
Function* makeEntryPoint(const char*);
// Make a shader-style function, and create its entry block if entry is non-zero.
// Return the function, pass back the entry.
// The returned pointer is only valid for the lifetime of this builder.
Function* makeFunctionEntry(Decoration precision, Id returnType, const char* name,
const std::vector<Id>& paramTypes, const std::vector<std::vector<Decoration>>& precisions, Block **entry = 0);
// Create a return. An 'implicit' return is one not appearing in the source
// code. In the case of an implicit return, no post-return block is inserted.
void makeReturn(bool implicit, Id retVal = 0);
// Generate all the code needed to finish up a function.
void leaveFunction();
// Create a discard.
void makeDiscard();
// Create a global or function local or IO variable.
Id createVariable(StorageClass, Id type, const char* name = 0, Id initializer = NoResult);
// Create an intermediate with an undefined value.
Id createUndefined(Id type);
// Store into an Id and return the l-value
void createStore(Id rValue, Id lValue, spv::MemoryAccessMask memoryAccess = spv::MemoryAccessMaskNone,
spv::Scope scope = spv::ScopeMax, unsigned int alignment = 0);
// Load from an Id and return it
Id createLoad(Id lValue, spv::MemoryAccessMask memoryAccess = spv::MemoryAccessMaskNone,
spv::Scope scope = spv::ScopeMax, unsigned int alignment = 0);
// Create an OpAccessChain instruction
Id createAccessChain(StorageClass, Id base, const std::vector<Id>& offsets);
// Create an OpArrayLength instruction
Id createArrayLength(Id base, unsigned int member);
// Create an OpCooperativeMatrixLengthNV instruction
Id createCooperativeMatrixLength(Id type);
// Create an OpCompositeExtract instruction
Id createCompositeExtract(Id composite, Id typeId, unsigned index);
Id createCompositeExtract(Id composite, Id typeId, const std::vector<unsigned>& indexes);
Id createCompositeInsert(Id object, Id composite, Id typeId, unsigned index);
Id createCompositeInsert(Id object, Id composite, Id typeId, const std::vector<unsigned>& indexes);
Id createVectorExtractDynamic(Id vector, Id typeId, Id componentIndex);
Id createVectorInsertDynamic(Id vector, Id typeId, Id component, Id componentIndex);
void createNoResultOp(Op);
void createNoResultOp(Op, Id operand);
void createNoResultOp(Op, const std::vector<Id>& operands);
void createNoResultOp(Op, const std::vector<IdImmediate>& operands);
void createControlBarrier(Scope execution, Scope memory, MemorySemanticsMask);
void createMemoryBarrier(unsigned executionScope, unsigned memorySemantics);
Id createUnaryOp(Op, Id typeId, Id operand);
Id createBinOp(Op, Id typeId, Id operand1, Id operand2);
Id createTriOp(Op, Id typeId, Id operand1, Id operand2, Id operand3);
Id createOp(Op, Id typeId, const std::vector<Id>& operands);
Id createOp(Op, Id typeId, const std::vector<IdImmediate>& operands);
Id createFunctionCall(spv::Function*, const std::vector<spv::Id>&);
Id createSpecConstantOp(Op, Id typeId, const std::vector<spv::Id>& operands, const std::vector<unsigned>& literals);
// Take an rvalue (source) and a set of channels to extract from it to
// make a new rvalue, which is returned.
Id createRvalueSwizzle(Decoration precision, Id typeId, Id source, const std::vector<unsigned>& channels);
// Take a copy of an lvalue (target) and a source of components, and set the
// source components into the lvalue where the 'channels' say to put them.
// An updated version of the target is returned.
// (No true lvalue or stores are used.)
Id createLvalueSwizzle(Id typeId, Id target, Id source, const std::vector<unsigned>& channels);
// If both the id and precision are valid, the id
// gets tagged with the requested precision.
// The passed in id is always the returned id, to simplify use patterns.
Id setPrecision(Id id, Decoration precision)
{
if (precision != NoPrecision && id != NoResult)
addDecoration(id, precision);
return id;
}
// Can smear a scalar to a vector for the following forms:
// - promoteScalar(scalar, vector) // smear scalar to width of vector
// - promoteScalar(vector, scalar) // smear scalar to width of vector
// - promoteScalar(pointer, scalar) // smear scalar to width of what pointer points to
// - promoteScalar(scalar, scalar) // do nothing
// Other forms are not allowed.
//
// Generally, the type of 'scalar' does not need to be the same type as the components in 'vector'.
// The type of the created vector is a vector of components of the same type as the scalar.
//
// Note: One of the arguments will change, with the result coming back that way rather than
// through the return value.
void promoteScalar(Decoration precision, Id& left, Id& right);
// Make a value by smearing the scalar to fill the type.
// vectorType should be the correct type for making a vector of scalarVal.
// (No conversions are done.)
Id smearScalar(Decoration precision, Id scalarVal, Id vectorType);
// Create a call to a built-in function.
Id createBuiltinCall(Id resultType, Id builtins, int entryPoint, const std::vector<Id>& args);
// List of parameters used to create a texture operation
struct TextureParameters {
Id sampler;
Id coords;
Id bias;
Id lod;
Id Dref;
Id offset;
Id offsets;
Id gradX;
Id gradY;
Id sample;
Id component;
Id texelOut;
Id lodClamp;
Id granularity;
Id coarse;
bool nonprivate;
bool volatil;
};
// Select the correct texture operation based on all inputs, and emit the correct instruction
Id createTextureCall(Decoration precision, Id resultType, bool sparse, bool fetch, bool proj, bool gather,
bool noImplicit, const TextureParameters&, ImageOperandsMask);
// Emit the OpTextureQuery* instruction that was passed in.
// Figure out the right return value and type, and return it.
Id createTextureQueryCall(Op, const TextureParameters&, bool isUnsignedResult);
Id createSamplePositionCall(Decoration precision, Id, Id);
Id createBitFieldExtractCall(Decoration precision, Id, Id, Id, bool isSigned);
Id createBitFieldInsertCall(Decoration precision, Id, Id, Id, Id);
// Reduction comparison for composites: For equal and not-equal resulting in a scalar.
Id createCompositeCompare(Decoration precision, Id, Id, bool /* true if for equal, false if for not-equal */);
// OpCompositeConstruct
Id createCompositeConstruct(Id typeId, const std::vector<Id>& constituents);
// vector or scalar constructor
Id createConstructor(Decoration precision, const std::vector<Id>& sources, Id resultTypeId);
// matrix constructor
Id createMatrixConstructor(Decoration precision, const std::vector<Id>& sources, Id constructee);
// Helper to use for building nested control flow with if-then-else.
class If {
public:
If(Id condition, unsigned int ctrl, Builder& builder);
~If() {}
void makeBeginElse();
void makeEndIf();
private:
If(const If&);
If& operator=(If&);
Builder& builder;
Id condition;
unsigned int control;
Function* function;
Block* headerBlock;
Block* thenBlock;
Block* elseBlock;
Block* mergeBlock;
};
// Make a switch statement. A switch has 'numSegments' of pieces of code, not containing
// any case/default labels, all separated by one or more case/default labels. Each possible
// case value v is a jump to the caseValues[v] segment. The defaultSegment is also in this
// number space. How to compute the value is given by 'condition', as in switch(condition).
//
// The SPIR-V Builder will maintain the stack of post-switch merge blocks for nested switches.
//
// Use a defaultSegment < 0 if there is no default segment (to branch to post switch).
//
// Returns the right set of basic blocks to start each code segment with, so that the caller's
// recursion stack can hold the memory for it.
//
void makeSwitch(Id condition, unsigned int control, int numSegments, const std::vector<int>& caseValues,
const std::vector<int>& valueToSegment, int defaultSegment, std::vector<Block*>& segmentBB);
// Add a branch to the innermost switch's merge block.
void addSwitchBreak();
// Move to the next code segment, passing in the return argument in makeSwitch()
void nextSwitchSegment(std::vector<Block*>& segmentBB, int segment);
// Finish off the innermost switch.
void endSwitch(std::vector<Block*>& segmentBB);
struct LoopBlocks {
LoopBlocks(Block& head, Block& body, Block& merge, Block& continue_target) :
head(head), body(body), merge(merge), continue_target(continue_target) { }
Block &head, &body, &merge, &continue_target;
private:
LoopBlocks();
LoopBlocks& operator=(const LoopBlocks&) = delete;
};
// Start a new loop and prepare the builder to generate code for it. Until
// closeLoop() is called for this loop, createLoopContinue() and
// createLoopExit() will target its corresponding blocks.
LoopBlocks& makeNewLoop();
// Create a new block in the function containing the build point. Memory is
// owned by the function object.
Block& makeNewBlock();
// Add a branch to the continue_target of the current (innermost) loop.
void createLoopContinue();
// Add an exit (e.g. "break") from the innermost loop that we're currently
// in.
void createLoopExit();
// Close the innermost loop that you're in
void closeLoop();
//
// Access chain design for an R-Value vs. L-Value:
//
// There is a single access chain the builder is building at
// any particular time. Such a chain can be used to either to a load or
// a store, when desired.
//
// Expressions can be r-values, l-values, or both, or only r-values:
// a[b.c].d = .... // l-value
// ... = a[b.c].d; // r-value, that also looks like an l-value
// ++a[b.c].d; // r-value and l-value
// (x + y)[2]; // r-value only, can't possibly be l-value
//
// Computing an r-value means generating code. Hence,
// r-values should only be computed when they are needed, not speculatively.
//
// Computing an l-value means saving away information for later use in the compiler,
// no code is generated until the l-value is later dereferenced. It is okay
// to speculatively generate an l-value, just not okay to speculatively dereference it.
//
// The base of the access chain (the left-most variable or expression
// from which everything is based) can be set either as an l-value
// or as an r-value. Most efficient would be to set an l-value if one
// is available. If an expression was evaluated, the resulting r-value
// can be set as the chain base.
//
// The users of this single access chain can save and restore if they
// want to nest or manage multiple chains.
//
struct AccessChain {
Id base; // for l-values, pointer to the base object, for r-values, the base object
std::vector<Id> indexChain;
Id instr; // cache the instruction that generates this access chain
std::vector<unsigned> swizzle; // each std::vector element selects the next GLSL component number
Id component; // a dynamic component index, can coexist with a swizzle,
// done after the swizzle, NoResult if not present
Id preSwizzleBaseType; // dereferenced type, before swizzle or component is applied;
// NoType unless a swizzle or component is present
bool isRValue; // true if 'base' is an r-value, otherwise, base is an l-value
unsigned int alignment; // bitwise OR of alignment values passed in. Accumulates worst alignment.
// Only tracks base and (optional) component selection alignment.
// Accumulate whether anything in the chain of structures has coherent decorations.
struct CoherentFlags {
CoherentFlags() { clear(); }
#ifdef GLSLANG_WEB
void clear() { }
bool isVolatile() const { return false; }
CoherentFlags operator |=(const CoherentFlags &other) { return *this; }
#else
bool isVolatile() const { return volatil; }
bool anyCoherent() const {
return coherent || devicecoherent || queuefamilycoherent || workgroupcoherent ||
subgroupcoherent || shadercallcoherent;
}
unsigned coherent : 1;
unsigned devicecoherent : 1;
unsigned queuefamilycoherent : 1;
unsigned workgroupcoherent : 1;
unsigned subgroupcoherent : 1;
unsigned shadercallcoherent : 1;
unsigned nonprivate : 1;
unsigned volatil : 1;
unsigned isImage : 1;
void clear() {
coherent = 0;
devicecoherent = 0;
queuefamilycoherent = 0;
workgroupcoherent = 0;
subgroupcoherent = 0;
shadercallcoherent = 0;
nonprivate = 0;
volatil = 0;
isImage = 0;
}
CoherentFlags operator |=(const CoherentFlags &other) {
coherent |= other.coherent;
devicecoherent |= other.devicecoherent;
queuefamilycoherent |= other.queuefamilycoherent;
workgroupcoherent |= other.workgroupcoherent;
subgroupcoherent |= other.subgroupcoherent;
shadercallcoherent |= other.shadercallcoherent;
nonprivate |= other.nonprivate;
volatil |= other.volatil;
isImage |= other.isImage;
return *this;
}
#endif
};
CoherentFlags coherentFlags;
};
//
// the SPIR-V builder maintains a single active chain that
// the following methods operate on
//
// for external save and restore
AccessChain getAccessChain() { return accessChain; }
void setAccessChain(AccessChain newChain) { accessChain = newChain; }
// clear accessChain
void clearAccessChain();
// set new base as an l-value base
void setAccessChainLValue(Id lValue)
{
assert(isPointer(lValue));
accessChain.base = lValue;
}
// set new base value as an r-value
void setAccessChainRValue(Id rValue)
{
accessChain.isRValue = true;
accessChain.base = rValue;
}
// push offset onto the end of the chain
void accessChainPush(Id offset, AccessChain::CoherentFlags coherentFlags, unsigned int alignment)
{
accessChain.indexChain.push_back(offset);
accessChain.coherentFlags |= coherentFlags;
accessChain.alignment |= alignment;
}
// push new swizzle onto the end of any existing swizzle, merging into a single swizzle
void accessChainPushSwizzle(std::vector<unsigned>& swizzle, Id preSwizzleBaseType,
AccessChain::CoherentFlags coherentFlags, unsigned int alignment);
// push a dynamic component selection onto the access chain, only applicable with a
// non-trivial swizzle or no swizzle
void accessChainPushComponent(Id component, Id preSwizzleBaseType, AccessChain::CoherentFlags coherentFlags,
unsigned int alignment)
{
if (accessChain.swizzle.size() != 1) {
accessChain.component = component;
if (accessChain.preSwizzleBaseType == NoType)
accessChain.preSwizzleBaseType = preSwizzleBaseType;
}
accessChain.coherentFlags |= coherentFlags;
accessChain.alignment |= alignment;
}
// use accessChain and swizzle to store value
void accessChainStore(Id rvalue, spv::MemoryAccessMask memoryAccess = spv::MemoryAccessMaskNone,
spv::Scope scope = spv::ScopeMax, unsigned int alignment = 0);
// use accessChain and swizzle to load an r-value
Id accessChainLoad(Decoration precision, Decoration nonUniform, Id ResultType,
spv::MemoryAccessMask memoryAccess = spv::MemoryAccessMaskNone, spv::Scope scope = spv::ScopeMax,
unsigned int alignment = 0);
// Return whether or not the access chain can be represented in SPIR-V
// as an l-value.
// E.g., a[3].yx cannot be, while a[3].y and a[3].y[x] can be.
bool isSpvLvalue() const { return accessChain.swizzle.size() <= 1; }
// get the direct pointer for an l-value
Id accessChainGetLValue();
// Get the inferred SPIR-V type of the result of the current access chain,
// based on the type of the base and the chain of dereferences.
Id accessChainGetInferredType();
// Add capabilities, extensions, remove unneeded decorations, etc.,
// based on the resulting SPIR-V.
void postProcess();
// Prune unreachable blocks in the CFG and remove unneeded decorations.
void postProcessCFG();
#ifndef GLSLANG_WEB
// Add capabilities, extensions based on instructions in the module.
void postProcessFeatures();
// Hook to visit each instruction in a block in a function
void postProcess(Instruction&);
// Hook to visit each non-32-bit sized float/int operation in a block.
void postProcessType(const Instruction&, spv::Id typeId);
#endif
void dump(std::vector<unsigned int>&) const;
void createBranch(Block* block);
void createConditionalBranch(Id condition, Block* thenBlock, Block* elseBlock);
void createLoopMerge(Block* mergeBlock, Block* continueBlock, unsigned int control,
const std::vector<unsigned int>& operands);
// Sets to generate opcode for specialization constants.
void setToSpecConstCodeGenMode() { generatingOpCodeForSpecConst = true; }
// Sets to generate opcode for non-specialization constants (normal mode).
void setToNormalCodeGenMode() { generatingOpCodeForSpecConst = false; }
// Check if the builder is generating code for spec constants.
bool isInSpecConstCodeGenMode() { return generatingOpCodeForSpecConst; }
protected:
Id makeIntConstant(Id typeId, unsigned value, bool specConstant);
Id makeInt64Constant(Id typeId, unsigned long long value, bool specConstant);
Id findScalarConstant(Op typeClass, Op opcode, Id typeId, unsigned value);
Id findScalarConstant(Op typeClass, Op opcode, Id typeId, unsigned v1, unsigned v2);
Id findCompositeConstant(Op typeClass, Id typeId, const std::vector<Id>& comps);
Id findStructConstant(Id typeId, const std::vector<Id>& comps);
Id collapseAccessChain();
void remapDynamicSwizzle();
void transferAccessChainSwizzle(bool dynamic);
void simplifyAccessChainSwizzle();
void createAndSetNoPredecessorBlock(const char*);
void createSelectionMerge(Block* mergeBlock, unsigned int control);
void dumpSourceInstructions(std::vector<unsigned int>&) const;
void dumpSourceInstructions(const spv::Id fileId, const std::string& text, std::vector<unsigned int>&) const;
void dumpInstructions(std::vector<unsigned int>&, const std::vector<std::unique_ptr<Instruction> >&) const;
void dumpModuleProcesses(std::vector<unsigned int>&) const;
spv::MemoryAccessMask sanitizeMemoryAccessForStorageClass(spv::MemoryAccessMask memoryAccess, StorageClass sc)
const;
unsigned int spvVersion; // the version of SPIR-V to emit in the header
SourceLanguage source;
int sourceVersion;
spv::Id sourceFileStringId;
std::string sourceText;
int currentLine;
const char* currentFile;
bool emitOpLines;
std::set<std::string> extensions;
std::vector<const char*> sourceExtensions;
std::vector<const char*> moduleProcesses;
AddressingModel addressModel;
MemoryModel memoryModel;
std::set<spv::Capability> capabilities;
int builderNumber;
Module module;
Block* buildPoint;
Id uniqueId;
Function* entryPointFunction;
bool generatingOpCodeForSpecConst;
AccessChain accessChain;
// special blocks of instructions for output
std::vector<std::unique_ptr<Instruction> > strings;
std::vector<std::unique_ptr<Instruction> > imports;
std::vector<std::unique_ptr<Instruction> > entryPoints;
std::vector<std::unique_ptr<Instruction> > executionModes;
std::vector<std::unique_ptr<Instruction> > names;
std::vector<std::unique_ptr<Instruction> > decorations;
std::vector<std::unique_ptr<Instruction> > constantsTypesGlobals;
std::vector<std::unique_ptr<Instruction> > externals;
std::vector<std::unique_ptr<Function> > functions;
// not output, internally used for quick & dirty canonical (unique) creation
// map type opcodes to constant inst.
std::unordered_map<unsigned int, std::vector<Instruction*>> groupedConstants;
// map struct-id to constant instructions
std::unordered_map<unsigned int, std::vector<Instruction*>> groupedStructConstants;
// map type opcodes to type instructions
std::unordered_map<unsigned int, std::vector<Instruction*>> groupedTypes;
// stack of switches
std::stack<Block*> switchMerges;
// Our loop stack.
std::stack<LoopBlocks> loops;
// map from strings to their string ids
std::unordered_map<std::string, spv::Id> stringIds;
// map from include file name ids to their contents
std::map<spv::Id, const std::string*> includeFiles;
// The stream for outputting warnings and errors.
SpvBuildLogger* logger;
}; // end Builder class
}; // end spv namespace
#endif // SpvBuilder_H

82
ios-m1-simulator/include/glslang/SPIRV/SpvTools.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
//
// Copyright (C) 2014-2016 LunarG, Inc.
// Copyright (C) 2018 Google, Inc.
//
// All rights reserved.
//
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
// are met:
//
// Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
//
// Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following
// disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided
// with the distribution.
//
// Neither the name of 3Dlabs Inc. Ltd. nor the names of its
// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived
// from this software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS
// FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
// COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
// INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING,
// BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
// LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
// CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
// LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN
// ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
// POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
//
// Call into SPIRV-Tools to disassemble, validate, and optimize.
//
#pragma once
#ifndef GLSLANG_SPV_TOOLS_H
#define GLSLANG_SPV_TOOLS_H
#ifdef ENABLE_OPT
#include <vector>
#include <ostream>
#endif
#include "glslang/MachineIndependent/localintermediate.h"
#include "Logger.h"
namespace glslang {
struct SpvOptions {
SpvOptions() : generateDebugInfo(false), disableOptimizer(true),
optimizeSize(false), disassemble(false), validate(false) { }
bool generateDebugInfo;
bool disableOptimizer;
bool optimizeSize;
bool disassemble;
bool validate;
};
#ifdef ENABLE_OPT
// Use the SPIRV-Tools disassembler to print SPIR-V.
void SpirvToolsDisassemble(std::ostream& out, const std::vector<unsigned int>& spirv);
// Apply the SPIRV-Tools validator to generated SPIR-V.
void SpirvToolsValidate(const glslang::TIntermediate& intermediate, std::vector<unsigned int>& spirv,
spv::SpvBuildLogger*, bool prelegalization);
// Apply the SPIRV-Tools optimizer to generated SPIR-V, for the purpose of
// legalizing HLSL SPIR-V.
void SpirvToolsLegalize(const glslang::TIntermediate& intermediate, std::vector<unsigned int>& spirv,
spv::SpvBuildLogger*, const SpvOptions*);
#endif
} // end namespace glslang
#endif // GLSLANG_SPV_TOOLS_H

81
ios-m1-simulator/include/glslang/SPIRV/bitutils.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
// Copyright (c) 2015-2016 The Khronos Group Inc.
//
// Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
// you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
// You may obtain a copy of the License at
//
// http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
//
// Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
// distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
// WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
// See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
// limitations under the License.
#ifndef LIBSPIRV_UTIL_BITUTILS_H_
#define LIBSPIRV_UTIL_BITUTILS_H_
#include <cstdint>
#include <cstring>
namespace spvutils {
// Performs a bitwise copy of source to the destination type Dest.
template <typename Dest, typename Src>
Dest BitwiseCast(Src source) {
Dest dest;
static_assert(sizeof(source) == sizeof(dest),
"BitwiseCast: Source and destination must have the same size");
std::memcpy(static_cast<void*>(&dest), &source, sizeof(dest));
return dest;
}
// SetBits<T, First, Num> returns an integer of type <T> with bits set
// for position <First> through <First + Num - 1>, counting from the least
// significant bit. In particular when Num == 0, no positions are set to 1.
// A static assert will be triggered if First + Num > sizeof(T) * 8, that is,
// a bit that will not fit in the underlying type is set.
template <typename T, size_t First = 0, size_t Num = 0>
struct SetBits {
static_assert(First < sizeof(T) * 8,
"Tried to set a bit that is shifted too far.");
const static T get = (T(1) << First) | SetBits<T, First + 1, Num - 1>::get;
};
template <typename T, size_t Last>
struct SetBits<T, Last, 0> {
const static T get = T(0);
};
// This is all compile-time so we can put our tests right here.
static_assert(SetBits<uint32_t, 0, 0>::get == uint32_t(0x00000000),
"SetBits failed");
static_assert(SetBits<uint32_t, 0, 1>::get == uint32_t(0x00000001),
"SetBits failed");
static_assert(SetBits<uint32_t, 31, 1>::get == uint32_t(0x80000000),
"SetBits failed");
static_assert(SetBits<uint32_t, 1, 2>::get == uint32_t(0x00000006),
"SetBits failed");
static_assert(SetBits<uint32_t, 30, 2>::get == uint32_t(0xc0000000),
"SetBits failed");
static_assert(SetBits<uint32_t, 0, 31>::get == uint32_t(0x7FFFFFFF),
"SetBits failed");
static_assert(SetBits<uint32_t, 0, 32>::get == uint32_t(0xFFFFFFFF),
"SetBits failed");
static_assert(SetBits<uint32_t, 16, 16>::get == uint32_t(0xFFFF0000),
"SetBits failed");
static_assert(SetBits<uint64_t, 0, 1>::get == uint64_t(0x0000000000000001LL),
"SetBits failed");
static_assert(SetBits<uint64_t, 63, 1>::get == uint64_t(0x8000000000000000LL),
"SetBits failed");
static_assert(SetBits<uint64_t, 62, 2>::get == uint64_t(0xc000000000000000LL),
"SetBits failed");
static_assert(SetBits<uint64_t, 31, 1>::get == uint64_t(0x0000000080000000LL),
"SetBits failed");
static_assert(SetBits<uint64_t, 16, 16>::get == uint64_t(0x00000000FFFF0000LL),
"SetBits failed");
} // namespace spvutils
#endif // LIBSPIRV_UTIL_BITUTILS_H_

Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show More